Title Level Categories Software Description Date Added
Title Level Categories Software Description Date Added
.NET Programming IntroductionIntermediateDeveloperVisual Studio(Length: 96 minutes) .NET is a programming framework that defies expectations. It's a platform and a runtime environment; it supports cross-platform development but runs primarily on Windows. Regardless, .NET is one of the staple tools for software developers. This introduction is designed to guide new programmers through the basics of the latest version of .NET. Industry expert Reynald Adolphe steps you through everything you need to know to get up and running, describing the Common Language Runtime (CLR), and the Framework class library (FCL) and providing an overview of the differences between .NET 4.6 and .NET Core. He demos different IDEs you can use to code in .NET, including Visual Studio, and shows how to create basic apps for four different project types: ASP.NET MVC, Windows Presentation Foundation, Console, and Web API. Plus, learn about popular C# features and testing methodologies, as well as different deployment methods for .NET apps.12/20/2016
100 Courses and Counting: Lynda.com on ElearningBeginnerEducation + Elearning(Length: 8 minutes) David Rivers has been recording elearning courses for lynda.com for over a decade. He's one of our star authors! In this interview (conducted from his home recording studio in Canada), he offers lessons from his 100-course journey with lynda.com. David shares his process for creating and recording course content, and provides inspiration for other authors who want to turn their knowledge into tutorials for the emerging elearning market.04/26/2016
11 Things Every Beginner Needs to Learn to Love IllustratorBeginnerDesign, video2brainIllustrator(Length: 229 minutes) In this workshop Adobe Certified Instructor Russell Viers distills his vast knowledge of Adobe Illustrator into 11 simple things that open up a whole world of possibilities. Before you know it you'll be playing around with art and logos and creating intricate designs by combining paths with the Pathfinder.04/26/2016
11 Things Every Newspaper Should Know About PDFsIntermediateDesign, video2brainAcrobat(Length: 222 minutes) After years of watching colleagues and clients struggle with PDFs, Russell Viers was inspired to create this course, which takes a practical, nuts-and-bolts look at working with PDFs in a production environment. In a series of quick lessons, Russell shows how to look at a PDF and understand what's going on, diagnose potential problems, and fix those problems. Along the way, get valuable tips for preflighting, converting colors, editing PDFs in Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator, and much more.04/26/2016
11 Tricks for Faster Photo Processing with Bridge and PhotoshopBeginnerPhotography, video2brainBridge, Photoshop(Length: 170 minutes) Taking pictures is easy; managing images is a different story. In this workshop, Adobe Certified Instructor Russell Viers shares his techniques for sorting through your photo libraries. See how to breeze through images using Bridge and full-screen preview, how to quickly mark the ones you like and open them all for synchronized image adjustment, how to go from Bridge to InDesign and Photoshop for page layout and image optimization, and more. These 11 techniques show how to process your digital photos faster, and save precious time for shooting.04/26/2016
12 Principles of Animation for CG AnimatorsBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max, Blender, Maya(Length: 83 minutes) The 12 principles of animation underlie everything animators do, frommaking movies to video games. These principles are the same regardless of the software you use—2D or 3D, open source or advanced suite. In this course, award-winning animator David Andrade takes traditional student assignments (a bouncing ball and a lowly flour sack) and translates them into digital animations that illustrate each of these principles in detail. He uses Maya and Blender, but the focus in not on software mastery; it's about the techniques, not the tools. Follow along as he introduces the history of character animation and explores each of the 12 principles, from squash and stretch and anticipation to timing and follow-through. Take the challenge exercises to practice what you've learned along the way. Animation has evolved tremendously in the last century, but some principles always stay the same. This foundation will serve you for a lifelong career.11/01/2016
1Password Essential TrainingBeginnerBusiness1Password(Length: 44 minutes) With data breaches, leaks, bugs, and viruses on the rise, it's a good time to ditch personal passwords for more secure, randomized ones. 1Password helps you keep track of these hard-to-remember passwords and access them from one convenient, secure place. In this course, Abby Bok shows you how to get the most from 1Password, even on the go. Learn how to enter login and credit card info and add secure notes for multiple users and identities. See how to generate better passwords quickly Abby also shows you how to sync and back up passwords so you don't lose information, and demonstrates how the 1Password app works on iPads and iPhones.06/18/2017
1Password Fundamentals(Length: 39 minutes) 04/26/2016
20 Unofficial Rules of SongwritingBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 35 minutes) While there are technically no limits when it comes to songwriting, here are 20 "unofficial" rules that songwriters employ to make songs more engaging and memorable. And it's not just commercial songwriters. These rules are used in many of the popular and GRAMMY-winning songs you hear today. In this course, Cliff Goldmacher reveals tips from the professional songwriter's rulebook, starting with 10 rules about lyrics: staying conversational, using concrete details, and keeping your rhyme schemes the same in similar sections. He then discusses five rules for melodies, including why you should keep melodies simple, unique, and accessible, and how to make them more memorable with repetition. The last five rules tackle familiar song structures and tips for shortening sections of songs.04/27/2016
2010 SBIFF Directors' Panel: On DirectingBeginnerVideo(Length: 63 minutes) As a sponsor of the 25th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is delighted to put you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Join us for the director's panel featuring James Cameron (Avatar) and Quentin Tarantino (Inglourious Basterds).04/28/2016
2010 SBIFF Producers' Panel: Movers and ShakersBeginnerVideo(Length: 68 minutes) As a sponsor of the 25th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is delighted to put you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Join us for the producer's panel featuring Jonas Rivera (Up) and Jon Landau (Avatar).04/28/2016
2010 SBIFF Women's Panel: Creative Women in the BusinessBeginnerVideo(Length: 52 minutes) As a sponsor of the 25th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is delighted to put you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Join us for the women's panel featuring Sarah Siegel-Magness (producer, Precious) and Joan Sobel (editor, A Single Man).04/28/2016
2010 SBIFF Writers' Panel: It Starts with the ScriptBeginnerVideo(Length: 63 minutes) As a sponsor of the 25th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is delighted to put you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Join us for the writer's panel featuring Alex Kurtzman (Star Trek) and Nancy Myers (It's Complicated).04/28/2016
2011 SBIFF Directors' Panel: Directors On DirectingBeginnerVideo(Length: 72 minutes) As a presenting sponsor of the 26th annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com puts you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Moderated by the vice president and editorial director of Variety Peter Bart, these six directors speak to the pressures of being on the Oscar circuit and the need to get back to work as soon as possible. Unusual for a group of nominated films—with the exception of Toy Story 3 at an estimated $200 million—these are all relatively low-budget films, ranging from $1 million to a high of $14 million. The directors discussed how not having a big budget to work with forced them to be more creative and focused on the story.This panel includes Darren Aronofsky (Black Swan), Charles Ferguson (Inside Job), Debra Granik (Winter's Bone), Tom Hooper (The King's Speech), David O. Russell (The Fighter), and Lee Unkrich (Toy Story 3).04/28/2016
2011 SBIFF Producers' Panel: Movers and ShakersBeginnerVideo(Length: 73 minutes) As a presenting sponsor of the 26th annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com puts you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Moderated by Patrick Goldstein from the Los Angeles Times, these six producers cover many topics not often discussed in the entertainment press. The struggle to get a picture funded, ratings battles with Motion Picture Association of America, where the lines are drawn making a dramatic film based on a real life event, and working with a difficult director. They offer amazing stories of perseverance and triumph.This panel includes Darla K. Anderson (Toy Story 3), Iain Canning (The King’s Speech), Alix Madigan (Winter’s Bone), Todd Lieberman (The Fighter), Mike Deluca (The Social Network), and Jamie Patricof (Blue Valentine).04/28/2016
2011 SBIFF Women's Panel: Creative Forces: Women in the BusinessBeginnerVideo(Length: 59 minutes) As a presenting sponsor of the 26th annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com puts you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Moderated by Madelyn Hammond from Madelyn Hammond & Associates, the Creative Forces: Women in the Business panel features five talented women filmmakers whose talents range from visual effects and animation to documentary films. The women speak eloquently about how they each got their start, their mentors and inspirations, and the positive effect that they feel women have on the creative arts. We hear stories from the making of Toy Story 3, doing costume design with director Tim Burton on Alice in Wonderland, and working with George Lucas at Skywalker Sound.This panel includes Darla K. Anderson (Producer, Toy Story 3), Colleen Atwood (Costume Designer, Alice in Wonderland), Gloria Borders (Executive Visual Effects Producer at Digital Domain on TRON: Legacy), Lesley Chilcott (Producer, Waiting for Superman), and Alix Madigan (Producer, Winter's Bone).04/28/2016
2011 SBIFF Writers' Panel: It Starts with the ScriptBeginnerVideo(Length: 69 minutes) As a sponsor of the 26th annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is delighted to put you in the front row of four fascinating panel discussions with some of Hollywood's top filmmakers, including a number of Golden Globe, Emmy, Grammy, and Academy Award winners and nominees.Moderated by Anne Thompson from indieWIRE, the It Starts with the Script panelists talk about the development of their films, their research before sitting down at the keyboard, the evolution of the script, and finally, getting it to the screen. What's clear is that there's no formula, no easy path, and no shortcuts. The writers candidly reveal the obstacles each overcame on the way to seeing their vision realized. The anecdotes range from stories of triumph over adversity to remarkable collaborative efforts to just plain luck. Panelists are Aaron Sorkin (The Social Network), Scott Silver (The Fighter), David Seidler (The King's Speech), Charlie Mitchell (Get Low), Lisa Cholodenko (The Kids Are All Right) and Michael Arndt (Toy Story 3).04/28/2016
2012 SBIFF Directors' Panel: Directors on DirectingBeginnerVideo(Length: 54 minutes) As the presenting sponsor of the 27th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is once again pleased to open the door to four entertainment industry panels that feature some of Hollywood's top talent from the world of producers, directors, and screenwriters. Panelists are carefully chosen during the awards season and include many you'll see on the Golden Globes® and the Oscars®.Moderated by Peter Bart (vice president and editorial director from Variety) the Directors on Directing panel features a who's who of Oscar®-nominated directors on their way to the Kodak Theatre on February 26, 2012. With a dynamic range of films, from feature animation to comedy to silent films, this panel offers a diverse group of opinions and stories from the set. Gore Verbinski (Rango) was shocked that voice actors were recorded one at time, so he arranged for his ensemble cast to be recorded at the same time to take full advantage of the actors' comedic interactions. Michel Hazanavicius (The Artist) talks about the challenge of getting a black-and-white silent film made in the 21st century. Terry George (The Shore) tells how he found humor in the serious subject of the conflict in Northern Ireland. Chris Miller (Puss in Boots) leaves room for improvisation in his script with his three main characters, two cats and an egg. Jennifer Yuh Nelson (Kung Fu Panda 2) shares her darker moments during production, assuring a nervous studio (a year into production) that everything will work out—despite having nothing to show them. Paul Feig (Bridesmaids), discovering the brilliant performance of actress Melissa McCarthy in rehearsals, rewrote parts of the script to take better advantage of her comedic genius.All of the directors speak candidly about the importance of great casting, a strong story, and the ability to listen to their audience through prerelease testing.04/28/2016
2012 SBIFF Producers' Panel: Movers & ShakersBeginnerVideo(Length: 50 minutes) As the presenting sponsor of the 27th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is once again pleased to open the door to four entertainment industry panels that feature some of Hollywood's top talent from the world of producers, directors, and screenwriters. Panelists are carefully chosen during the awards season and include many you'll see on the Golden Globes® and the Oscars®.Moderated by Patrick Goldstein (Los Angeles Times columnist for "The Big Picture"), the festival lit up the marquee with a panel of Oscar®-nominated producers you'll certainly see on the red carpet on February 26, 2012. These professionals cover a wide range of films, from huge-budget effects movies to smaller, ensemble-casted dramas. Graham King (Hugo), who marks his fourth film with director Martin Scorsese, tells how they worked together to shoot their first 3D film—and their first with kids and animals. Mike De Luca (Moneyball) needed to develop a working relationship with Major League Baseball, who had final cut on his film. Bill Pohlad (The Tree of Life) talks about the 10 years it took to green light his film and the obstacles along the way. Jim Burke (The Descendants) worked with director Alexander Payne to put every dollar on the screen while shooting in Hawaii, known to be an expensive location. Letty Aronson (Midnight in Paris) shares the unique working relationship she has with director (and brother) Woody Allen.Despite the impressive resumes of all of these producers, getting every one of these feature films to the screen presented new challenges.04/28/2016
2012 SBIFF Screenwriters' Panel: It Starts with the ScriptBeginnerVideo(Length: 59 minutes) As the presenting sponsor of the 27th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is once again pleased to open the door to four entertainment industry panels that feature some of Hollywood's top talent. Panelists are carefully chosen during the awards season and include many you'll see on the Golden Globes® and Oscars®.Moderated by Anne Thompson from indieWIRE, the It Starts with the Script panelists share their stories of script development, writer's block, book adaptation, and, most of all, tenacity, on the way to getting their movies to the screen. Mike Mills (Beginners) tells us about turning his own story about his father into a screenplay. Will Reiser (50/50) also turned a life experience, his personal battle with cancer, into a comedy starring his best friend Seth Rogen. Jim Rash (The Descendants) walks us through his process as he turned the book by Kaui Hart Hemmings into a film nominated for five Academy Awards®. Tate Taylor (The Help) was roommates with author Kathryn Stockett, who wrote the best-selling book; he finished the screenplay (and owned the rights) before the book was even published. Writer J. C. Chandor (Margin Call) wrote about the financial markets, having grown up with his father immersed in that world.With all of these brilliant writers, "write what you know" became their life's mantra while they worked on their screenplays. They share funny and poignant anecdotes about their experiences and processes on the way to the big screen.04/28/2016
2012 SBIFF Women's Panel: Women in the BizBeginnerVideo(Length: 32 minutes) As the presenting sponsor of the 27th Annual Santa Barbara International Film Festival, lynda.com is once again pleased to open the door to four entertainment industry panels that feature some of Hollywood's top talent. Panelists are carefully chosen during the awards season and include many you'll see on the Golden Globes® and Oscars®.Moderated by Madelyn Hammond from Madelyn Hammond & Associates, the Creative Forces: Women in the Business panel features five talented producers whose films have been nominated for multiple awards—from drama and comedy to animation and independent short film. Julia Louis-Dreyfus (Picture Paris) talks about her short film written by husband/writer Brad Hall. A multi-award winning actress, Louis-Dreyfus describes her journey to the other side of the camera as producer. Dede Gardner (Tree of Life) tells us why Fox Searchlight Pictures chose not to include images of star Brad Pitt while promoting the film. Melissa Cobb (Kung Fu Panda 2) talks to the organic process of producing an animated feature that allows an ongoing evolution of the story during production. Denise Ream (Cars 2) also shares her journey in feature animation though the creative juggernaut that is Pixar Animation. And Leslie Urdang (Beginners) talks about the experiences of working with legendary actor Christopher Plummer, who was presented with the Modern Master Award at this year's festival.These powerful forces in feature filmmaking offer an inside look at why women are no longer excluded from any role in production they choose. All it takes is desire and a lot of hard work.04/28/2016
21-Day Drawing ChallengeBeginnerDesign(Length: 116 minutes) Drawing and creativity are critical parts of human communication and personal expression, and are essential for success in every profession. Drawing is especially valuable because it improves hand-eye coordination, as well as your understanding of form and shape. It also lets you quickly communicate ideas that may be difficult to put into words. To help you hone your skills, Von Glitschka has developed the 21-Day Drawing Challenge. The goal isn't to turn you into a professional illustrator or fine artist—it's about improving your drawing skills and creative thinking, no matter if you're an expert or have never drawn more than a doodle on a notepad. Von will assign you a drawing challenge for each day. Take the time you need to finish each challenge, and then watch the video where Von shares his own hand-drawn solution. There are no right answers here; his solutions should serve as inspiration! For more encouragement, look no further than the chapter on inspiring drawers. Each movie profiles a different artist, including people like Kate Bingaman Burt and Mattias Adolfsson. So, step up to the plate. You're just 21 days from a new creative habit. And don't forget to share your drawings via Twitter and Facebook! Use the hashtag #draw21days.04/26/2016
2D Animation PrinciplesBeginner3D + AnimationFlash Professional(Length: 145 minutes) Bring a cast of characters to life. By following the basics principles of animation, you can build characters that interact naturally with their environments, convey realistic emotion, and talk and walk convincingly. In this course, Dermot O' Connor shows how to design a solid character and stage and storyboard your animation before you begin. He'll examine principles like anticipation and squash and stretch, which provide characters with a sense of weight and flexibility, and show you how to animate walk cycles and dialogue. Finally, learn how to thumbnail scenes from start to finish, so you can sketch out the action before you commit to fully rendering it.These lessons are designed with Flash in mind, but work just as well with any other 2D animation program.04/26/2016
2D Animation: Animal Walk CyclesBeginner3D + Animation, Design(Length: 43 minutes) Capturing the movements of a horse, dog, or other such creature in 2D animation requires an understanding of certain principles and techniques. In this course, Dermot O'Connor explains how to animate four-legged animals as they walk, trot, and run. Dermot compares the anatomy of animals and humans, showing the analogous parts. He also demonstrates the basics of a quadruped walk, explaining how to create the leg positions for the front and the back, as well as how to offset them to create a realistic walk. Plus, learn how to add individual quirks to a run and create cartoony run cycles.04/20/2017
2D Animation: Animate Flying CreaturesIntermediate3D + Animation, Design(Length: 33 minutes) The varying sizes and anatomies of flying animals results in different flying styles and patterns. For example, imagine a hummingbird's wings and flight path as compared to a crow's. This course demonstrates how to animate the motions of different flying creatures, from a tiny butterfly to an enormous dragon.04/20/2017
2D Animation: Animate Monsters & AliensBeginner3D + Animation, Design(Length: 73 minutes) Animating a convincing Dracula or zombie involves many of the classic principles of animation; however, in order to properly spook your audience, you'll often want to make your creatures move in creepy or unnatural ways. In this course, Dermot O'Connor shares 2D animation techniques for making monsters, aliens, and other supernatural subjects come to life. Dermot explains how to deal with muscular creatures, animate jerky creatures, and make eerily smooth movements. He illustrates how to apply each technique by drawing familiar monsters like ghosts, werewolves, vampires, and more.02/07/2017
2D Animation: Character & Attitude Walk CyclesBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 57 minutes) Once you've completed a basic walk cycle, it's time to add character. Animator Dermot O' Connor shows how to take a basic walk and go beyond, building in personality, exaggeration, and attitude. Learn how to animate bipedal motion, stomps, sneaks, and goofy walks, and turn walks into full-on runs. Dermot also shows how to avoid common pitfalls such as jagged arcs. These techniques are 2D animation classics, and must-have skills for any animator, regardless of software.04/27/2016
2D Animation: Tips & Tricks(Length: 3 minutes) 08/16/2016
2D Animation: Walk Cycles BasicsBeginner3D + Animation, Design(Length: 57 minutes) There are four primary poses of a walk cycle, and the sequence in which they are animated is very important. In this 2D animation tutorial, Dermot O' Connor provides an introduction to the basics of all walk cycles. The principles apply to any animation student, regardless of software.First, he reviews the poses—contact, down, passing, and high point—and the creative decisions you have to make about timing, frame rates, and placement. (Traditionally, walk cycles can be animated in place or across the screen.) In the following chapters, Dermot animates a character walking in profile and also from a front view. These two projects give you opportunities to see animation techniques, such as creating poses and in-betweens and troubleshooting arcing and timing issues, in action.04/27/2016
2D Character Animation(Length: 350 minutes) 04/28/2016
2D Character Animation with After EffectsIntermediate3D + Animation, Video, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 155 minutes) In her career as an animator, Angie Taylor has developed some powerful techniques for creating quick but compelling 2D animation, and in this workshop she shares those secrets with you. Learn how to import layered files and paths from Adobe Illustrator into After Effects and how to animate flat vector artwork in both 2D and 3D space, and explore options for outputting your animations. The videos are short, focused, and solution-oriented, and all the project files are included so you can follow along as you go.04/26/2016
2D Game Design and Development Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperHTML, Unity, GameMaker(Length: 69 minutes) With today's wide range of game development tools and engines, it's easy to get started making 2D games with very little effort. But for your game to succeed, you need to plan it right from the start. Jesse Freeman walks you through everything you need to know to design and develop your first 2D game, from picking an engine, building artwork, and incorporating sound, to publishing and marketing the finished game. Along with high-level strategies, Jesse reviews the tools that you need to make development easier and faster—because the last thing you want to do is reinvent the wheel. Learn the fundamentals to designing 2D games from scratch and spend your energy on making great games.12/13/2016
360 Video WorkflowBeginnerVideoFinal Cut Pro(Length: 129 minutes) 360° video is the next step in video production. Thanks to standards adopted by such major players as YouTube, Samsung, and Kodak, the technology has become good enough and cheap enough that both professionals and hobbyists alike can now produce immersive 360° content. However, it's one thing to shoot a raw 360° picture or video and share it, but it takes another level of understanding to be able to work with these files, and edit them into finished content. This course explores some of the current camera options available to the 360° filmmaker, their relative strengths and weaknesses, possible applications of the 360° format, in-depth workflows to get you from shooting to finished project, and the best methods for sharing and viewing your 360° videos. Mark W. Gray helps you assemble and edit a final, polished 360° video using Final Cut Pro, but once you have mastered the basics, you can apply the lessons to your own preferred tools and workflows.11/01/2016
3D Architectural Modeling with AutoCADIntermediate3D + Animation, CADAutoCAD(Length: 192 minutes) Take your drawings from 2D to 3D with AutoCAD. Author Scott Onstott helps build your AutoCAD 2015 skills, one video at a time. You'll learn to extrude 2D plans into solid objects, cut out wall openings and add doors and windows, build 3D staircases, and model a complex roof surface. You'll also discover how to create a 3D tower and sculpt the surrounding landscape with NURBS surfaces. At the end of this course, you'll have modeled a complete 3D town hall based on an archetypal midcentury design.04/26/2016
3D Content Creation for Virtual RealityBeginner3D + AnimationMaya(Length: 117 minutes) Virtual reality is a booming industry. The technology for consumers and designers just keeps getting better. Learn how to take advantage of the newest advances in VR modeling, texturing, and rendering in this course with 3D artist and expert Craig Barr. Using Maya and Unity, you'll look at how to create assets that are efficient and effective, contributing to an overall more compelling virtual reality experience. If you're new to VR, watch the introductory chapter to get an overview of the terminology, technical considerations for designers (like refresh rate), and the most popular VR hardware, including the Oculus Rift. Craig then dives into modeling, texturing, and rendering, and offers some tips for making more sophisticated content with ambient lighting and effects. Plus, get insights on cutting-edge VR techniques, such as creating content in VR projects with Unreal Engine 4, Tilt Brush, SculptrVR, MakeVR, and more.07/26/2016
3D Graphics in JavaFXAdvancedDeveloperJava(Length: 47 minutes) Part of virtual reality is generating real-time 3D graphics. This can be done with JavaFX. This course discusses the benefits of JavaFX and then gets you started using it to create graphics. First, learn how to create charts and UI elements. Then, discover how 3D shapes can be defined and generated. Once you have your 3D graphics, you're ready for controlling the camera and lighting. Last, find out how to apply shape materials and then interact with 3D scenes.06/03/2017
3D Modeling and Printing Household PartsIntermediateCADSketchUp(Length: 31 minutes) Missing a knob, bracket, latch, or other household part? Replacement parts are hard to come by, and can be difficult to find. Discover how easy and rewarding it is to 3D print your own parts. In this course, Tanya Staples and Greg Pickard show how to put today's 3D printing technology to work in the home. Together, they'll show you how to measure a part, model it in SketchUp, print a prototype on a desktop 3D printer, and make sure the part fits. Plus, learn how to use third-party services such as Shapeways to print the part in metal or another industrial-grade material.04/27/2016
3D Print Small Objects with PhotoshopIntermediateDesignPhotoshop(Length: 22 minutes) Missing a knob, button, or drawer pull, or a piece from your favorite game? Learn how to reproduce missing pieces for 3D printing with Photoshop. Steve Caplin walks through two sample projects covering the major steps: producing the outline of the piece with a photograph or existing copy, extruding it in 3D space, and preparing it for print. Using an at-home 3D printer or a 3D printing service like Shapeways, you can reproduce a variety of buttons, game pieces, knobs, keys, and other small parts.04/27/2016
3D Printing a Scale Model with AutoCADIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 77 minutes) By 3D printing scale models, architects can save time, troubleshoot problems, and fully illustrate their ideas in three dimensions. In this course, Kacie Hultgren takes you through the steps of transforming your 2D architectural drawings into a 3D model printed on a MakerBot 3D printer. The course reviews AutoCAD's 3D modeling tools and commands, and pays special attention to necessary adaptations and settings for successful 3D prints.04/26/2016
3D Printing on Shapeways Using MayaIntermediate3D + AnimationMaya(Length: 106 minutes) 3D printing allows your digital creations to emerge in the real world, but you don't need a 3D printer to bring them to life. Learn how to prepare your models in Maya and then send them for 3D printing on Shapeways, an online service that ships reproductions straight to your door. Author Ryan Kittleson shows how to hollow out models, define an object's thickness, and work with texture maps for full-color prints. He shows you how to export the model, upload it to Shapeways, and view the finished result. Once you have mastered the basics, Ryan invites you to test your skills in a series of challenge videos.04/26/2016
3D Printing Project: Designing a Replacement PartBeginner3D + Animation, CADTinkercad(Length: 55 minutes) Creating replacement parts for household appliances and furniture (like a broken oven knob or draw pull) is a great use of desktop 3D printers. In this short project course, author Kacie Hultgren takes us through the four steps needed to design and ultimately print a replacement part with your 3D printer: sketching your ideas on paper, translating notes into a digital design with a CAD program, testing the print, and then revising and improving on your model. Start now and learn to create replacement parts that are almost as good as the original.04/26/2016
3D Printing with PhotoshopIntermediate3D + Animation, CADPhotoshop(Length: 47 minutes) Now you can use Photoshop CC to make 3D printing easier than ever.Photoshop's new tools take a lot of the heavy work out of 3D printing preparation, helping automate the process of hollowing models and exporting for full-color printing.In this course, Ryan Kittleson shows you how to import 3D models orcreate your own right inside Photoshop. You can use texture maps,opacity maps, and bump maps to define the details and then export themodels in print-ready formats. The finished models can then beprinted at home or through a service like Shapeways.This course was created by Ryan Kittleson. We're honored to host thistraining in our library.04/26/2016
3D Printing with ZBrushIntermediate3D + AnimationZBrush(Length: 74 minutes) Prepare your models for 3D printing with ZBrush, the popular program for 3D modeling and digital sculpting. Learn how to measure your models with real world units, so everything prints at the right size; save on material costs by hollowing out your models; and make sure your colors print true. Author/artist/3D aficionado Ryan Kittleson also shares some advanced tips and tricks for getting the best results from your particular printer.This course was created by Ryan Kittleson. We're honored to host this training in our library.04/26/2016
3D Scanning a PersonIntermediateCADMeshmixer(Length: 43 minutes) New consumer-grade 3D sensors in products like the Microsoft Kinect make scanning people easy! And with 3D printers, you can turn those scans into "Mini-Mes" that can be used as cake toppers, game tokens, or action figures. In this course, Kacie Hultgren will guide you through the process of creating a "3D selfie" that's ready for printing. Kacie uses the free software Meshmixer to repair and enhance the scan, before printing it with a MakerBot. Don't own a 3D printer? Kacie also shows how to export your model and send it to Shapeways, where you can order a 3D print.04/26/2016
3D Scanning with a CameraBeginnerCADReMake(Length: 57 minutes) New consumer-grade 3D sensors make scanning objects easy. And with 3D printers, you can turn those scans into miniature replicas. In this course, Kacie Hultgren guides you through the process of creating a 3D scan that's ready for printing. Kacie shows you how to take photos of your subject and process those images using ReCap and ReMake. She uses the free software Meshmixer to demonstrate how to repair and enhance scans. Then, she takes you through the steps of 3D printing, whether you are using MakerBot to print or ordering from 3D-printing service like Shapeways. Kacie also walks through using Photoshop for full color processing of scans.07/08/2017
3D Scanning with a Camera(Length: 53 minutes) 04/26/2016
3D Surface Model Design with AutoCADIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 221 minutes) You can model almost any form imaginable with AutoCAD's surface toolset. In this project-based course, Scott Onstott teaches you all the techniques required to solve complex modeling challenges in AutoCAD, while focusing on an innovative ebike design. Learn to create each 3D component of the bicycle model, including its frame, belt-tensioner mechanism, drivetrain, electric-assist power components, brakes, wheels, axels, hubs, spokes, handlebars, and even the bicycle seat. The techniques (which can be applied to other mechanical models) cover extruding profiles, lofting 2D cross sections, revolving profiles around an axis, filleting edges, smoothing meshes into organic forms, and sculpting complex NURBS surfaces.04/26/2016
3D Textures: BrickIntermediate3D + Animation, CADMaya, Photoshop(Length: 89 minutes) Join Adam Crespi in this installment of Creating Textures, as he takes you through the steps needed to create realistic brick textures in Photoshop. First you'll create the base materials for three different types of brick—water-struck, sand-struck, and wire-cut brick—all of which have a distinctive look. Next, you'll lay out the bond pattern and add color variations, and then build a grayscale version of the pattern to convert to a normal map for use in almost any 3D modeling program. Finally, Adam shows how to put your textures to work, modeling and mapping a brick wall and arch in Maya.04/26/2016
3D Textures: Formed ConcreteIntermediate3D + Animation, CADMaya, Photoshop(Length: 66 minutes) Used in everything from the Pantheon to modern buildings like the Salk Institute, concrete is all around us, which means it makes its way into many architectural designs and 3D scenes. If you need to generate objects made of concrete for your next 3D project, start here! This course takes you through all the steps for creating concrete textures, beginning in Photoshop, where Adam Crespi shows how to create form ties and scoring patterns, generate bubble holes and voids, and add variation and wear using custom brushes. Then he explains how to create normal and occlusion maps, and brings the concrete texture into Maya, where he links it to a poured concrete material and maps the concrete to flow around the walls of a structure. Interested in creating other kinds of textures, such as wood grain or metal? Check out other courses in our Creating Textures series.04/26/2016
3D Textures: Granite & Mosaics3D + Animation, CADMaya, Photoshop(Length: 60 minutes) Learn how to mimic the look of granite and terrazzo, two high-end materials for countertops and flooring, using Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator. Join Adam Crespi as he generates the base slab, colors the stone, and paints in character like grain, figuring, and strata. Then he shows how to assemble a medallion to take into Maya (or the 3D program of your choice). There he links the texture to materials and adds variance to the reflections so that the texture looks more realistic when applied to an architectural model or other 3D design.Find more installments in this series—on textures like slate, concrete, and brick—on Adam's author page.04/26/2016
3D Textures: MetalsIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max, Photoshop(Length: 73 minutes) Learn to draw metal textures from scratch with Photoshop and Illustrator. Join author Adam Crespi as he walks through generating galvanized and brushed steel textures, fashioning realistic screws and fasteners, and implementing your work in a flat galvanized framework, complete with vents and rust. Then, when your texture is complete, see how to link it to a metal material in 3ds Max and refine it with specular and diffuse maps.04/26/2016
3D Textures: Shingles & SidingIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max, Photoshop(Length: 57 minutes) Make your roofing and siding look more realistic with a custom shingle texture. In this course, Adam Crespi helps you build asphalt shingles in a variety of bond patterns and put the texture to work in the 3D modeling program of your choice. You'll start by laying out the pattern in Illustrator, and then adding color, texture, and gradients that mimic the look of slope and overlap, with Photoshop. Then Adam will show you how to apply the texture in 3ds Max and map a sample roof and ridges.04/26/2016
3D Textures: SlateIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max, Photoshop(Length: 65 minutes) Slate is a popular design choice for modern flooring and roofs, but getting an accurate slate texture out of the box for your models can be hard. With this installment of Creating Textures, you can build a custom slate texture in Photoshop and put it to work in the 3D modeling program of your choice. Adam Crespi begins the course by creating the base structure, and then layering in the color variation that occurs naturally in slate. He then cuts out roof and floor tiles to take into 3ds Max. There he links the texture to materials and adds the organic rough edges that gives slate its distinctive look.Combine this technique with the wood and metal cladding courses for all your interior and exterior modeling needs!04/26/2016
3D Textures: WoodIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max, Photoshop(Length: 66 minutes) Creating Textures shows you how to build custom textures in Photoshop and put them to work in 3D modeling programs. In this installment, author Adam Crespi takes you through the steps needed to create realistic wood patterns. He begins in Photoshop, creating a wood texture, complete with grain, color variation, knots, whorls, and loops, which he then overlays on planks for wood flooring. He also "ages" the texture for use with antique furniture. In the second part of the course, Adam links the texture to a 3ds Max material and applies the material, along with some diffuse, specular, and normal maps—for shine and reflectivity—to a 3D scene.04/26/2016
3D Tracking and After Effects CompositingAdvancedVideoAfter Effects, SynthEyes(Length: 78 minutes) Whether you're working with a team or on your own, understanding how to efficiently use 3D tracking information in compositing can help you speed up your workflow. In this course, learn how to use 3D tracking data to add 3D objects to a 2D shot in Adobe After Effects. Brian Morse shows how to export your cameras to Maya and After Effects from SynthEyes, and explains how to set up your 3D scene once and use it for all of your shots. He also demonstrates how to render your final project so that all of the composites work fluidly.06/18/2017
3D Tracking and Fusion CompositingAdvancedVideoSynthEyes, Blackmagic Design Fusion(Length: 78 minutes) Whether you're working with a team or on your own, understanding how to efficiently use 3D tracking information in compositing can help you speed up your workflow. In this course, learn how to use 3D tracking data to add 3D objects to a 2D shot in Fusion. Brian Morse shows how to export your cameras to Maya and Fusion from SynthEyes, and explains how to set up your 3D scene once and use it for all of your shots. He also demonstrates how to render your final project so that all of the composites work fluidly.06/18/2017
3D Tracking and Nuke CompositingAdvancedVideoNuke, SynthEyes(Length: 81 minutes) Whether you're working with a team or on your own, understanding how to efficiently use 3D tracking information in compositing can help you speed up your workflow. In this course, learn how to use 3D tracking data to add 3D objects to a 2D shot in Nuke. Brian Morse shows how to export your cameras to Maya and Nuke from SynthEyes, and explains how to set up your 3D scene once and use it for all of your shots. He also demonstrates how to render your final project so that all of the composites work fluidly.06/18/2017
3D Typography in After EffectsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 310 minutes) There are many options for creating 3D text in After Effects, including After Effects' own ray-traced 3D feature, third-party plugins, scripts, and now CINEMA 4D Lite. But which one is best for you?In this course, motion graphics veteran Eran Stern discusses the options and their pros and cons. He'll also compare 2D and 3D typography, and discuss techniques to ensure your work looks great and your message is clear. Plus, learn about tools that behave like subsoftware inside After Effects, allowing you to create stunning 3D text faster than ever before. From built-in tools to advanced third-party plugins, such as Element 3D, BCC Units, and Invigorator Pro, this is your chance to find out which one suits your needs and budget.04/26/2016
3ds Max 2009 Beyond the Basics(Length: 583 minutes) 04/27/2016
3ds Max 2009 Essential Training(Length: 506 minutes) 04/27/2016
3ds Max 2010 Essential Training(Length: 936 minutes) 04/27/2016
3ds Max 2010 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 98 minutes) 3ds Max is the industry leader for 3D modeling and animation, and the 2010 version of this application offers a load of new tools and features. In 3ds Max 2010 New Features, Steve Nelle explores many of the cutting-edge features in this major release. Steve introduces users to the redesigned interface, the brand-new Modeling Ribbon, and many other advancements designed to improve scene interactivity and production workflow. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2010: Lighting and Rendering with mental ray(Length: 343 minutes) 04/27/2016
3ds Max 2011 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 604 minutes) In 3ds Max 2011 Essential Training, author Aaron F. Ross demonstrates how to use this top-tier application for digital content creation, widely used in diverse industries such as architecture, industrial design, motion pictures, games and virtual worlds. This course covers modeling with polygons, curves, and subdivision surfaces, defining surface properties with materials and maps, setting up cameras and lights, animating objects, and final output rendering. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2011 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 163 minutes) In 3ds Max 2011 New Features, author Steve Nelle introduces the new features and productivity enhancements in 3ds Max 2011, with a special emphasis on the Slate Material Editor and CAT character animation system. The course examines enhancements to existing features, customization options to the modeling ribbon, scene management improvements, as well as creating scene objects using the Object Paint tool. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2013 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 429 minutes) The course covers Autodesk 3DS Max from the ground up, providing a thorough overview of this advanced 3D graphics and modeling package. Author Aaron F. Ross covers the 3ds Max interface and walks through common tasks such as modeling, texturing, lighting, animating, and rendering. The course is centered around real-world projects that provide designers practical examples to use with the lessons.04/28/2016
3ds Max 2014 New FeaturesBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 36 minutes) 3ds Max 2014 is here, and it comes with an impressive set of new and improved features. Join Adam Crespi in this course, as he walks you through the new functionality and utilities that make creating 3D models and animations easier and faster than ever. Learn how to create particle systems and simulations; add people to your scenes with Populate; place and align 3D objects in still images with Perspective Match; generate light from still images with the Skylight mode; and speed up rendering with the Unified Sampling mode in mental ray.04/26/2016
3ds Max 2015 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 643 minutes) In this course, Aaron F. Ross covers all the features you'll need to start creating advanced 3D models and animation with 3ds Max 2015. Learn the most suitable techniques for modeling different types of objects, from splines and NURBS to polygonal and subdivision surface modeling. Then learn how to design 3D motion graphics, set up cameras, animate with keyframes, and assign constraints. Aaron also provides an overview of lighting scenes within a simple studio setup, and construction of materials with the Slate Material Editor. Finally, learn about your hardware and software rendering options, and make your projects more realistic with motion blur, indirect illumination, and depth of field.04/26/2016
3ds Max 2016 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 644 minutes) Start creating advanced 3D models and animation with 3ds Max 2016. Learn the most suitable techniques for modeling prop, character, and environment objects, from splines and NURBS to polygonal and subdivision surface modeling. Then find out how to construct hierarchies, animate with keyframes, shape function curves, and assign constraints. Author Aaron F. Ross also provides an overview of setting up cameras, lighting scenes within a simple studio setup, and constructing materials with the Slate Material Editor. Finally, learn about your hardware and software rendering options, and make your projects more realistic with motion blur, indirect illumination, and depth of field.Note: This course updates our 3ds Max 2015 Essential Training to work with the 2016 interface and file formats.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2016 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 93 minutes) 3ds Max 2016 has arrived. In this course, Aaron F. Ross covers the usability, interoperability, and cinematography improvements that make this an exciting release for 3D artists and animators alike. He'll cover working with start-up templates, importing and exporting Alembic data, and mesh smoothing with OpenSubdiv, but also the new camera features, such as the Physical Camera, which can mimic the exposure, depth of field, motion blur, and tilt-shift perspective corrections of a real-world camera, and the Camera Sequencer, which allows animators to cut between cameras and trim clips nondestructively. Watch to find out how to incorporate these enhancements into your 3D workflow.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2017 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 588 minutes) 3ds Max is best known for its modeling and rendering tools. These strengths come into play in architecture, manufacturing, game development, industrial design, and motion graphics. There are dozens of features and techniques to master, from sculpting and texturing to lighting and rendering. 3ds Max 2017 Essential Training covers "Max" from the ground up, providing an overview of the entire package as well as essential skills that 3D artists need to create professional models and animations.Learn how to get around the 3ds Max interface and customize it to suit your production pipeline. Discover how to model different objects using splines, NURBS, polygons, subdivision surfaces, and tools such as Paint Deform. Then find out how to construct hierarchies, add cameras and lights to a scene, and animate with keyframes. Author Aaron F. Ross also takes an-depth look at materials and texture mapping as well as the rendering options in 3ds Max 2017, including the new Autodesk Raytracer (ART) renderer.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2017 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 139 minutes) What's new in 3ds Max 2017? The new user interface is key: flatter and faster than before. 3ds Max 2017 also introduces the Autodesk Raytracer (ART), a physically based renderer for photorealistic stills. Aaron F. Ross covers these features plus many others, explaining what to expect and how to use the new asset management, modeling, animation, materials, and rendering tools.04/27/2016
3ds Max 2018 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 610 minutes) 3ds Max is best known for its modeling and rendering tools. These strengths come into play in architecture, manufacturing, game development, industrial design, and motion graphics. There are dozens of features and techniques to master, from sculpting and texturing to lighting and rendering. This course covers 3ds Max from the ground up, providing an overview of the entire package as well as essential skills that 3D artists need to create professional models and animations.Learn how to get around the 3ds Max interface and customize it to suit your production pipeline. Discover how to model different objects using splines, NURBS, polygons, subdivision surfaces, and tools such as Paint Deform. Then, find out how to construct hierarchies, add cameras and lights to a scene, and animate with keyframes. Author Aaron F. Ross also takes an in-depth look at materials and texture mapping as well as the rendering options, including an introduction to Arnold, the new production renderer.04/20/2017
3ds Max 2018 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 68 minutes) 3ds Max 2018 includes several new features for content creation and visualization. Notably, the Arnold renderer replaces mental ray as the high-end global illumination render engine. In this course, take a first look at materials, lighting, and rendering in Arnold. Examine the new features introduced in 3ds Max 2017 updates, such as the Data Channel Modifier and the Blended Box Map. Additionally, see how easy it is to customize the user interface. By the end of this course, you'll have received an overview of what's new in 3ds Max 2018.04/20/2017
3ds Max 9 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 545 minutes) Covering the fundamentals of rendering, animation, and modeling, instructor Chad Perkins demonstrates how to push the limits of 3ds Max 9 for stunning effects. Chad starts with the application's basics, then goes on to discuss many of the key features of 3ds Max 9, as well as important principles of animation. He teaches users about creating and editing mesh, modifiers, architectural modeling, texture mapping, keyframe animation, rigging, basic kinematics, and much more. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
3ds Max 9 ModelingIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 812 minutes) Whether the goal is to create action-packed video games, corporate logos, mechanical assemblies, or elaborate architectural visualizations, 3ds Max 9 Modeling teaches the appropriate methods. Instructor Steve Nelle explains how to model all kinds of objects with the software's vast array of modeling tools. Using hands-on examples, Steve discusses and demonstrates the building process from start to finish. Real-world projects are incorporated throughout the course to highlight key concepts and techniques. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
3ds Max and Maya IntegrationAdvanced3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 128 minutes) Maya and 3ds Max are two of the most widely used commercial software packages for 3D graphics. Artists and studios commonly leverage the strengths of both toolsets, resulting in production pipelines that use more than one package. Whether you're switching to one of these programs, using both at the same time, or simply need to move assets back and forth, this course illustrates invaluable techniques and best practices for integrating these two powerful Autodesk applications. Aaron F. Ross shows how to manage assets, harmonize the interfaces and preferences, and transfer data, materials, and scenes, making the transition between Maya and 3ds Max as seamless as possible.04/26/2016
3ds Max for Design VisualizationBeginner3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 261 minutes) If you want to visualize and sell your product, architectural, engineering, or landscaping designs to your clients before they are built, then 3ds Max is the tool for you. Learn how to use this incredibly sophisticated 3D modeling and rendering program to visualize almost anything you can imagine.In this course, author Scott Onstott shows you how to build walls, doors, windows, stairs, railings, moldings, cloth, pottery, furniture, grass, trees, landscapes, and much more, using splines, modifiers, Booleans, and NURBS modeling. You'll also learn to texture-map objects, light them with both direct and indirect illumination, place virtual cameras, render, and animate scenes.04/27/2016
3ds Max: Advanced LightingAdvanced3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 172 minutes) Realistic lighting is easier, faster, and better than ever in 3ds Max. Photometric lighting and a choice of rendering options gives you the power to create a convincing illusion. This course focuses on architectural visualization, but the techniques apply to other applications such as motion picture production. Author Aaron F. Ross provides a conceptual overview of advanced lighting and rendering, then demonstrates how to construct various lighting scenarios in 3ds Max. He shows how to render scenes with exterior and interior daylight, practical artificial lighting, and manufacturer photometric data. The course includes a chapter on special effects such as light exclusion and lens effects. By the end of the course, you'll have seen how to control the powerful lighting tools in 3ds Max to achieve photorealistic results.01/10/2017
3ds Max: Advanced MaterialsIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 154 minutes) Physically based rendering (PBR) simulates the way light works in the real world. It achieves greater realism with less effort than traditional 3D rendering. This course focuses on PBR shading techniques in 3ds Max, using the Physical Material to achieve photorealistic surfaces such as stone, glass, and metal. Author Aaron F. Ross also looks at building shading networks, and combining and adjusting maps in interesting ways. Procedural maps such as ambient occlusion and substance deserve special attention, and you'll also see how to bake them out to bitmap files for cross-application and renderer compatibility. By the end of the course, you'll have a firm foundation in advanced shading workflows in 3ds Max.10/11/2016
3ds Max: Cinematography for VisualizationAdvanced3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 144 minutes) 3ds Max offers a full suite of powerful 3D camera features for design visualization, animation, and visual effects. This course covers core topics in camera rigging, animation, and special effects such as motion blur and depth of field. You'll apply the principles of live-action cinematography using the tools of 3D computer animation. Along the way, you'll learn best practices, both technical and aesthetic, in virtual cinematography. These techniques save time and effort by streamlining the camera animation process. The goal of this course is to help you more quickly and easily achieve professional results from the 3ds Max camera tools.01/17/2017
3ds Max: Hard Surface Modeling BasicsIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 158 minutes) Hard surface modeling is all about designing man-made objects: machines, vehicles, tools, weapons, and so on. Because the edges and angles are distinct and the surfaces are typically smooth, there are many opportunities to use 3ds Max's built-in tools to make your modeling process more efficient. 3ds Max: Hard Surface Modeling Basics helps you learn the tools and techniques to model a high-poly mesh—in this case, an old deep sea diving helmet and shoulder guard—as quickly and efficiently as possible. The assets you produce as a result of this course can be used in games, product visualizations, and more. Join Joel Bradley as he shows how to set up your environment for maximum efficiency and use a variety of techniques to execute the final design, including spline modeling, welding, component modeling, extruding from primitive objects, cutting, and box modeling. Plus, learn how to use the power and flexibility of the modifier stack to refine your hard surface models.01/10/2017
3ds Max: Rendering with ArnoldIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max, Maya(Length: 160 minutes) Arnold is a high-quality rendering engine in 3ds Max 2018. Realistic rendering is easier than ever with this brute force Monte Carlo ray tracer. The physically-based rendering of Arnold accurately simulates light in the real world, but allows the breaking of physical laws to achieve artistic styles. This course is an overview of the core features of Arnold for lighting, materials, and rendering in 3ds Max.06/10/2017
3ds Max: Stylized Environment for AnimationIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 284 minutes) Stylized art is used for both games and films, and in both scenarios, the intricate, detailed final animation often starts with a reference image. That's where this course starts too—analyzing a reference image to kick off an animation workflow in 3ds Max that results in a fully stylized, animated environment. Join Zaheer Mukhtar as he takes you through each step. First, Zaheer explores artistic ways to block out the basic forms of your structure, such as using exaggerated proportions and irregular, tilted shapes. Next, he shows how to add details to the forms. Then he demonstrates how to add the more stylized elements including textures, imported materials, color refinements, and lighting. He wraps up the course by wrapping up the workflow, making final render passes and preparing the scene for export. Along the way, he covers art creation, modeling, compositing, and more.02/07/2017
3ds Max: Substance to V-RayIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 115 minutes) Discover how to leverage the substance-based toolset from Allegorithmic with V-Ray in 3ds Max. In this course, explore the various workflow requirements and options that are available when using the Substance Designer, Substance Painter, and Bitmap2Material applications with 3ds Max and V-Ray. Brian Bradley explains what substance-based tools are, and how to use them with the 3ds Max application. He also demonstrates how to create materials from photographic assets, how to work with substances and maps from Substance Designer, and how to export maps from Substance Painter.06/10/2017
3ds Max: Tips, Tricks & Techniques(Length: 23 minutes) 07/08/2017
5 Personal Finance TipsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 9 minutes) Struggling with your personal finances? Professors Jim and Kay Stice outline five basic tips to help you get a better handle on your money. This short course provides time-tested tips on managing your spending, managing your fixed costs (regular monthly expenses), creating a budget, investing, and saving money.04/27/2016
5 Tips for Building Your Financial LifeBeginnerBusiness(Length: 4 minutes) We all want our financial lives to be healthy and well organized. But where do you start? Get on the right track with these helpful tips and start building your financial future.04/27/2016
5 Ways to Control Your TimeBeginnerBusiness(Length: 95 minutes) Everybody wants more time. While you can't make more hours in the day, you can find more time for the most important things in your life. In this course, Chris Croft introduces 5 simple time management tips to reduce distractions and stay focused on what matters.The first—saying no—is simple in theory, but hard in practice. Chris explains how to reclaim the power of "no" to make room for true priority items. The second step, negotiation, allows you to spend less time on unimportant tasks. The third way is to delegate sometimes, and the fourth is improving systems and processes so that repetitive tasks are quickly and easily managed. Last but not least, Chris explains how to overcome perfectionism and nitpicking. He explains how to apply the five methods to all time-stealers, including meetings, interruptions, and more.In the initial chapters, he'll help you clarify your life and work goals, prioritize to-dos using Eisenhower's matrix of tasks, and answers questions like "Does working longer hours actually get more done?" The worksheets included with the exercise files will help you apply the lessons to your own work and life, and hone your time management skills—one step at a time.08/16/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Communicating Through DrawingBeginnerDesign(Length: 29 minutes) Before written language, drawing was the primary means of communication. Today it's still an essential tool, for conveying not only messages but also emotions, subtext, and metaphor. This 5-day drawing challenge is designed for artists and nonartists alike, to improve their communication skills and flex their creative muscles. Von Glitschka has come up with a wide range of drawing challenges that will push members to explore new topics, tactics, and even materials for drawing.Remember to share your drawings with the rest of our community on Tumblr, Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram using the using the hashtag #5DayDraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Different Ways to DrawBeginnerDesign(Length: 46 minutes) Drawing is for everyone. It just takes practice! Exercise your drawing skills and become better at seeing and capturing the world around you with Von Glitschka's 5-day drawing challenges. This installment asks you to consider different ways of drawing: from thinking "renewably" to getting surrealistic.Von will assign a drawing challenge for each day. Take the time you need to finish each challenge, and then watch the video where Von shares his own hand-drawn solution. There are no right answers here; his solutions should serve as inspiration. For more encouragement, check out the chapter on staying inspired, featuring artist Stephanie Smith. And don't forget to share your drawings via Twitter and Facebook! Use the hashtag #5daydraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Diversify Your DrawingBeginnerDesign(Length: 30 minutes) Tired of drawing the same subjects day after day? Take five days to shake up your drawing habits and diversify your art. In this 5-Day Drawing Challenge, Von Glitschka provides five more opportunities to flex your creative muscle and challenge your preconceived notions about what tools and subjects are "appropriate" in art. Learn how to give people more character by distorting their features; make drawings not of rocks, but on them; imagine your own mythical creature; incorporate found objects into illustrations; and make your drawings "jump" with some cardboard and string.These challenges are designed so that they're suitable for artists of any level. Don't be afraid to share your work! Join the rest of our community on Tumblr, Facebook, and Instagram by posting your drawings with the hashtag #5DayDraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Drawing Closer to NatureBeginnerDesign(Length: 43 minutes) Drawing is for everyone. It just takes practice! Exercise your drawing skills and become better at seeing and capturing the world around you with Von Glitschka's 5-day drawing challenges. This installment asks you to reconsider the fascinating subjects Mother Nature provides and reinterpret them using your own imagination and a pen, pencil, or stylus.Von will assign a drawing challenge for each day. Take the time you need to finish each challenge, and then watch the video where Von shares his own hand-drawn solution. There are no right answers here; his solutions should serve as inspiration. For more encouragement, check out the chapter on staying inspired, featuring artist Oguzhan Secir. And don't forget to share your drawings via Twitter and Facebook! Use the hashtag #5daydraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Drawing InspirationBeginnerDesign(Length: 29 minutes) Von Glitschka is back with another 5-day drawing challenge. In this installment, he provides some drawing inspiration. These challenges ask you to put away your normal drawing tools and draw outside your comfort zone. For example, day one involves white pigment on dark paper, while day four is about drawing with shapes—and without lines. At the end of the five days, we hope you'll be inspired to stretch creatively and reach for new tools when you feel stuck in a routine.Remember: This series is designed for artists and nonartists alike. Don't be afraid to share your drawings with the rest of our community. Post them on Tumblr, Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram using the hashtag #5DayDraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Drawing Challenge: Drawing Your Own RealityBeginnerDesign(Length: 50 minutes) Drawing is for everyone. It just takes practice! Exercise your drawing skills and become better at seeing and capturing the world around you with Von Glitschka's 5-day drawing challenges. This installment asks you draw a few alternate takes on reality: the contents of someone else's mind, an animal/activity mash-up, a character cutout, an imaginary friend, and even a parallel universe.Von will assign a challenge for each day. Take the time you need to finish each assignment, and then watch the video where Von shares his own hand-drawn solution. There are no right answers here; his solutions should serve as inspiration. For more encouragement, check out the chapter on staying inspired, featuring artist Marty Cooper. And don't forget to share your drawings via Twitter and Facebook! Use the hashtag #5daydraw.04/27/2016
5-Day Mograph Challenge: Animated GIFsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D, Photoshop(Length: 35 minutes) Improve your mograph skills one day at a time with this 5-day motion graphics challenge. Author EJ Hassenfratz asks artists to create a different animated GIF each day for 5 days in a row. These challenges are designed to get your creative juices flowing and help you work out of any creative rut. Turn creating into a daily habit—for at least 5 days—and then post your work to Facebook and Twitter using the hashtag #5dayMograph. You can also submit your work to our Tumblr page at 5daymograph.tumblr.com.04/27/2016
5-Day Mograph Challenge: Animated IconsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D, Photoshop(Length: 26 minutes) Want to learn how to put client's branding in motion? Practice it one day at a time with this 5-day mograph challenge. Author EJ Hassenfratz asks artists to create a different animated icon each day, taking existing logos and putting them into motion. These challenges help you solve creative problems and round out your portfolio, while building on skills you've learned in previous 5-day mograph challenges.Get feedback by sharing your work on Facebook and Twitter using the hashtag #5dayMograph, and by posting it to our Tumblr page at 5daymograph.tumblr.com.04/27/2016
5-Day Mograph Challenge: Animating the ElementsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D, Photoshop(Length: 39 minutes) Daily practice is important to your growth as a motion graphics artist. In this 5-day challenge, EJ Hassenfratz asks you to animate five classic elements: earth, fire, water, wind, and light/dark. Each day will build on what you've learned in previous installments of 5-Day Mograph Challenge, and help you create some cool animated GIFs to add to your demo reel.Remember to show us your work on Facebook and Twitter using the hashtag #5dayMograph, and posting it to our Tumblr page at 5daymograph.tumblr.com.04/27/2016
5-Day Mograph Challenge: Animation FundamentalsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D, Photoshop(Length: 33 minutes) Even if you went to school for animation, the terminology can be confusing: follow through, anticipation, timing, and spacing. This fun, 5-day challenge concentrates on the basic principles of animation. Follow along with motion graphics veteran EJ Hassenfratz as he explains the concepts and asks you to put what you've learned into practice. In just 5 days, you'll have a broader understanding of just what makes certain animations successful and why!We encourage you to showcase your work online using the hashtag #5dayMograph, to get feedback on your work and stay inspired. You can also submit your projects to our Tumblr page at 5daymograph.tumblr.com.04/27/2016
5-Day Mograph Challenge: Typographic Logo AnimationIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D, Photoshop(Length: 26 minutes) You've learned how to put company logos in motion. Now, the challenge is to reflect that same energy and branding using only type. This 5-day mograph challenge builds your motion graphics skills one day at a time by asking you to create a different typographic animation each day. Along the way, author EJ Hassenfratz offers tips and techniques to guide you through the challenge.We'd love to see your solutions. Show us your work on Facebook and Twitter using the hashtag #5dayMograph, and by posting it to our Tumblr page at 5daymograph.tumblr.com.04/27/2016
5-Day Photo Challenge: CompositionIntermediatePhotography(Length: 21 minutes) How do you get better at photography? By challenging yourself every day. In this five-day photo challenge, Ben Long introduces five shooting techniques that, if you can master them, will lead to better compositions. Learn how to find good light, shoot with leading lines, frame a subject, "dirty up" your frame, and compose with black and white in mind—even when you're shooting in color. For each assignment, Ben offers his own solution, so you can see how a master photographer tackles the same challenge.Make sure to share your results with Ben and other fellow photographers on Twitter, Instagram, and Facebook using the hashtag #5DayPhoto.04/27/2016
5-Day Photo Challenge: LandscapesIntermediatePhotography(Length: 13 minutes) How do you get better at photography? By challenging yourself every day. Justin Reznick offers a variety of creative and technical challenges that encourage you to get out of your chair—and your comfort zone—and start taking better landscape photos. Learn to work the "golden hour," incorporate tools such as filters and medium-length lenses, shoot iconic landscapes in new, intimate ways, and find a different perspective by moving your feet. Justin offers his own solution for each challenge, so you can see how a master photographer tackles the same subject.Make sure to share your results with Justin and other fellow photographers on Twitter, Instagram, and Facebook using the hashtag #5DayPhoto.04/27/2016
5-Day Photo Challenge: PortraitureIntermediatePhotography(Length: 26 minutes) Improve your photography skills one day at a time. This 5-day photo challenge focuses on portraiture: "people photography." Whether you're a new photographer or a seasoned pro, these challenges will ask you to use composition, texture, light, and even your lenses to craft better portraits. After you complete a challenge, come back to watch author Chris Orwig's solution and get a new assignment.Remember to share your results on Tumblr, Facebook, Twitter, and Instagram using the hashtag #5DayPhoto.04/27/2016
5-Day Photo Challenge: Street PhotographyIntermediatePhotography(Length: 13 minutes) Take a five-day photo challenge that will help you look at your city and the people who live there in new ways. Author Steve Simon provides five challenges: working with light and reflections, isolating subjects, shooting at night, and overcoming nervousness by approaching strangers. He shares his own solutions as he works the streets of New York City, but you can follow along from anywhere. At the end of each day, remember to share your work with Lynda.com's community of photographers using the hashtag #5DayPhoto.04/27/2016
A Mix Engineer's Glossary of TechniquesBeginnerAudio + MusicPro Tools(Length: 248 minutes) Mix engineers know what it's like to put a lot of work into a mix, anticipate a review, and then receive feedback filled with descriptive notes from industry execs. Inside the remarks is an intent that needs to be deciphered so that the right adjustments can be made to achieve the intended sound. Likewise, industry execs—managers, agents, or interested parties—also want to make sure the comments conveyed to the mix engineer use the lingo commonly used across studios in industry. This course helps both: mix engineers can learn how to interpret the meaning of comments and then modify a mix accordingly, and executives can learn how to provide constructive notes using industry-standard terminology, resulting in simpatico communication that ultimately elevates the quality of music being mixed.Join multiplatinum producer, engineer, and mixer Brian Malouf as he covers the many terms that musicians and non-musicians use to describe music. Brian explains the meaning behind the comments and also demonstrates techniques that can be applied to a mix in response to the notes. He covers lo-fi mix techniques, EQ techniques, changes to levels, adapting the ambience, making vibe and energy adjustments, working with compression options, and revising the placement location of elements in the sonic sphere.04/06/2017
A Prolific Music Producer's Workflow for Finishing TracksIntermediateAudio + MusicLogic Pro(Length: 183 minutes) So many of us have rough recordings or bare bones song ideas just sitting on our hard drives, waiting to be finished... This course provides strategies for completing those tracks and releasing them to the world. It's based on industry pro Evan Sutton's own workflow for being a more productive, prolific music producer.Evan starts with the music production tools that can make it easier to see a song through to completion, such as templates, presets, and foolproof hardware setups. Next, he gets into the heavy lifting, mixing both songwriting and production techniques with tips for dealing with the psychological factors that may trip you up when completing a song. He wraps up the course with techniques that help to clear the final steps of song completion, including building transitions, adding ear candy, mixing strategies for increased efficiency, and simple mastering techniques, whether you choose to master your tracks yourself or hire a professional.04/27/2016
Ableton Live 8 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 440 minutes) Ableton Live 8 Essential Training with Rick Schmunk offers a comprehensive overview of Ableton's live audio and MIDI sequencing software and the techniques required to compose, record, and edit music, in real time, on stage, or in the studio. The course includes tutorials on compiling live sets from audio and MIDI clips, loops, or samples, applying MIDI effects, warping audio, and recording and producing songs in any number of contemporary styles. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
Ableton Live 9 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 444 minutes) Create music in real time, on stage, or while producing in the studio, with Ableton Live. In this course, music professor Rick Schmunk shows you how to compose, record, remix, improvise, produce, and edit your musical ideas. Along the way, get familiar with the Live interface, work with its views for recording and editing audio and MIDI, and explore its unique real-time recording and mixing capabilities. Plus, learn real-world production skills that can be applied to songwriting, studio production, and DJing. The final chapters offer an inside look at features added in Live 9, such as new Instrument Racks containing over 3,000 production-ready sounds, and Max for Live, a toolkit for building custom devices.04/26/2016
Ableton Live 9 for Live PerformanceIntermediateAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 140 minutes) In this course, Ableton Certified Trainer Yeuda Ben-Atar demonstrates how to use Ableton Live to its fullest potential in a live performance setting. First, learn how to choose the best MIDI controller to use with Ableton Live, and how to set it up properly to be used on stage. Then dive deeper into how to use MIDI mapping to get the most out of your controllers with Live. Next, Yeuda shares a number of techniques he employs as a live performer, like using cue points, looping, scratching, applying effects, and playing samples. He then shows how to create a live set, including organizing, exporting, and adding instruments and building custom effect racks. Along the way, Yeuda reveals many live performance tricks using control surfaces and custom MIDI controllers that he's built, plus tips for playing and syncing up with other musicians and recording your live performance.04/26/2016
Ableton Live 9 Tips and TricksIntermediateAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 67 minutes) Join Ableton Live expert Mike Kiraly as he dives deep into some of the advanced features that Live offers for unique and creative manipulation of sound. First, discover how to use clip envelopes to create constantly changing transitions between clips. Then Mike demonstrates how to create playable effects and effects transitions with dummy clips, build automated playlists and song arrangements with follow actions, and use dummy clips and follow actions together to generate complex effects.04/26/2016
Academic Research Foundations: QuantitativeBeginnerEducation + ElearningSPSS Statistics(Length: 101 minutes) Quantitative research is a crucial part of academic study and a fundamental scholarly research methodology. In this course, educator Rolin Moe explores the foundations of this methodology to help you confidently tackle your own quantitative research study. Rolin covers the characteristics of quantitative research, and explains how to approach different parts of the research process, such as creating a solid research question and developing a literature review. He goes over the elements of a study, explains how to collect and analyze data, and shows how to present your data in written and numeric form. Once you wrap up this course, you'll be familiar with the framework of a quantitative research study and prepared to start drafting your own.04/06/2017
Accelerated Design with Comp CC and InDesignIntermediateDesignInDesign, Comp(Length: 97 minutes) Comp CC allows you to quickly develop ideas on the go, from your iPad or iPhone, and then when it's time to refine those ideas, push your layout to the desktop. This course shows how to master all the features in Comp CC and import work into InDesign for fine-tuning. Author Tony Harmer helps designers who want to begin their creative process on a tablet seamlessly transition designs back to the full-fledged power of the Creative Cloud.04/27/2016
Access 2003 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAccess(Length: 295 minutes) Access 2003 Essential Training with Mark Swift is a movie-based tutorial that will enable new and existing database designers to develop an understanding of the latest version of Microsoft Access. This training begins with an introduction to database concepts and a design methodology that will help new designers organize the data being stored, and quickly advances to cover many of the features and tools needed to design exceptional database applications. This training also looks at features that are new or improved in Microsoft Access 2003. Exercise files are included, allowing you to follow along and learn at your own pace.04/28/2016
Access 2007 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAccess(Length: 327 minutes) From using predefined Access 2007 database applications to building them from scratch, Access 2007 Essential Training covers each step of understanding, creating, and modifying databases for custom business purposes. Instructor David Rivers shows even the most database-challenged how to utilize this powerful software for creating reports and charts, as well as for business record keeping and analysis. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
Access 2007 Power ShortcutsIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 205 minutes) In Access 2007 Power Shortcuts, Access expert Alicia Katz Pollock shares hundreds of tips and shortcuts to vastly increase efficiency and get the full power out of Access 2007. The course includes tips for working with the Ribbon and Quick Access toolbar, managing files, customizing and automating Access, rapid data entry and editing, working with tables, queries, forms, and reports, managing your database, and much more. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
Access 2007: Forms and Reports in DepthIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 217 minutes) Discover how to manage data entry and reporting tasks more efficiently with Access 2007. Author Adam Wilbert presents lessons designing forms, organizing and displaying data with form controls, creating flexible queries, and building a form-based navigation system. The course also shows how to build reports from wizards and queries, highlight important data with conditional formatting, and automate reporting processes with macros.04/28/2016
Access 2007: Queries in DepthIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 128 minutes) In Access 2007: Queries in Depth, author Adam Wilbert illustrates how to create and leverage real-world queries and turn raw data into usable information. The course covers setting up queries, performing calculations, using the built-in Access functions to further refine query results, and identifying top performers or areas for improvement based on a range of criteria. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
Access 2010 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusiness, Education + ElearningAccess(Length: 210 minutes) In Access 2010 Essential Training, Alicia Katz Pollock gives a comprehensive overview of creating databases in Access 2010, whether using predefined database templates or building from scratch. This course covers each step of constructing and modifying databases for custom purposes, as well as working with tables, forms, queries, macros, and reports and charts for record keeping and analysis. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
*Access 2010 New FeaturesIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 36 minutes) In Access 2010 New Features, author Alicia Katz Pollock explains each new and enhanced feature in Microsoft Access 2010. This course covers the Backstage view that replaces the File menu in Office 2010, shortcuts for building tables, new layout tools and navigation controls, the macro designer featuring IntelliSense, as well as exporting to and collaborating in SharePoint. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Access 2010 Power ShortcutsIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 223 minutes) In Access 2010 Power Shortcuts, Access expert Alicia Katz Pollock shares hundreds of tips and shortcuts to vastly increase efficiency and get the full power out of Access 2010. The course includes tips for working with the Ribbon and Quick Access toolbar, managing files, customizing and automating Access, rapid data entry and editing, working with tables, queries, forms, and reports, managing your database, and much more. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
Access 2010: Forms and Reports in DepthIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 187 minutes) Discover how to manage data entry and reporting tasks more efficiently using Access 2010. Author Adam Wilbert presents lessons on designing forms, organizing and displaying data with form controls, creating flexible queries, and building a form-based navigation system. The course also shows how to build reports from wizards and queries, highlight important data with conditional formatting, and automate reporting processes with macros.04/28/2016
Access 2010: Prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist Certification Exam (77-885)IntermediateBusiness, ITAccess(Length: 241 minutes) Demonstrate your knowledge of Access to the world—become a Microsoft Office Specialist. This course, created by Certified MOS Master Instructor Jennifer McBee, helps you prepare for the Access 2010 MOS certification exam (77-885). Review the five main areas of the Access 2010 MOS exam, including managing the Access environment, building tables, creating forms, creating and managing queries, and designing reports. Explore the MOS certification program, its cost, and its format and walk through each Access certification objective in detail. Get hands-on experience with free downloadable practice files and take the challenges to test your skills. The course wraps with a full-length, 50-minute practice exam.11/15/2016
Access 2010: Queries in DepthIntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 182 minutes) In this course, author Adam Wilbert illustrates how to create and leverage real-world queries and turn raw data into usable information. The course covers setting up queries, performing calculations, using the built-in Access functions to further refine query results, and identifying top performers or areas for improvement based on a range of criteria.04/28/2016
Access 2010: Real-World ProjectsBeginnerBusinessAccess(Length: 28 minutes) In Access 2010: Real-World Projects, author Gini Courter uses real-world examples to explore Access's database creation and management features. Gini shows how to create professionally formatted forms and reports and make ugly databases a thing of the past using Office themes. Creating a database in Access is even easier with built-in navigation templates and reusable Application Parts. Gini also reviews how to save reports as PDFs for easy distribution and how to highlight important data. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
*Access 2013 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusiness, Education + ElearningAccess(Length: 304 minutes) Join author and database expert Adam Wilbert on a tour of the essential features of Microsoft Access 2013 and discover how to build a database and store your data more efficiently. First, Adam explains the concepts behind relational databases, before moving onto building tables—the foundation of any database. He then shows how to define the relationships between tables and use queries to find and filter data. The course also shows how to apply rules and validation to minimize data entry errors; build an interface for the database from forms, complete with interactive buttons and combo boxes; create reports for printing and sharing; and automate these tasks and many others with macros.04/26/2016
*Access 2013 Power TipsIntermediateBusiness, ITAccess(Length: 170 minutes) Your tables are built, your relationships are defined, your queries and reports are ready to run. But is your Access database really ready for users? With these power tips, you can create a better user experience for your database and transform it into a fast, efficient, and even fun place to work. Adam Wilbert will show you how to remove typical Access interface elements (like the Welcome screen) for a better start-up experience, and borrow some tricks from web design to make your database more attractive and interactive. Plus, learn how to clean up a cluttered navigation pane, filter long lists with cascading combo boxes, and build in contextual help and keyboard shortcuts that your power users will thank you for. Adam also shows how to package the database for users who don't have Microsoft Access installed.04/26/2016
Access 2013: Forms and Reports in DepthIntermediateDeveloper, ITAccess(Length: 298 minutes) Make the information in your Access database more transparent and easier to navigate with forms and reports. This course demonstrates how you can use forms and reports to control and organize the display of your data, as well as gather parameters for queries. Author Adam Wilbert starts with the basics of form design and leveraging controls such as buttons, links, and macros. He combines these ideas in a chapter that shows how to build an application-like framework for getting around the database.Then the course dives into reports: creating efficient and readable layouts, grouping data into categories, tying reports to queries, and using conditional formatting rules to highlight key takeaways from the data. Finally, Adam demonstrates how to link forms and reports together and print your results, and introduces unique ways to save time filling out paperwork and generating form letters.04/27/2016
Access 2013: Prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist Certification Exam (77-424)IntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 226 minutes) Distinguish yourself from other Access users by preparing for the Microsoft Office Specialist Access 2013 certification exam. This course, created by Microsoft Certified Trainer Jennifer McBee, helps test candidates prepare for exam 77-424, which covers the five main skills included on the Access 2013 exam: creating databases, tables, queries, forms, and reports.Disclaimer: Microsoft does not produce, provide, or endorse this video training course. The course first explores the MOS certification program and highlights its cost, format, and objectives. Jennifer then walks viewers through all of the Access exam areas in detail. She explains how to create and manage Access databases, build tables, join tables with relationships, and create queries, forms, and dynamic reports. She includes free practice files to follow along while learning about each topic. There are challenges to test your skills at the end of almost every chapter, and the full-length, 50-minute practice exam at the end of the course will ensure you're ready for the real exam.05/21/2016
Access 2013: Queries in DepthIntermediateBusiness, ITAccess(Length: 263 minutes) Get more out of your Access database than just the data you put into it, using queries—tools that help you translate complex raw data into information you can use to make better decisions. Join Adam Wilbert, as he explains how to create real-world queries to filter and sort data, perform calculations, and refine query results with built-in functions, all while offering challenges that help you master the material. Find out how to identify top performers, automate repetitive analysis tasks, and increase accuracy and consistency in your database using program flow functions.04/26/2016
Access 2016 Advanced Tips and TricksIntermediateBusinessAccess, Office, Office 365(Length: 160 minutes) These tips and techniques will help Access developers create a better user experience and transform a boring database into a fast, efficient, and even fun environment. Access expert Adam Wilbert shows how to remove typical Access interface elements (like the Welcome screen) for a better startup experience, and borrow some tricks from web design to make your database more attractive and interactive. Plus, learn how to clean up a cluttered navigation pane, leverage hidden system objects, filter long lists with cascading combo boxes, and build in contextual help and keyboard shortcuts that your power users will thank you for.07/26/2016
Access 2016 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusiness, Education + ElearningAccess(Length: 405 minutes) Learn how to build databases to store and retrieve your data more efficiently with Access 2016. Adam Wilbert shows how to use the powerful program to wrangle your data and create your first table, and highlights smart strategies to edit and modify fields and records.The course also shows you how to build queries and action queries, create and design forms, use macros, integrate Access with the rest of the Office 2016 suite, and maintain your databases over time.04/27/2016
Access 2016: Forms and Reports in DepthIntermediateBusinessAccess, Office, Office 365(Length: 298 minutes) Learn how to use Access forms and reports to control and organize the display of your data, as well as gather parameters for queries. Access expert Adam Wilbert starts with the basics of form design and leveraging controls such as buttons, links, and macros. He combines these ideas in a chapter that shows how to build an application-like framework for getting around an Access 2016 database.Then the course dives into reports: creating efficient and readable layouts, grouping data into categories, tying reports to queries, and using conditional formatting rules to highlight key takeaways from the data. Finally, Adam demonstrates how to link forms and reports and print your results, and introduces unique ways to save time filling out paperwork and generating form letters.07/12/2016
Access 2016: Prepare for the Microsoft Office Specialist Certification Exam (77-730)IntermediateBusinessAccess(Length: 179 minutes) Demonstrate your knowledge of Access by becoming a Microsoft Office Specialist. This course, created by Certified MOS Master Instructor Jennifer McBee, helps viewers prepare for exam 77-730, the Access 2016 MOS Certification Exam. Jennifer covers the five main areas of the exam: managing the Access environment, building tables, building forms, creating and managing queries, and designing reports.The course begins with an overview of the certification program. Jennifer then walks you through all of the certification objectives. You can gain hands-on experience using the downloadable sample documents to practice as you follow along. The course concludes with a full-length practice test that emulates the Access 2016 MOS exam. Solutions are provided to each of the included challenges.01/31/2017
Access 2016: Queries in DepthIntermediateBusiness, ITAccess, Office, Office 365(Length: 249 minutes) Learn how to find and translate complex raw data into information you can use to make better decisions, with Access queries. Access expert Adam Wilbert explains how to create real-world queries to filter and sort data and perform calculations, as well as refine query results with built-in functions, all while offering challenges that help you master the material. Find out how to identify top performers, automate repetitive analysis tasks, make queries more flexible with parameter requests, and increase accuracy and consistency in your database using program flow functions. Adam closes with an assortment of useful query tricks. Take the challenges posed along the way to test and practice your new Access skills.06/14/2016
Accessibility for WordPressIntermediateWebWordPress(Length: 91 minutes) If you build a website with WordPress, build it with accessibility in mind. Making your content, themes, navigation, and other site features accessible helps everyone—including visitors who want to find your site through search engine results.This course, merging WordPress coding with accessible web design techniques, helps you make sure your website meets modern accessibility standards. You'll learn how to use the power of WordPress to quickly build a beautiful and accessible website that can be used by people with different types of abilities. Author Joe Dolson provides a broad introduction to accessibility and then focuses on practical steps to make sure your WordPress themes, plugins, and content are accessible and usable to all.04/27/2016
Accessing Databases with Object-Oriented PHPIntermediateDeveloperPHP(Length: 227 minutes) Now that PHP has true object-oriented capabilities, it's best practice to access databases using PDO (PHP Data Objects) and MySQLi. These methods produce database-neutral code that works with over a dozen systems, including MySQL, SQL Server, PostgreSQL, and SQLite. Learn how to use PDO and MySQLi to perform basic select, insert, update, and delete operations; improve security with prepared statements; and use transactions to execute multiple queries simultaneously. Author David Powers also covers advanced topics like instantiating custom objects, and compares PDO to MySQLi so you can decide which method is right for you.04/26/2016
Accessing Existing Databases with Entity Framework CoreIntermediateDeveloper, WebEntity Framework(Length: 74 minutes) Not every .NET development project starts from scratch. Often you're rewriting applications to take advantage of different data sources, or to make connections to legacy data in more efficient ways. Entity Framework (EF) plays extremely well with existing databases, and it can generate some of the data-access code for you automatically. Using the practical techniques shown in this course, you will be able to use EF Core with existing relational databases, and modify the generated code as necessary. Richard Goforth shows how to connect to a database, scaffold a model from it, and begin improving on that model. He uses shadow properties, backing fields, inheritance relationships, concurrency tokens, and other techniques to best map a database to an application. No matter how untidy your tables and fields, EF will help you write clean, cross-platform code that is easy to maintain in the long run.11/22/2016
Account Manager for FileMaker 8IntermediateBusinessFileMaker Pro(Length: 37 minutes) In this tutorial, Vincenzo Menanno introduces FileMaker Server database administrators to Account Manager's powerful features. Account Manager is especially useful for companies that need to manage many users and many databases and don't have support for Active Directory or Open Directory. Vincenzo teaches administrators how to take full advantage of its capabilities, including administering users, managing access, and notifying users on the fly. He also covers how to import a list of users and grant them access to database privileges and how to disable server access and display a notification during maintenance. Vincenzo also demonstrates how to set password validation and deactivate or set an expiration date for a user account. Find out more at http://www.fmnexus.com/products/accountmanager04/27/2016
Accounting FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 166 minutes) Learn about external financial statements, internal managerial accounting reports, income tax systems and how they interact in business decision-making. Brothers and professors of accounting at Brigham Young University Jim and Kay Stice review the accounting equation, the three primary financial statements, how to use accounting to aid decision making, and how income taxes figure into business and personal decisions. They use real-world example data from Walmart and other business so you can see how numbers drive everything from wages and product costs to home budgets.04/26/2016
Achieving Your GoalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 25 minutes) Setting achievable goals is one of the first steps toward a successful career and meaningful personal development. In this business skills course for lynda.com, author Dave Crenshaw shows smart ways to create a vision, develop a quantifiable goal, turn that goal into actions, and share that commitment publicly to establish accountability.Along the way, discover the importance of celebrating successes and reviewing your progress in order to stay motivated and establish a pattern of successful goal setting.04/28/2016
Acing Your InterviewBeginnerBusiness(Length: 38 minutes) Ace your interview and land the job you want. Join author Valerie Sutton as she explores the different types of interview questions and styles you might expect, and how to prepare for them by researching the company and practicing your answers. Uncover the best ways to create a good first impression and navigate the interview, as well as handle the tricky questions and identify the unlawful ones. Plus, learn how to assess your own performance, thank the company for their time, and follow up on a decision.04/26/2016
Acrobat 3D Version 8 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusiness, CADAcrobat(Length: 283 minutes) One of the challenges of sharing 3D CAD documents results from the sheer size of the files and the potential incompatibility among file formats. With support for major CAD applications, Acrobat 3D can now save and export 3D files as PDFs. This allows for easier viewing, slideshow creation, document sharing, and supporting document editing. In Acrobat 3D Version 8 Essential Training, Brian Wood teaches users how to create, convert, manipulate, and share 3D files using the key features of Acrobat 3D. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
Acrobat 7 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAcrobat(Length: 531 minutes) PDF has become the standard format for electronically sharing documents. But what can you do with your PDFs once they're created? Acrobat 7 Essential Training shows you how to take your PDFs to the next level by adding interactive elements such as links, bookmarks, and form fields. You'll learn to tweak your PDFs using Acrobat Distiller, make changes to them using Acrobat's editing tools, and keep them safe using the new security features. Covering both the Standard and Professional versions of Acrobat 7, these movies ensure that you'll master the key features of this diverse application in no time.04/26/2016
Acrobat 7 New FeaturesIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 142 minutes) Acrobat 7 New Features is a movie-based tutorial created for people who are already familiar with earlier releases of Adobe Acrobat and who are upgrading to, or considering, version 7. This short series of movies covers the most significant enhancements and changes to Adobe Acrobat Standard and Professional, and provides expert tips and tricks for making the most of the new tools and features.04/26/2016
Acrobat 8 Professional Beyond the BasicsIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 576 minutes) In Acrobat 8 Professional Beyond the Basics, instructor Brian Wood demonstrates how to use Acrobat 8 Standard and Acrobat 8 Professional to fully optimize PDF documents. The tutorials teach users how to collaborate with others to streamline the design and creation processes, and how to import and export images, text, sound, and movies. The training also covers optimizing security, creating interactive forms and documents, and much more. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
Acrobat 8 Professional Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAcrobat(Length: 565 minutes) Acrobat 8 Professional Essential Training provides a thorough explanation of each of this application's essential features. The training covers how to put together slick cross-platform presentations, assemble large media-rich projects for distribution, and create customized tools. It also teaches users how to edit, secure, and distribute PDFs. Instructor Brian Wood demonstrates how to create and modify PDFs, export images and text, create secure documents, and customize the Acrobat interface for productivity. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
Acrobat 9 Pro Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAcrobat(Length: 574 minutes) With Acrobat 9, Adobe continues to evolve the venerable PDF from a simple paperless document into a collaborative hub for many forms of digital communication. In Acrobat 9 Pro Essential Training, Brian Wood explores the many new and enhanced features in version 9 of Acrobat Standard, Acrobat Pro, and Acrobat Pro Extended. He demonstrates different ways to create and modify PDFs, including the enhanced OCR tool, and shows how to combine them with other files into a PDF Portfolio. Brian covers collaboration in detail, including the new Collaborate Live and Shared Review options. He also investigates redaction and other security features. Example files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Acrobat 9 Pro Getting Started(Length: 37 minutes) 04/27/2016
Acrobat 9 Pro Tips and Tricks(Length: 208 minutes) 04/27/2016
Acrobat 9 Pro: Creating FormsIntermediateBusiness, WebAcrobat(Length: 516 minutes) PDF forms can be much more than something to print, fill out by hand, and fax back. Interactive fields allow for a web-like user experience, and submission via email or server can enable a truly paperless exchange of information. Acrobat 9 Pro makes interactive form creation and distribution more powerful and flexible than ever, but such a wealth of features and options can be daunting. Brian Wood focuses exclusively on the nuances of this process in Acrobat 9 Pro: Creating Forms. He discusses the fundamentals of Acrobat forms, fields, and distribution, and explores the built-in form creation tools available in Acrobat 9. Brian also demonstrates the XML-driven forms that can be created by the Windows-only LiveCycle Designer application, included with Acrobat 9 Pro and Pro Extended. Example files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Acrobat 9 Pro: Creating Multimedia Projects(Length: 379 minutes) 04/28/2016
Acrobat DC Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAcrobat(Length: 448 minutes) This foundational course teaches everything you need to know to create, edit, and manage PDFs in the Acrobat DC family of programs: Acrobat Pro, Acrobat Standard, and Acrobat Reader. Author Claudia McCue shows how to create PDFs using source material from Microsoft Office, Adobe CC, web pages, and scans, and edit and combine PDFs. She also demonstrates how to create fillable forms, gather comments and review PDFs, esign documents, and add audio, video, and links to PDFs.04/26/2016
Acrobat DC: Create FormsIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 96 minutes) Learn how to take static PDF documents and turn them into interactive forms with Acrobat DC. Garrick Chow shows how to add interactive form fields—everything from text and check boxes to radio buttons and list boxes—and how to trigger actions with buttons. The course also explores how to automate form creation with the Form Wizard, perform calculations, work with signatures, distribute forms, and use the data gathered from forms.06/14/2016
Acrobat X Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAcrobat(Length: 539 minutes) In Acrobat X Essential Training, author Anne-Marie Concepción demonstrates how to create, modify, review, and share PDFs in Adobe Acrobat X Standard or Pro. Starting with a tour of the new panels-based interface, the course covers the basics of the software, such as creating and customizing PDFs, searching, editing text and graphics, and extracting PDF content to use in other programs. Also included are tutorials on creating forms, inserting interactivity and rich media, using the prepress tools, combining PDFs with other types of files to create customized portfolios, and ensuring document security. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
Acrobat X Tips and TricksIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 273 minutes) Let Anne-Marie Concepción share her intimate knowledge of Acrobat with you, and reveal the application's hidden gems. This course goes beyond the manual to reveal the secret techniques of Acrobat power users: editing text and graphics directly within the PDF, adding the Typewriter tool to the toolbar, creating a better default preview for portfolios, outputting double-sided pages and printer spread booklets, and converting JavaScript into one-click actions. These tools can be put to use immediately on the PDFs that users receive and distribute every day.04/28/2016
Acrobat X: Creating FormsIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 147 minutes) This course demonstrates how to design a form from scratch in Word, Illustrator, or InDesign—or from an existing electronic document. author Claudia McCue teaches how to add interactive fields like check boxes, buttons, drop-down lists, and digital signature fields; how to add field calculations like sum or average; and how to use JavaScript for more advanced calculations. The course also covers how to enable forms for Acrobat Reader users, add security to a form, distribute it via email or the web, and collect data from recipients.04/28/2016
Acrobat XI: Creating FormsIntermediateBusinessAcrobat(Length: 222 minutes) PDF forms are easier to design, distribute, and capture data than either web or print forms. Let Claudia McCue show you just how effortless PDF forms can be, in this Adobe Acrobat course. First, learn how to design a basic form in Word, Illustrator, or InDesign. Then Claudia shows you how to add interactive fields like check boxes, buttons, dropdown lists, and digital signature fields; how to add calculations that can total or average your data; and how to write some simple JavaScript that will unlock more advanced form functionality. Plus, learn how distribute your forms via email and on the web.04/26/2016
ACT! 2010 Essential Training(Length: 206 minutes) 04/27/2016
ActionScript 2.0 Beyond the BasicsIntermediateDeveloper, WebActionScript(Length: 827 minutes) ActionScript 2.0 Beyond the Basics with Joey Lott is a video-based tutorial designed to help experienced ActionScript users learn how to use the more advanced features of this powerful scripting language for developing applications. This tutorial covers using the ActionScript 2.0 API with classes such as Color, String, and Date; highly effective yet little known features such as the Drawing API, LocalConnnection, and SharedObject; and using a third party regular expression class to add impressive text searching capabilities to applications. You'll also learn how to use object-oriented design as you write ActionScript 2.0 classes, and how to create Flash components combining the benefits of classes with movie clips. While this training title was recorded in the Flash MX 2004 interface, it is appropriate for users of Flash 8 as well. Exercise files accompany the tutorial, allowing you to follow along and learn at your own pace.Note: This product was previously named ActionScript 2.0 in Flash MX 2004 Beyond the Basics04/28/2016
ActionScript 2.0 Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloper, WebActionScript(Length: 589 minutes) ActionScript 2.0 is a powerful scripting language that allows you to create complex and highly interactive Flash applications. In ActionScript 2.0 Essential Training, Joey Lott will teach you the essential skills and reveal the insider information you need to begin developing Flash applications. The training begins with an overview of programming terms and concepts used in ActionScript such as datatypes, variables, expressions and operators, switch statements, arrays, functions, etc., and then quickly moves on to show apply the concepts using practical examples. While this training title was recorded in the Flash MX 2004 interface, it is appropriate for users of Flash 8 as well. Exercise files accompany the tutorial, allowing you to follow along and learn at your own pace.Note: This product was previously named Learning ActionScript 2.0 in Flash MX 200404/28/2016
ActionScript 3.0 in Flash CS3 Professional Beyond the BasicsIntermediateDeveloper, WebActionScript, Flash Professional(Length: 247 minutes) Taking the principles and skills taught in ActionScript 3.0 in Flash CS3 Professional Essential Training, Adobe Certified Instructor Todd Perkins demonstrates how to put them to practical use in this course. Todd fully explores ActionScript's most powerful features, including creating advanced navigational interfaces and special effects using XML data and adding accessibility to files via closed captioning. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
ActionScript 3.0 in Flash CS4 Professional for Designers(Length: 380 minutes) 04/28/2016
ActionScript 3.0 in Flash Professional CS5 Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloper, WebActionScript, Flash Professional(Length: 428 minutes) In ActionScript 3.0 in Flash Professional CS5 Essential Training, Todd Perkins shows Flash designers how to incorporate ActionScript code into their projects and create interactive presentations and applications. The course includes a review of ActionScript language basics and the object-oriented programming (OOP) methodology, a tour of those Flash Professional CS5 features designed for developers, such as code hinting and the Code Snippets panel, and instructions on interacting with objects in the Library and placing code on the Timeline. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
ActionScript 3.0 in Flex Builder 2.0 Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloper, WebActionScript, Flex Builder(Length: 766 minutes) Instructor Joey Lott is known for his expertise in Flash, ActionScript, ColdFusion, Java, MySQL, XML, and more. In ActionScript 3.0 in Flex Builder Essential Training, he puts some of that knowledge to work, first explaining what's new with ActionScript 3.0, then demonstrating the program's important capabilities. From working with variables, to understanding and applying functions, to creating practical applications (as well as a few fun ones), you'll be exposed to all the powerful and practical features of ActionScript 3.0. Exercise files accompany the tutorial, allowing you to follow along and learn at your own pace.04/27/2016
ActionScript 3.0 Projects: Game DevelopmentIntermediate3D + Animation, Developer, WebActionScript(Length: 338 minutes) Adobe Certified Instructor Todd Perkins makes ActionScript fun in ActionScript 3.0 Projects: Game Development . He explains the principles of game design and development, then shows how to overcome game-making challenges to create all kinds of games. Todd teaches developers how to deal with case sensitivity, create dynamically moving enemies, add event listeners, determine a win or loss in a game, and add additional features and artificial intelligence. Each set of tutorials covers how to build a game from scratch. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
ActionScript 3.0: Building Particle Systems(Length: 81 minutes) 04/27/2016
ActionScript 3.0: Working with XMLIntermediateDeveloper, WebActionScript, XML(Length: 147 minutes) The use of RSS feeds is a growing trend, and they can be found within many new websites. In ActionScript 3.0: Working with XML, instructor Todd Perkins places strong emphasis on using RSS data for blogs, podcasts, and images. He also demonstrates how to perform common tasks with XML, such as using E4X syntax, loading external data from local and remote locations, saving data, and integrating with popular services like Flickr. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Adapting a Print Layout for Digital PublishingBeginnerDesignInDesign(Length: 122 minutes) Learn how to convert documents and files originally intended for print into optimized digital formats such as EPUB, interactive PDF, HTML, or a Digital Publishing Suite (DPS) file. In this course, author Mike Rankin shows you how to choose the best format for your project, make any necessary layout or content changes using Adobe InDesign, and ensure your images and other assets are licensed for digital use. Plus, learn best practices for scanning text, photos, and illustrations, and discover how to enrich your digital publications with video. This course provides a step-by-step workflow that will help you stay organized and get the best results from your conversion.04/26/2016
Adapting an English Layout into Spanish with InDesignIntermediateDesignInDesign(Length: 104 minutes) As more economies, communities, and businesses go "global," more designers are being asked to adapt their layouts to work with different languages. This course will help you adapt English language design to Spanish, covering everything from translation to copyfitting, even if you don't know "hola" from "hello." Diane Burns shows you how to take three examples (an existing sign, a flyer, and a catalog created in InDesign) and successfully convert them to Spanish. Along the way, she shares InDesign tips that will make you more productive in any language.Want to learn more? Check out Multilingual Publishing Strategies with InDesign.04/26/2016
Add Your jQuery Project to a Digital Magazine(Length: 16 minutes) 04/26/2016
Adding a Filmic Glow to Your Footage Using After Effects(Length: 8 minutes) 04/27/2016
Adding a Filmic Glow to Your Footage Using Final Cut Pro(Length: 16 minutes) 04/27/2016
Adding a Filmic Glow to Your Footage Using Motion(Length: 11 minutes) 04/27/2016
Adding Dynamic Functionality to Your Joomla! SiteBeginnerDeveloper, Web, video2brainJoomla!(Length: 217 minutes) If you already have a Joomla! site and want to take it to the next level, this workshop from trainer and consultant Laura Gordon is for you. This course shows how to take a basic "informational" site and make it more dynamic by applying Joomla! core functionality and enhancing it with feature-rich components such as event managers and document managers. Laura also introduces Access Control Lists, which limit who can edit and view different areas of your website, and see how to modify templates, link your site to social networks, display automatic updates from within the site, and much more.04/26/2016
Adding Google Maps to Android AppsIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 167 minutes) Learn to add interactive maps to mobile applications with the Google Maps Android API, a free Google Play service included on almost every Android device. It all starts with getting an API key, and integrating the Google Play services library into an Android app project. Then, after an introduction to presenting simple maps, author David Gassner describes how to set a map's initial state, control the display type and zoom level, work with map markers, and draw shapes on maps. Plus, discover how to use the Geolocation API to translate location names into map data (and back again), and find a device's current location with the Location Services API.04/27/2016
Adding Stripe Payments to Your Ruby on Rails ApplicationIntermediateWebRuby on Rails, Stripe API(Length: 124 minutes) Add Stripe to your Ruby on Rails application to collect payments from your users. Stripe allows developers to add Payment Card Industry-compliant ecommerce functionality without having to implement complicated security. The result is an efficient and secure app experience, with fully encrypted token-based transactions that allow you to charge for content on a monthly or annual basis. In this course, Chris Oliver teaches you how to build a Rails app with paid content, securely collect credit card numbers, charge your users for a subscription to your site, and give them access to the paid content, all with Stripe.js and the Stripe Ruby gem. You'll also learn how to allow customers to unsubscribe and resubscribe from the app, and create PDF receipts for charges.12/20/2016
Administer and Manage VMware vSphere ResourcesIntermediateITvSphere(Length: 76 minutes) VMware is the market leader in virtualization. Their cloud­-based virtualization platform, vSphere, is the software of choice for organizations looking to go virtual. Watch this course to learn how to manage and allocate resources such as CPU and memory in a VMware vSphere environment.VMware Certified Instructor Rick Crisci provides an overview of vSphere resource controls—shares, limits, and reservations—and their impact on performance and VSWP file size. Rick explains exactly what happens when virtual machines compete for resources, the role of swap files, and how resource controls help automate allocation.In chapter 2, Rick shows how to manage performance with resource pools, including child pools. He explains the impact a reservation has on resource pools, and includes a demo on creating and configuring a resource pool. Chapter 3 is an overview of the vFlash architecture for leveraging SSD resources. Watch this chapter to learn how to configure vFlash reservations and to assign a reservation to a VM. Note: This course maps to the Administer and Manage vSphere 6.x Resources domain of the vSphere Certified Professional 6—Data Center Virtualization (VCP6­DCV) exam.08/16/2016
Administering G SuiteIntermediateITGoogle Apps(Length: 104 minutes) G Suite (formerly known as Google Apps) is a popular cloud-based productivity platform for enterprise document management and email. But to have a great Google experience, administrators need to be able to choose and deploy the right services. This course helps you launch G Suite at your organization. Julio Appling provides an overview of the different G Suite plans and guidelines for choosing the right one. He then shows administrators how to create an account and migrate existing data (such as email, calendars, and contacts) to G Suite. Next, walk through the Admin homepage, where you create a company profile and choose services, and learn how to add and remove users, manage user privileges, and create groups. Since G Suite also works so well on mobile, Julio walks through setting up Android, iOS, and Google Chrome devices. The final chapter focuses on reports so you can understand the activity and security data Google provides.12/27/2016
Administering Google AppsIntermediateITGoogle Apps(Length: 81 minutes) Google Apps are popular for enterprise document management and email, due in no small part to their simplicity and ease of use. But to have a great Google Apps experience, the services needs to be set up, users need to be managed, and trouble needs to be shot. In this course, Julio Appling helps you launch Google Apps at your organization. He'll cover the initial signup and profile setup, and go over choosing services, migrating data from other systems, and setting up fresh user accounts. He'll also guide administrators through one of the most common ongoing tasks with Google Apps: managing user privileges and groups. Last but not least, he'll help you run and understand the activity and security reports Google provides.04/27/2016
Administration for Cloud-Based Office 365(Length: 152 minutes) 04/27/2016
Administrative Human Resources FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 85 minutes) HR administration is vital to the success of every business and every employee. Effective HR administrators make sure companies stay compliant with regulations, and keep their employees motivated and engaged. If you are a small business owner who wants a deeper understanding of HR, someone looking for a job in HR, or an administrative professional whose duties include HR, this training course is for you. It provides a general introduction to the role and duties of an HR administrative professional.HR consultant Catherine Mattice outlines some of the considerations of the human resources professional, such as balancing the needs of employees with the interests of the organization. She reveals how to conduct an HR audit to identify HR practices that need improvement. She then outlines core HR responsibilities: staffing, training, documentation, compensation and benefits, performance reviews, job descriptions, compliance with state and federal regulations, and more.04/27/2016
Adobe After Effects CS5: Frequently Asked QuestionsBeginnerVideo, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 20 minutes) In this course, Todd Kopriva helps you avoid common Adobe After Effects hiccups with a collection of answers to frequently asked questions. Whether you're having audio hiccups, getting pixelated vector graphics, or getting oversized files or jerky playback, Todd equips you to zip past these common hurdles and get back to creating great effects.04/26/2016
Adobe Animate CC for Web DesignersBeginnerWebAdobe Animate(Length: 81 minutes) If you want to animate a header, build banner ads, or create an infographic, Paul Trani can show you how—and he does—in this course using Adobe Animate CC. He demonstrates how to create graphics and text, import designs and photos, and bring objects to life using animation and interactivity. He also shows the publishing process for outputting to multiple platforms like HTML, SWF, SVG, and WebGL. Since the principles of creating and animating go beyond the featured projects and can be used in a number of scenarios, this course can help any web designer explore the robust capabilities of Adobe Animate CC.07/19/2016
Adobe Animate CC: First LookBeginnerWebAdobe Animate(Length: 14 minutes) After 20 years, Flash is changing its name and focus to Adobe Animate—signaling an entirely new direction for the product. Animate presents animators' favorite Flash tools in a familiar interface, and adds features such as vector art brushes and taggable swatches. Get your first look at Adobe Animate and learn about the new tools and improved interface as well the integration of Creative Cloud Libraries and Adobe Stock, which allows animators to bring their own digital assets as well as high-quality stock imagery and artwork right into Adobe Animate. Plus, find out about onion skinning and stage improvements and the enhanced publishing workflow for HTML Canvas, Flash Player, and AIR.Start watching for your first look at the new era in Adobe animation: Adobe Animate CC.04/27/2016
Adobe Animate CC: New Features(Length: 35 minutes) 06/25/2016
Adobe Animate CC: New FeaturesIntermediateWebAdobe Animate(Length: 30 minutes) Adobe Animate CC is the focused animation software that takes all the best tools from Flash Professional and bundles them with Creative Cloud features. In this course, learn about the enhancements in the 2017 release of Adobe Animate CC with expert Joseph Labrecque. Explore the enhanced animation tooling included in this release, including Frame Picker enhancements and ease presets for classic and shape tweens. Plus, learn about interactivity enhancements, including global JavaScript declaration, the ability to include references to external JavaScript libraries, and two new properties for HTML5 Canvas video components: mute and poster.06/18/2017
Adobe Camera Raw Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotographyCamera Raw(Length: 212 minutes) Camera Raw is more than a plugin. It's a powerful photo editing tool in its own right, capable of taking your photos from raw material to polished gems. In this course, Adobe evangelist Julieanne Kost takes you through all of Camera Raw's capabilities, from fixing common but vexing problems to finding more creative uses for the program's rich and nondestructive editing tools. Learn how to correct color, fix perspective problems, and enhance detail and contrast to make images come alive. Then find out how to make localized color corrections, custom black-and-white images, and even panoramas and HDR composites. If you're interested in becoming more efficient in Camera Raw, Julieanne also includes a chapter on using presets, synchronization, and batch processing to automate some of your corrections.04/27/2016
Adobe Captivate 2017 Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 221 minutes) Captivate is a leading elearning authoring tool from Adobe that allows for the rapid creation of interactive learning content. In this course, David Rivers helps you get acquainted with the 2017 version of Adobe Captivate. David demonstrates how to create new projects, add assets and interaction, work with audio and video, set up quizzes, and publish your elearning content in HTML5. Plus, David highlights new features in Captivate 2017 that can help enhance the workflow of users who are familiar with Captivate, but have yet to work with this version of the software.07/08/2017
Adobe Captivate 2017: Animations and EffectsIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 78 minutes) Adding animations and effects to your elearning materials can help make your courses more engaging and interactive. Adobe Captivate 2017 boasts features that can help you create subtle animations and digital effects. In this intermediate-level course, learn how to leverage this functionality to make your elearning content stand out. Pooja Jaisingh covers a variety of topics, including how to include SWF, GIF, and HTML5 animations, work with transitions, and add emphasis with object and text effects. In addition, she demonstrates how to apply the concepts and techniques covered in the course to build several different animations.07/18/2017
Adobe Captivate 8 First LookBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 26 minutes) Adobe Captivate 8 is here, offering better support for mobile devices and new learning interactions. Aaron Quigley offers a first look at Captivate's responsive templates, which intelligently resize your elearning content to fit a variety of screen sizes, including iOS and Android phones, and other mobile-support features, like gestures and geo location data integration. He also covers the new set of learning interactions, like interactive timelines and drag-and-drop elements, which can enrich your courses instantly.04/26/2016
Adobe Captivate 9 First LookBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 29 minutes) Captivate 9 is packed with features and enhancements that make the new version of this elearning software even more valuable to authors and educators. Here Pooja Jaisingh provides a first look at the program, including storyboarding in Captivate Draft, multistate objects, the Assets store of prebuilt objects, and Captivate Prime, an LMS-style delivery system. Plus, learn about enhancements to already great features such as Captivate's motion effects and geolocation.04/27/2016
Adobe Captivate for Systems TrainingIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 176 minutes) Adobe Captivate—a leading elearning authoring tool—boasts capabilities that can help you create dynamic systems training. In this course, join Anastasia McCune as she explores how to use Captivate to record software simulations. Anastasia walks through the key features in Captivate that can best help you as you develop systems training. She shows how to incorporate formatting and slide interactions, add knowledge checks, and hold learners accountable through assessments. She demonstrates how to create a simple training by recording and editing a series of on-screen steps, as well as how to record a training for an offline process.07/18/2017
Adobe Captivate Prime 2016 Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate Prime(Length: 71 minutes) You can create great learning content and distribute it online by yourself using Adobe Captivate Prime—a self-help learning management system (LMS). Adobe Captivate Prime integrates seamlessly with Captivate to deliver responsive elearning courses. Join Adobe expert Pooja Jaisingh as she demonstrates the features and options available in Adobe Captivate Prime, while exploring best practices for creating a digital learning environment. The course covers getting started with most essential features, and a few more advanced topics, such as badges, skills, certifications, leading synchronous and asynchronous training, and gauging learning effectiveness. By the end of the course, you should be able to create and deliver your own online course or individual learning plan.03/09/2017
Adobe Captivate Prime Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate Prime(Length: 134 minutes) Adobe Captivate Prime is a new learning management system (LMS) that integrates seamlessly with Captivate to deliver online responsive elearning. Adobe elearning evangelist Pooja Jaisingh demonstrates the features and options available in Adobe Captivate Prime, while exploring best practices for creating a digital learning environment. The training covers the basics of getting started with Captivate Prime's most essential features, and a few more advanced topics, such as using badges, skills, and certifications for gamification and learning effectiveness. By the end of the course, you should be able to create your own online course, learning program, or individual learning plan with Captivate Prime.04/27/2016
Adobe Captivate Prime: First LookEducation + ElearningCaptivate Prime(Length: 16 minutes) Captivate Prime is a new kind of learning management system, designed to integrate seamlessly with Adobe Captivate and take advantage of all the flexibility of the cloud. Join Pooja Jaisingh for your first look at Captivate Prime, including adding users, creating courses, and developing learning and certification programs that allow you to track student progress and engagement at every step in the process. Plus, find out how to use Captivate Prime's mobile learning and gamification features to increase access to and interest in learning at your organization.04/27/2016
Adobe Captivate: Mobile Training LocalizationAdvancedEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 49 minutes) Localizing your elearning content allows it to be received by a broader audience. You can use Adobe Captivate to create multiple translations and adaptations of your courses to ensure the information is understood in varying contexts. Join Pooja Jaisingh as she demonstrates how to use the localization capabilities of Captivate. She covers the how to create courses with localization in mind, including how to modify metadata, work with variables, use multistate objects, and more. By the end of the course, you should be able to create single-branched courses that are location-aware with conditional behaviors and responses.03/09/2017
Adobe CC Libraries for DesignersBeginnerDesignIllustrator, InDesign, Photoshop(Length: 37 minutes) With Adobe Creative Cloud (CC) Libraries, you can manage and access design assets—like frequently used brushes and icons—from anywhere. In this brief, informative course, Justin Seeley shows graphic designers how to leverage the power of CC Libraries across key design applications. To begin, Justin explains what CC Libraries are, how to create them on both desktops and mobile devices, and how to share your libraries with colleagues. Next, he explains how to work with CC Libraries in Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign, as well as which objects you store in each one. Justin wraps up with recommendations for other courses that can help you grow your CC knowledge.01/17/2017
Adobe Certified Associate Prep: IllustratorIntermediateDesignIllustrator(Length: 194 minutes) Graphic design is competitive. Make yourself stand out in a crowded field. Become an Adobe Certified Associate by passing the Graphic Design & Illustration Using Adobe Illustrator exam. ACA certification is a gateway to a career in digital design, and lifelong mastery of Illustrator. This course explains the benefits of ACA, how to organize your study efforts, and how to determine when you're ready to take the exam. Each exam objective is covered in detail, from identifying project requirements to exporting your final graphics. Author Mike Rankin also explains what to expect at the testing center, and how to promote your ACA status with potential employers.08/16/2016
Adobe Certified Associate Prep: InDesignIntermediateDesignInDesign(Length: 165 minutes) Starting your graphic design career? Make yourself stand out to employers and clients by becoming an Adobe Certified Associate in InDesign. ACA certification can be the gateway to jobs and lifelong mastery of InDesign. This course helps you study for and pass the Print & Digital Media Publication Using Adobe InDesign exam. Instructor Mike Rankin explains the benefits of ACA certification, how to organize your study efforts, and how to determine when you're ready to take the exam. Each exam objective is covered in detail, from identifying your audience and laying out your initial design to publishing your final document. Mike also explains what to expect at the testing center, and how to promote your ACA status and participate in the ACA community, including the ACA World Championship.11/15/2016
Adobe Color CC Essential TrainingBeginnerDesignKuler(Length: 55 minutes) Whether you're looking for inspiration or just a color fiend, Kuler's fun, intuitive interface makes creating and sharing color palettes easier than ever. It's accessible from Adobe Creative Cloud applications, via the web, and even on your mobile device. Justin Seeley shows how to use the Kuler color wheel to pick and choose color, dial in the perfect hue with color rules, and name, tag, and save your themes. Plus, learn to capture color from the world around you using the camera on your smartphone or tablet and the Kuler mobile app. This course will get you excited about color again.04/26/2016
Adobe Color Essential TrainingBeginnerDesignAdobe Color(Length: 55 minutes) The world is full of inspiring color combinations. With Adobe Color, you can explore color in a whole new way, using new tools, an active online community, and even the camera on your iPhone, iPad, or Android device. The color themes you create are automatically saved to Creative Cloud Libraries: to use in your designs, layouts, and illustrations or to share with other designers.Join Justin Seeley as he explores the essential features of Adobe Color. He shows how to create themes using the online color wheel, edit themes with color rules, participate in the Adobe Color community, and use your themes in Illustrator and Photoshop. He also shows how to turn photos into color themes with the Adobe Capture mobile app.04/27/2016
Adobe Comp CC First LookBeginnerDesignComp(Length: 26 minutes) Adobe Comp CC enables designers to quickly sketch out ideas on their iPads. Imagine drawing a box with an X in it and the box instantly converts into a live image object for storing images from your gallery. You can also draw horizontal lines that convert to lorem ipsum—and that's just the beginning. Comp CC combines access to Typekit and Creative Cloud images with efficient scaling and drawing gestures, making it a productive "take anywhere" tool for developing designs. In this course, Justin Seeley gives you a first look at this incredible app, covering basics such as drawing with gestures, working with placeholder text and images, and sending your compositions (aka "comps") to other Adobe programs, like Photoshop and InDesign.04/27/2016
Adobe Connect Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAdobe Connect(Length: 159 minutes) Learn how to use Adobe Connect to run meetings, connect with learners online, and record standalone presentations. Garrick Chow shows how Connect bridges real-world gaps and helps anyone with an Internet connection link up online. Watch this course and learn how to create new meetings; establish audio connections, whether over the computer or on the phone; open pods to chat, video conference, or share content; share your screen; and make content available for download over Connect. You don't need to have everyone in the same room to have a great meeting; you just need to Connect.04/26/2016
Adobe Digital Publishing Suite Essential TrainingIntermediateDesignInDesign, Digital Publishing Suite(Length: 153 minutes) Digital distribution is the wave of the future for magazines and other print publications. Get on board now, with Adobe Digital Publishing Suite (DPS). DPS tools are included with InDesign and can help you create rich interactive publications for mobile devices, such as the iPad, as well as Android and Windows 8.1 devices—with no code! Bob Levine shows you how to create DPS folios in InDesign with striking cover artwork, create and import articles, and add various interactive features, like buttons, audio and video, HTML content, links to outside sources, and even animation. He also shares his advice for publishers targeting more than just the iPad, as well as useful scripts and extensions for automating parts of your workflow.04/26/2016
Adobe Digital Publishing Suite Interactive TechniquesIntermediateDesignDigital Publishing Suite(Length: 145 minutes) Migrated to digital publishing? Don't stop there. These techniques will help you add engaging, immersive interactions and media to your Adobe Digital Publishing Suite projects. Author Keith Gilbert covers buttons, nested multistate objects, interactive quizzes, video, animation, and embedded PDFs. Plus, learn to create vertical and horizontal scrolling frames and interactive panoramas. Each chapter begins with examples that show the effects in action, so you can see how these techniques are used in the real world.04/26/2016
Adobe Document Cloud First LookBusinessAdobe Document Cloud(Length: 26 minutes) This quick course explores the e-signature, continuity, and document administration and control features of Adobe Document Cloud, a new service for managing PDFs across multiple devices and platforms. Author Garrick Chow also shows how Document Cloud integrates with Acrobat DC, how to fill out forms, and how to use Mobile Link to keep PDFs in sync.Learn more about Document Cloud family of products in Up and Running with Acrobat Reader DC and the upcoming Acrobat DC Essential Training.04/27/2016
Adobe Draw for IllustrationBeginnerDesignAdobe Mobile Apps(Length: 129 minutes) Adobe Draw is made for illustration on the go—drawing anywhere inspiration strikes. Here Von Glitschka shares his favorite uses for this iOS and Android app. New and seasoned artists alike will benefit from watching over Von's shoulder to see how he transitions a hand-drawn sketch to the iPad and adds details and color with Adobe Draw.Follow along for a tour of Adobe Draw's best features and get techniques for refining line work, coloring a sketch, drawing, and adding shadows and highlights. At the end of the course, Von shows how to create new brushes and textures with Adobe Capture and then shifts his illustrations to the desktop to capitalize on the full-fledged power of Illustrator and Photoshop CC.04/27/2016
Adobe Edge Code and Brackets: First LookIntermediateDeveloper, WebEdge Code, Brackets(Length: 44 minutes) Get a first look at Edge Code, the impressive new code editor from Adobe, and its open-source cousin Brackets. Learn about the differences between the open-source and the commercial flavors of the software, and the exclusive features you get with Edge Code, such as Quick Edit, Live Previews, and integration with Creative Cloud features like Typekit and Edge Inspect.04/26/2016
Adobe Experience Design CC: First LookBeginnerWebExperience Design(Length: 61 minutes) Experience Design (XD) is Adobe's new UX design tool, and we have a first look at its public debut. Experience Design CC can be used to design and prototype all sorts of digital experiences, but it's ideally suited for websites and mobile apps. Here, Tom Green shows how to use all of its main features, including artboards, drawing and text tools, links and interactions, Preview panel, and sharing features. He also explores Repeat Grid, an innovative feature for duplicating content in a layout.04/27/2016
Adobe Experience Manager for MarketersBeginnerMarketingExperience Design(Length: 28 minutes) Keep up with your digital marketing campaigns, engage with your customers, and maintain your brand using Adobe Experience Manager (AEM). In this course, Kevin Schmidt provides a tour of the AEM interface and shows you step-by-step how to create pages with text, add images, modify properties, manage assets, and publish. He also shares best practices for how to optimize your web content. He helps you quickly grasp the basics of content authoring and asset management so you can get started with AEM.11/15/2016
Adobe Green-Screen WorkflowIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Premiere Pro(Length: 125 minutes) Working with green-screen footage can be a daunting task. The Adobe suite of video tools provides a wide array of choices, but how do you know which to use? This course aims to answer that important question. By providing an overview of the import process, and then moving into Premiere Pro, After Effects, and popular third-party keying tools, author Rich Harrington guides you through the keying process. Learn how to use the Ultra Keyer, KEYLIGHT, Primatte Keyer, zMatte, and more, while discovering ways to work with transparency and create great backdrops in Photoshop.This course was created and produced by Rich Harrington. We're honored to host this material in our library.04/26/2016
Adobe Illustrator Variable DataAdvancedDesignIllustrator(Length: 116 minutes) Have you ever changed data manually to make multiple copies of the same design? If so, you know it can be tedious and time consuming. Learn how to dynamically populate new information into a design and quickly generate multiple versions with Adobe Illustrator Variable Data.Designer John Garrett appreciates the many different types of variables and their practical uses, including generating business cards and direct mailers. In this course, he explains how to use variable data including managing linked images, graphics, tables of data, and graphs. He covers the entire workflow, from setup to exporting dynamic batches.05/20/2016
Adobe Illustrator: Working with AutoCAD FilesIntermediateDesign, CADAutoCAD, Illustrator(Length: 78 minutes) Designers and engineers often work together on products, architectural and engineering projects, signage, and product packaging. They don't use the same software, but they have to share assets to get the job done. This course provides a variety of options for sharing and exchanging files between the designer's home turf, Illustrator, and CAD programs like AutoCAD and SketchUp. Author William Everhart shows how to export CAD files, open them in Illustrator, and handle conversion issues. And vice versa: He'll also show how to prep Illustrator files for conversion to the CAD format, and provide some workarounds for using PDF and SVG files.04/26/2016
Adobe Mobile Apps First LookBeginnerDesignCapture One, Photoshop Mix, Photoshop Sketch, Premiere Clip, Comp, Adobe Mobile Apps(Length: 69 minutes) The Adobe mobile apps are here and better than ever, putting both new and familiar tools within easy reach on your iPad or Android tablet. And they're included with any subscription to Creative Cloud. In this short course, staff author Justin Seeley shows how to set up and sign in to Adobe's mobile platform and gives you a tour of each app:Capture CC, for creating color themes and brushesPhotoshop Mix, for image editing and compositingPhotoshop Fix, for retouchingPhotoshop Sketch, for hand-drawn projectsIllustrator Draw, for vector drawingComp CC, for creating layouts on the goFind out how these new tools can unlock your creativity—wherever it takes you.04/27/2016
Adobe Mobile Apps For DesignersBeginnerDesignAdobe Mobile Apps(Length: 108 minutes) Why are designers excited about Adobe mobile apps? Six of the apps (Adobe Draw, Sketch, Fix and Mix, Comp, and Capture CC) cater directly to the graphic arts market. They put both new and familiar tools within easy reach on your iPad or Android tablet, and they're included with any subscription to Creative Cloud. Find out how these new tools can unlock your creativity—wherever it takes you. In this short course, staff author Justin Seeley shows how to set up and sign in to Adobe's mobile platform and gives you a tour of each app. Plus, learn how to send your work back to the desktop to finesse it with Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign.05/20/2016
Adobe Mobile Apps For DesignersBeginnerDesignAdobe Mobile Apps(Length: 0 minutes) Accelerate your design workflow by incorporating mobile apps from Adobe into the mix. In this course, Tony Harmer dives into the key features offered in six apps—Adobe Capture CC, Adobe Photoshop Fix, Adobe Photoshop Mix, Adobe Comp CC, Adobe Illustrator Draw, and Adobe Photoshop Sketch—and shows how to get up and running quickly with each one. Discover how to create Photoshop brushes with Adobe Capture CC, make skin smooth with Adobe Photoshop Fix, draw with Adobe Illustrator Draw, and more.03/16/2017
Adobe Pen Tool: FundamentalsBeginnerDesignIllustrator, Photoshop(Length: 230 minutes) Creating precise lines, curves, and shapes with the Pen tool is challenging to learn and even tougher to master, but the power it gives your drawings is worth the effort. Even though the technology has been in Adobe products for decades, there are countless people who have yet to learn the proper way to use it. In this course, Deke McClelland introduces the basic features of the Pen tool and its functionality across the three main graphic design programs in the Creative Cloud suite: Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign. He covers the structure of a path outline, reviews the different kinds of anchor points and control handles, and dedicates a chapter to the Pen tool's peculiarities in each program. He also introduces some alternatives to the Pen tool, so you can choose what works best for your drawing needs.04/26/2016
Adobe Pen Tool: MasteryAdvancedDesignIllustrator, Photoshop(Length: 413 minutes) Become more proficient with the Adobe Pen tool by learning advanced techniques, including the proper way to create Bezier curves. In this course, Deke McClelland takes a deep dive into the intricacies of this Adobe standby, and helps bolster your expertise by explaining its mechanics and features. Deke starts off by discussing Bezier curves in anatomical detail—all the way down to their anchor points, control handles, and segments. In addition, he explains the difference between constrained and unconstrained path dragging, and shows how to create smooth and cusp points. Next, he explains how curves really work, providing their mathematical underpinnings. He then gives you an advanced look at how pen functionality works across the three main graphic design programs in the Creative Cloud suite: Photoshop, Illustrator, and InDesign.12/27/2016
Adobe Portfolio First LookBeginnerDesignAdobe Portfolio(Length: 42 minutes) Adobe Portfolio comes free with any Creative Cloud subscription and enables designers to quickly and simply build a website to showcase their creative work. No coding knowledge required! In this course, Justin Seeley provides an overview of the functionality of Adobe Portfolio, and shows how to customize your new Portfolio website so it works best for your style and clientele. Learn how to use different templates, add images, create a custom domain, and publish your site in just a few easy steps.12/06/2016
Adobe Social Essential TrainingBeginnerMarketingAdobe Social(Length: 101 minutes) Learn how to use Adobe Social for your social media marketing. Adobe Social is a natural choice for teams that are already working with the Marketing Cloud. It's a single solution for managing and measuring all aspects of a company's social media presence (Facebook, Twitter, and more).This course will familiarize new users with the Adobe Social platform. Social media marketing expert Michelle Hernandez shows how to publish content, set up reports and publishing workflows, add campaigns, create tags, and track competitors. Plus, learn how to set up social listening rules to monitor conversations across the social web. You can also see how your campaigns are performing with Adobe Social's impressive analytics tools. Want to keep your online communities on track? Watch the chapters on unified moderation, which allows you to moderate comments across multiple platforms and implement auto-deletion and escalation rules. By the end of the course, you should be able to more effectively manage your brand, engage your audience, and measure ROI from all your social media marketing efforts.04/27/2016
Adobe Story Workshop(Length: 141 minutes) 04/26/2016
Adobe XD CC: New FeaturesIntermediateWebExperience Design(Length: 33 minutes) Paul Trani, senior evangelist at Adobe, provides a high-level overview of the new features in Adobe XD (Experience Design) releasing in November 2016. This update is part of the Creative Cloud 2017 overhaul, and offers exciting enhancements such as drawing and importing improvements, new ways to work with color and text, and prototype previewing on devices. This update also pulls your favorite features from other CC applications—layers and symbols—and puts them in this dedicated tool for UX design.11/08/2016
Advanced Accessible PDFsAdvancedBusiness, DesignAcrobat, InDesign(Length: 150 minutes) The process of remediating a PDF—making sure its structure and tags are compliant with accessibility guidelines—is far from straightforward. The techniques outlined in this course will help you manage complex layouts and add advanced features like security, form fields, and links, while keeping PDFs accessible to users with disabilities. Author Chad Chelius shows how to work with tables, create PDF forms, and add links and security, with Acrobat, Word, InDesign, and LiveCycle Designer, addressing the remediation issues that go beyond the everyday.04/27/2016
Advanced BrandingAdvancedMarketing(Length: 70 minutes) How deeply have you thought about your brand? Is it intentional, or just an afterthought? What does each component—your logo, your website, your service, and even your culture—say to customers? Advanced branding means thinking about what distinguishes your company from the rest, and incorporating it into every single touchpoint of the business: design, messaging, marketing and PR, and company vision. Learn what branding really is, how it works, and how you can build and maintain a more competitive brand, in this course with marketing expert Brad Batesole.Explore best practices for researching, developing, visualizing, and managing your brand, and learn about incorporating your brand throughout various customer touchpoints and keeping tabs on your brand as your company grows.08/30/2016
Advanced Cinematic Video LightingAdvancedVideo(Length: 79 minutes) Once you have a firm grasp of lighting for different types of video production scenarios, it's time to start concentrating on creating the appropriate mood and atmosphere. While the location and production design play key roles in setting the cinematic mood, lighting—more than almost any other factor—can really create the ambiance called for in the script.In this project-based course, producer, DP, and educator Jem Schofield of theC47 guides you through three different production scenarios: a narrative scene, a commercial project, and a corporate project. As in his original course, Cinematic Video Lighting, Jem doesn't just talk at you about lighting concepts, he appears on set with a crew, taking you through each project scenario and breaking down the creative decisions that helped accomplish the look and feel of each production. He goes into the equipment, space, and of course, the lighting setups for each project.12/13/2016
Advanced Color Workflows for PhotographersIntermediatePhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 88 minutes) In photography, a color-managed workflow makes it easier to obtain consistent-looking color in every phase of the process: when you're editing photos on screen, printing them on an inkjet printer, or having them printed by a commercial lab.In this course, Joe Brady builds on his Color Management Fundamentals course, focusing on color-management issues of specific interest to photographers. After a review of digital-color concepts, the course explores creating color profiles for each device in the digital photography workflow, from monitor to printer, to camera. Joe demonstrates the tools and techniques behind color profiling, even covering tablets—ideal for photographers using iPads or Android tablets as wireless remote controls.04/26/2016
Advanced Compositing, Tracking, and Roto Techniques with After EffectsAdvancedVideo, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 129 minutes) In this workshop Jeff Foster—video producer, compositor, visual effects artist, and author of The Green Screen Handbook—teaches you the advanced tips, tricks, and workflow techniques he's used over the years to get great video/film composites, even when working with near-impossible footage. Learn advanced roto-painting techniques for the Wacom tablet and get up to speed on motion tracking, multipass mattes, multiple keying layers, simulated lighting effects, painting on video background plates, and more. Finally, Jeff shows how to apply what you've learned to a series of real-world projects in Adobe After Effects.04/26/2016
Advanced Craft PhotographyAdvancedPhotography, video2brain(Length: 153 minutes) The handmade nation is growing rapidly. Whether you are a blogger or a hobbyist, or thinking about taking the leap and becoming a professional crafter, you should know not only the basics of digital photography and product staging, but also the tips, tools, and tricks that professionals use to get the most compelling shots. In this workshop, Megan Andersen, aka Radmegan, shares advanced techniques for craft photography, diving deep into camera settings, composition, and staging. Learn how to use different lens options and effects, shoot outside or in low light, and work around common frustrations like greenish-yellow hues from fluorescent lighting and distracting reflections on shiny surfaces. The course doesn't just cover photography though—Megan also looks at image editing with Adobe Photoshop, discusses online portfolios and books, and shares lots of cool projects to help you have fun while you're learning.04/26/2016
Advanced EDM Mixing PrinciplesAdvancedAudio + MusicAbleton Live(Length: 110 minutes) While genre does not affect many mixing techniques, EDM (electronic dance music) has unique challenges. Artists want their songs to sound loud, wide, and heavy, without suppressing their unique texture or competing with the underlying rhythm. In this course, Colin Fisher teaches advanced mixing techniques specifically suited to the EDM environment. He'll touch on loudness and dynamics, headroom and gain, and processing with compression, limiting, and clipping, as well as show how to manipulate stereo and frequency placement like the pros do. The end result is a fat, wide, and full sound that will help your tracks break through.04/27/2016
Advanced Electric Bass with Lynda.comAdvancedAudio + Music(Length: 95 minutes) In this course, Billy Sheehan distills knowledge from thousands of gigs into a series of tips and techniques geared toward the advanced bass guitarist. To begin, Billy shares his advice regarding equipment setup. Next, he dives into bass techniques, going into the economy of motion for guitar playing, moving around the neck, and pinch harmonics. To wrap up, he provides a detailed look at his rack system, discussing his dual pickup system, bi-amping, and compression, as well as the back of the rack. He shares his expertise on compression, amps, strap length, and more, so you can try your hand at Billy's custom pickup and right-hand technique.01/10/2017
Advanced Facebook AdvertisingAdvancedMarketingFacebook(Length: 103 minutes) Learn how to leverage the most powerful tools in Facebook and manage large ad campaigns more efficiently. Social media marketing expert Megan Adams shares a new set of advanced, time-saving techniques, such as bulk uploading ad images, using tags to organize campaigns, making campaign-wide changes quickly, and creating hundreds of custom ads on the spot. The course also covers conversion tracking with the Facebook pixel, and retargeting users who have previously interacted with your brand's page or website. Plus, learn how to use the Power Editor to quickly duplicate ads with different targeting or imagery, and move ads between accounts. And last but not least, Megan reveals tips for mimicking A/B testing of ads and generating more leads. If you need a Facebook advertising refresher before diving into these advanced tactics, check out Facebook Advertising Fundamentals.06/14/2016
Advanced Facebook AdvertisingIntermediateMarketingFacebook, Facebook Ads Manager, Facebook Power Editor, Facebook Ads Create Tool(Length: 108 minutes) Learn how to leverage the most powerful tools in Facebook and manage large ad campaigns across different accounts and pages. Facebook advertising expert Brad Batesole shares a new set of advanced, time-saving techniques, such as bulk uploading ad images, using tags to organize campaigns, making campaign-wide changes quickly, and creating hundreds of custom ads on the spot. The course also covers conversion tracking with conversion pixels, and retargeting users who have previously interacted with your brand's page or website. Plus, learn how to use the Power Editor to quickly duplicate ads with different targeting or imagery, and move ads between accounts. And last but not least, Brad reveals tips for mimicking A/B testing of ads and generating more leads. If you need a Facebook advertising refresher before diving into these advanced tactics, check out Facebook Advertising Fundamentals.04/26/2016
Advanced Filtering with Isotope.jsIntermediateWebIsotope.js(Length: 141 minutes) Isotope.js is a simple tool that helps you create advanced tile-based layouts and enable dynamic sorting and filtering of content right in the browser. You may have seen it used in interactive features for the New York Times, on NASA's front page, and in other websites featuring tiled galleries. This course shows not only how Isotope works but also how to integrate it with WordPress and other content management systems for super advanced functionality. Follow along with instructor Morten Rand-Hendriksen and find out how to bypass common implementation issues, configure layout modes, supercharge Isotope.js with extra features, make seamless user experiences with advanced URL hashes, and more. Take the time to learn Isotope today and take a lot of the grunt work out of your JavaScript development tomorrow.12/20/2016
Advanced Flash 5AdvancedWebFlash Professional(Length: 378 minutes) Advanced Flash 5: Introduction to ActionScripting with Josh Ulm and Garo Green is an instructional workshop presenting the radically new object-oriented scripting mode introduced by Macromedia Flash 5. This workshop offers completely new and original exercises developed specifically to teach the fundamentals of object-oriented programming inside of Flash. While traditional scripting methods are still accessible in Flash 5, adopting object-oriented methods will significantly change the way you develop Flash movies. Object-oriented programming will produce movies that are smaller, faster, more powerful and extensible. This workshop breaks ActionScripting down into easy-to-understand fundamental concepts, so Flash developers can harness the power and complexity of Flash without relying on complicated single-use tricks.04/26/2016
Advanced Google AdWords Tips and TricksAdvancedMarketingGoogle AdWords(Length: 56 minutes) Ready to take the next step with AdWords? David Booth presents tips and tricks used by expert practitioners at his company Cardinal Path to improve their AdWords account management, organization, and reporting skills. First, you'll see different ways to use AdWords' labels, filters, and automated rules to improve visibility into your accounts. Agencies and freelancers managing multiple accounts will love learning how to use the My Client Center (MCC) features of AdWords—which provide a unified view of all your accounts in one place. Next, you'll learn how to save tremendous amounts of time with the AdWords Editor, where you can perform bulk edits, get rid of duplicate keywords, and create new campaigns extremely efficiently. Plus, you'll learn about the Auction Insights data, which will help you see how you stack up vs. the competition. Last, we'll dive into AdWords scripts and useful analytics and custom reports for evaluating Quality Score, attribution, and other key metrics and components of your AdWords account.04/26/2016
Advanced Google AnalyticsAdvancedMarketingGoogle Analytics(Length: 226 minutes) Do you want better insights from Google Analytics? By customizing filters, tags, segments, and even the data that flows into Google Analytics, you can generate better reports about your web traffic and make more intelligent decisions about where to focus your marketing efforts. In this training course, Google Analytics expert Corey Koberg shows you advanced techniques for this popular and powerful analytics tool.Learn how to set your account up for multiple users, structure properties and views, and configure the back end of Google Analytics—including a popular WordPress CMS plugin for automating tracking code on WordPress pages. Corey shows how to apply advanced filters and segments (and customize them to fit your needs) and import custom data sets. He also covers debugging and troubleshooting techniques that allow you to fix Google Analytics issues from under the hood, and he reviews the major segmentation and analysis pitfalls to avoid. Note: This course picks up where Google Analytics Essential Training leaves off. If you have questions about how Google Analytics works straight out of the box, see those tutorials for more information.This course is part of a Learning Path approved by the American Marketing Association.Gain the skills you need to become an AMA Professional Certified Marketer (PCM) in Digital Marketing by using the industry-leading courses and resources in the Learning Path. Take the AMA certification exam to show that you have what it takes to lead the digital transformation.04/27/2016
Advanced GrammarBeginnerBusiness(Length: 128 minutes) Losing confidence in an idea—even a spectacular one—is easy if it's communicated in an email or letter riddled with grammatical errors. In this course, Judy Steiner-Williams helps you review basic grammar rules and then focuses on more advanced grammar principles such as using correct words, locating incorrect grammar in sentences and paragraphs, and reviewing parts of speech, punctuation, and proper sentence structure.01/17/2017
Advanced HTML5 Game DevelopmentAdvancedDeveloperHTML(Length: 139 minutes) Discover how to create interactive, dynamic, and colorful games using HTML5. In this course, learn how to take full advantage of all the HTML5 features to create advanced games. Join Daniel Albu as he takes you through how to build a breakout-style game using CreateJS—a suite of libraries and tools that can be leveraged to enable interactive web content via HTML5. He shows how to use CreateJS to control the visuals, input, and sounds, and basic JavaScript for the game logic itself. In addition, Daniel explains how to test and debug your game for Chrome, Firefox, Android, and iOS, and tackle common errors and troubleshooting. Note: This course was created by Packt Publishing. We are pleased to host this training in our library.06/18/2017
Advanced Instrumentation and Sound Design with KONTAKTIntermediateAudio + MusicKontakt(Length: 162 minutes) A versatile and cutting-edge sampler, KONTAKT is capable of bringing the sounds you can only imagine in your head out into the real world. In this course, Evan Sutton teaches advanced techniques for customizing instruments and creating sounds with KONTAKT. He shows how to load and route instruments in the Multi Rack, customize sounds with FX and modulation, time stretch audio, and sync and slice loops. Plus, learn how to work with automation and save and archive your sounds.04/27/2016
Advanced Instruments and Effects In REAKTORIntermediateAudio + MusicREAKTOR(Length: 109 minutes) Everyone uses Native Instruments virtual instruments in their productions, regardless of their DAW. This course will show how to take advantage of the advanced instruments and effects in REAKTOR, including MONARK, PRISM, and THE FINGER. Your guide, Evan Sutton, provides an overview of synthesizer history (and which synthesizers of the past have been resurrected in REAKTOR), and reviews new approaches to effects and live performance and programming in REAKTOR.04/27/2016
Advanced iOS App Development: Core MotionAdvancedDeveloperiOS(Length: 140 minutes) Want to add motion detection and reporting to your iOS apps? Core Motion is the framework you need to master. Core Motion allows you to access data generated by the accelerometers, gyroscopes, pedometers, magnetometers, and barometers on an iOS device—data that's integral to activity tracking, health and fitness monitoring, interactive gaming, IoT programming, UI gestures, and more. This course introduces Core Motion methods, data, measurements, and its basic underlying physics, before diving into creating a sample pedometer application and a simple game. Learn how to capture device motion such as acceleration, use the altimeter and magnetometer sensors, push and pull data, and access historical recorded data.07/08/2017
Advanced iOS Development: Working with APIsIntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 119 minutes) Open up new sources of data and make your user's mobile experience amazing. Learn to download, parse, and integrate data from remote web APIs and leverage it in your iOS applications. Using this course, intermediate iOS developers can learn how to perform HTTP requests, parse incoming data with JSON or XML, and load the data (including images) in an iOS application interface. Along the way, instructor Saul Mora touches on related networking and asynchronous programming concepts, so you understand the theories and their practical uses. Plus, learn how to handle errors and validate server responses, to ensure your app won't crash during data retrieval.07/08/2017
Advanced Lead GenerationAdvancedMarketing(Length: 239 minutes) Spark more interest in your products and services by developing a comprehensive lead generation strategy. In this course, Dayna Rothman goes in depth into generating leads with inbound and outbound marketing. Dayna explains how to create a strategy and execute against it. She discusses how to tie your efforts to the sales funnel to be successful. She also covers how to measure and test the effectiveness of your lead generation programs. Get ready to learn how to identify leads, define your sales funnel, and improve your approach to marketing.03/09/2017
Advanced Materials in MayaAdvanced3D + AnimationMaya(Length: 145 minutes) Using simple Maya shaders in advanced ways can help you create more realistic and interesting materials for your 3D models. Watch this Maya training course to learn how to create and control advanced materials (including mental ray materials) in Maya.Andy Beane includes two methods for creating advanced Maya materials. He starts with smaller, easier materials that can be composited together. He then shows how to combine these same materials in an all-in-one-method for rendering, and evaluate the pros and cons of both techniques. Chapter 3 demonstrates the subsurface scattering (SSS) material in mental ray, which will strengthen your material toolbox, and shows how to composite the results in After Effects.04/27/2016
Advanced Mechanics in CG AnimationAdvanced3D + AnimationBlender, Maya(Length: 144 minutes) Mechanics—one of the pillars of animation—combines biology, physics, and art into one fascinating discipline. In this course, instructor David Andrade challenges you to stretch your animation abilities and tackle two very fun—but challenging—scenes: a woman performing parkour to climb a wall, and a fight scene featuring two professional martial artists. David shows how to animate these scenes with a quick, agile superhero character: Hilary. Along with being easy-to-use, Hilary is built for both Maya and Blender, and you can export her as an FBX file just in case you want to take her for a spin in other programs. To help you confidently handle these scenes, David explains how to break down each action into beats and refine each movement.04/06/2017
Advanced Microsoft ProjectIntermediateBusinessProject(Length: 318 minutes) Building on the skills learned in the popular Project 2010 and Project 2013 Essential Training courses, author Bonnie Biafore teaches more advanced aspects of the popular project management software, first introducing powerful shortcuts for opening and saving files, and then moving into assigning resources, managing project costs, and setting up earned value tracking. She also provides handy tips for exchanging data with other projects as well as linking and embedding data.Viewers will then learn how to customize fields and generate cool graphical and visual reports. Finally, the course shows how to share various customizations and configurations as well as best practices for managing multiple projects.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Advanced Modeling in Revit ArchitectureIntermediateCADRevit(Length: 437 minutes) Advanced Modeling in Revit Architecture elaborates on the basics of core elements in Revit, such as walls, floors, roofs, and curtain walls, and digs into specialized features such as in-place families, adaptive components, and the massing environment. Author Paul F. Aubin guides designers into thinking both in and out of the box, through discovering and applying industry standard best practices, employing creative and sometimes unconventional techniques and procedures, and finding ways to make models serve multiple concurrent project goals.04/28/2016
Advanced Photoshop 6AdvancedDesign, PhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 499 minutes) Advanced Photoshop 6 with Bruce Heavin and Joe Maller is a self-paced study program that includes instructional movies you can watch at your own pace. Movie-based tutorials tour you through the deep recesses of Photoshop 6, with an emphasis on practical and usable techniques. If you know Photoshop well enough to get around, but aren't using many of its advanced features, this workshop will prove invaluable in raising your awareness and skill level to new heights. Special emphasis is placed on masking, shortcuts, and choosing a non-destructive workflow.04/27/2016
Advanced Photoshop: Lookup Tables and Gradient MapsAdvancedPhotography, VideoPhotoshop(Length: 107 minutes) Have you used lookup tables or gradient maps with Photoshop lately? Probably not. Most photographers aren't aware of them. But they're powerful tools for performing all manner of color correction and photo styling tasks.In this course, Rich Harrington demystifies lookup tables (LUTs) and shows how to use them with Photoshop, Lightroom, and other Adobe CC applications. He also shows how to use gradient maps—where tints are based on the luminance values in the image—to add creative color and noise to images, and how to organize, store, and share these assets with other Creative Cloud programs and other photo and video professionals.07/26/2016
Advanced Responsive Layouts with CSS FlexboxIntermediateWebCSS(Length: 109 minutes) The CSS Flexible Box Layout module (aka Flexbox) provides a simple solution to many of the design and layout problems web designers and developers have faced since the advent of CSS. Now that the module is becoming ready for the main stage, it's time to look at what we can do with it.This course shows how to use flexible boxes to create advanced responsive layouts. Morten Rand-Hendriksen takes the viewer on a tour of Flexbox and provides actionable code snippets that can be implemented safely in almost any website. He puts it all together in a holy grail site complete with card-based layout, mixed content menus, and interactive components that provide visitors with choices about what they see.04/27/2016
Advanced SEO: Search FactorsAdvancedMarketing(Length: 73 minutes) SEO search factors—the elements that contribute to how and where your site is displayed on Google's results page—impact how your content makes its way to your audience. In this course, Brad Batesole pulls back the curtain on the modern search engine, explaining how people search and how machine learning makes it all possible. Along the way, Brad points out how to capture Google featured snippets and reveals how results and programmatic site features work. He also delves into methodologies for mining results from Google to unlock new ideas and opportunities, and shows how to track your performance.12/13/2016
Advanced SQL for Data ScientistsAdvancedITSQL(Length: 84 minutes) There is an increasing need for data scientists and analysts to understand relational data stores. Organizations have long used SQL databases to store transactional data as well as business intelligence related data. If you need to work with SQL databases, this course is designed to help you learn how to perform common data science tasks, including finding, exploration, and extraction within relational databases.The course begins with a brief overview of SQL. Then the five major topics a data scientist should understand when working with relational databases: basic statistics in SQL, data preparation in SQL, advanced filtering and data aggregation, window functions, and preparing data for use with analytics tools.06/03/2017
Advanced SVG AnimationIntermediateWeb(Length: 175 minutes) Scalable vector graphics (SVGs) adapt smoothly to a wide variety of sizes, and are easy to manipulate with their navigable DOM. In this course, learn how to work with the powerful SVG graphic format, and create complex animations for multiple use cases across the web. Sarah Drasner begins the course by providing an introduction to SVG and outlining the SVG DOM (document object model). Next, she explains how to create SVG graphics with platonic shapes, and work with paths and groups. Sarah also discusses optimizing SVG files, working with responsive SVG animation sprites and the GreenSock animation library, animating text and relative color values, and more. Note: This course was created by Frontend Masters. It was originally released on 2/19/2016. We're pleased to host this training in our library.06/18/2017
Advanced Topics in Cisco Routing: RIPv2, EIGRP, and OSPFAdvancedIT(Length: 163 minutes) Routing dictates how your organization's information (and the rest of the world's) gets from point A to point B. And it's the responsibility of network professionals to get routing right. So join Lazaro Diaz, as he takes you through advanced topics and techniques in Cisco routing, from configuring RIPv2 routes for smaller networks, to EIGRP, advanced distance routing, and OSPF, a more complex protocol that brings many more features and greater flexibility to your network. You'll be able to practice configuring all of these protocols using the Packet Tracer demo environment and Lazaro's detailed tutorials.04/26/2016
Advanced Topics in MySQL and MariaDBAdvancedDeveloper, ITMySQL, MariaDB(Length: 99 minutes) MySQL and MariaDB are powerful database solutions that operate in slightly different ways. In this course Sheeri K. Cabral compares and contrasts MySQL and MariaDB, and shows you how to perform advanced tasks in each system. First, learn how to install and configure the Sphinx storage engine and HandlerSocket plugin. Then find out how to set up GTIDs (global transaction identifiers) and make replication even easier, especially for failover. Finally, discover how to install and use authentication and audit plugins, and learn how MySQL and MariaDB store geometric and geographical information. These tutorials will help you evaluate these database management systems and find useful new tools and techniques to add to your administrative arsenal.Want more information about MariaDB? Check out Understanding MariaDB for MySQL Users.04/26/2016
Advanced Unity 2D: Platformer Player MovementAdvancedDeveloperUnity(Length: 199 minutes) Learn the foundation of player movement in 2d platformer games. This course offers a breakdown of common player behaviors as well as some advanced techniques to bring your 2D platformer to life. Jesse Freeman shows how to detect input from the keyboard and controller, make the player walk and run, and add in more advanced movement behaviors, such as ducks, double and long jumps, and sliding down walls. Plus, learn how to make your character pick up items and fire projectiles like fireballs.04/27/2016
Advanced Unity 2D: Sprite Palette SwappingAdvancedDeveloperUnity(Length: 68 minutes) Palette swapping, a technique borrowed from old school game engines, is a great system for dynamically changing the colors of sprites at runtime. While it's not built into Unity, with a little ingenuity and the advanced techniques shown in this course, you can emulate palette swapping in any 2D sprite-based game. Jesse Freeman will show you how to build custom menus and inspectors to analyze and change sprite's colors, save custom color palettes with scriptable objects, change colors on sprite textures at runtime, and even apply color changes to animated sprites. Last, he'll show how to optimize this workflow and reuse it in other Unity projects.04/27/2016
Advanced Unity 3D Game ProgrammingAdvanced3D + Animation, DeveloperUnity(Length: 225 minutes) Unity is the number one game engine, the favorite of game developers working on iOS apps and console games alike. This course picks up the programming side of Unity, continuing where our other Unity courses leave off. Michael House concentrates on scripting, custom GUI controls, prefab customization, multiplayer networking features like chat, and optimizations that will make your game play better on mobile devices and desktops alike. Take a deep dive into Unity's controls and learn how to build more interactive, high-performance 3D games.NOTE: This course requires Unity 4.5.5. The newer versions of Unity have done away with the GUI system used in this course, so the interfaces included for many of the scenes will not work with 4.6 and higher. You can download Unity 4.5.5 at http://unity3d.com/get-unity/download/archive.04/26/2016
Advanced Visio: Working with DataIntermediateBusinessVisio(Length: 172 minutes) Build beautiful and effective visualizations driven by external data with Microsoft Visio 2016. Visio MVP Scott Helmers offers advanced techniques for working with data in Visio diagrams. First, learn how to apply data and display fields to shapes and run the many prebuilt reports offered in Visio 2016, as well as customize your own. Then find out how to visualize data with callouts, data bars, and icon sets; change the color of shapes as data values change; link diagrams to external data from Excel and Access; align data with flow charts, timelines, organization charts, and other Visio diagrams; and share your new data-driven diagrams with others—even if they don't have Visio. This course will help you accomplish more than you ever thought was possible with Visio, and communicate more effectively than you ever could with static data alone.11/08/2016
Advanced WordPress: Action and Filter HooksAdvancedWebWordPress(Length: 96 minutes) Hooks are key components of WordPress plugin development. There are two types: filters modify data and actions perform tasks. Gain a fundamental understanding of how these features work, and learn how to use the built-in action and filter hooks in WordPress to build your own plugins. In the first half of the course, instructor Carrie Dils reviews the plugin API and demonstrates the basics of actions and filters. Already familiar with these core concepts? Skip to chapter three, where she covers what you need to make your own hooks. Learn about load order and writing callback functions, and using third-party hooks. Last but not least, Carrie builds a demo plugin that shows practical real-world uses for actions and filters.08/03/2017
Advertising FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness, Marketing(Length: 84 minutes) Learn the fundamentals of effective advertising and marketing communications. Former NYC ad executive Jane Barratt provides an overview of the current media landscape, and the building blocks and relative costs of a basic advertising plan. She outlines the basic process of getting your message to market and provides tools to help you refine your market focus, define your customer profiles, and establish your overall media strategy. Whether you want to do it yourself, partner with ad agencies, or work in a corporate marketing department, this course will help you understand what the ad footprint of any company, regardless of size, needs to succeed.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Advertising on InstagramIntermediateBusiness, MarketingInstagram(Length: 57 minutes) In this course, marketing expert Anson Alexander explains how advertising works on Instagram and how Facebook Ads Manager works. Anson goes over the types of content you can use to advertise on Instagram and then shows how to create, upload, and format ads. He demonstrates how to target specific audiences, implement a budget, and run scheduled campaigns. He also covers analytics so you can discover how to adjust your advertising efforts based on performance information you find in analytics reports.07/08/2017
Advertising on LinkedInIntermediateMarketingLinkedIn(Length: 41 minutes) Set up your business to reach your ideal customers by advertising on LinkedIn, the world's largest professional network. The marketing capabilities of LinkedIn include features for posting original content, managing your company's brand presence, performing content marketing, creating ads, and more—all while targeting specific audiences that are the most valuable to your business. This course provides both an introduction to advertising on LinkedIn and a step-by-step walkthrough of how to implement strategies using the tools provided. Budgeting, measurement, and analytics along with targeting tactics are also covered.03/23/2017
Advertising on PinterestIntermediateBusinessPinterest(Length: 43 minutes) It's already home to a sought-after and active target audience. But with the introduction of promoted pins, Pinterest is becoming a digital advertising platform to reckon with. Promoted pins look almost identical to regular pins—and because they are perpetual, they continue to engage long after your campaign has ended. In this course, Anson Alexander provides tips and tricks for creating effective, engaging pins and winning campaigns on Pinterest. Learn, he shows how to create a business account on Pinterest and post your first promoted pin. Then Anson demonstrates how to create campaigns, set goals, and specify your target, schedule, and budget. Using the tools in Pinterest, you can target by interest, demographics, or keywords. Finally Anson reviews the analytics tools in Pinterest for tracking your metrics and conversions—and optimizing future performance.07/18/2017
Advertising on TwitterBeginnerMarketingTwitter(Length: 101 minutes) Engagement on every social platform is moving toward a pay-to-play model. So why choose Twitter? Twitter's paid advertising features can help grow your business and build brand awareness in real time—helping you target audiences by demographic, keyword, username, or interest.This course shows businesses of all sizes how to use Twitter advertising to engage followers and customers. It starts with an explanation of Twitter ad types and targeting options. Social media strategist Megan Adams then shows how to craft a powerful profile, set up an advertising account, and create your first ad campaign. To show Twitter ads in action, she creates campaigns around seven specific goals: gaining followers, driving traffic to a webpage, collecting leads, promoting an app, and more.Along the way, you'll find out how set up bids and budgets, manage hidden and scheduled tweets, review campaign reports, write great ads, and attach photos and video with Twitter Cards.04/27/2016
Advertising on YouTubeIntermediateBusinessYouTube, Google AdWords(Length: 77 minutes) In this course, marketing expert Anson Alexander shows you how advertising works on YouTube. Anson demonstrates how to upload videos, create campaigns, set a budget, and target the right audience using Google AdWords. He explains how to create ad groups and target users by demographics. He also shows you how to measure the performance of your video content and then make adjustments based on the analytics.07/08/2017
Aerial Landscape Photography in New ZealandIntermediatePhotography(Length: 46 minutes) Beautiful places are beautiful from the air, too. At many great landscape photography destinations, you can take helicopter tours or rent air time in a small plane. In this course, photographer Justin Reznick takes to the skies above New Zealand. Watch and learn with Justin as he plans and packs his gear, meets with the pilot, establishes a route, and take his shots. In the wrap-up portion of the course, he reviews the final selects from the shoot.04/27/2016
Affiliate Marketing for AdvertisersIntermediateMarketing(Length: 76 minutes) Grow your business with affiliate marketing. Affiliate programs have a lot of perks for your marketing and branding efforts. They use a network of professional marketers to promote your products, who only get paid when those products get sold. Learn how to start your own affiliate program with these tips from affiliate marketing expert Geno Prussakov. Geno looks at different program structures, compensation models, terms and policies, and more. Then he shows you how to launch your program and recruit and manage affiliates.10/25/2016
Affiliate Marketing FundamentalsBeginnerMarketing(Length: 147 minutes) Affiliate marketing is a complicated, multidisciplinary practice that is often misunderstood. At its heart, it is a performance-based marketing technique in which affiliates are financially rewarded for sending customers to another website to purchase goods or services. If you have a website, blog, or other online property, you too can earn money through affiliate marketing. Expert Geno Prussakov explores basic principles, from payment models to typical affiliate agreements; winning tactics and techniques, as well as roadblocks to future earnings; and the day-to-day practices that result in a successful affiliate marketing strategy.04/26/2016
Affinity Designer Essential TrainingBeginnerDesignAffinity Designer(Length: 157 minutes) Looking for a compelling alternative to Adobe Illustrator or CorelDRAW? Affinity Designer is a powerful and affordable vector-design application mixed with pixel-based texture and retouching tools—all in one easy-to-use interface. It was created with the professional-level features that any artist, designer, or illustrator needs to execute high-quality results.Here Ronnie McBride introduces new students to the workflows and tools required to get them up to speed with this fast, powerful, and professional application. He shows how to work with Affinity Designer's workspaces, called personas; use the drawing tools; and create custom brushes. After completing this course, students will feel more confident and proficient at using Affinity Designer in their own work.04/27/2016
Affinity Photo Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotographyAffinity Photo(Length: 211 minutes) Affinity Photo is a powerful photo post-processing program for the Mac platform, combining raw conversion, photo retouching and enhancement, and compositing. In this course, Steve Caplin explores all of Affinity Photo's essential features. Each tutorial helps unlock another of Affinity Photo's capabilities, from its raw conversion and editing controls to its advanced selection tools, image enhancement features, filters and special effects, and compositing features. Whether you want to change the look of a photograph, scale and crop images, or create complex photomontages, each adjustment is completely nondestructive, allowing you to retain quality and incorporate additional effects as you go. To help Photoshop users who may be considering Affinity Photo, Steve also compares and contrasts the two applications.04/27/2016
Affinity Photo: Basic Portrait RetouchingIntermediatePhotographyAffinity Photo(Length: 43 minutes) Affinity Photo is a powerful but approachable image enhancement program that is being embraced by a growing number of photographers. In this course, Steve Caplin shows how to use Affinity Photo's image editing features to do basic portrait retouching, from fixing blemishes and wrinkles to smoothing hair and enhancing eyes. Learn how to split images into high and low frequencies, paint in enhancements, use Curves and lighting adjustments to focus attention on your subject, and more.11/01/2016
After Effects & Element 3D: Animating a Scene with WaterIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects, Element 3D(Length: 92 minutes) Learn how to create an animated shower scene for a product visualization inside Adobe After Effects. The complete scene features a chrome showerhead, water streams, steam, and a realistic background—all built in true 3D space with Element 3D, an AE plugin that makes it easy to build 3D objects and particle systems. Explore different shooting angles with the scene camera, and learn to add a depth-of-field camera. Discover how to completely automate the stream speed and thickness in a very natural looking way, all with sliding controllers. Then turn that effect into multiple similar (but not identical) streams, for a realistic shower spray.This is a project-based learning experience. Each step of the process is rich with object lessons that are applicable to the variations that a motion design and compositing artist will face in the real world.07/08/2017
After Effects 5.0 OverviewBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 107 minutes) In 2002, Adobe and Lynda.com teamed up to create a free promotional training CD-ROM for Adobe After Effects. The subject matter varies from beginning, to intermediate, to advanced examples of how to use After Effects in a variety of creative workflows. The CD-ROMs have been distributed and forgotten, but the movies live on here! This is an online movie training library exclusive. These movies were created by Steve Kilisky, Senior Product Manager for Adobe After Effects, Lynda Weinman and Bruce Heavin.04/27/2016
After Effects 6 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 359 minutes) After Effects 6 Essential Training with Lynda Weinman offers a thorough overview of the most essential features of the standard version of the latest release of After Effects! The newest features, such as Paint effects and Text Layers are covered, as well all other fundamental to intermediate features. You will create animated compositions as you learn everything from simple transformations using Keyframes, Effects, Masks, and Track Mattes, to more advanced concepts covering Photoshop and Illustrator Integration, Text Layers, Paint Effects, 3D Layers, Lights, Multiple Cameras, Expressions, Parenting, and Compositing.Note: This product was previously named Learning Adobe After Effects 604/27/2016
After Effects 7 and Flash 8 IntegrationIntermediateVideo, WebAfter Effects, Flash Professional(Length: 145 minutes) For those ready to combine professional motion graphics from Adobe After Effects 7 with interactive applications created in Adobe Flash 8, this tutorial is the first stop. From discussing the differences between Flash and After Effects to showing how to seamlessly import and export vector animations from each application, Lee Brimelow explains everything involved in using the two applications in unison. The tutorial covers working with third party plug-ins, exporting QuickTime from Flash, using the Audio Spectrum and Audio Waveform effects, and creating special effects in After Effects for use in Flash. Exercise files accompany the tutorial.04/27/2016
After Effects 7 and Photoshop CS2 IntegrationIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Photoshop(Length: 284 minutes) After Effects 7 and Photoshop CS2 Integration is a series of video-based tutorials designed to teach you the most efficient methods for using content from Photoshop in your After Effects animation. You'll learn how to best prepare Photoshop layers for translation into After Effects, how to create 3-D layers from Photoshop layers, how to apply lighting and special effects, how to work with displacement maps and mattes, and how to animate still images. Exercise files accompany the training videos, allowing you to follow along and learn at your own pace.04/27/2016
After Effects 7 Animation TechniquesIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects(Length: 193 minutes) In After Effects 7 Animation Techniques, Jeff Foster shares methods and best practices for creating fantastic animation. From setting up a camera and getting the right angles, to imitating the movement of the human skeleton and animating text layers, Foster explains everything you need to know to create and edit animations for the most realistic effects. Exercise files accompany the training videos, allowing you to follow along and learn at your own pace.04/27/2016
After Effects 7 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 407 minutes) After Effects 7 Essential Training with Jeff Foster is a comprehensive overview of Adobe's powerful motion graphics software. The video-based training covers the interface, creating a project from scratch, working with keyframes, motion paths, animation presets, layer essentials, moving and trimming time, text layers and animation, filters and special effects, painting and cloning, alpha channels and masks, track mattes and color keying. Other topics include working with expressions, tracking motion, adding and adjusting audio, and rendering final movies. Exercise files accompany the training videos, allowing you to follow along and learn at your own pace.04/27/2016
After Effects 7 New FeaturesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 92 minutes) After Effects 7 New Features is a concise tutorial that offers an overview of the new features contained in the latest After Effects release. Assuming you already have a working knowledge of previous versions of the program, Lee cuts to the chase to describe key changes and improvements in the new release. The training gets you up to speed on managing files with Adobe Bridge, project management enhancements, fine-tuning animations, animation blending and freeze frame options, converting alpha channels to masks with AutoTrace, using the new Script Editor, and more.04/27/2016
After Effects 7 Title Design TechniquesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 257 minutes) In After Effects 7 Title Design Techniques, instructor and industry expert Daniel Sorenson demonstrates how to create enticing titles for video projects such as opening or ending credits, showing real-world projects and examples. The training teaches how to create effects such as oozing blood to pixel dust, lightning bolts to billowing curtains. Special focus is placed on how to choose title techniques that communicate effectively and create an emotional impact. Exercise files accompany the tutorial videos. The video tutorials in After Effects 7 Title Design Techniques require plug-ins only available in Adobe After Effects 7 Professional. If you are using Adobe After Effects 7 Standard, you may not be able to recreate all the example techniques.04/27/2016
After Effects Apprentice 01: CC Pre-RollBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 54 minutes) This short course is designed for new users of Adobe After Effects CC, and those who might need a refresher—especially when moving to Creative Cloud. Chris Meyer leads a whirlwind tour of After Effects, helping overcome the "blank canvas" fear that confronts many new motion graphics artists the first time they launch the application. It's an excellent introduction to the After Effects Apprentice series, and a great overview for any new user starting an After Effects training program. Start watching to learn how to customize the interface, import and interpret footage, preview work, and render and export your compositions.If you are still using a pre–Creative Cloud version of After Effects, such as CS6, we suggest you watch After Effects Apprentice 01: CS Pre-Roll instead. There have been numerous changes to the After Effects interface, especially in the area of previewing.04/27/2016
After Effects Apprentice 01: Pre-RollBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 30 minutes) This short course is designed for those who have never used Adobe After Effects, or those who might need a refresher course on how it is laid out. Chris Meyer takes a whirlwind tour through the program, helping overcome the "blank canvas" fear that confronts many the first time they launch the program. It will serve as both an excellent introduction to the After Effects Apprentice series, as well as a preliminary overview for any new user before launching into their first tutorial or class. Exercise files for After Effects CS4 through CS6 are included with the course.After Effects Apprentice is created by Trish and Chris Meyer and designed to be used on their own and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 02: Basic AnimationBeginnerVideo(Length: 139 minutes) Trish Meyer leads beginners through a gentle introduction to Adobe After Effects: from creating a new project and importing sources, through arranging and animating layers, applying effects, and creating variations, to rendering the final movie. However, this is no paint-by-numbers exercise. Trish demonstrates how she makes creative decisions and saves time through the use of keyboard shortcuts and smart working practices. Additional movies explain further details about how After Effects works under the hood. Her measured pace helps even those completely new to After Effects understand the program so that they can use it effectively on their own projects. Exercise files for After Effects CS4 through CC are included with the course.After Effects Apprentice is created by Trish and Chris Meyer and designed to be used on their own and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 03: Advanced AnimationBeginnerVideo(Length: 181 minutes) In this course, Chris Meyer helps beginning After Effects artists take their animations to the next level. Chris shows how to refine animations to create elegant, coordinated movements with the minimum number of keyframes—as well as slam-downs, whip pans, and other attention-getters. Additional movies show how to reverse-engineer existing animations, create variations on a theme, and master other parts of the program. Even though this course is designed for beginners, even veterans should learn tricks that many experienced users are unaware of. Chris' friendly running commentary lets you in on his mental process as he works on an animation. Exercise files for After Effects CS4 through CC are included with the course.After Effects Apprentice is created by Trish and Chris Meyer and designed to be used on their own and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 04: Layer ControlBeginnerVideo(Length: 160 minutes) In this installment of After Effects Apprentice, Chris Meyer focuses on ways to edit and enhance layers in After Effects CS4 through CC 2015. Through a series of Quizzler challenges and Idea Corner examples, Chris shares alternative ways to employ modes, sequencing, and adjustment layers, while special sidebar movies cover the subjects of creating seamless loops, animating effects points, understanding pixel aspect ratios, and employing Brainstorm to explore the variety of different looks that effects can create. The course also covers tricks for enhancing boring footage and tips for converting scans into moving sequences. Exercise files are included with the course.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer and are designed to be used on their own and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 05: Creating TransparencyBeginnerVideo(Length: 156 minutes) In this course, Chris Meyer demonstrates the most common techniques for adding selective transparency to layers in After Effects through the use of masks, track mattes, and stencils. In addition to explaining the tools and basic theory behind transparency, the course covers several practical applications for these techniques, including isolating objects, creating vignettes, and filling text with visual texture. Tutorials on crafting custom transitions and other treatments are also included. Exercise files for After Effects CS4 through CC accompany the course.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. The tutorials are designed to be used independently and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 06: Type and MusicBeginnerVideo(Length: 228 minutes) One of the cornerstones of motion graphics is creating and animating type. In this course, Trish Meyer shows how to typeset titles professionally and create custom animations, as well as apply and modify the hundreds of text animation presets that After Effects ships with. Additionally, Chris Meyer shows how to add audio to projects, including spotting "hit points" to align keyframes and video action.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. The tutorials are designed to be used independently and as a companion to their book After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 07: ParentingIntermediateVideo(Length: 99 minutes) Parenting is a way to group multiple layers within the same composition inside After Effects. In this course, Chris Meyer shows how to set up a parenting chain, discusses what makes a good parent, and demonstrates several techniques using parenting, such as creating a title animation with a minimal number of keyframes, building a geometric construct, and bringing an anthropomorphic robot arm to life. Sidebar topics include avoiding a scaling gotcha with parenting and creating abstract backgrounds using the Fractal Noise effect.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 08: Nesting and PrecomposingIntermediateVideo(Length: 145 minutes) Let Chris and Trish Meyer share with you two of the core secrets required to become an efficient After Effects user: understanding the render order (the internal order of operations After Effects uses when calculating masks, effects, transformation, track mattes, and layer styles) and the use of multiple compositions where a composition may be nested into one or more other comps. This makes it easier to group layers, efficiently re-use a common element to quickly accommodate client changes, pan around large composites of multiple layers, and solve render order issues. The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 09: ExpressionsIntermediateVideo(Length: 97 minutes) Expressions are one of the most powerful but underused features in After Effects. They can be used to animate layer properties with code, as compared to explicitly keyframing every value in the Timeline, and have multiple parameters and layers that follow the lead of a master layer or controller effect, making it much easier to coordinate complex animations and quickly accommodate client changes. In this introduction, Chris Meyer shows how to let After Effects do most of the work by creating simple but very useful expressions that can be put to work on a wide variety of jobs.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 10: Time GamesIntermediateVideo(Length: 60 minutes) Discover how to manipulate time in After Effects. Author Chris Meyer shows how to stop, slow, and speed up footage, and how to combine these techniques with nested compositions, expressions, and the Graph Editor. Along the way, he reveals several important yet somewhat hidden functions, such as the advanced composition setting that ensures predictable stop motion, the Frame Mix and Pixel Motion modes of the Frame Blending switch, and the Time Remap parameter.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 11: 3D SpaceIntermediateVideo(Length: 289 minutes) This installment of the After Effects Apprentice series introduces 3D space in Adobe After Effects. Authors Chris and Trish Meyer highlight key design considerations for working in 3D and provide step-by-step instructions for enhancing a scene with 3D lights and cameras. The course explores integration between Photoshop and After Effects, including modeling 3D objects with Repoussé extrusions and creating dimensional still images, and offers tips on using the different Axis Modes and maintaining maximum quality in 3D. There's also a chapter dedicated to the ray-traced 3D renderer, introduced in After Effects CS6, which allows you to build 3D layers into your composites, with realistic motion blur, depth of field, and reflections.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 12: Tracking and KeyingIntermediateVideo(Length: 202 minutes) Explore how to use the motion tracker and stabilizer built into After Effects and shows how to handle a variety of shots. Author Chris Meyer leads a quick tour of the third-party software mocha and demonstrates the workflow for The Foundry's KEYLIGHT, both bundled with After Effects. The course also covers tracking a greenscreen shot with a handheld camera and replacing its background.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 13: Paint, Roto, and PuppetIntermediateVideo(Length: 191 minutes) In this course, Trish and Chris Meyer introduce a series of creative tools inside Adobe After Effects. The centerpiece is Paint, where Trish demonstrates how to use the Brush, Eraser, and Clone Stamp tools to draw on a layer, remove portions of it, or repeat elements around a composition. These tools can be used for artistic purposes as well as to repair problem areas in footage. Chris shows off the Puppet tools for distorting layers, and the incredible Roto Brush, introduced in After Effects CS6, which allows you to separately define foreground and background elements so that you can replace backgrounds and selectively add special effects.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 14: Shape LayersIntermediateVideo(Length: 133 minutes) In this course, author Chris Meyer shows how to create and animate vector-based artwork directly inside Adobe After Effects. The course covers the ins and outs of working with shape layers, including creating shape paths, applying shape effects, and reordering shape operators. The course also contains a series of exercises on creating common motion graphics elements using shape layers.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 15: Creating a Sports Opening TitleIntermediateVideo(Length: 206 minutes) This course pulls together the skills you've been learning in the previous After Effects Apprentice installments to create a real-world video promo. Trish leads you through building the artwork and components used in the final piece, and then Chris shows how to assemble these precompositions into a 3D world, timed to music. Along the way, Trish and Chris also share their thoughts as they design a video project, including unifying the overall look and handling change requests from clients.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 16: Creating a Medical Opening TitleIntermediateVideo(Length: 210 minutes) This project-oriented course leads you through the creative and technical process of building an opening title sequence from scratch in Adobe After Effects. Author Chris Meyer shows how to pull together numerous skills you've learned in the other After Effects Apprentice courses, from working in 3D space to creating type and shape layers to writing expressions. Along the way, Chris lets you in on the mental process he uses when creating similar spots for real-world clients, while sharing numerous tips that will help broaden your After Effects skills.The After Effects Apprentice series was created by Trish and Chris Meyer. These tutorials are designed for After Effects CS4 through CC, and can be used on their own or as a companion to the Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice.04/28/2016
After Effects Apprentice 17: Video Walls in CINEMA 4D LiteIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 117 minutes) Want to play video against "walls" or other objects in your After Effects animations? You need to learn how to map video to 3D space. Although After Effects supports 3D, its native implementation is rather limited. Fortunately, After Effects CC comes bundled with the 3D application CINEMA 4D Lite and a pipeline to integrate its output directly into the After Effects timeline. In this first of three project-oriented courses for C4D beginners, After Effects expert Chris Meyer shows you how to map video into the face of a 3D object, and then composite animated 3D text over it in After Effects.These courses are designed for users who are familiar with 3D space in After Effects, but who have never used CINEMA 4D. This course includes an overview of the C4D Lite user interface, as well as setup information you need to know whenever you use live C4D layers in After Effects. A bonus chapter shows how to set up a C4D Lite and After Effects scene to maximize production efficiency—and minimize render times.Look for the upcoming courses After Effects Apprentice 18 and 19 for more C4D Lite projects.04/27/2016
After Effects Apprentice 18: 3D Text CINEMA 4D LiteIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 80 minutes) After Effects CC comes bundled with the 3D application CINEMA 4D Lite. But many new users are intimidated by 3D space. After Effects Apprentice offers three training courses just for C4D beginners. In this installment, After Effects expert Chris Meyer shows you how to create, extrude, and animate 3D text in C4D Lite, and believably composite it over a 2D background inside After Effects. The tutorials cover creating 3D text from scratch, animating with effectors, texture mapping and lighting the text, working with 3D cameras, and rendering. Chris also shows a workflow for extruding Illustrator artwork for animation.The first course in the series, After Effects Apprentice 17, includes an overview of the C4D Lite user interface, as well as important setup information you need to know whenever you use live C4D layers in After Effects. We recommend you watch it first if you have no prior experience with C4D.04/27/2016
After Effects Apprentice 19: Motion Tracking with CINEMA 4D LiteIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 48 minutes) Learning After Effects? Take your skills to the next dimension: 3D. After Effects CC comes bundled with the 3D application CINEMA 4D Lite and a pipeline to integrate its output directly into the After Effects timeline. In this course for C4D beginners, After Effects expert Chris Meyer shows you how to track and extract the camera move and ground plane from already shot footage, and add a 3D model—complete with lighting and shadows—to the scene. These project-based lessons are a great way to familiarize yourself with C4D motion tracking and layers.The first course in the series, After Effects Apprentice 17, includes an overview of the C4D Lite user interface, as well as important setup information you need to know whenever you use live C4D layers in After Effects. We recommend you watch it first if you have no prior experience with C4D.05/20/2016
After Effects Artist in Action: Lynda.com's Broadcast DesignIntermediateVideo, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 203 minutes) Work along with motion graphics artist Eran Stern in this course, as he uses After Adobe Affects and Illustrator to create a TV broadcast promo from concept to design. Eran shows how to build compelling broadcast graphics, tell a short story with huge impact, and create a graphic package for a special sports event by harnessing the power of simulation effects, 3D spheres, and live footage. The course also offers tips on building a matching color scheme for your video, creating 3D titles, and much more.04/26/2016
After Effects Artist in Action: Lynda.com's Personal TransporterIntermediateVideo, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 176 minutes) In this one-of-a-kind workshop, motion graphics artist Eran Stern shares techniques for using Adobe After Effects to create an eye-grabbing sci-fi visual effect. Follow along as Eran takes a homemade video shot, prepares it for high-end postproduction, and uses a combination of tools in After Effects to achieve a complex, realistic visual effect. The course covers tracking, masking, and effects, as well as how to animate strokes, repeat elements, and fix problem areas in your footage.04/26/2016
After Effects Breakdowns - N-Trig CommercialIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Particular, Form, Plexus(Length: 131 minutes) Get a glimpse behind the scenes of a real-world commercial made with After Effects. This course is for artists who are familiar with After Effects and want to better understand advanced techniques, design concepts, and approaches to complex projects.The featured product is the N-trig pen, a digital pen that "draws the line from idea to technology." You will reverse engineer the finished project to understand the practical steps and creative decisions the filmmakers made along the way.Eran Stern shows how to decode a client brief, present design concepts for signoff, create previsualizations and animatics, and then transition the design to After Effects. Many of the effects, such as dust layers, streaks of light, and geometric lines, are achieved using some of Eran's favorite third-party plugins (Particular, Form, and Plexus). The lessons are full of practical examples for broadcast television as well as online distribution. Along the way, Eran weaves in tips, shortcuts, and professional techniques that will amaze both veteran After Effects users and new motion graphics artists.04/27/2016
After Effects Breakdowns - Social Tech InfographicsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Illustrator, Particular, Newton, Animation Composer(Length: 104 minutes) After Effects Breakdowns is for artists who want to better understand advanced techniques, design concepts, and approaches to complex motion graphics projects. The infographics-driven video in this installment, designed for the nonprofit organization Com.unity, explains how social tech is designed to solve large-scale social problems, such as obesity, accessibility, and car accidents. Watch Eran Stern reverse engineer the finished project using his favorite tools: After Effects and a few third-party plugins (Animation Composer, Particular, and Newton).Eran shows how to decode a client brief, perform storyboarding in Illustrator, and then transition the design to After Effects for animation. Along the way, he weaves in tips, shortcuts, and professional techniques that will amaze both veteran After Effects users and new motion graphics artists.04/27/2016
After Effects CC 2017 Essential Training: Editors and PostBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 234 minutes) In this course, Alan Demafiles covers the core aspects of After Effects commonly used in editing and post production: masks, shapes, type, logos, stills, animating, rendering, and exporting. To begin, Alan compares After Effects to Premiere Pro so you can see the similarities and differences. Then he dives into hands-on demonstrations of how to limit effects with masks, create elements with shape layers, use text templates, animate a logo, and create a 3D type extrusion. Next he shows you how to work with imported pictures, create a Z-space camera montage, change the speed of animations, and more. He wraps up by walking through outputting steps and then kicks off a challenge exercise where you can put your skills into practice.02/14/2017
After Effects CC 2017 Essential Training: The BasicsBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 84 minutes) After Effects CC is powerful, versatile, and complex. But if you need to learn it for the first time, it helps to break down the program into its very basics. This course is designed to help absolute beginners understand the fundamental concepts and techniques that make After Effects the flagship motion graphics and compositing application—without bogging you down with too many options or theories. In the first chapter, instructor Mark Christiansen shows the simplest way to guide a shot from start to finish through the program, working with its most popular features: the Timeline, layers, keyframes, effects, and the Render Queue. The second chapter features a short motion project that shows how all the tools come together in a real-world workflow. Start here to learn everything you need to get up and running with After Effects CC 2017.12/27/2016
After Effects CC 2017: Motion Graphics Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 236 minutes) Get up and running with After Effects CC 2017. Although this is an introductory course, if you're brand new to After Effects, check out After Effects CC 2017 Essential Training: The Basics; in that course, instructor Mark Christiansen starts from the very beginning, introducing you to the interface and other basic concepts to help you understand what After Effects is, and how it's used in a variety of workflows. In this course, Alan Demafiles covers all of the main aspects of this program, providing you with a solid foundation for using this tool in a motion graphics context. To begin, Alan breaks down After Effects into six foundations, each of which serve as the basis for subsequent course chapters. He covers how shape layers offer some of the power of Illustrator vector tools right in After Effects, and shares basic animation techniques like creating looped animation with expressions. In addition, he also touches on the program's powerful Type tool and shows you how adding type animators can make unique text manipulation possible. He wraps up the course with a project-based chapter that helps reinforce your new skills and provides you with valuable workflow tips.01/31/2017
After Effects CC 2017: New FeaturesBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 61 minutes) Find out what the latest update to After Effects CC has in store for VFX and motion graphic artists. This update is part of the Creative Cloud 2017 overhaul, and offers exciting new performance improvements (like instant preview) and workflow enhancements, including markers with durations, one-click Adobe Media Encoder queues, and freeze frames for final frames. Instructor Mark Christiansen also shows how to use new features to find missing fonts by syncing with Typekit, create luminance-based alpha channels using Red Giant's Unmult plugin as an animation preset, render compositions with the built-in CINEMA 4D renderer, and collaborate more effectively than ever with After Effects team projects.The November 2016 release is just the first of many for After Effects CC 2017. Mark will update the course as soon as new features are released. Check back often for new tutorials.11/08/2016
After Effects CC 2017: VFX Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 215 minutes) Learn how to create stunning visual effects with one of the most widely-used and highly-regarded compositing applications on the market—Adobe After Effects CC 2017. Although this is an introductory course, if you're brand new to After Effects, check out After Effects CC 2017 Essential Training: The Basics; in that course, instructor Mark Christiansen starts from the very beginning, introducing you to the interface and other basic concepts to help you get up and running with the popular program.In this course, Alan Demafiles dives into the fundamentals you need to start creating visual effects with After Effects CC 2017. Discover how to work with green screen footage, use rotoscoping to separate foreground from background, track footage, and add your own 3D elements to a scene. Learn how to use particles to create fire, use noise to replace the sky, and more. In the final, project-based chapter, reinforce your new skills by putting techniques into practice using real-world scenarios.02/22/2017
After Effects CC Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 892 minutes) Delve into the world of motion graphics, keying, and compositing in After Effects CC. In this course, Ian Robinson lays out six foundations for becoming proficient with After Effects, including concepts such as layers, keyframe animation, and working with 3D. To help you get up and running with the program, the course begins with a project-based chapter on creating an animated graphic bumper. Next, explore the role layers play in compositions and find out how to add style to your projects using effects and graphic elements. Last, see how to build 3D objects with CINEMA 4D Lite, as well as stabilize footage, solve for 3D cameras, and paint in graphics with the Reverse Stabilization feature.04/26/2016
After Effects CC Essential Training (2015)BeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 583 minutes) After Effects CC Essential Training covers all of the fundamentals required to get new video editors and mograph artists up to speed with this powerful program. The first two chapters explore the key concepts, terminology, and interface of After Effects, and break down the six foundations of After Effects mastery—compositions, layers, animation, effects, 3D, and rendering. Follow-up chapters introduce a variety of real-world projects designed to reinforce the skills you've learned, such as:Building graphics such as lower thirds, logos, and credit rollsRepairing and retiming videoKeying green-screen footageRotoscopingAnimating a 3D logoMotion trackingYour guide, Ian Robinson, wraps up the course with some project management techniques that will help you merge projects from multiple editors, and get you in the habit of archiving completed work.04/27/2016
After Effects Compositing 01: Intro to VFXIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 64 minutes) Visual effects have gone from a secret craft to a well-known career path, and with today's software, and the right tutorials, anyone can make high-quality VFX. The After Effects Compositing Essentials series is designed to help mograph artists of any level master techniques such as matching, tracking, keying, and rotoscoping. This course is your introduction to the series: part tutorial and part inspiration. Mark Christiansen introduces the seven essential compositing techniques and some bonus tips to help enhance drama, correct color, and create transparency. He also explains the art of storytelling with VFX, and how the pros use After Effects to create convincing movie magic.04/26/2016
After Effects Compositing 02: Matching Foreground to BackgroundIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 119 minutes) Creating a moving shot that is made up of disparate elements and looks as though it was taken all at once, with a single camera, is the very core of visual effects compositing. To make the effect look natural, compositors also need a deep understanding of how to match color, light, and phenomena specific to the camera, including grain and depth of field. Matching requires no special knack; for example, you can learn to effectively match color even if you have trouble seeing color accurately. So join Mark Christiansen, as he teaches you how to composite 2D or 3D foreground objects to a background scene with After Effects and seamlessly match light, color, depth of field, and noise, so that every element looks natural.This course was created by Mark Christiansen. We're honored to host this training in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Compositing 03: Advanced Matching and LooksIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 129 minutes) Compositing is all about matching, and in this course we go beyond the fundamentals of matching foreground and background, into the realm of the truly cinematic. Learn how to use the Curves control to surpass what is possible with any other color-adjustment tool in After Effects. Discover how to match the full conditions of the shot as the camera sees it, including back lighting, lens distortion, and other lens and frame-rate artifacts. To make a shot or sequence that belongs in your movie, you need to know how to flatten the shot so that you can use tools such as Magic Bullet Mojo or Looks to make it look truly cinematic. But even beyond making it flat, it's best for it to have the full depth and response of color as we see it in the natural world, and that requires the use of 32-bit-per-channel HDR. And for maximum drama, you want to be able to play with time itself, and motion blur as well. In this course, Mark Christiansen takes you through all these scenarios and the next step in After Effects compositing: matching a shot and making it look not only realistic, but cinematic.04/26/2016
After Effects Compositing 04: Color KeyingIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 127 minutes) Color keying, also known as chroma keying, lets you shoot a foreground scene and insert it into virtually any background; this can save you money and allow you to create shots that are impossible or highly dangerous to take as a single shot. For it to be effective, the key is in the details. In this course, Mark Christiansen shows how to produce feature-film-quality keys in After Effects that fit well within their new scenes, while retaining the subtle details—be they strands of hair or soft or translucent edges—that make the results believable.Beginning with a brief explanation of the keying process, Mark takes you through the steps involved in creating a perfect green-screen key: generating a rough matte, eliminating color spill and matte lines, and refining problematic edges. He shows how to work with Keylight and Primatte—two indispensable keying tools in After Effects—and explains when to use one over the other. And for times when green screen won't work, he shows how to generate high-contrast mattes, or luma keys, based on the luminance data in your footage. Last, learn about compression and how to prep a shot for keying.04/26/2016
After Effects Compositing 05: Rotoscoping & EdgesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 117 minutes) So you've decided to rotoscope. Performing a "roto," an animated selection with masking and paint tools, is time consuming, but the result can be amazing. In this course, Mark Christiansen teaches you how to roto, and how not to roto, in After Effects. His technique relies on a mostly manual masking and painting process, but he also introduces some procedural tools, such as tracking, to make your job go faster. Learn how to build simple rotos and more advanced articulated rotos, replace missing or mismatched backgrounds, separate foreground action to visual effects, and make the results look more realistic with soft edges and motion blur. Mark also reveals techniques for painting with the Brush and Clone tools and tricks for working with the Roto Brush.04/26/2016
After Effects Compositing 06: Tracking and StabilizationIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 128 minutes) Tracking is one of the most powerful ways to make your After Effects work more sophisticated, and one of the hardest to get right. The human eye has an uncanny ability to sense the accuracy of motion. But once you learn to take advantage of the automated 3D tracker, automated motion stabilizer, and 2D point tracker in After Effects—as well as third-party scripts and planar tracking with mocha—a world of possibilities is opened. Here, Mark Christiansen shows how to use the five different After Effects trackers, customizing them to work best in the situations that motion graphics artists encounter most often. He covers the fundamentals, as well as opportunities to think outside the box, especially when an automated approach won't work.04/26/2016
After Effects CS3 EffectsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 709 minutes) In After Effects CS3 Effects, Adobe Certified Instructor Chad Perkins explores the basic purposes and practical uses of each of the application's effects. He teaches in detail how to apply every native effect, covering 3D Channel effects, Blur & Sharpen effects, using channels for blending and reflections, color correction, distortion, particle systems, and keying. This training is essential for those who want to push After Effects CS3 to its limits. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
After Effects CS3 Professional Beyond the BasicsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 583 minutes) After Effects CS3 Professional Beyond the Basics shows how to take After Effects to the next level. Instructor Chad Perkins teaches techniques for bringing photos to life with displacement, crafting fire and water effects with Fractal Noise, mastering masks, using the "other" puppet tools, creating a lightsaber fight, running the gamut of expressions, and taking advantage of advanced 3D options. Chad shares his best tips and tricks for mastering After Effects CS3 Professional, and takes viewers through each of the program's advanced features. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
After Effects CS3 Professional Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 554 minutes) From creating simple animation to integrating Photoshop, Illustrator, and Flash files, After Effects CS3 Professional Essential Training explores the possibilities available using the motion graphics and animation features in After Effects. Adobe Certified Instructor Chad Perkins teaches the fundamentals of managing the timeline, working with 3D layers, creating projects for iPods and mobile devices, and more. Using numerous hands-on visual effects and motion graphics exercises, he teaches the skills necessary for mastering After Effects tools and workflow processes. Chad even devotes an entire chapter to using After Effects and Photoshop together effectively. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
After Effects CS3 Professional New FeaturesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 79 minutes) After Effects CS3 Professional New Features provides an exclusive look into the world of After Effects, and is a must-see for new users and experts alike. From exploring the new interface to demonstrating integration with other Adobe applications, instructor Chad Perkins gives an in-depth first look at this highly anticipated new version of After Effects.04/27/2016
After Effects CS3: Animating Characters(Length: 246 minutes) 04/27/2016
After Effects CS4 Beyond the Basics(Length: 529 minutes) 04/28/2016
After Effects CS4 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 519 minutes) In After Effects CS4 Essential Training, Chad Perkins teaches fundamental motion graphics design techniques from the ground up. He shows how to gather video, audio, and graphical source materials into layered compositions, make edits and adjustments, then bring it all to life with a powerful array of visual effects and animation techniques. These skills are demonstrated in a series of increasingly intricate projects, from creating a galaxy to building a fantasy battle scene. Chad also demonstrates workflows for keying and compositing, shows how to integrate with other applications, shares useful tips and secrets, and much more. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
After Effects CS4 Getting Started(Length: 63 minutes) 04/27/2016
After Effects CS4 New Creative Techniques(Length: 61 minutes) 04/27/2016
After Effects CS4 New Features(Length: 59 minutes) 04/27/2016
After Effects CS4: Apprentice's Guide to Key FeaturesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 89 minutes) After Effects CS4: Apprentice's Guide to Key Features was created and produced by Trish and Chris Meyer. We are honored to host their material in the lynda.com Online Training Library®.After Effects CS4: Apprentice's Guide to Key Features is a series of guided tours with Chris and Trish Meyer. It is designed as a gentle introduction to some of the major features of After Effects CS4. This quick–start course is for beginners who already know how to animate, users who are not familiar with the latest version, or those who need to get up to speed with advanced tools. Chris and Trish cover features such as text animators, shape layers, expressions, and motion tracking. These guided tours are also included with the second edition of Chris and Trish Meyer's book, After Effects Apprentice (Focal Press).To learn the basics of animating in After Effects CS4, check out After Effects CS4 Getting Started with Chad Perkins in the lynda.com Online Training Library®. To go deeper, see Chad's After Effects CS4 Essential Training. To get an overview of the new features in After Effects CS4, watch After Effects CS4 New Creative Techniques with Chris and Trish Meyer. To purchase After Effects Apprentice—the book—go to www.amazon.com.04/28/2016
After Effects CS4: Wiggle Transform TipsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 8 minutes) After Effects CS4: Wiggle Transform Tips was created and produced by Trish and Chris Meyer. We are honored to host their material in the lynda.com Online Training Library®.After Effects CS4 features a new operator for shape layers: Wiggle Transform. This useful tool can automatically animate the anchor point, position, rotation, and scale of a layer without having to use expressions or animation presets. In After Effects CS4: Wiggle Transform Tips, Chris and Trish Meyer present helpful advice for using Wiggle Transform to its full potential. For example, they show how to combine it with the Repeater operation to create writhing, pulsing, wiggling masses of automatically animating shapes. This video assumes prior knowledge of how to use shape layers inside After Effects. For an introduction to this topic, we recommend watching the "shape layers" movie from After Effects CS4: Apprentice's Guide to Key Features in the lynda.com Online Training Library®.04/28/2016
After Effects CS5 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 519 minutes) In After Effects CS5 Essential Training, author Chad Perkins discusses the basic tools, effects, and need-to-know techniques in Adobe After Effects CS5, the professional standard for motion graphics, compositing, and visual effects for video. The course provides an overview of the entire workflow, from import to export, as well as detailed coverage of each stage, including animating text and artwork, adding effects to compositions, working in 3D, and rendering and compressing footage. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
After Effects CS5 New Creative Techniques(Length: 157 minutes) 04/27/2016
After Effects CS5 New FeaturesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 83 minutes) In After Effects CS5 New Features, author Mark Christiansen explores the added tools, plug-ins, and other productivity enhancements in the CS5 release of Adobe's motion graphics and visual effects software. This course covers improvements to the user interface, changes to RED footage and 3D and text compositions workflows, the Roto Brush tool, and the new mocha, Color Finesse, and Freeform AE plug-ins. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
After Effects CS5.5 New Creative TechniquesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 118 minutes) This course highlights some of the most exciting features in the latest release. These include enhanced 3D lights, cameras, and effects; the Warp Stabilizer; new stereoscopic tools; and the simplified audio workflow between Audition and After Effects. The course also includes bonus tips, "Tweaks for Geeks," on working more efficiently in After Effects, including searching, sorting, saving, and more. After Effects CS5.5 New Creative Techniques was created and produced by Trish and Chris Meyer. We are honored to host their material in the lynda.com Online Training Library®.04/28/2016
After Effects CS5.5 New FeaturesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 102 minutes) In this course,, visual effects guru Mark Christiansen covers the relevant new features of After Effects CS5.5, including the new Warp Stabilizer, 3D Stereoscopic workflow, and Lens Effects tools. The course also covers light falloff enhancements and workflow improvements in this release.04/28/2016
After Effects CS6 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 521 minutes) In this course, author Ian Robinson introduces Adobe After Effects CS6 and the world of animation, effects, and compositing. Chapter 1 introduces the six foundations of After Effects, which include concepts like layers, keyframes, rendering, and moving in 3D space. The rest of the course expands on these ideas, and shows how to build compositions with layers, perform rotoscoping, animate your composition with keyframes, add effects and transitions, and render and export the finished piece. Two real-world example projects demonstrate keying green screen footage and creating an advanced 3D composition with the expanded 3D toolset, an important addition to CS6.04/28/2016
After Effects CS6 New FeaturesBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 133 minutes) Get up to speed quickly with the new features in After Effects CS6. Join veteran After Effects user Chris Meyer as he explores the key enhancements to this industry standard visual effects and motion graphics software. Chris shares creative ideas and important production advice while covering the strengths of features such as memory optimization with the new global performance cache, 3D motion tracking with the 3D Camera Tracker, and the new 3D rendering engine for ray-traced 3D rendering.04/26/2016
After Effects CS6 New Features OverviewBeginnerVideo, video2brainAfter Effects(Length: 109 minutes) Adobe After Effects CS6 has lots of new and enhanced features in many areas of the program, from importing and compositing to effects and especially 3D animation. In this course, Adobe Technical Support Lead Todd Kopriva walks you through all of them, including extruded text and shapes, the ray-traced 3D renderer, the 3D camera tracker, fast previews, and variable-width mask feathering. Plus, learn about changes to performance and the user interface, and how these can affect your workflow.04/26/2016
After Effects Duik Rigging & Animation ToolsAdvancedVideoAfter Effects, DUIK(Length: 307 minutes) Speed up your character rigging and animation workflows with Duik, the free script-based toolset for After Effects. Duik is known for its inverse kinematics (IK) rigging and animation tools, but it also can help you save time and add diversity to everyday motion graphics. Owen Lowery takes you on an in-depth tour of all the essential tools in Duik, studded with challenges to test your skills and mini-projects that show Duik in action. Learn how to rig characters with the IK tools, rig bones of puppet pin-based characters, animate a walk cycle, and control keyframe interpolation and speed. Plus, find out how Duik can extend 3D cameras and discover how to create traditional frame-by-frame animation with the Cel Animation tool. Owen also shows how to make a character rig dance, without adding a single keyframe!10/04/2016
After Effects Expressions for Premiere Pro EditorsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Premiere Pro(Length: 134 minutes) Expressions are an advanced feature of After Effects that many editors shy away from. The perception is that you need to be good at scripting to be able to use expressions. But basic expressions are easy to apply using simple point-and-click methods. They're incredibly useful for adding randomness to animation and effects, linking properties to synchronize animation, or even making effects react to music. After Effects Expressions for Premiere Pro Editors is a creative, project-based workshop. Editors take a basic Premiere Pro edit and bring it to life using After Effects expressions and Dynamic Link, following author Angie Taylor's expert instructions. The concepts are broken down into manageable 3–5 minute videos, covering techniques such as randomizing effects, linking animation and color to sound, automating animation, and more.04/27/2016
After Effects Expressions: Getting StartedBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 246 minutes) Even if you're not comfortable with scripting or coding, you may still want to take a look at expressions. They are like little scripts that trigger changes to layer properties, and they can save you time, make your work more flexible, and open up new creative possibilities. In this course, motion graphic designer Angie Taylor shows you how to make Adobe After Effects expressions work for you, starting with building expressions with the pick whip. Then she introduces JavaScript-based math expressions, which allow you to adjust timing and movement, and her favorite "no brainer" expressions, such as property linking and connecting camera focus to layers. Plus, discover how to react to sound, play with color, format text, and link 2D and 3D properties.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Advanced Photoshop IntegrationAdvancedVideoAfter Effects(Length: 176 minutes) After Effects has a powerful toolset, but there are some things Photoshop just excels at. Namely, manipulating raw images, color, and perspective. If you're a Creative Cloud subscriber, you have access to the entire suite of applications. So why not take advantage of both toolsets? In this course, Rich Harrington shows video professionals how to fully integrate Photoshop into a variety of After Effects workflows, including repairing images and building new assets for motion graphics and video effects. Learn how to properly develop and then optimize raw files to increase performance in After Effects, and use Photoshop's advanced typographic controls. Find out how to use layer styles to add bevels, overlays, and glows, and correct lens distortion, chromatic aberration, and vignetting. Rich also introduces a unique use for Vanishing Point, which allows you to export 3D objects for parallax movements and virtual sets. Plus, discover how to save out depth mattes for backdrops and keying, and use the powerful Content-Aware tools for background plates, set extensions, or recomposing assets. There's a lot to learn! Start watching to incorporate Photoshop's advanced tools into your next After Effects project.10/25/2016
After Effects Guru: Advanced Photoshop TechniquesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Photoshop(Length: 132 minutes) Integrate Photoshop into your everyday video and animation workflows to save time, correct common video issues, and generate custom textures. After Effects guru Ian Robinson starts with the essentials: retouching, correcting color, and fixing distortion with Photoshop. Then he takes things further and shows how to prep still images in Photoshop for animation in After Effects. Next, learn how to use Photoshop to create environment maps that accurately reflect graphics when applied in After Effects or CINEMA 4D (C4D) Lite. In the last chapter you'll explore integrating Photoshop into a 3D production pipeline, making custom textures in Photoshop, and applying them via bump maps and normal maps in C4D Lite.04/27/2016
After Effects Guru: Animating InfographicsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 194 minutes) Learn how to animate infographics with Adobe After Effects! Many infographic elements begin life in applications like Illustrator, Photoshop, or PowerPoint. But these assets can be flat and boring; animation is what brings them to life. In this course, After Effects guru Ian Robinson covers animating charts and graphs with shape layers, layer masks, and stroke and text animators. He also shows how to use expressions to link animation between different graphic elements, build dynamic camera moves, and create some animated 3D infographics with CINEMA 4D Lite. To finish things off, he'll look at some third-party tools such as Cinema Spice Charts & Graphs for After Effects and aescripts, which help speed up some of the techniques you learned earlier in the course.05/20/2016
After Effects Guru: Animating LogosIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 82 minutes) This episode of After Effects Guru combines the powers of Adobe Photoshop, After Effects, and Illustrator to help you make polished logo animations for your clients. Learn how to use the Keyframe Assistant to build animations with multiple repeating elements, and animate with color, starting with grayscale values you'll use to generate different hues. Ian Robinson also provides some project-saving advice for what happens when you don't have access to the full-res version of a logo. Last, you'll learn about the best formats for outputting animated logo bugs and animations that contain transparency.This course was created and produced by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Animating TypographyIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 113 minutes) Many designers get their start in animation with the simple desire to create interesting type animation, but they don't know where to begin. Let an After Effects guru show you the path. Join Ian Robinson for an in-depth look at all of the different ways you can animate type in After Effects, from animation presets to animated cameras. Rather than focusing just on the buttons, Ian focuses on creating and adding movement that matches the meaning of the words. Follow along as he dives into the process for deciding which tool is best to use for each effect.This course was created by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: CC Market and LibrariesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 108 minutes) There's a world of possibilities in the market inside of the Adobe Creative Cloud. Take a look at the tools and assets available for After Effects in the CC Market and Libraries. Ian Robinson explores the vector graphics, patterns, textures, brushes, and even user interface extensions available inside the CC Market. Then he shows how to search for, download, and install assets and organize them in CC Libraries, which can be shared between all Creative Cloud programs. The final three chapters put the assets to work in multiple motion graphic projects, including an animated SVG and a short promo video, using After Effects, Photoshop, and Illustrator.12/06/2016
After Effects Guru: Character AnimatorIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects(Length: 139 minutes) Get up and running with Character Animator, the motion capture animation tool in After Effects CC. Character Animator can speed up your character-driven animation projects exponentially—eliminating keyframes and time-consuming dialog matching. AE Guru Ian Robinson starts you off by working with Character Animator templates. Then it's time to build characters with custom controls for animation, such as subpuppet attachment points and layer handles. Ian then shows how to drive animation with your mouse or touchscreen device, and control facial expressions, mouth positions, and body parts like hands, arms, and legs. He even shows you how to map keystrokes to drive animation in real time with body and head rotation or advanced physics simulations. Lastly, he reviews puppet behaviors for smoothing and transforming character motion, and shows how to refine, edit, and export recordings. The final output from Character Animator can be rendered with After Effects, Premiere Pro, or even Adobe Media Encoder.07/08/2017
After Effects Guru: Color Grading FootageBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 96 minutes) Whether you're looking to "fix it in post" or "make it pop," After Effects offers a wealth of tools for making both technical and artistic color enhancements to your footage. And this class has you covered. Rich Harrington introduces a basic workflow for getting a shot back to its best natural state, and then advanced techniques that allow you to push your footage a little further: converting it to black and white or adding creative color. Start now and learn how to make your video look its best within After Effects.This course was created by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this training in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Creating Presets and ControllersIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 89 minutes) How much time in your After Effects workflow do you spend applying simple key frames to layers in your composition, such as fade in and fade out? Wouldn't it be easier to save those effects as presets, so you don't have to recreate them? Follow Nick Harauz as he shows how to build presets that you can use in future projects. In this course, Nick explains how to create text presets, textures, and useful backgrounds. Plus, he looks at ways to control multiple layers in a project through expressions, null objects, and blending tricks. By the end of the course, you're equipped to develop your own library of presets, so that when you tackle your next After Effects project, you'll have an arsenal of custom effects and content that can help expedite your work.03/02/2017
After Effects Guru: Effects and Preset ManagementIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 150 minutes) In video, saving time on the simple tasks means you've got more energy left for the hard ones. Luckily, many effects and animations can be automated in After Effects, thanks to its robust effects and presets engine. In this course, you'll learn how to use existing presets, design custom effects and save them as presets, and save time with a variety of built-in animations that most users miss. Author Rich Harrington also shows how to install third-party presets, share and back up your presets, and organize them on your hard drive.04/27/2016
After Effects Guru: ExpressionsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 148 minutes) Expressions are an incredibly powerful feature in After Effects. They are a way to affect the values of properties using lines of code rather than keyframes. This makes expressions faster and cleaner than traditional animation techniques. In this course, author Luisa Winters demonstrates how to use expressions in Adobe After Effects. Watch and learn how to add and edit expressions, change dimensions like rate and value, and use variables to assign and change values globally. Plus, find out how to use the After Effects Expression Language menu and introduce randomness into expressions for more creative possibilities.10/18/2016
After Effects Guru: Faster Previews and RenderingIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 117 minutes) Every After Effects user can use more time. After Effects gurus make more time. As you build motion graphics and special effects, your computer has to work hard. The choices you make greatly impact how long your computer takes to render projects and the results you get. In this course, Rich Harrington teaches some important strategies to render faster and work less, and get more power and responsiveness from the RAM and cache settings in After Effects. This includes selective previews, temporary quality reductions, and proxy files. Start now, and get more work done and get home sooner.This course was created and produced by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Integrating Type into VideoIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 156 minutes) Discover how to combine text and video in After Effects in order to create visually stunning scenes. In this course, Eran Stern builds four different trailers that showcase impressive type effects. Along the way, he demos a handful of advanced techniques, from tracking, rotoscoping, and parenting to generating 3D effects and 3D extruded text to make your type look its best. After watching this course, you'll be able to create impressive promos, trailers, and openers that will stand out from the rest.04/27/2016
After Effects Guru: Integrating Type into Video Volume 2IntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 198 minutes) Discover new ways to combine text and video in After Effects and create more visually stunning scenes. This course, the second volume of Eran Stern's Integrating Type into Video series, features four unique type treatments that integrate text directly with the action on screen. Watch and learn how to explode text, create liquid text, map text to moving objects, and animate type in Z space. Along the way, Eran demos a handful of advanced techniques, from tracking, rotoscoping, and particles to distortion and camera effects. After watching this course, you'll be able to create impressive promos, trailers, and openers that will stand out from the rest.07/19/2016
After Effects Guru: Keyframe AssistantsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 155 minutes) Explore the tools in After Effects that help with the animation "between" the animation: keyframe assistants. These features help speed up repetitive tasks and add style to animations. This course starts with the basics: using the Keyframe Assistant tool itself to control the appearance, sequence, and timing of multiple layers within a single pre-composition. Then you'll move into very refined, keyframe-specific adjustments using a few different tools: Convert Audio to Keyframes, the Wiggler, ease adjustments, and expressions. In the final chapter, author Ian Robinson explores some very helpful third-party assistants like LayerMonkey, MotionMonkey, PlaneSpace, and Ecospace to speed up your day-to-day workflow.04/27/2016
After Effects Guru: Keying with KeylightIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 63 minutes) Keylight is a powerful keyer turned After Effects plugin. It was developed for use in features films and is now available with every copy of After Effects. In this course, Luisa Winters helps you understand what keying is, how Keylight works, and how to get the best green-screen footage from your shoot while in production. Then she demonstrates basic keying and techniques for refining mattes, using masks, and correcting color. Use these tips to create your own amazing composites in After Effects. It all starts with a great key!10/18/2016
After Effects Guru: Mastering the TimelineIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 68 minutes) In this course, Rich Harrington offers tips for creating a fast and efficient motion graphics workflow in the After Effects timeline—leaving you with more time for creativity. This installment of After Effects Guru reveals time-saving features for navigating to specific timecodes, adjusting keyframes, changing layer behavior and applying effects with switches, and using markers to annotate your projects.This course was created by Rich Harrington. We are honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Plugins You Should KnowIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 286 minutes) Join Nick Harauz as he takes you through some of the options available to enhance your motion graphics workflow. Start by looking at what's already in After Effects and discover what else becomes available when looking beyond the After Effects hood. Find out what third-party plugins can do for your workflow and when these might come in handy on your next AE project. This course explores major plugin packages, advanced options, and more.01/17/2017
After Effects Guru: Templates for Premiere ProIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 93 minutes) Video editors look to enhance their projects by using motion graphic templates to spice up their work. In this course, learn how to work with and create After Effects text templates that you can modify later in Adobe Premiere Pro. Nick Harauz breaks down how complicated templates are designed, and how to get more comfortable with tweaking them. Plus, he shows how to create your own mosaic template to update inside of Premiere.This course was created by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/27/2017
After Effects Guru: Time-Based EffectsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 105 minutes) One of the ways to add drama to video and animation is the manipulation of time. In this course Eran Stern shows different ways to control time in After Effects, from basic linear changes through time remapping and time warp. He'll review all the effects in the Time category and explore real-life usages of each one. He also examines methods to add synthetic motion blur, and use time-related effects to achieve unique effects such as morph, echo, and strobe. At the end you'll be able to use these techniques to add magical visual effects to your videos, titles, and motion graphics.04/27/2016
After Effects Guru: Tracking and Stabilizing FootageIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 120 minutes) Whether it's removing camera shake or tracking a camera's movement, After Effects has you covered. You can apply a variety of techniques to smooth out the camera movement in a shot, using the After Effects Warp Stabilizer VFX effect, and track the camera to add objects into a scene realistically. Rich Harrington shows you how in this installment of After Effects Guru.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Using Generator EffectsBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 113 minutes) Generator effects can be used to solve many problems when creating motion graphics and VFX projects—and to add unique creative twists you can't replicate with other After Effects tools. In this course, author Ian Robinson shows how to use generator effects to attach multiple layers, create animated glints and highlights, achieve better blended composites, and more. Follow along as he introduces a variety of next-level mograph techniques for creating interesting backgrounds, repeating graphic elements, and applying 2D and 3D type treatments, and walks through a complete map-based infographic generated with effects like Grid, Stroke, Vegas, Write-on, and Radio Waves.10/25/2016
After Effects Guru: Working with 3D in C4D LiteIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects(Length: 89 minutes) After Effects Guru helps you dig deep into advanced After Effects options and techniques. This first installment focuses on the new CINEMA 4D (C4D) Lite plugin—a slimmed down version of MAXON's 3D modeling program offered with After Effects CC—and the exciting ways the two programs integrate.Author Ian Robinson walks through the basics of using C4D Lite and moving between C4D and After Effects. Learn to match your frame rates and project settings, create 3D type and other models, apply materials, add animation, and output your project for compositing in After Effects. Covering the basic linear workflow, this course is the perfect introduction for the experienced After Effects artist who's new to the C4D workflow.This course was created by Ian Robinson and produced by Rich Harrington. We are honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Working with Photoshop FilesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Photoshop(Length: 119 minutes) Photoshop is well suited for creating initial concept boards, storyboarding, and preparing elements for animation in After Effects. By doing this prep work in Photoshop, you can save precious render time later in the animation process. In this course, After Effects guru Ian Robinson shows how use channels and masks to isolate selected elements from stills. He also creates storyboards in Photoshop and optimizes those documents to speed up the next step in the process: animation in After Effects. Plus, learn how to create depth mattes, correct lens distortion and sharpen video using Photoshop's video editing capabilities, and use the data sets modular workflow to speed up creation of repetitive elements like lower thirds.04/26/2016
After Effects Guru: Working with VectorsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects, Illustrator, Photoshop(Length: 74 minutes) Join Ian Robinson for a closer look at all of the different ways to animate vector graphics in Adobe After Effects. But rather than focusing on just the tools native to After Effects, he explores why you should consider integrating Photoshop and Illustrator into your vector motion-graphics workflow. Learn about time-saving vector creation tools native to each application, from the Custom Shape tool in Photoshop to the Blend tool in Illustrator. Ian also shows how to tie all of these elements together while exploring how to import and animate vectors in After Effects with shape layers and the dynamic effects Stroke and Vegas.This course was created and produced by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects Hidden Gems Weekly(Length: 275 minutes) 04/27/2016
After Effects Motion Graphics: Creating Fire and Brimstone Type AnimationIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects(Length: 200 minutes) After Effects is a very versatile tool. On one hand, it's a powerful compositing and post-production program. On the other hand, it is capable of producing some very impressive 3D visuals, with the help of plugins like FreeForm Pro.In this course, you'll learn to take advantage of these powerful features. The first half of this course uses AE as if it were true 3D software, producing a unique 3D landscape—a volcano spouting fire and brimstone—rendered into several image sequence passes. In the second half, author Ran Ben Avraham shows how to use AE's powerful compositing abilities to combine the render passes, add environment particles, build 3D text, and use a few post-production tricks to produce this "volcanic" scene.Like all of our project-based learning experiences, each step of the process is rich with object lessons that are applicable to scenarios the motion design artist will face in real-world productions.05/20/2016
After Effects Project Workflow(Length: 198 minutes) 04/27/2016
After Effects Scripts & Tips: 1 Animation TechniquesAdvancedVideoAfter Effects(Length: 211 minutes) Discover tactics, tricks, and workarounds that can make working in After Effects easier and more fun. Owen Lowery introduces various free scripts that you can install for better functionality and faster workflow, discusses animation and design theory, and shows simple, effective ways to put that theory into practice. He guides you through several solutions to the kinds of common problems that new After Effects users tend to run into. Plus—as this course doesn't build from lesson to lesson—you can dive into whichever topic piques your interest.07/08/2017
After Effects Scripts & Tips: 2 Design Theory & AnimationAdvancedVideoAfter Effects(Length: 235 minutes) After Effects Scripts & Tips explores the best free third-party scripts, along with tactics, tricks, and workarounds, that make working in After Effects easier, more productive, and much more fun. In this course, instructor Owen Lowery focuses on a the design theories of contrast, repetition, alignment, and proximity (C.R.A.P.) and shows simple, effective ways to put that theory into practice. Learn about color management and how the underlying meaning of colors impact your design. Discover innovative ways to incorporate typography and custom fonts. Find out how to align 3D objects, integrate logo designs into projects, animate text, and more. The lessons aren't linear, so feel free to jump around and explore whatever scripts and tips are most interesting to you.07/08/2017
After Effects Tips and Techniques: Compositing and EffectsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 133 minutes) Get the most out of After Effects, with Eran Stern's After Effects Tips and Techniques. The aim of the series is to help you increase productivity by learning new shortcuts, hidden gems, and overlooked effects. In this part you'll learn how to overcome problems when compositing layers and matching shots, and explore a few "recipes" for popular effects. Discover how to key smoke and water, preserve transparency, match color, and create fun and popular effects such as film flash and "fake" camera tracking.04/26/2016
After Effects Tips and Techniques: Rendering and ExportingIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 146 minutes) Get the most out of After Effects, with Eran Stern's After Effects Tips and Techniques. This installment is dedicated to rendering: increasing the quality and speed of your final export, as well as the RAM previews and prerenders you generate along the way. Eran shows how to optimize your system settings, addresses issues like flickering and upscaling, and introduces production-ready workflows that will increase your productivity and speed up interactions with complex projects.04/26/2016
After Effects Tips and Techniques: Shapes, Text, Masks, and Path EffectsBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 180 minutes) Get the most out of your motion graphics workflow with After Effects Tips and Techniques, the series that introduces new shortcuts, hidden gems, and overlooked effects to experienced After Effects artists. In this course you'll learn how to make the most out of shapes, masks, text, and path effects: some of the most flexible and design-friendly elements of the software. Eran Stern shows how to scale these elements, add effects to path outlines, extrude artwork in 3D space, and incorporate numbers and expressions in your effects.04/26/2016
After Effects Tips and Techniques: Shortcuts, Navigation, and Project ManagementBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 185 minutes) Get the most out of After Effects, with Eran Stern's After Effects Tips and Techniques. The aim of the series is to help you discover new shortcuts, hidden features, and overlooked effects, and use them to increase your productivity. In this part, you'll learn how to customize the interface, display only what you need to see, and quickly navigate across the Timeline, as well as organize your project and avoid surprises when sending it to another user.04/26/2016
After Effects: 2015 Creative Cloud UpdatesBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 104 minutes) Adobe After Effects CC 2015 brings significant breakthroughs in performance and shared workflows—and in this course, master user Chris Meyer will show you how to put them to work in real-world situations. After Effects has been rewired underneath the hood to be more responsive, including a new preview scheme optimized for those with an editing background. Creative Cloud Libraries were also introduced in the CC 2015 release, as well as face tracking technology thanks to Adobe Character Animator, which is now bundled with the program. With over 20 years experience using After Effects, Chris Meyer demonstrates these and other changes using real-world examples, including how to work around the inevitable shortcomings and gotchas.Check back often for updates. New chapters will be added each time Adobe releases a major After Effects update.04/27/2016
After Effects: Compositing a Cell PhoneIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 94 minutes) The mobile app market is saturated. If you can show clients or investors how the app works—before any time or money has been invested into a lengthy development cycle—it can help speed up approval and funding.Here, Andy Needham shows how to take the app mockup created in the companion course, After Effects: Creating a Mobile App Interface, and composite it into live-action footage of a smartphone. The final product is an animated promo video that helps visualize how the app will be used on a real device. Andy also covers storyboarding, tracking, keying, color correction, and a few audio tips. By the end of the course, you'll have more experience with the screen replacement workflow in After Effects and have a web-ready deliverable ready to share with the world.06/25/2016
After Effects: Creating a Mobile App InterfaceIntermediateDeveloper, VideoAfter Effects(Length: 141 minutes) Most apps follow the same interface design principles—principles defined in the iOS, Android, and Windows Phone specifications. Prototyping your interface with tools like Illustrator and After Effects can ensure your app meets platform guidelines and help you resolve usability issues before going through a lengthy development cycle.In this course, Andy Needham shows how to create an app interface from scratch using Adobe Illustrator, and then take the finished design into After Effects for animation. This is a start-to-finish project, going from concept sketches to the final product (an animated GIF). The prototype will showcase the navigation and interactive aspects of the app interface and can be used for marketing or gathering client and user feedback.06/14/2016
After Effects: Creating Project TemplatesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 169 minutes) Mograph designers and artists are always looking for new templates—and they're often willing to pay for them. Building template-based projects in After Effects is also a great way to earn extra income while improving your design skills. In this course, you'll create a working project template in After Effects and prepare it for sale. You'll learn how to build the project from flexible shape layers and text layers, adding some effects along the way. You'll also find out how to set up the project to make it easy for other designers to make changes to the color, text, and animation, and customize the project to suit their needs. Author Angie Taylor also shows the best ways to save and package template projects for web delivery or for submission to Adobe's Creative Cloud Market.04/27/2016
After Effects: Creative Cloud UpdatesBeginnerVideoAfter Effects(Length: 231 minutes) Veteran After Effects user Chris Meyer shares real-world production and workflow advice as he demonstrates the newest features in Adobe After Effects CC. Chris reviews the streamlined connection to MAXON CINEMA 4D and the Refine Edge tool for creating mattes around hair and other partially transparent areas, and reveals how to get more accurate tracks and stabilizations with Reverse Stabilization and ground planes. He also reviews the upgraded Warp Stabilizer and 3D Camera Tracker and important new usability features such as layer snapping.The September 2013 update brought the new Rigid Mask Tracker, as well as additional ways to scale up footage cleanly, while the highlight of the December 2013 update was the ability to convert parametric shape layers to Bézier paths, and Bézier paths into shape layers. The NAB 2014 update shows off important new integration with Adobe Premiere Pro and Typekit, as well major updates to effects. Smaller yet still important new and enhanced features in each release are also touched on throughout. As always, Chris doesn't just show you where these new features are, but how to apply them to your own projects, along with preferred working practices and potential gotchas.Note: This course was created and produced by Chris and Trish Meyer. We are honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
After Effects: Extended Vignette TechniquesIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 46 minutes) After Effects: Extended Vignette Techniques was created and produced by Trish and Chris Meyer. We are honored to host their material in the lynda.com Online Training Library®.Vignetting is a classic photography technique involving darkening areas of an image in order to focus the viewer’s attention on a desired point of interest. In After Effects: Extended Vignette Techniques, Chris Meyer shows how vignettes can also be leveraged in video. Multiple applications are demonstrated, including framing a subject better, fixing a poorly composed shot, giving a vintage feel, creating "quiet areas" to overlay text and other graphics, and blending an image over a new background. Vignettes can be created using masking, shape layers, and gradients. This course also includes advanced techniques unique to After Effects, using the CC Circle effect and 3D lights, and employing motion stabilization to center the desired action within the vignette. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
After Effects: Insight into EffectsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 211 minutes) After Effects: Insight into Effects was created and produced by Trish and Chris Meyer. We are honored to host their material in the lynda.com Online Training Library®.After Effects gurus Chris and Trish Meyer share their real-world insight into how to get the most out of the effects that come bundled with this popular software. After Effects: Insight into Effects covers their favorite effects, hidden gems, optimal parameter ranges, "gotchas" to avoid, and alternative effects to consider. Among other tidbits, this course also contains "special topic" movies that pertain to more than one effect, demonstrate how to use After Effects more efficiently, and compare different effects to try in order to achieve a desired creative result. After Effects: Insight into Effects is recommended for all After Effects users, regardless of which version they use. This ongoing series that will be updated with new movies on a regular basis.This course was recorded using After Effects CS4, but it contains many timeless concepts and effects. After Effects: Insight into Effects is recommended for all After Effects users, regardless of which version they use. This is an ongoing series that will be updated with new movies on a regular basis.04/27/2016
After Effects: Light TransmissionIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 23 minutes) After Effects: Light Transmission was created and produced by Trish and Chris Meyer. We are honored to host their material in the lynda.com Online Training Library®.Projecting one 3D layer onto another is useful for creating film and video projections as well as stained glass effects. In After Effects: Light Transmission, instructor Chris Meyer demonstrates the required steps, including mastering shadows and the Light Transmission parameter. He teaches numerous tips and tricks for building 3D worlds (including using seamless tiles), grouping together layers and lights, softening or sharpening projections, and using "negative light" to remove unwanted light leaks from a scene.04/27/2016
After Effects: Lighting Effects in Post(Length: 43 minutes) 04/27/2016
After Effects: Natural Light EffectsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 17 minutes) After Effects: Natural Light Effects was created and produced by Trish and Chris Meyer. We are honored to host their material in the lynda.com Online Training Library®.Volumetric lighting effects, such as light rays and glows, are susceptible to two common problems: They can look too synthetic, and they are prone to banding when compressed for DVDs and the web. In After Effects Natural Light Effects,Chris Meyer shows how to make light look more realistic by adding dust or swirling smoke, creating natural imperfections that help with compression. He demonstrates how to do this using stock footage of this natural phenomenon or the After Effects Fractal Noise and Turbulent Noise effects.04/27/2016
After Effects: Principles of Motion GraphicsIntermediateVideoAfter Effects(Length: 477 minutes) After Effects: Principles of Motion Graphics with Ian Robinson covers some of the core principles used to create motion graphics, breaking them down into smaller groups of applied techniques in After Effects. The course explores everything from gathering inspiration to integrating traditional typography, transitional elements, animated textures, color, and more into motion graphics. Instructions for building a toolkit with templates and a style guide for future projects are also included. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
After Effects: Rigging a Character Arm for AnimationIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects(Length: 27 minutes) Join Chad Perkins as he breaks down the process of creating, rigging, and animating the arm of a character in an opening title sequence in Adobe After Effects—a task traditionally performed using rigging or skeleton tools available in 3D programs. Instead, this short course shows animators how to use a combination of layers, parenting, and expressions in After Effects to create a similar effect. The course also covers parenting the arm component, picking up objects with the arm, and obscuring objects.04/28/2016
Agile at Work: Building Your Agile TeamIntermediateBusiness(Length: 64 minutes) Agile is becoming the preferred project management approach for fast-moving projects. At the heart of any agile project lies an agile team. In this course, the first in lynda.com's Agile at Work series, expert Doug Rose uses a sample project to show how to build your agile team. A team with an agile mindset is self-organized, collaborative, and accountable. He also outlines the common pitfalls inherent in the implementation: new teams need to watch for confusing their roles and understand the challenges with managing self-organized groups.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Agile at Work: Driving Productive Agile MeetingsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 69 minutes) Many new agile teams think flexibility in their meetings allows them to do whatever feels right. In reality, agile projects move more smoothly by running short, well-structured activities. Each activity is timeboxed, so the teams stay on track and work within a set time and agenda.In this course, agile expert Doug Rose outlines how to make agile meetings as productive as possible. He provides guidance on common activities such as release planning, daily stand-ups, sprint planning, and product demos. Throughout the course, learn about common meeting pitfalls and the challenges of keeping activities on track.Watch more courses in the Agile at Work series by visiting Doug Rose's landing page here on the site.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Agile at Work: Getting Better with Agile RetrospectivesIntermediateBusiness(Length: 71 minutes) An agile retrospective allows a team to continuously improve and get better together. This simple practice lets members step back from the day-to-day challenges with product delivery. Instead they focus on the team. "What are we doing well? What can we do better?" The answers to these questions help the team create a more agile mindset. They will be self-organized and more productive. Instead of a postmortem at the end of the project, they will have health checks throughout the project. In this course, agile expert Doug Rose outlines the five phases of a helpful retrospective: setting the right direction, getting all of the issues on the table, gathering insights from the team, making decisions, and finally, applying the changes. He uses starfish and PANCAKE diagrams to identify challenges and opportunities for process improvement, and shows how to close a retrospective with clear action items.Watch and learn agile project management techniques to assess your project today, and get back on track for tomorrow. Find more courses on agile project management in the Agile at Work series on Doug's author page.04/26/2016
Agile at Work: Planning with Agile User StoriesIntermediateBusiness(Length: 68 minutes) Agile project teams create short user stories as a way to plan out the work for upcoming sprints. In this course, agile expert Doug Rose shows how to write these user stories and prioritize them in the product backlog. He also shows how to avoid the most common pitfalls with agile project planning.Watch more Agile at Work courses on Doug's author page.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Agile at Work: Reporting with Agile Charts and BoardsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 61 minutes) Agile teams need a lightweight way to report their progress. Agile reports should be simple and easy to read, and radiate information across the room to the entire team. In this course, agile expert Doug Rose outlines a process for reporting on the progress of your agile project. He shows how to prioritize the product backlog, update the taskboard, and monitor the project's health with burndown charts. You'll also see the most common pitfalls, such as retrofitting and working with distributed teams. Bonus: Watch the bonus chapter at the end of this course where Doug answers common questions about the agile mindset, including what types of projects would be the best fit.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Agile Instructional DesignIntermediateEducation + Elearning(Length: 57 minutes) Many instructional design and development processes produce ineffective products, often accompanied by delayed timelines and cost overruns. Agile instructional design applies the SAM (Success Approximation Model) principles to training development, which results in meaningful and effective learning experiences that help the learner as well as meet the needs of stakeholders. In this course, Richard Sites explores how to apply an agile process to instructional design. Learn how to start savvy, document your ideas, prototype course content, build your design, and review your instruction for any missed opportunities. Dr. Sites also shows how to align your current process with SAM and become an effective leader of agile and iterative training and development projects.06/14/2016
Agile Product Owner RoleBeginnerBusiness(Length: 69 minutes) Learn what it takes to be the product owner on an agile project team. This course clarifies the role of the product owner and looks at the mindset, techniques, and competencies critical to being successful in the job. Angela Wick defines the typical collaborators, the product roadmap and minimum viable product, and your touch points in the agile workflow, including planning, prototyping, user research, sprints, and backlog refinement. Plus, learn about the average day in the life of a product owner and get clarity on common myths: that planning, a clear scope, and documentation get in the way of agile development.07/12/2016
Agile Project ManagementBeginnerBusiness(Length: 77 minutes) Agile project management allows you to produce smaller deliverables more frequently and efficiently, making it an excellent choice for teams that work in product development, programming, business analysis, and other collaborative areas. But it's a fragile process that requires the right scope, goals, and management. In this course, author and Project Management Professional Bob McGannon shows you the tools and techniques you need to successfully manage a project through the agile life cycle. Learn how to use agile for the right projects and then walk through the four major phases in the cycle, from scoping the work and designing your sprint structure to collecting requirements, managing the project without interfering in the rapid build process, adapting to feedback, and closing the project. In the bonus chapter, Bob discusses real-life challenges he has encountered running agile projects, giving you real-world perspective into the project life cycle.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Agile Project Management with Microsoft ProjectIntermediateBusinessProject(Length: 93 minutes) Learn how to use Microsoft Project to manage agile projects. Author Bonnie Biafore covers setting up agile projects for success, creating custom fields to track elements unique to the agile project method, such as features and sprints, and managing and updating agile task lists as work is completed. She also shows how to manage traditionally scheduled tasks and agile work side by side, track agile project progress, generate burndown reports, and determine your team's velocity.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Agile Requirements FoundationsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 103 minutes) Customer needs change every day. We need our products to keep up. Take an agile approach to requirements analysis: Learn the mindset and techniques necessary to discover requirements for an agile project and succeed in the business analyst (BA) role. Angela Wick reviews the 12 agile principles from a BA's perspective, introduces backlog management techniques, and discusses techniques such as product decomposition, user stories and story maps, which help BAs deliver products that truly delight customers. Plus, find out what concepts such as "minimum viable product" and "value stream" mean to people in the BA role.07/18/2017
AIR 2 with Flash and Flex Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperAIR, Flash Professional(Length: 220 minutes) In AIR 2 with Flash and Flex Essential Training, author James Talbot shows how to develop and deploy Flash-based native applications with Adobe AIR 2. The course includes demonstrations in all supported development environments: Flash Professional CS5, Flash Catalyst CS5, and Flash Builder 4. The course explains how to build and deploy native desktop applications that are integrated with the operating system and use many of the runtime's features, including native installers, offline capability, interacting with other processes, and more. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
AIR for Flash Developers (2008)(Length: 424 minutes) 04/27/2016
Ajax with PHPIntermediateDeveloper, WebAjax, PHP(Length: 217 minutes) Add dynamic, asynchronously loading content to websites to make them more modern, professional, and user friendly with Ajax and PHP. Learn how to use Ajax to send and receive data in the background and how to use PHP to assemble and return text, HTML, or JSON responses. Kevin Skoglund walks viewers through sample projects for the most common Ajax use cases: buttons to allow users to mark or favorite items, forms that validate and submit data in the background, infinite scrolling of paginated content, and autosuggestions beneath a text field.11/15/2016
Al Schmitt with Lynda.com: Wrapping Cables to Winning GrammysBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 26 minutes) In this interview, prolific author and music producer Bobby Owsinski talks to iconic audio- and music-industry personalities: the outliers, forward thinkers, and rule breakers. This installment features revered recording engineer Al Schmitt.Al has won more GRAMMYs than any other music producer/engineer in history (23 so far), but got his start wrapping cables at the age of 8 in the first indie studio in New York City. And since then, he's recorded everyone from Ray Charles and Paul McCartney to Steely Dan and Diana Krall. In this interview, Bobby and Al chat about Al's career, influences, and inspirations.Look for other installments with Richard Gibbs, Hanson Hsu, and Michael Beinhorn—coming soon!04/27/2016
Alias Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAlias(Length: 593 minutes) Autodesk Alias is the premier CAD studio application for concept and surface design, enabling artists and designers to create high-quality, feasible CAD models. Whatever industry you're in, Veejay Gahir will provide a grounded introduction to Alias's tools and techniques. He'll show you how to create, modify, and analyze data, and export this data into formats that are usable in other CAD applications. Start watching and learn how to get up and running with this industry-leading program.04/26/2016
Align Recruiting with Job RequirementsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 66 minutes) While a job applicant may look good on paper, there are many factors that contribute to a candidate being a good fit for an organization. Company culture and core values impact your recruiting efforts and results, so obtaining additional information about a role and soliciting input from the hiring authority can help you connect the best candidate with the job. In this course, expert recruiter and trainer Barbara Bruno helps you become a more effective recruiter by showing how to align your recruiting strategy more closely with the needs of your hiring organization. Barbara covers the basics of sharing job requisitions, goes into the common denominators of stellar hires, and outlines a step-by-step recruiting process that helps you get results.03/23/2017
Allan Haley on the Evolution of Typeface DesignBeginnerDesign(Length: 98 minutes) Allan Haley is a consultant, educator, and formerly the Director of Words and Letters at Monotype. He is a giant in the typography community, responsible for maintaining a link to the history of type while keeping tabs on its future.In this interview, a partnership between Lynda.com and AIGA, Allan talks to Kristin Ellison about typography: why typography inspires a passionate response from cognoscenti and laymen alike, how the evolution from metal-set to digital type has impacted interest, and why certain typefaces endure. They also discussThe qualities of a great typefaceAdvice for typeface designersThe impact of craftspeople like Doyald Young and the Maker movementMarketing typefaces and combatting font piracyDeveloping Monotype's Fonts.com libraryWhy Monotype reinvests in fonts like Metro and Gill SansLeaving Monotype to consultWhat makes a good addition to a font libraryHow to design a font to fulfill a gap in the marketplaceWhat's on the horizon for typography04/27/2016
Amazon Fire Phone First LookBeginnerBusinessFire Phone(Length: 48 minutes) Get your first look at the Fire Phone, Amazon's first foray into the smartphone space. Staff author Nick Brazzi introduces you to the Fire Phone's interface, gesture controls, and essential features. You'll also learn about the Fire's unique Firefly app, which allows you to easily scan, identify, and purchase music, videos, and other products from the Amazon store. Also check out the Dynamic Perspective feature, which creates a groundbreaking, almost 3D-like navigation experience.04/26/2016
Amazon Web Services Data ServicesIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 271 minutes) Why use Amazon Web Services for data storage? AWS provides big data at a small cost, offering one of the most full-featured and scalable data solutions around. Start here to explore your storage and framework options when working with data services on the Amazon cloud. Your guide, Lynn Langit, a working big data architect, helps you parse through the storage of files, relational data, semistructured data (in NoSQL), data warehousing, graph databases, and Hadoop. Plus, discover how these solutions translate to real-world scenarios involving businesses of different sizes and needs, including startups and enterprise clients.04/27/2016
Amazon Web Services Essential TrainingIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 302 minutes) Amazon Web Services (AWS) is one of the most widely used cloud platforms, and the go-to for many organizations looking to reduce costs by adopting a cloud infrastructure strategy. This course starts by examining cloud concepts and best practices. Next, it walks you through how to design your infrastructure to prevent failure. Then, you'll discover how to implement elasticity with automation, and strategies to decouple application components. Then, learn how to optimize for performance and for cost. Last, put concepts into practice by setting up the server-based architectures for a web application in addition to implementing a serverless approach using AWS API Gateway and Lambda.06/03/2017
Amazon Web Services Essential Training(Length: 236 minutes) 04/26/2016
Amazon Web Services for Data ScienceIntermediateDeveloper, ITAmazon Web Services(Length: 237 minutes) Learn what you need to know to implement cloud-based big data solutions using the right mix of Amazon Web Services—from big data and cloud architect and AWS community hero Lynn Langit.Starting with top-level categories of storage, data, computer, and services, Lynn guides you through planning your ideal AWS architecture, providing service demos using the AWS Console, command-line interface, and other tools. Learn when to use which service for which business case, such as Docker or Lambda or DynamoDB or Aurora? She shows how to script creation of services such as S3 buckets and EC2 instances, create and populate a managed data warehouse, and develop a data processing pipeline that works for you. Chapter 6 covers the AWS Internet of Things (IoT) services.These exercises can help you build proof-of-concepts, minimum viable products, and deployable solutions to scale and support big data initiatives at your company.07/26/2016
Amazon Web Services: Deploying and ProvisioningIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 198 minutes) AWS is an exciting proposition for DevOps. Yes, it's amazing to be able to build a virtual data center with ease, but that is just the beginning: wait until you start using AWS to deploy software. Watch this course to learn how to use AWS tools to provision hosts and deploy apps that take advantage of its elastic, cost-effective, and scalable infrastructure. IT architect and instructor Brandon Rich shows how to start up new computing resources with EC2, provision them, and deploy applications in a fast, automated, and consistent way. Discover how to manage infrastructure as code with CloudFormation, rapidly build an app stack with Elastic Beanstalk, perform provisioning and deployment with OpsWorks, and automate code pushes with CodeDeploy. These lessons help you do more with AWS than you might have ever thought possible on the cloud. This course is also part of a series designed to help you prepare for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam.12/13/2016
Amazon Web Services: Enterprise SecurityIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 127 minutes) Cloud computing isn't just for startups. Many of the world's leading companies, including GE and Dow Jones, run on the cloud, and they choose Amazon Web Services (AWS). If you're tasked with implementing AWS at your organization, big or small, this is the course for you. Understanding security concepts is the gateway to using AWS as your enterprise solution. Sharif Nijim couples pragmatic advice with practical examples that educate IT pros on how to create a secure infrastructure within Amazon Web Services. Sharif explores the shared responsibility model of security, which splits duties between your company and AWS, and introduces key identity and access management concepts, including users, groups, roles, and policies. Learn how to configure Identity and Access Manager (IAM) and Simple Storage Service (S3) access management, including policies and access control lists. At the end of the course, Sharif helps you prepare for the inevitable audit of your AWS account(s). This course is also part of a series designed to help you prepare for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam.01/17/2017
Amazon Web Services: Enterprise SecurityIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 125 minutes) Cloud computing isn't just for startups. Many of the world's leading companies, including GE and Dow Jones, run on the cloud, and they choose Amazon Web Services (AWS). If you're tasked with implementing AWS at your organization, big or small, this is the course for you. Understanding security concepts is the gateway to using AWS as your enterprise solution. Sharif Nijim couples pragmatic advice with practical examples that educate organizations on how to create a secure infrastructure within Amazon Web Services. Sharif explores the shared responsibility model of security, which splits duties between your company and AWS, and introduces key identity and access management concepts: users, groups, roles, and policies. At the end of the course, he helps you prepare for the inevitable audit of your AWS account(s).04/27/2016
Amazon Web Services: High AvailabilityIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 137 minutes) Building out a resilient application takes knowledge and effort. Businesses increasingly turn to IT professionals who can maintain and improve the security of cloud-based infrastructures. System administrators and technical managers with sharp and up-to-date skills are depended on. This course discusses high availability (HA) concepts and shows how to use the tools in Amazon Web Services to design and set up a strong and highly-available environment. This course is also part of a series designed to help you prepare for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam.12/27/2016
Amazon Web Services: Monitoring and MetricsIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 124 minutes) Amazon Web Services (AWS)—a global leader in cloud computing—provides a wide variety of IT services. As you're financially responsible for whichever AWS services you use, it's important to establish sound financial monitoring to ensure that you're alerted to any changes before those changes become a financial burden. This course provides system administrators with an intermediate-level look at monitoring and metrics for the AWS platform. IT architect Sharif Nijim begins with monitoring tools like CloudWatch and includes coverage of VPC flow logs. He concludes with an introduction to Lambda and coverage of combining CloudWatch and Lambda.This course is also part of a series designed to help you prepare for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam. This course includes trademarks owned by Amazon Web Services. This course has not been prepared, approved, or endorsed by Amazon Web Services.06/10/2017
Amazon Web Services: NetworkingIntermediateITAmazon Web Services(Length: 133 minutes) Adopting a cloud infrastructure strategy includes configuring a network that meets the needs of your organization. Amazon Web Services (AWS) is a cost-reducing solution that provides tools so you can build a data center with secure cloud networking technology. This course offers advice for technical managers and step-by-step instructions for system administrators and full-stack engineers. Learn how to establish private connections, set up a virtual private cloud, deploy an Internet gateway, create security groups, work with access control lists, and more. Join IT architect Sharif Nijim as he takes you through foundational networking concepts and beyond so you can gain a broader and deeper sense of effective strategies and tools you can use. This course is also part of a series designed to help you prepare for the AWS Certified SysOps Administrator – Associate certification exam.This course includes trademarks owned by Amazon Web Services. This course has not been prepared, approved, or endorsed by Amazon Web Services.10/25/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz 01: The Big PictureBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 64 minutes) If you are looking to do something big in the music business, something great, getting your head around the big picture is one of the most important elements of success. It's not about marketing and promotion, how to make records, how to book a tour, or how to manage your social media. Those are all important pieces of the puzzle if you want to be successful. But it's been Steve Rennie's experience—from working in the music biz over 36 years—that if you can understand how the music business works, what's really important, then the rest of the pieces will fall in line.This course kicks off An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, a series of 9 courses designed to teach the ins and outs of the music business to bands, managers, and songwriters. Here, Steve provides tips on assessing your talent, committing to a plan, picking partners, figuring out financials, finding ideas, and surviving in what can be a tough business. Steve's experience, and his honest take on the ups and downs of the industry, will help anyone interested in breaking through be better prepared for the realities of getting by in the music biz.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz 02: Making Great MusicBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 28 minutes) The music business is built around great songs by great artists. The music business exists to bring those songs to life. Managers, producers, engineers, record labels, promoters, publishers, and concert venues: They're all there to help connect music with audiences. But the songs don't write themselves.This installment of An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz is designed for songwriters who want to make great music, and for industry professionals who want to understand the process behind it. Music insider Steve Rennie provides tips on what makes a great song, what a successful writing process looks like, the costs involved in recording, and the role of a producer. Steve's experience, and his honest take on the industry, will help anyone interested in getting their music into the hands of music biz movers and shakers.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz 03: Treating Your Career as a BusinessBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 50 minutes) Doing something you're passionate about and making a living out of it is a difficult thing to do. Especially considering the long odds in the music business. But with a focused, business-minded approach to your career, you can optimize your chances for success. In this installment of An Insider's Guide to the Music Biz, Steve Rennie explains how to approach the music business with the mindset of an entrepreneur and look at a career in music as a business.He talks about hobby versus career and the key elements of success in the business world, from distribution and marketing to management and finance. He gives you some thoughts about how you apply those things to your music career. Since successful businesses don't happen overnight—they develop over time in identifiable stages—Steve also covers the stages of development in the business life cycle and how that applies to your music career. Last but not least, he offers tips on drafting a band agreement that will keep the relationships professional and strong.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz 04: Building a Professional TeamBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 30 minutes) Picking a great team of professionals is one of the most important and impactful decisions you are going to make in your music career. Steve Rennie knows music professionals; he has over 35 years in the music business. His series, An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, teaches the ins and outs of the music business to bands, managers, and songwriters. In this installment, you'll learn about the key players you need on your team and what they do, how much they get paid, how you find them, and when you need them. It starts with perhaps the most important member of your team, the manager. Steve also explains the role of lawyers, agents, business managers, publicists, and the digital team in charge of PR, social media, and other online distribution and promotion strategies.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz 05: ManagersBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 51 minutes) Most artists know they need a great manager. But finding one is tough. Before focusing on who your manager will be, you need to look at the what, where, why, and when of the manager's role. Once you understand those job requirements, it will make identifying a manager a lot easier. This installment of Steve Rennie's series, An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, talks about the artist-manager relationship and how to get the most out of it, whether you are an artist or other music professional. Learn how to get the attention of managers, the right questions to ask when you meet with a manager, and the important things to think about when you hire your manager.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz 06: Marketing and PromotionBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 34 minutes) How to stand out from the crowd has always been the great challenge in the music business. It was true back when the record industry released 5,000 records a year and it's even more true now that millions of artists are creating and distributing music. Marketing and promotion is what gets your music in front of music consumers. Marketing is about telling your story; promotion is about ongoing efforts that keep your story top of mind.In this class, industry insider Steve Rennie talks about how to market and promote your music and turn music consumers into permanent fans. He'll talk about the key elements of any good marketing plan, whether you are a major label or indie artist. He'll also talk about how to craft your image with your music, photos, and videos and how you can assemble them in a way that gives you the best chance of success. Plus, learn how radio, touring, publicity campaigns, and your web presence play into a music marketing mix.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz 07: Record LabelsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 54 minutes) Record labels have a valuable role to play in the music businesses. Despite the controversies around contracts and creative license, they are not going away. Understanding what record labels do is important whether you are an artist or a music professional. In this installment of An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, Steve Rennie explores the role of record labels in the music business. He starts by talking about the different types of record labels and what they do, from marketing to manufacturing and radio promotion. Then you'll learn about why you need a record label, how to get a record deal, what a music contract will look like, and how the signing process works. As a little bonus, Steve gives you some insights on your commitments and compensation (advances and royalties) once you get signed.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz 08: Music PublishingBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 37 minutes) One of the most important aspects of the music biz is music publishing. It can also be one of the most complicated parts of the business to understand, even for the most seasoned veteran.In this Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, Steve Rennie explains what you'll need to know about music publishing to turn your songs into money. He'll talk about copyrights and their value, and why music publishing is important to a successful artist's career. He also talks about the main sources of publishing income: what they are, who pays, and how much you get. He explains the difference between performing rights organizations and music publishers and how to find and make publishing deals. Start with the first lesson, which explains how a dollar of publishing income is split between the songwriter and publisher.04/27/2016
An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz 09: TouringBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 38 minutes) Having a successful live tour is an important part of building a successful music career. Live performances are where artists, their songs, and their fans all come face-to-face. In the final installment of An Insider's Guide to Today's Music Biz, Steve Rennie explains how to turn those great performances into money. Discover who the players in the live music biz are, how you get paid, and what you can do to start building a great live show today. Then learn about booking gigs and venues, and some new tools you have at your disposal to help you plan and organize your own tour. It all starts with booking that first gig.04/27/2016
Analyzing Big Data with HiveIntermediateITHive(Length: 113 minutes) Businesses thrive by making informed decisions that target the needs of their customers and users. To make such strategic decisions, they rely on data. Hive is a tool of choice for many data scientists because it allows them to work with SQL, a familiar syntax, to derive insights from Hadoop, reflecting the information that businesses seek to plan effectively.This course shows how to use Hive to process data. Instructor Ben Sullins starts by showing you how to structure and optimize your data. Next, he explains how to get Hue, the Hadoop user interface, to leverage HiveQL when analyzing data. Using the newly configured option, he then demonstrates how to load data, create aggregate tables for fast query access, and run advanced analytics. He also takes you through managing tables and putting functions to use. This course is designed to help you find new ways to work with datasets so you can answer the tough data science questions that come your way.01/24/2017
Analyzing Your Website to Improve SEOIntermediateWeb, Marketing(Length: 107 minutes) In this course, search engine optimization (SEO) expert Peter Kent walks step-by-step through the process of reviewing the content and markup of an existing web site to improve its ranking in search engine results. This course offers a consultant's take on how to analyze each component—from keywords to content to code—and determine what improvements are necessary to become more visible to search engines like Yahoo!, Bing, and Google. This course was updated on 10/12/2012.04/28/2016
Android 6.0 New Features for DevelopersBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 81 minutes) Find out what Android 6.0 (Marshmallow) has to offer app developers like you. Google has updated their robust mobile operating system with even more new features, including new project templates in Android Studio, an enhanced permissions framework, automatic backups for app data, and many smaller enhancements that are designed to make developers' lives easier.In this short training course, David Gassner shows how to authenticate users using device credentials or the fingerprint scanner, configure apps for backup, test backups to Google servers, and use app links, website associations, and voice interactions. Plus, learn how to control data display in activity layouts with the new data-binding framework.04/27/2016
Android App Development Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 320 minutes) Learn everything you need to know to get started building Android apps with Google's Android Studio and Android SDK. David Gassner starts with a brief look at the history of Android and the latest iteration, Android 6.0 (aka Marshmallow). Then, after you set up your development environment, he shows you how to prepare virtual and physical devices for testing and create a new Android project: a shopping app for a fictional sportswear company. Using this example app, David demonstrates how to define the user interface with XML and widgets, control the app behavior with Java, set up "between screen" navigation, and display lists of data and images. Plus, learn how to enable support for the different screen sizes and pixel densities of the 24,000+ Android models on the market today.04/27/2016
Android App Development Essentials: Create Your First AppBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 159 minutes) Explore the world of Android app development. This training course prepares you to create your very first Android app—helping you understand the technologies at work and prepare your computer for development and testing. Learn how to configure Android Studio, the Android SDK, and emulator software, and study the different files in a typical Android app: build scripts, the app manifest file, permissions tags, and icons. Finally, learn how an app is built from the bottom up, with screens, activities, and layouts. David Gassner shows how to define the visual presentation with XML and widgets, and control the logic with Java code. This simple overview is designed to provide you with everything you need to know to understand the Android development process. Later courses in the Essentials series concentrate on the specific skills you need to master.12/06/2016
Android App Development Essentials: Distributing AppsIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 91 minutes) Once you've created an Android app, it's time to share it with the world. Luckily, there are many avenues to distribution. This course focuses on the two primary channels: Google Play and the Amazon Appstore. The first step is to prepare your app, including cleaning up, minifying, and (optionally) obfuscating code to prevent others from decompiling and stealing it. Then you'll learn how to package and export an APK file for distribution. Author David Gassner then walks you through each step involved in releasing an app through Google Play or Amazon, including creating graphics and marketing copy, setting pricing, registering for developer programs, uploading the APK, and publishing the app. Finally, once your app is released, learn how to track its success with the built-in reporting features offered by both stores.12/27/2016
Android App Development Essentials: Local Data StorageIntermediateDeveloperSQLite, Android, Java(Length: 189 minutes) Android developers who need to manage and present data have many tools available to them in the application framework of Android. This course covers a variety of data persistence techniques, including storing data in shared preferences—key-value pairs—in JSON-formatted text files, and in relational databases with SQLite. Join David Gassner as he demonstrates these data management techniques. He also explains how to use relevant design patterns to model data with Java classes, and how to present data to the user with the Android SDK's ListView and RecyclerView components.11/08/2016
Android App Development: Data Persistence LibrariesIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 239 minutes) By persisting your data, you can provide users with a more seamless experience with your app—even when they go offline. If you're an Android app developer, you have many data persistence options to choose from. In this course, learn about various options for storing your app's data in a database.To begin, Annyce Davis reviews using the de facto data persistence solution available on Android: SQLite. She takes you through basic SQLite concepts—such as how to create a database wrapper and insert data into a table—as well as a few more advanced topics. Next, she covers working with Cupboard, an open-source project dedicated to simplifying your SQLite interactions. To wrap up, she dives into working with Realm, an object database solution designed with mobile devices in mind. Throughout the course, Annyce discusses establishing relationships between database tables, creating and running queries, as well as performing data migrations.05/11/2017
Android App Development: Design Patterns for Mobile ArchitectureIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 142 minutes) Developers need to know how to manage an app's complexity. In this course, learn how to simplify your apps by applying simple architectural design patterns to your mobile code base. Discover how these design patterns can help you reduce bugs and maximize your development time by making your code easier to read and test. Jon Bott covers different architectural models such as MVC, MVP, and VIPER. In addition, he walks through the conversion process from MVC to a layered architecture, covering dependency injection, the coordinator pattern, and data binding.07/08/2017
Android Development Essential Training: Manage Navigation and EventsBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 154 minutes) Once you've created your Android application and designed a user interface, you're ready to learn how to manage your app. This course prepares you to handle events and manage navigation in your Android app. David Gassner begins by explaining how to work with events. He describes the activity lifecycle—what actually happens when a screen appears and disappears—and shares some techniques for working with events using Java objects, lambda expressions, and open source libraries. Next, he covers how to manage navigation, start activities with explicit intents, send data to an activity, and open other apps with implicit intents.David also shows how to send and receive broadcast messages that let you exchange data and notifications among the different tiers of your application. He demonstrates how to work with menus and the action bar, add a navigation drawer to a layout, and tackle advanced navigation techniques. Later courses in the Essentials series concentrate on other specific skills you can master.06/18/2017
Android Development Tips Weekly(Length: 18 minutes) 07/08/2017
Android Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAndroid(Length: 199 minutes) Whether you're getting started with your first Android device or just want to learn more about its features, this course will show you how to get the most out of your Android phone or tablet. Join Dan Gookin, author of the Android for Dummies books, for a comprehensive overview of the Android operating system. The course begins with an overview of the basics (navigating and typing), and then shows how to make phone and video calls, organize contacts, and send and receive emails and texts. Dan also covers adding events to the calendar, finding and using apps, browsing the web, and using different camera modes to capture compelling video and images. Finally, learn how to maintain your Android device, including syncing and sharing data as well as troubleshooting problems.04/27/2016
Android Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessAndroid, Xperia, Galaxy Note, Galaxy, Google Nexus, G4, G5(Length: 164 minutes) This course shows you how to get the most out of your Android phone or tablet. Join Dan Gookin for a comprehensive tour of the Android operating system features you can use on your device. Dan starts with a review of the basics including navigation and typing. Then he shows how to make phone calls and video calls, organize contacts, and send and receive emails and texts. Next, Dan demonstrates how to use different camera modes to capture compelling video and images. Finally, Dan also shares how to manage your calendar, alarms, and appointments. He wraps up by explaining how to maintain your Android device, including syncing and sharing data as well as troubleshooting problems.02/14/2017
Android N First Look for DevelopersBeginnerDeveloperAndroid SDK(Length: 32 minutes) Android N is the next version of Google's blockbuster operating system for mobile devices. Developers can experiment with the new features and capabilities using the Android N Developer Preview and this concise quick start guide. David Gassner previews Android N highlights, such as the multi-window interface and new notification features, while guiding developers through installation of Android N and the Android Studio 2.1 Preview. He also touches on a few processes that are changing in Android N, including the new Jack and Jill compiler toolchain and programming with Java 8 syntax.04/27/2016
Android O First Look for DevelopersBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 30 minutes) If you are an experienced developer who wants to get started with the latest version of Android, you can use this course to learn how to install, set up, and use the new features of Android O. Join instructor David Gassner as he provides a preview of Android Studio 2.4 and then shows you how to target Android O in a new project and set up testing devices. Next, he shows you the new features and enhancements in Android O, including notifications in channels, autofilling data entry components, picture-in-picture video, TextView autosizing, pinnable launcher icons, Wi-Fi Aware, and more. Get ready to learn how to leverage Android O to improve your apps.04/06/2017
Android Phone and Tablet Security FundamentalsBeginnerBusinessAndroid(Length: 138 minutes) Keep the critical information on your Android phone or tablet safe and secure with these proactive and easy-to-implement tips. Nick Brazzi explains common security terms and concepts, helping Android users understand typical security risks and what to do when a device is lost or stolen. You'll also learn how to protect passwords on a device, secure location and app data, protect devices from malware, and use Android Device Manager to locate, disable, or even erase devices when they are lost or stolen.04/27/2016
Android SDK Unit TestingIntermediateDeveloperAndroid SDK(Length: 179 minutes) Make sure every part of your Android mobile app works perfectly. Test your application at the unit level using unit testing and the built-in tools in the Android SDK. Learn to write the two basic types of unit tests—local and instrumented—and handle complex conditionals, exceptions, and even user interface testing. James P. White introduces tools from within and outside the SDK to speed up and automate unit testing. White also looks at mock objects, which help test code when real objects are unavailable (for example, a yet-to-be-created class). These simple testing techniques will help you create more stable codebases and deliver better quality apps to your end users.07/26/2016
Android SDK: Local Data StorageIntermediateDeveloperAndroid, Java(Length: 221 minutes) Take your Android programming skills to the next level with the Android built-in framework that enables local data management in text files and SQLite-based relational databases. This course shows you how to create datacentric apps for Android devices, using SQLite, Java, and the built-in android.database packages. Author David Gassner describes how to define shared preferences, work with JSON and XML files in internal and external data stores, and create new local SQLite databases.04/26/2016
Android Studio Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperAndroid Studio(Length: 193 minutes) Want to develop Android apps? You need Android Studio—the only IDE fully supported by Google for Android app development. This course is fully revised for 2016, covering all the essential features in the latest iteration of Android Studio (v2.0) and critical resources such as the Java Development Kit and Intel HAXM. David Gassner introduces the Android Studio interface, helps you set up your environment, and provides handy shortcuts for writing and debugging code. He also shows how to monitor CPU and memory usage; use templates, breakpoints, and watch expressions; and add version control by integrating Android Studio with GitHub.04/27/2016
Android Studio Essential Training (2015)(Length: 160 minutes) 04/27/2016
Android Studio First LookBeginnerDeveloperAndroid(Length: 142 minutes) There is a new IDE on the horizon for Android developers, Android Studio, and it's faster and easier to navigate than the current Eclipse-based Android Developer Tools plugin. Get a first look at Android Studio before its official release, here in this course with David Gassner. David shows how to install Android Studio on both Windows and Mac; create new projects and migrate existing ones from Eclipse; navigate and configure the user interface; and build and export Android apps. Plus, learn how to manage and automate your Android project builds with Gradle.Note: This course was revised on 8/20/2014 to reflect changes in the .0.8.4 beta version of Android Studio.04/26/2016
Android Tips and TricksBeginnerBusinessAndroid(Length: 74 minutes) Take your Android experience to the next level. This fun course offers cool, productivity-enhancing techniques to help Android users better enjoy their tablets and phones. It explores how to manage apps and widgets, record great video and take fantastic photos, get new and prepurchased music on a device, work with social media, set up parental controls, and much more. Android expert Dan Gookin offers cool tips and tricks you just have to try.04/27/2016
Android: Communicating with the UserIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 72 minutes) Knowing how and when to display communications in your Android app can ensure your users enjoy a smooth user experience with a predictable and reliable flow. Join Joe Marini in this course and learn how to give your users the information they need at the right time. Joe demonstrates how to communicate to your users using toast messages, snackbars, and dialogs depending on if you want the user to acknowledge or confirm information. He explains how to handle events using notifications, how to customize layouts, and how to work with action buttons. He also shares the benefits and drawbacks of each feature so you can select the right method for the best user experience.11/15/2016
Anger ManagementBeginnerBusiness(Length: 60 minutes) Anger is a part of the human experience. If not managed properly, anger can be destructive. But anger can also be used for your benefit once you learn to identify, manage, and channel it. In this course, executive educator Marlene Chism helps you make sense of anger. You'll learn how to identify your triggers, how to get to the root of your anger, and how to channel anger to your highest good. Marlene shows you how anger can be a tool for personal and professional growth, and a catalyst for improving both your relationships and your results.07/18/2017
Angular 2 Essential TrainingIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 165 minutes) AngularJS was designed by Google to address challenges programmers face building complex, single-page applications. This JavaScript framework takes care of the back end so you can take care of the client side. Angular 2 Essential Training introduces you to the essentials of this "superheroic" framework, including powerful features such as rich templates, change detection, user interactions, two-way data binding, comprehensive routing, and dependency injection. Justin Schwartzenberger steps through the framework one feature at a time, focusing on the new component-based architecture of Angular 2. You'll learn what Angular is and what it can do, as Justin builds a full-featured web app from start to finish. After mastering the essentials, you can tackle the other project-based courses in our library and create your own Angular app.11/08/2016
Angular 2 Forms: Data Binding and ValidationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 70 minutes) Building HTML forms for the web world is never as straightforward as expected. Collecting user input, and implementing dynamic form validation that automatically reacts to input, can be difficult without the right solution. When building client-side apps using Angular, you get a good amount of framework code out-of-the-box that makes working with forms a breeze. Angular allows you to easily handle dynamic form validation by taking advantage of two-way data-binding functionality.This course shows how to build HTML web forms using the building blocks, built-in validation properties, and methods of the Angular forms module. Learn how to use the model-driven forms approach to build out a model representation of form data in code and bind it to native HTML form elements. This course also explores how to implement validation, using JavaScript, in case you need more fine-tuned control of your interactions.07/12/2016
Angular 2 Testing and DebuggingIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 75 minutes) Errors caused by missing dependencies, undefined variables, or poorly formatted data can cause your web application to stop working. In this course, Derek Peruo guides you through the process of analyzing Angular 2 error messages to help track down and eliminate errors. He also shares some tips and tricks for avoiding pitfalls during development and goes into writing custom error handlers to make it easier to work with errors as your application grows.03/02/2017
Angular 2: Widget-Based ArchitecturesIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 52 minutes) Angular 2 can serve as the primary MVC framework for your application, or it can supplement a server-side solution like Laravel or ASP.NET. In this course, Derek Peruo guides you through the process of transforming your Angular 2 single-page application (SPA) into a widget-based application for use with server-side frameworks. Plus, he goes into single-page and widget-based architectures, as well as common patterns for communicating between your server-side and client-side frameworks.03/02/2017
Angular Template Design and ImplementationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 92 minutes) If you're completely new to Angular 4, creating user interfaces for your Angular 4 project can be a challenge. In this course, learn the essential Angular 4 concepts you need to know to tackle templating and create versatile user interfaces for this popular framework. Join Gary Simon as he shares how to get up and running with Angular 4, explaining how to start a new project, and define HTML templates and CSS. He also covers templating basics, data binding, and animation. To wrap up the course, he takes you through the creation of a simple app.06/10/2017
Angular: API Communication and AuthenticationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 101 minutes) APIs are at the heart of enterprise development, and Angular ships with robust services to communicate with them via HTTP. But one of the best ways to implement authentication of API services is using JWTs (JSON web tokens). In this course, we take a deep dive into using the provided $http service in Angular to create a robust and reusable API service implementing JWT authentication. Instructor Victor Mejia also covers how to use an Angular router to protect client-side routes and unit test services, HTTP requests, and async actions. All these concepts are demonstrated using a realistic contact management application, so you can see how API calls and user authentication are implemented in a real-world Angular app.07/18/2017
Angular2 for .NET DevelopersIntermediateDeveloperVisual Studio, Angular(Length: 101 minutes) AngularJS is a great complement to .NET, enabling the rapid development of modern web applications. Learn how to prototype and build applications with Angular 2 and familiar .NET development tools, including Visual Studio and TypeScript, in this course with Reynald Adolphe. Reynald shows how Angular's powerful features, including templates, components, data binding, and dependency injection, speed up development with .NET Core. Whether you're building web-based, single-page, or mobile applications, this course shows how Angular 2 will quickly become an essential part of your toolset.11/08/2016
AngularJS 1.x Tips and TricksIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 36 minutes) While AngularJS 1.x is generally a well-tested and well-understood framework, it still has secrets to share. In this course, learn lesser known facts about AngularJS 1.x that can help you build better applications. Aviv Ben-Yosef begins by taking you through techniques for making your AngularJS 1.x apps faster, including one-time binding. Next, he dives into AngularJS 1.x concepts that every developer should have in their toolkit. Finally, he shares a few tricks—such as multiple transclusion and turning URLs in paragraphs into safe links—that can help you when you work on larger apps.05/04/2017
AngularJS 1: Adding Registration to Your ApplicationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 127 minutes) Authentication is a fundamental part of any web application, but it can be notoriously difficult to implement. In this short course, you'll create a simple registration system that allows users to log in and out of your applications. By taking advantage of Google's Firebase authentication service, you can manage registrations easily and securely. In the process, you'll explore working with the AngularJS application structure (including routes and controllers), storing user information into the Firebase NoSQL database, and creating services to manage registration information throughout different controllers. This will help you create a great registration template that you can use as a starting point in a variety of web applications.04/27/2016
AngularJS 1: Adding Registration to Your ApplicationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 107 minutes) Registration is a fundamental part of any web application, but it can be notoriously difficult to implement. In this short course, we'll create a simple and straightforward registration system that allows users to log in and log out of an application. The techniques use AngularJS and Google Firebase, a mobile development platform that makes registration easy and secure. In the process, you'll explore the basics of AngularJS MVC architecture and the steps to storing custom user information in the Firebase NoSQL database. Learn how to create basic routes to load different content depending on the target URL, and create basic controllers to tie templates to code. At the end of the course, you'll have a great template that you can use as a starting point for a registration system in any of your own web applications.12/27/2016
AngularJS 1: Building a Data-Driven AppIntermediateWebNode.js, Angular(Length: 129 minutes) Want to create data-driven web applications? AngularJS is a great choice. With these tutorials, you'll learn to build apps that allow multiple users to push and pull data at the same time, in real time. Ray Villalobos starts the course where AngularJS: Adding Registration to Your Application left off: a simple application that checks users in and out of meetings. Ray then shows you how to enhance the existing app with new views and controllers and reward random checked-in users with prizes.Although it's easy to learn, AngularJS can be hard to master. With these project-based lessons, you'll learn how the framework works in the real world, and see how data-driven programming can help your apps react to real-time data streams.04/27/2016
AngularJS 1: Building a Data-Driven AppIntermediateWebNode.js, Angular(Length: 135 minutes) Want to create data-driven web applications? AngularJS is a great choice. It allows you to build apps where multiple users can push and pull data at the same time, in real time. However, while the framework is easy to learn, it can be tough to master. This course is the second in a two-part series designed to show you how Angular works in the real world. It takes up where AngularJS 1: Adding Registration to Your Application left off: a simple application that checks users in and out of meetings. Here, instructor and Angular advocate Ray Villalobos shows how to enhance the existing app with new views and controllers to reward random checked-in users with prizes.Learn how to create forms, edit database records, create methods, randomize record selections, and style and secure your app. With these project-based lessons, you'll learn how to see how data-driven programming with AngularJS can help your apps react to real-time data streams.01/31/2017
AngularJS 1: Form ValidationIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 41 minutes) Validation is key to successful online forms. Implementing dynamic form validation that reacts to input can be difficult to implement with languages like JavaScript and jQuery. However, AngularJS allows you to take advantage of two-way data-binding functionality without having to write any JavaScript code. This makes reacting to input from the user—as it happens—a breeze.In this short course, Ray Villalobos shows how to implement form validation on any HTML form using the built-in validation properties and methods in AngularJS. Together, you'll look at how AngularJS can help style forms dynamically as the user updates the content. Plus, explore how to implement validation with JavaScript, just in case you need more fine-tuned control of form interactions.04/27/2016
AngularJS 2 Essential Training(Length: 137 minutes) 05/20/2016
AngularJS and WordPress: Building a Single-Page ApplicationIntermediateWebWordPress, Angular(Length: 31 minutes) Single-page applications are fluid, responsive, and beautiful. They look and perform great—like native mobile apps—without constant calls to the server. With WordPress and a client-side framework like AngularJS, you can create a simple single-page app quickly.In this course, Roy Sivan shows how to build a single-page web app with WordPress, AngularJS, and the WordPress REST API plugin. Roy also reviews creating controllers and routes to get a basic understanding of building a multiview single-page app. Plus, get some tips to transition your single-page app to a native mobile app with AppPresser.04/27/2016
AngularJS: Scope and DigestAdvancedWebAngular(Length: 104 minutes) Scope is at the heart of the AngularJS data-binding story, weaving together the controller (JavaScript) and the view (HTML) of a web application. The digest cycle is the scope's monitor, which watches for changes and updates the view. The way you edit the scope and call the digest cycle—using functions such as $watch(), $digest(), and $apply()—can make a huge difference in the reliability and performance of large applications. Companies are looking for AngularJS developers who can understand, execute, and troubleshoot these functions. This advanced AngularJS course helps you explore the connected worlds of $scope and the digest cycle. Instructor Iftach Bar explains scope and inheritance, goes behind the scenes of the digest loop, and teaches both manual and automatic data binding approaches. Plus, learn how to integrate external libraries, diagnose performance issues, and debug your applications.07/08/2017
Animate CC 2017: New FeaturesIntermediateWebAdobe Animate(Length: 43 minutes) The new Adobe Animate is here and better than ever. Join Joseph Labrecque for a tour of the new features in Adobe Animate CC 2017, the keyframe-based animation software formerly known as Flash Professional. Learn about the new Camera tool for more expressive storytelling, vector brush creation and management, HTML5 components for interface design and video playback, publishing enhancements such as a completely rewritten animated GIF generator, and smaller but no less impressive workflow enhancements like the ability to share symbols and entire animations through CC Libraries.11/08/2016
Animated Character Design with IllustratorIntermediate3D + Animation, Design, video2brainIllustrator(Length: 153 minutes) This workshop from author and animator Angie Taylor teaches how to use Illustrator's tools and features to prepare 2D files for animation in Adobe After Effects. Discover how to make the most of Illustrator's drawing tools and Autotrace feature, and to how use Live Paint and Kuler to recolor artwork. Plus, get a ton of tips and tricks for giving artwork a hand-drawn look and find out how to set up layers, aspect ratios, and transparency options for importing into After Effects. The lessons are focused and solution-oriented, and all the project files are included.04/26/2016
Animating Cartoon Characters in MayaIntermediate3D + AnimationMaya(Length: 137 minutes) Now that you've rigged your characters, it's time to make them move. Starting from where Modeling a Cartoon Character in Maya left off, George Maestri teaches five simple steps to creating exaggerated cartoon animation in Maya. Using the rig developed in the previous course, he shows how to animate a walk, create a jump, animate changes in facial expression and posture, animate a "zip out" or quick exit, and then show how to finalize and render the complete project. Throughout the course, George touches on animation principles such as squash and stretch, exaggeration, follow-through, and overlapping action.04/27/2016
Animating Characters in Toon Boom AnimateBeginner3D + AnimationToon Boom Animate(Length: 339 minutes) This course is an introduction to creating and animating cutout characters in Toon Boom Animate. Author Tony Ross shows how to use the Toon Boom toolset to create cutout characters, and explains how to leverage a few rules of traditional animation to help bring the characters to life. He shows how to create mouth shapes for dialogue, add realistic eye movement, and animate a full cycle. The final chapter shows how to create foreground and backgrounds for your character and export a simple, animated scene.04/26/2016
Animating Characters with Mecanim in Unity 3DIntermediate3D + AnimationUnity(Length: 328 minutes) Learn to bring your 3D game characters to life with the help of Mecanim, Unity's new character animation system. Start by importing characters and mapping their bone and muscle structure. Create animation controllers and add existing animations to help them move through and interact with their environment. Learn how to blend and mask animation clips to create sophisticated in-game animations on the fly. Author Sue Blackman guides you through the intricacies of Mecanim as you learn to control an assortment of game characters in a variety of situations.04/26/2016
Animating Charts and Graphs in CINEMA 4DIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 143 minutes) Charts and graphs have always been essential visual aids. With CINEMA 4D, you have all the tools you need to produce compelling animated versions of these static presentation tools. C4D's powerful primitive objects, spline tools, and node-based expression editor, XPresso, make it relatively easy to create dynamic animated charts and graphs.This course is a project-based learning experience that will introduce different tools and techniques for importing, styling, and manipulating chart data in C4D. Alan Demafiles shows how to drive relationships between spreadsheet data and geometry with set-driven XPresso keys, connect points with tracer objects, and animate charts with dynamic primitive objects. He also explains how to customize the look and behavior of your charts and graphs to fit the style of your company or your client's.04/27/2016
Animating for Unity 3D in 3ds MaxIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max, Unity(Length: 79 minutes) Learn how to establish a clear production pipeline to transition your characters from 3ds Max to the Unity 3D game engine. Author Adam Crespi shows you how to export three different rig systems from 3ds Max (standard bone, Character Studio, and CAT), define what parts of the model transition over, and verify and configure the import in Unity. Plus, learn to split clips and transition between states with Unity's Mecanim animation system.04/26/2016
Animation Foundations: GestureBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 79 minutes) What makes a great animated character? One key component is gesture. Gestures are how we express ideas or feelings through the body; creating natural gestures makes our characters feel believable. Directing animator Andrew Gordon, currently at Pixar, walks us through the principles of gesture in animation, from hand and facial gestures to whole body poses. He shows how to incorporate reference material, add physicality, and avoid clichés. In chapter 2, he'll help you add polish to your animated scenes, making the poses cleaner and maximizing the character's interaction with their environment. Plus, take two challenges to practice your acting and observation skills. This course is software-neutral and features reference footage of actors and examples from well-known films, as well as clips created just for the class.09/27/2016
Animation Foundations: StoryboardingBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 92 minutes) Storyboard artists tell the story of an animated cartoon. They illustrate the script, plan shots, demonstrate action, and maintain continuity between scenes. Becoming a storyboard artist starts with the foundations: an understanding of film grammar (including types of shots, acts, sequences, and transitions) and techniques for illustrating action, angles, composition, character, and drama. In this course, Dermot O' Connor demonstrates all these fundamentals and more, using a software-agnostic approach that combines theory with practical technique. Watch the lessons come together in the final animatic, and then download the free exercise files to start practicing on your own.08/02/2016
Animation Techniques: Creating Smooth MotionIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoMaya(Length: 45 minutes) Getting animation to look "right" is an exercise in timing. In this course, you'll look at various ways to create smooth motion. Author George Maestri shows how to manage animation curves, animate along a path, understand the mechanics of smooth rotations, smooth with motion blur, and create smoother cycles—introducing tricks that will work in nearly any standard animation package.04/27/2016
Animation Tips and Tricks with Flash ProfessionalIntermediate3D + AnimationFlash Professional(Length: 316 minutes) In this course, author Dermot O' Connor introduces a variety of real-world issues that animators commonly encounter and offers practical solutions to them in Flash. The course covers how to apply gradients to create subtle texture and light characters, reducing the flat look of most cartoons; how to simulate natural phenomenon such as wind, fire, and clouds; how to mimic 3D space; and how to add fades and transitions to create custom cuts between scenes. The course also includes a look at staggers, which can be used to create camera shake, tremor effects, and extreme character reactions.04/28/2016
Animation with Rhino and BongoAdvanced3D + Animation, CADRhino, V-Ray, Bongo(Length: 146 minutes) Learn how to take your design presentations to the next level by animating them with motion, using Rhino and the V-Ray and Bongo plugins. Whether you are interested in promoting products or architecture (both examples featured in the course), author Dave Schultze shows how to make your work far more compelling with simple and powerful animation techniques.First you'll learn how to do a simple product design "turntable" animation. Then you'll create a path-based "walk through" animation of an architectural design. After the animation work is done, Dave will demonstrate how to import the sequences into After Effects and edit them into a seamless video presentation with high-quality audio. The last few chapters focus on optimizing the final video for flawless playback on any computer or website and sharing and distributing your project.04/27/2016
Animations and Transitions in the Android SDKIntermediateDeveloperAndroid, Android SDK(Length: 99 minutes) The Android SDK offers many ways to create visually compelling animations and screen transitions for mobile apps. This course starts with an overview of the different animation techniques and APIs, and then offers hand-on instruction using each one. David Gassner covers defining view animations in XML declarations and in Java code; animating frame by frame with images; animating object properties over time or in response to an event with tweened calculations; building simple transitions between activities; and using the new transitions framework that was introduced in Android 4.4 KitKat.06/14/2016
Apache Cordova: Building Cross-Platform Mobile AppsBeginnerDeveloperApache Cordova(Length: 134 minutes) Cordova allows mobile developers to create native apps by leveraging a single reusable codebase across multiple platforms. You simply develop the app components using standard web technologies (HTML, CSS, and JavaScript) and use Cordova to create a native app. Cordova makes it easy to access OS-specific device capabilities. Learn more about the benefits of using Cordova for your next app development project, in these tutorials with Tom Duffy. Tom shows you how to create a modern, location-aware app that integrates with the Google Maps API, and style it to look like a native app. Then he uses the Cordova CLI to prepare it for deployment on iOS and Android (via Xcode and Android Studio). By the end of the course, Thomas completes a simple project with Cordova, and provides you with some ideas for improving the app with custom icons, a splash screen, directions, and pop-up info windows.07/08/2017
Apache Spark Essential TrainingIntermediateITApache Spark(Length: 87 minutes) Apache Spark is a powerful platform that provides users with new ways to store and make use of big data. In this course, get up to speed with Spark, and discover how to leverage this popular processing engine to deliver effective and comprehensive insights into your data. Instructor Ben Sullins provides an overview of the platform, going into the different components that make up Apache Spark. He shows how to analyze data in Spark using PySpark and Spark SQL, explores running machine learning algorithms using MLib, demonstrates how to create a streaming analytics application using Spark Streaming, and more.04/06/2017
Apache Spark Essential Training: Big Data EngineeringAdvancedITApache Spark(Length: 100 minutes) In order to construct data pipelines and networks that stream, process, and store data, data engineers and data-science DevOps specialists must understand how to combine multiple big data technologies. In this course, discover how to build big data pipelines around Apache Spark. Join Kumaran Ponnambalam as he takes you through how to make Apache Spark work with other big data technologies. He covers the basics of Apache Kafka Connect and how to integrate it with Spark for real-time streaming. In addition, he demonstrates how to use the various technologies to construct an end-to-end project that solves a real-world business problem.07/08/2017
Aperture 1.1 Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotographyAperture(Length: 401 minutes) Apple Aperture is designed for digital photographers, with the goal of making professional photo processing and manipulation fast and effortless. This tutorial concentrates on Aperture's range of capabilities, including downloading selected images, browsing thumbnails, accessing and understanding raw photo details, enhancing and editing photo contrast, adjusting exposure and color levels, viewing and arranging photos, extracting and understanding image metadata, and more. Exercise files accompany the training, allowing you to follow along and learn at your own pace.04/27/2016
Aperture 1.5 Beyond the BasicsIntermediatePhotographyAperture(Length: 215 minutes) Professional and amateur photographers alike can take advantage of the advanced photo management tools in Aperture--from organization to editing to output. In Aperture 1.5 Beyond the Basics, instructors Scott Bourne and Derrick Story teach users how to manipulate photos with the Color Adjustment tool, sharpen edges, and create preset adjustments and file settings for efficient editing and grouping. The training also details how to use the extensive metadata and organizational features in Aperture for smart photo sorting and presentation.04/27/2016
Aperture 2 Essential Training(Length: 349 minutes) 04/27/2016
Aperture 2 New FeaturesIntermediatePhotographyAperture(Length: 76 minutes) Photographers who want to upgrade from iPhoto, or who are simply ready to take control of the digital images accumulating on their hard drives, will find powerful and easy-to-use photo management tools in Apple's Aperture 2. In Aperture 2 New Features, instructor Derrick Story takes an introductory look at photo processing and manipulation, and explores Quick Preview, RAW 2.0, .Mac Web Gallery, and the many new features in Aperture 2. The course follows a professional photographer's workflow, showing viewers how to incorporate his techniques into their everyday practices.04/27/2016
Aperture 3 Essential Training (2012)BeginnerPhotographyAperture(Length: 499 minutes) This course covers the entire photographic workflow in Apple Aperture, from import to enhancement to output. Author Derrick Story covers organizing image collections with star ratings, labels, and Smart Albums, and using the image editing tools to adjust exposure, retouch flaws, and correct color balance issues. And one of the most noteworthy features in Aperture is explored in detail: its ability to store video clips alongside the stills from digital cameras, then combine them to create stunning multimedia slideshows. This course was updated on 10/03/12. Updated movies cover the features added through version 3.3, including Retina display support, iCloud photo sharing, streamlined integration with iPhoto, and much more.04/26/2016
Aperture 3.3/3.4 New Features OverviewIntermediatePhotography, video2brainAperture(Length: 66 minutes) The changes to Apple Aperture between versions 3.0 and 3.3/3.4 have been significant, and in this workshop Joseph Linaschke shows you what's new. Learn about the interface changes, support for the new Retina-display Macs, fast camera preview browsing, naming convention changes, iPhoto library compatibility, new white balance and Highlights & Shadows tools, Auto Enhance, the new Shared Photo Stream feature, and more. Plus, get a guide to terminology changes and see why the upgrade from iPhoto to Aperture is easier than ever before.04/26/2016
API Design in Node.js Using Express and MongoIntermediateDeveloper, WebNode.js, MongoDB, Express.js(Length: 631 minutes) Learning how to build an API with Node.js can sometimes be overwhelming. In this course, join Scott Moss as he explains how to design, build, test, and deploy a RESTful API using Node.js and Mongo. Scott covers topics such as working with middleware, testing in Node.js, application organization, data modeling, querying data with Mongoose, using JSON Web Token, securing routes, and deployment. After finishing this course, you'll have built and deployed a fully functional API for a blogging app with authentication, and you'll have the skills you need to build your own APIs.This course was created by Frontend Masters. It was originally released on 12/30/2015. We're pleased to host this training in our library.05/20/2017
API Testing and ValidationIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, PHP, Composer, Web API, Behat(Length: 73 minutes) Most API testing doesn't actually test the API. This course shows how to validate your API from the consumer's point of view, testing to confirm that problems experienced by your end users are being solved. Join Keith Casey as he focuses on how to approach API testing by implementing a behavior-driven development model. Keith uses Gherkin to set up a Behat environment so you can see how to write and run your first test. Then, he shows how to build API test requests, including how to introduce variables, authenticate requests, and validate responses. He also covers refactoring tests, establishing system states, using extensions for batch operations, and more.06/03/2017
App Store Optimization for iOS and Android ApplicationsIntermediateDeveloperiOS, Android(Length: 62 minutes) You've written an app and are ready to send it out into the world. But with the 4+ million apps available for iOS and Android, you can't just press Publish and hope for a hit. To get apps in front of bigger audiences, developers can borrow tips and best practices from the SEO and marketing world. App store optimization (ASO) can help increase your app's ranking, make it more visible in search results, and make it more appealing to potential customers. And you don't have to change a lot of code. ASO is all about the words you use, the metadata you assign, the links you identify, and the visuals you choose. Join app developer and marketer Mike Wong as he shares his tips for marketing apps in the App Store and Google Play, using keyword research, indexing, deep linking, outstanding visuals, and other ASO techniques.09/27/2016
Apple Color Essential Training(Length: 403 minutes) 04/27/2016
Apple Music First LookBeginnerBusinessApple Music(Length: 30 minutes) Get started with Apple's new streaming music service. Learn how to find and listen to music, download songs, tune in to different radio stations (including the 24-hour Beats 1 station), and use the Connect feature to hear from your favorite artists. Plus, learn how Apple Music affects an iTunes Match subscription and the music libraries you have stored on iCloud.04/27/2016
Apple Pay for DevelopersIntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 60 minutes) Apple Pay gives users an easy, secure, and private way to pay for physical goods and services using payment information stored in their device running the iOS 8 app. By using Touch ID, users can quickly and securely provide all their payment and shipping information to check out with a single touch, expediting transactions like purchasing groceries, clothing, and tickets. As a developer, you may be curious which responsibilities you have to ensure the app works, and what is handled by Apple. In this course, Todd Perkins discusses integrations, best practices, and programming. He shows how to integrate with Stripe, provides guidelines for using Apple Pay buttons, and demonstrates how to write server code that handles finalizing purchases. He also helps you consider additional features you can incorporate that make the experience more efficient for your uses.07/19/2016
Apple Watch Tips and TricksIntermediateBusinessApple Watch(Length: 85 minutes) Get the most from your smartwatch with these expert Apple Watch tips and tricks. This course shows viewers how to customize Glances, set haptic strength, customize and clear notifications, quickly silence the Apple Watch, arrange apps and quickly switch between them, and use Siri effectively. It also discusses how to use the fitness apps, play and manage music, use Passbook and Apple Pay, and send and receive calls, texts, and emails. And viewers will love the handy miscellaneous tips, like how to preserve battery life and use the Apple Watch to find your iPhone.04/27/2016
Apple watchOS 2 New FeaturesBeginnerBusinessApple Watch(Length: 44 minutes) Explore the new features and capabilities in this tour of the first Apple Watch OS update. Nick Brazzi covers the new watch faces, Siri integration, native app support, and the new Time Travel feature, which lets you take a look at future appointments, weather forecasts, and more.04/27/2016
Apple watchOS 3 New FeaturesBeginnerBusinessApple Watch(Length: 36 minutes) Explore the latest Apple Watch update, watchOS 3. This short course reviews the new features and capabilities of watchOS, including the Dock-based interface, new watch faces, and the SOS feature for emergency calls. Author Nick Brazzi also takes a look at sharing activity and workout data with friends, and explores some of the other bundled apps, including Find My Friends, reminders, and messaging.10/04/2016
Applied Economic Forecasting with Big DataIntermediateBusiness, ITExcel(Length: 97 minutes) Big data is transforming the world of business. Yet many people don't understand what big data and business intelligence are, or how to apply the techniques to their day-to-day jobs. This course addresses that knowledge gap by showing how to use large volumes of economic data to gain key business insights and analyze market conditions.Professor Michael McDonald demonstrates how to harness the wealth of information available on the Internet to forecast statistics such as industry growth, GDP, and unemployment rates, as well as factors that directly affect your business, like property prices and future interest rate hikes. All you need is Microsoft Excel. Michael uses the built-in formulas, functions, and calculations to perform regression analysis, calculate confidence intervals, and stress test your results. He also covers time series exponential smoothing, fixed effects regression, and difference estimators. You'll walk away from the course able to immediately begin creating forecasts for your own business needs.07/08/2017
Applied Interaction DesignBeginnerWeb(Length: 109 minutes) Dave Hogue has been studying how people interact with digital devices and interfaces for over 15 years, and knows how design can make or break a website. In this course, he shares a hands-on approach to improving interaction design for a better user experience on the web. This course breaks down the components of an example site, from its homepage to categories, content, and the shopping cart, and introduces common customer scenarios that can be used to identify opportunities for improvement. You'll learn how to enhance navigation, gather feedback after interactions, manage content layers, and add features such as infinite scrolling, collapsible modules, and dynamic content to enrich the user's experience. Then compare the before and after websites to understand why these techniques make them more engaging and effective.04/26/2016
Applied Responsive DesignIntermediateDeveloper, Web(Length: 361 minutes) Following the concepts introduced in Responsive Design Fundamentals, senior author James Williamson demonstrates the practical applications of responsive design and shows how to enrich the appearance and behavior of your website across multiple devices. First, discover how to plan your design and take advantage of CSS media queries to create multiple layouts. Then make your site navigation respond to changing screen sizes with CSS and jQuery, and display media like images and video fluidly. Plus, discover how to take advantage of mobile capabilities like touch events and HTML5 forms to enhance the experience of mobile visitors. James also shows how to effectively manage resources and optimize the performance of your site.04/26/2016
ArcGIS Essential TrainingIntermediateITArcGIS, GIS(Length: 331 minutes) Learn to create and manage data, maps, and analytical models with ArcGIS. Author Adam Wilbert shows how to get around maps and start adding your own data and importing data from existing databases. He demonstrates how to select and edit individual map elements, and connect to advanced geospatial data sources. He explains the finer points of working with vector vs. raster data, and then shows how to style your map so it's easy for others to interpret, including finishing touches such as a legend, scale bar, and annotations. Plus, learn how to use ModelBuilder to sequence workflows and share them with the rest of your organization.04/26/2016
ArcGIS Pro Essential TrainingIntermediateITArcGIS(Length: 265 minutes) Get data-mapping and geoprocessing power in a new, more intuitive work environment with ArcGIS Pro. ArcGIS Pro Essential Training shows how to use the new ribbon-based interface and editing environment in ArcGIS to accomplish common 2D and 3D mapping tasks. Learn to create project-centered files that gather local and online resources and geodatabases together into a single location—making management and creation of your maps that much easier. Create multiple 2D map views and 3D scenes in a single project and save project templates to reuse your layouts. Instructor Adam Wilbert also covers manipulating data using the included ArcGIS geoprocessing tools, adding styles and symbols, and sharing the final maps via ArcGIS Online or as standalone packages.11/22/2016
ArchiCAD Essential TrainingBeginnerCADArchiCAD(Length: 289 minutes) ArchiCAD is an award-winning tool used by architects worldwide. It's powerful and packed full of the features needed to design great building projects. Ready to get started? ArchiCAD Essential Training offers practical training for new ArchiCAD users. We've mapped the basic and advanced tools with actual stages of architecture, making it easy to relate to the daily, real-world activities of an architect in training. Thiago Mundim shows how to get around ArchiCAD, start a new project story, and set up the units and preferences so the software works best for you. He then dives into modeling and documentation, such as working with groups and dimensions, and pays special attention to detailed drawings, which may contain special objects such as Solid Element Operations, custom objects, or graphic overrides. By the end, you'll understand the essential ArchiCAD tools and techniques and how they fit into the BIM workflow.07/26/2016
ArchiCAD: Management & CollaborationAdvancedCADArchiCAD(Length: 78 minutes) Great architecture is a team effort. ArchiCAD is an award-winning tool for BIM professionals the world over, and it comes with a host of collaboration tools that make it easy to share work and collaborate on designs. ArchiCAD: Management & Collaboration covers everything that an advanced user should know when using ArchiCAD on large projects and in large teams. It's designed to replicate all the tasks of a BIM manager or a BIM coordinator, while optimizing the workflow and performance of your ArchiCAD setup. Join Thiago Mundim, as he shows how to implement BIM Server to network projects with simultaneous access, monitor file size, use Hotlinked Modules to reference external ArchiCAD files, create reusable templates, and import IFC files from other CAD systems.08/30/2016
Architecting Enterprise-Scale Node.js ApplicationsAdvancedDeveloper, WebNode.js(Length: 215 minutes) When you create enterprise-scale applications with Node.js—which often involves manipulating massive amounts of data and integrating with other applications—you must take special care to ensure that your projects are successful. In this course, instructor Daniel Khan walks through how to create solid, production-ready Node.js applications, and manage efficient processes that make it easy to roll out new versions. Daniel shares ways to improve code quality. He explains how to create a test infrastructure with Mocha, Should, and Istanbul. He also shows how to set up continuous integration, explains how to add endpoint security and get continuous deployment, and more.04/06/2017
Architectural Families in RevitBeginnerCADRevit(Length: 212 minutes) Revit families are an incredible feature, offering libraries of ready-made objects that can be used in CAD drawings or customized to fit any project. Families can also be modeled from scratch and shared with colleagues and clients. This course dives into Revit architectural families, a specific family type for architecture and building information modeling.Author Eric Wing shows how to model families that help you build exactly what you need for your drawings. Eric investigates profiles such as chair rails, baseboards, doors, cabinets, and shelving, as well as adaptive components. Along the way, he introduces the reference planes, parameters, and formulas necessary to build architectural families on your own.NOTE: The exercise files included in this course are compatible with Revit 2017 only. We will add 2016-compatible files soon.04/27/2016
Architectural Photography in Chicago: A Fine Art ApproachIntermediatePhotography(Length: 143 minutes) Chicago is known for its architecture: beautiful, classic buildings with incredibly detailed exteriors and interiors. It's a great place to learn about architectural photography, and in this course photographer and educator Justin Reznick heads to the Windy City to photograph some of Chicago's gems. Along the way, he shares creative and technical insights aimed at helping you capture beautiful, accurate renditions of famous buildings, and highlight details that define different architectural styles and eras.04/27/2016
Architectural Photography: ExteriorsIntermediatePhotography(Length: 28 minutes) An effective photo of a building captures the personality of the architecture and its designer's vision. In this course, photographer Richard Klein demonstrates key techniques for taking exterior photos that make a building look its best. He visits two sites, one featuring a large modern home and the other a Japanese-style building, and covers a variety of lighting techniques, from working with existing light to employing supplemental lighting.04/26/2016
Architectural Photography: InteriorsIntermediatePhotography(Length: 58 minutes) Whether you're photographing a room for an architectural magazine, for a real-estate ad, or for an interior decorator friend, interior spaces present a variety of photographic challenges. In this course, photographer Richard Klein visits two homes, photographing their interiors while explaining the essential shooting and lighting techniques behind making these spaces look their best.The course describes the best ways to light interior elements to show their texture and form, and contains tips on staging rooms to make them more inviting. Richard also tackles the tricky challenges that windows and exterior lighting introduce: how do you adjust exposure to capture interior details without overexposing the windows?04/26/2016
Architectural Rendering with Rhino and V-RayIntermediate3D + Animation, CADRhino, V-Ray(Length: 233 minutes) A detailed rendering job can make your building models look more realistic and professional—and help sell clients on your ideas. This course teaches everything you need to know about rendering interior and exterior architectural scenes with Rhino and V-Ray. Using a pavilion of his own design, author Dave Schultze shows how to set up Sun, Sky, and V-Ray lighting systems; apply glass, metal, stone, and wood materials; and insert trees, grass, and people for additional scale and interest. Plus, learn how to use cameras and compositing techniques to add a sense of depth and realism to your designs.04/26/2016
Arduino Pulse Width ModulationIntermediateDeveloperArduino(Length: 76 minutes) Pulse width modulation (PWM) is an essential skill for connecting Arduino microcontrollers to motors or lights, providing a way to approximate analog voltage levels with digital signals. Using PWM, you can control and program the brightness of lights and the speed of motors—bringing your projects to life. Join Rae Hoyt in this course and learn how to harness the power of PWM to drive digital circuits. She shows how to use the built-in PWM libraries and functions, troubleshoot code and hardware, and use analog input controls to drive servos, motors, and RGB LEDs. Take the practice challenges along the way to test your learning and see how far your Arduino skills are progressing.04/27/2016
Are Leaders Born or Made?BeginnerBusiness(Length: 3 minutes) Suzy Welch talks about the five components model of leadership: personal energy, inspirational energy, edge, execution, and passion.11/22/2016
Art and Illustration Careers: First StepsBeginnerDesign(Length: 33 minutes) If you've spent hours filling notebooks with sketches, and find joy in the creation of beautiful images, then you've probably wondered if you could turn your passion for art into a full-time job. In this course, learn the skills and tools you'll need to pursue a career in art and illustration, and the jobs that you can get with them.Kristin Ellison—the content manager of art and illustration at LinkedIn Learning—kicks off the course by walking through the core elements of the creative process: drawing, composition, and color. Next, she highlights the specific skills and software you'll need to successfully launch a career in 2D illustration, 3D illustration, and fine art. To wrap up, Kristin covers the business of art and illustration, sharing how to promote, present, and get paid for your work. Throughout the course, Kristin mentions additional courses you can reference to get an in-depth look at specific tools and skills.04/13/2017
ART Renderer: 3ds MaxIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 81 minutes) The Autodesk Raytracer (ART) renderer is a fast, physically-based renderer that's available for a number of Autodesk applications, including 3ds Max, Revit, and Inventor. In this course, learn how to get the most out of this exciting, easy-to-use renderer. George Maestri starts out with the basics, taking a look at rendering controls for the ART Render, and explaining how to use the 3ds Max Scene Converter to translate scenes that were migrated from older projects. He shows how to create materials for ART, exploring the basics of the Physical Material, which is the recommended material for the ART renderer. George also covers working with lights, creating depth of field, and configuring motion blur in ART.07/08/2017
Articulate Storyline 2 Advanced TechniquesIntermediateEducation + ElearningStoryline(Length: 146 minutes) Online training and blended learning have gone from being a trend to being an expectation. The increased prevalence of e-learning has resulted in upgrades to authoring tools, like Articulate Storyline 2. Articulate Storyline 2 includes new features that make it more powerful than before, and expanded features that provide advanced options. Authors, educators, and instructional designers can take advantage of these features to improve the quality of their courses.In this course, David Rivers takes you past the basic features into the advanced. He demonstrates how to create custom e-learning content using media, layers, and variables in Articulate Storyline 2. He shows how to create interactive courses by inserting and configuring objects and hotspots throughout the course. He also demonstrates how to make templates and add quizzes.05/20/2016
Articulate Storyline 2 First LookBeginnerEducation + ElearningStoryline(Length: 26 minutes) Articulate has released Storyline 2, the latest version of its powerful yet easy-to-use elearning software. Thinking about an upgrade or maybe a first-time purchase? This training course gives you a first look at the most important changes in Articulate Storyline 2, including new slider interactions, motion paths and triggers, and transitions and entrance/exit animations. Find out how to expanded support for Android devices and HTML5 can help make your elearning accessible on almost any device. Plus, learn about two of the most requested features: seekbars that keep learners from skipping around, and negative scoring, which you can use to help reinforce learning.04/27/2016
Articulate Storyline 360: Increasing Learner EngagementIntermediateEducation + ElearningStoryline(Length: 61 minutes) By taking logistics out of the equation, elearning gives students everywhere the opportunity to learn whatever material piques their interest. That said, while the freedom that elearning affords learners is exciting, much of the available elearning content presents information in a less than inspiring manner—on a series of plain slides.In this course, learn how to go beyond the simple slide deck, and create highly engaging elearning presentations that increase learner agility and motivation using the features and tools of Articulate Storyline 360. Sally Cox combines instruction in the tool with teaching best practices to help you take your elearning development skills to the next level. She explains how to plan and storyboard your course, use design fundamentals to sharpen the aesthetics of your presentation, develop engaging navigation, incorporate storytelling, and create assessments and quizzes.07/08/2017
Articulate Storyline Advanced TechniquesIntermediateEducation + ElearningStoryline(Length: 131 minutes) Do more with Articulate Storyline. Author and Storyline pro Daniel Brigham shows you how to used its advanced features to make your courses more consistent, engaging, and robust. After reviewing the core concepts behind Storyline, Daniel covers working with layers and triggers and using templates and master slides to decrease your development time and increase the consistency of your slides. He'll also show you how to embed web and interactive video in your slides, and use variables to individualize the learning experience.04/26/2016
Articulate Studio Advanced TechniquesIntermediateEducation + ElearningArticulate Studio(Length: 99 minutes) Take your Articulate training beyond the basics. Articulate Studio '13 has many features that many people have never explored. In this course, Daniel Brigham reveals how to make your course material more robust, by using Engage interactions in fresh ways, building nonlinear scenarios, and designing custom quiz templates.Like this course? Find more of Daniel's courses on his author page.04/26/2016
Artist at Work: Color as ShapeBeginnerDesign(Length: 69 minutes) Composing an image is like solving a puzzle; if you can imagine your elements as a group of colored shapes, you can make all the pieces fit. In this course, Mary Jane Begin shows you how to see shape before detail and develop a portrait step-by-step, using reference images, a color composite, and foundational shapes. The course will review color balance, color blocking, use of diagonal shapes for dynamic compositions, tension between edges, focal points, space, and hierarchy of shape.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors- Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels- a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, #6, and #10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist at Work: Complementary ColorsBeginnerDesign(Length: 18 minutes) Take a look over the shoulder of an artist at work. Mary Jane Begin, an award-winning illustrator and Rhode Island School of Design professor, sits down at the drawing board and explains how complementary colors—colors on opposite sides of the color wheel—can make your art, illustrations, and designs more compelling and vibrant. Learn how to layer colors of different hues and translucencies, play with light and shadow, and subtract color to create a sense of form. Plus, learn to neutralize a color's intensity simply by mixing it with its complement. Mary Jane illustrates these concepts through pastel on paper, but they can be applied to all types of media including digital endeavors.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors- Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels- a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, #6, and #10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist at Work: Creating a Visual HierarchyBeginnerDesign(Length: 34 minutes) The human eye perceives objects in a scene in order of contrast. Tone, color, and glazing are used to establish this "visual hierarchy" in your art. Join award-winning illustrator and Rhode Island School of Design professor Mary Jane Begin back in her studio as she discusses tricks to achieve visual hierarchy. She starts by establishing value, or light and dark areas in the composition, and then shows how to use varying opacity and a limited color palette to further define the forms in a painting. Finally, learn how glazing can make your colors pop even more and shift the palette toward a warm or cool tone. Mary Jane compares traditional media to a digital workflow while using brushes, sponges, watercolors, and acrylic paint to achieve her results. These lessons can be easily migrated to digital artwork and designs using programs like Adobe Photoshop and Illustrator.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors- Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels- a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, #6, and #10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist at Work: Creating Depth of FieldBeginnerDesign(Length: 66 minutes) If you can convince a viewer that there is depth in a flat image, you can increase the emotional resonance and believability of your artwork. In this course, professional illustrator Mary Jane Begin explores how color and contrast affect the illusion of space. Mary Jane shows how to choose a focal point for your image, use temperature to define your foreground and background objects, employ contrasting colors to create depth, and work with edges to create contrast. As with all Artist at Work courses, the techniques shown here can be applied to both traditional and digital media.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors - Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels - a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, # 6, and # 10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist at Work: Developing a CompositionBeginnerDesign(Length: 34 minutes) We asked illustrator Mary Jane Begin to create a brand-new composition from three (surprise) elements. The goal? To teach members how to think about composition in terms of visual interest and implied story. In these videos, Mary Jane creates thumbnail sketches to conceptualize the layout and chooses the thumbnail that best communicates the message. She then translates that thumbnail into a larger sketch and uses color and texture to pull together a composition suitable for showing to a client or using as the basis for a final painting or illustration. These lessons show how an artist works on her feet, and puts concepts such as the rules of thirds, negative space, and drawing from reference materials into a real-world context.04/27/2016
Artist at Work: From Sketch to Finished Vector IllustrationIntermediateDesignIllustrator(Length: 78 minutes) Von Glitschka is known for his witty, colorful illustrations, logos, and design work. But how do his drawings make it from refined sketches to polished pieces? This installment of Artist at Work enables you to follow along with Von's coloring and shading process, as he transforms this vector-based graphic in Adobe Illustrator. He starts with a scanned sketch and builds out the basic vector shapes. He then adds shading, highlights, and color—the finishing details that make his illustrations so extraordinary. Von's methods are simple to follow and will help create a new level of depth and richness in your own vector creations.04/26/2016
Artist at Work: Hand-Drawn Type PortraitIntermediateDesignIllustrator, Draw(Length: 91 minutes) Watch a professional artist at work, Von Glitschka, as he creates a type-based portrait, or "type face," of director Alfred Hitchcock. The process combines analog and digital tools to draw the letterforms from scratch and build and colorize the artwork in its final vector form. Along the way, Von examines reference images of Hitchcock, makes sketches on the iPad in Adobe Draw, moves the artwork into Adobe Illustrator, and finishes the piece with color and shading.Want to learn more about creating hand-drawn letterforms? Check out Von's companion course, Drawing Vector Graphics: Hand Lettering.04/27/2016
Artist at Work: Native American Tribal IllustrationIntermediateDesignIllustrator(Length: 162 minutes) In Artist at Work, accomplished illustrator Von Glitschka takes members through the development of different types of illustrations—working from reference materials all the way to finished vector graphics. Join Von in this installment, as he looks at sample images of a Native American headdress, makes sketches, scans the final drawing into Adobe Illustrator, creates a vector work, and finishes the piece with color and shading.04/27/2016
Artist at Work: Tertiary ColorsBeginnerDesign(Length: 45 minutes) Tertiary colors are the neutral browns and grays that, when over used in a palette, are often referred to as "mud." Though sometimes banished from an artist's palette, they play a crucial role. Tertiary colors give more vibrant hues a chance to shine and play a starring role in compositions with more subtle ideas or moods behind them. Follow along with Mary Jane Begin in this installment of Artist at Work as she explores tertiary color, its best uses, and the creative possibilities available with this palette. She paints a landscape based on a reference photo, and provides tips along the way about establishing a ground, adding texture physically or digitally, building depth, and making your focal points pop.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors- Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels- a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, #6, and #10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist at Work: TexturesBeginnerDesign(Length: 35 minutes) Mary Jane Begin is back with more from the Artist at Work series. This installment focuses on adding texture to your imagery—visual texture that breaks up repetitive strokes and static blocks of color—with pattern, color, light, and a variety of brush strokes. Mary Jane takes an early-stage illustration from her book series Willow Buds and shows how to add variation, contrast, and a tactile quality to trees and grass, water, and the sky. These lessons are useful whether you're working with traditional media like the watercolors Mary Jane uses in this course, or digital formats like Adobe Illustrator and Photoshop.Mary Jane uses the following materials in this course:Arches 140 lb hot press paperTube watercolors- Winsor & Newton Cotman brandPaper stumps for blendingPastels- a variety of stick and pencil forms (including Conte pastel pencils) Short, fat, fine-bristle Winsor & Newton #2 and #4 brushes (for scrubbing color off) Sceptre Gold II sable/synthetic blend #3, #6, and #10 brushesWinsor & Newton Cotman brand 25 mm/1 in. flat brush (for washes)04/26/2016
Artist in Action: Joseph Linaschke's Large Scale Black-and-White PhotographsIntermediatePhotography, video2brainAperture, Silver Efex Pro(Length: 181 minutes) Watch artist Joseph Linaschke explain the creation of his gallery hanging of large black-and-white prints on metal and discuss the many challenges he faced along the way. He backward-engineers his process in Aperture for us, showing how he reviews his images, crops and straightens them in preparation for conversion, scales them without introducing any loss in quality, and then makes the final adjustment to black and white. Finally, learn about the file output and setup that went into the final set of prints.04/26/2016
Artist Series with Lynda.comBeginnerDesign(Length: 51 minutes) Artist Series is a series of videos, created by Hillman Curtis, that showcases leading designers and design firms. The series takes an in-depth look at the work and processes of the design firm Pentagram and the designers David Carson, Milton Glaser, Paula Scher, Stefan Sagmeister, and James Victore.04/16/2016
Artistic Concepts with Lynda.comBeginnerDesignPhotoshop(Length: 42 minutes) Legendary author and artist Bert Monroy has been making digital art since 1984; he's a pioneer in the field who never stops innovating creatively. In this course, he walks through basic artistic concepts critical for creating great art and designs. The course covers concepts like perspective, shadows, and reflections, and shows how to take advantage of Adobe Photoshop tools like layers to add, mask, and remove objects.04/26/2016
Artistic Concepts with Lynda.com: Volume 2AdvancedDesignPhotoshop(Length: 79 minutes) Join legendary author and artist Bert Monroy as he walks through a new set of basic artistic concepts. This course covers materials, layers, and channels—overlooked features that can help elevate the work of any artist, designer, or illustrator. The concepts are explored via Photoshop but can be applied to any digital art workflow.Need to brush up on concepts like perspective and light? Watch the first installment of Artistic Concepts with Bert Monroy here.04/26/2016
Artistic Painting with Illustrator: Natural Media BrushesIntermediateDesignIllustrator(Length: 182 minutes) In this course, artist Sharon Steuer shows how to paint with the various natural media brushes inside Adobe Illustrator, one of the most overlooked sets of artistic tools in the entire Creative Cloud or Adobe Creative Suite. Along the way, she offers suggestions on how to customize these brushes to help express your creativity. Discover how to configure your workspace, adjust tool options, and set up a tablet. Then investigate the multiple styles of brushes in Illustrator—from Calligraphic, Bristle, and naturalistic Art brushes to Blob brushes and stroke profiles. Sharon also shows how to combine brushes and effects with other Illustrator features to maximize your control when drawing, painting, and adding expressive strokes in Illustrator.04/26/2016
Artistic Painting with Illustrator: Object-Creation BrushesIntermediateDesignIllustrator(Length: 226 minutes) Discover how to paint and draw with Adobe Illustrator's powerful object-creation brushes. In this course, artist and author Sharon Steuer will show you how to use art brushes, pattern brushes, scatter brushes, and brush-like symbols to warp, bend, repeat, stretch, scatter, and distribute objects along a path, and quickly populate scenes with complex groups of objects. You'll learn how to scale, colorize, and modify your objects; create different versions of brushes; edit the underlying paths; and fix common mistakes. You'll also see how to prepare artwork to make into brushes, resize brushes, and understand which brush or symbol is appropriate for different drawing situations. Plus, learn to paint with raster objects in dynamic new ways, and auto-generate corners for vector and raster pattern brushes.See the previous course in the series, Artistic Painting with Illustrator: Natural Media Brushes, for Sharon's insights on more traditional tools like the Paintbrush and Blob Brush.04/26/2016
Artistic Video with PhotoshopIntermediateVideoPhotoshop(Length: 190 minutes) This course illustrates how to create artistic video within the familiar interface of Photoshop. Author Ian Robinson looks at editing video with video groups, stylizing video with Smart Filters, and rotoscoping with vector masks. Animation is also covered, from animating brush strokes and adding and editing keyframes to exporting your final output.With this course, existing Photoshop enthusiasts can expand their skills to learn a new discipline while staying in the application they already know and love. Video editors will see how to fix footage issues like lens distortion and chromatic aberration and how to create unique effects with Photoshop filters, brushes, and effects.04/28/2016
Artists and Their Work: Conversations about Mograph, VFX, and Digital ArtBeginner3D + Animation, Video(Length: 925 minutes) Rob Garrott, lynda.com's video content manager, got the chance to sit down with nine influential artists to talk about their work, their inspirations, their tools, and the industry as a whole. The series kicks off with a conversation with Kris Pearn, storyboard artist for Sony Animation, and one of the people "drawing the movement" behind movies like Cloudy with a Chance of Meatballs. We also include interviews with the following industry pros:Nick Campbell, motion graphics artist, photographer, and entrepreneur Marc Potocnik, designer and 3d artistTim Clapham, VFX artist and educatorAlan Torres and Stephen Morton (Cantina Creative), design and visual effects artistsAaron Limonick, concept artistMike Lowes, 3D animator and technical directorLorcan O'Shanahan, motion graphics artistScott Keating, 3D artist and illustratorClear Menser, visual effects artistJohn Robson, motion graphics artist and filmmakerGrant Miller, VFX supervisorTomasz Opasinski, creative director and movie poster artistWatch for fresh insights into the careers and creative processes of these working professionals.04/26/2016
Asking for a RaiseIntermediateBusiness(Length: 54 minutes) Connect your self worth to your market worth: ask for a raise! In this course, executive coach and negotiation consultant Lisa Gates provides practical tools and advice to help you understand your professional value and communicate that value to your employer. She shows how you can determine your market value and how to use that information to establish your "anchor" in your salary negotiation. She also helps guide you through the actual salary discussion, providing scripts to get past "no," and shows how to lay the foundation for future negotiations by cultivating a network of influencers and continuing to grow professionally.04/27/2016
Asking Great Data Science QuestionsBeginnerBusiness, IT(Length: 74 minutes) Great data science discoveries are often traced back to someone asking a critical question. That's why it's important for your team to use critical thinking to come up with astute, meaningful questions that add real value. A well-crafted question can prevent your team from getting sidetracked on bad assumptions and false conclusions. In this course, author Doug Rose explores the key components of critical reasoning and how to pan for gold in streams of data to search for new questions. You'll learn how to work together as a team to run question meetings, organize important ideas into question trees, and generate quality questions by clarifying key terms, challenging evidence, uncovering misleading statistics, and more.01/17/2017
Asking Great Sales QuestionsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 27 minutes) All too often sales calls become an interrogation, leaving the prospects wondering where the conversation is leading. In this course, author and Fortune 500 sales coach Jeff Bloomfield provides an alternative, based on the principle that effective sales start with focusing on the issues that matter most to your customers. Jeff helps you gain insight into your customer's business problems, and use those insights to guide your sales questions. He teaches you how to create and ask effective, probing questions; validate the business impact of your solution; and dig deeper when necessary. He also provides advice on maintaining the right tone throughout the conversation—leading to a more successful sales interaction and a long-lasting relationship with the customer.04/27/2016
ASP.NET Core: Test-Driven DevelopmentIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, ASP.NET Core MVC(Length: 37 minutes) Get practical, hands-on experience implementing test-driven development of ASP.NET Core applications. Apps developed with a solid testing strategy are cleaner, more flexible, and easier to change on the fly. This course provides developers with the baseline knowledge of TDD so they can iterate through both new and existing code. Instructor Richard Rout introduces some helpful tools for ASP.NET Core testing, including Visual Studio, ReSharper, and the xUnit and Mock frameworks. Then he covers concepts such as dependency injection and version control, and shows how to set up a web app for testing. Finally, he walks through the red-green-refactor test cycle, including writing failing and passing tests, running tests, and refactoring code to improve quality.Note: Examples in this course were developed using C# ASP.NET Core, but the concepts apply to all .NET Core applications.07/08/2017
ASP.NET Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloper, WebASP.NET(Length: 384 minutes) Thousands of businesses have used Microsoft ASP.NET to build professional, dynamic websites. In this course, web developer David Gassner demonstrates the tools needed to build and deploy a dynamic site using ASP.NET 3.5 or 4.5. Covering everything from installing and configuring Visual Web Developer 2008 or Visual Studio Express 2012 for Web and SQL Server Express to creating web form pages, this course is designed to give beginning and intermediate developers hands-on experience.04/28/2016
ASP.NET MVC 4 Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, ASP.NET MVC(Length: 236 minutes) ASP.NET MVC is a powerful and effective framework for building maintainable and scalable web applications. In this course, author Jess Chadwick reviews the Model-View-Controller (MVC) architecture at the heart of ASP.NET MVC and shows how to create a model, execute controller logic, and interact with models via views. The course shows how to create professional-looking web pages with layouts, work with data in forms, create separate content or sites for mobile devices, and enhance your projects with AJAX. Jess also explains how to secure your site with user permissions, optimize its performance, and deploy it to the world.04/26/2016
ASP.NET MVC 5 Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloperASP.NET, ASP.NET MVC(Length: 220 minutes) ASP.NET MVC gives you a potent, patterns-based way to build dynamic websites. MVC 5 includes features that enable rapid, test-driven development—and it's a version every .NET developer needs to know to meet the latest web standards. Join Michael Sullivan for an in-depth look at the MVC 5 framework. He demonstrates how a typical MVC application is structured, and shows how to work with views, models, and data, including developing database objects with the Entity Framework. Michael also explores how to secure applications with the ASP.NET Identity system, create and conduct unit tests, use JavaScript libraries to communicate with controllers and pass data to client-side scripts, and deploy to cloud-based platforms like Azure and AppHarbor. Two hands-on practice challenges allow you to test what you've learned along the way.04/26/2016
Assessing Learning in MoodleBeginnerEducation + ElearningMoodle(Length: 57 minutes) Learning assessments can shine a spotlight on learning gaps and help inform teacher actions. In this course, Oliver Schinkten explores how to assess learning using the Moodle platform. Oliver delves into different learning assessment concepts and goes into how to determine the right assessment strategy for your course. Learn about informal assessments such as forums and workshops, as well as formal assessments like quizzes and self-assessments. In addition, Oliver navigates through a sample course to provide a practical demonstration of the assessment tools available in Moodle.12/13/2016
Audio for Film and Video with Pro ToolsIntermediateAudio + Music, VideoPro Tools(Length: 309 minutes) In this course, professional audio engineer Scott Hirsch shows how to create an evocative sound mix for a film or video, built from basic audio collected during the shoot and transformed into a final mix using Pro Tools 9. This course shows how to set up and optimize a Pro Tools session template for projects with unique requirements, record Foley and ADR audio, layer sound effects, perform corrections such as noise reduction and pitch shifting, mix for stereo and 5.1 surround sound, and finally, how to format and deliver the finalized mix, whether destined for DVD, movie theater, broadcast, or the web.04/28/2016
Audio for Video: Production and Post Sound TechniquesIntermediateVideoAudition, Premiere Pro(Length: 188 minutes) Video producers are adept at making all the visual aspects of their carefully shot projects look great. However, when it comes to the sound, many suffer unnecessarily. Audio for Video: Production and Post Sound Techniques is aimed at video professionals who are looking to manage their audio better—from start to finish. The course will take a three-point approach toCapturing audio and following the proper workflow for optimum resultsSound editing—improving and restoring audio in post-productionMixing and exporting audio or preparing it for handoff to a professional audio engineerThe second and third steps feature Adobe Audition CC, a powerful audio post-production program with a host of tools to clean up, sculpt, and finesse your sound design. The seamless workflow to and from Adobe Premiere Pro makes it a powerful audio toolset. However, author Scott Hirsch's techniques work equally well in other video and sound editing applications. Watch this course to learn practical techniques for getting better sound in all your productions.04/26/2016
Audio Mastering TechniquesBeginnerAudio + MusiciTunes, Pro Tools(Length: 120 minutes) Mastering audio is the final stage in music production, where the final set of mixed songs are turned into a cohesive album through a variety of processes that make the music sound the best it can, wherever it's played. Join author and producer Bobby Owsinski in this course, as he teaches essential mastering concepts and techniques used by experienced audio engineers. Follow along as he works at Oasis Mastering, a real-world mastering facility, and learn how to apply these techniques to your home or studio setup and make your projects sound better than ever. First, discover how to configure your monitoring setup, optimize your listening environment, and prepare and print alternative mixes that will allow you to make quick fixes during mastering. Bobby then reviews a selection of dedicated mastering tools that give you precise control over select signal parameters, from compressors to de-essers. He'll discuss the differences between mastering for CD, online distribution, and specifically for iTunes, and how to achieve the best results for each medium. The course wraps with lessons on mastering for high-resolution formats like Blu-ray, as well as delivering and archiving the master recording once the project is complete.04/26/2016
Audio Mixing BootcampBeginnerAudio + MusicPro Tools(Length: 533 minutes) In this course, author Bobby Owsinski reveals industry tips, tricks, and techniques for producing professionally mixed audio on any digital audio workstation. He offers recommendations for setting up an optimal listening environment, highlights the most efficient ways to set up and balance a mix, and shows how to build a powerful sound with compression. The course also explains how to master the intricacies of EQ; incorporate reverb, delay, and modulation effects; and generate the final mix.04/28/2016
Audio Mixing Master Class(Length: 6 minutes) 05/20/2016
Audio Post Workflow with Final Cut Pro X v10.0.9 and Pro ToolsIntermediateAudio + Music, VideoFinal Cut Pro, Pro Tools(Length: 59 minutes) Transferring audio from Apple Final Cut Pro X to Avid Pro Tools and back can be a tricky endeavor when Final Cut Pro X doesn't support OMF transfers. But X2 Pro Audio Convert is a program that can make this exchange quick and easy. In this course, Scott Hirsch demonstrates how to transfer audio utilizing X2Pro Audio—an invaluable workflow designed to help optimize and finish the audio of your Final Cut Pro video project.. He imports the audio into Pro Tools and then demonstrates how to make a Pro Tools template for future transfer projects. The course also includes some key EQ and noise reduction techniques that can take your audio for video projects to the next level. The final chapters show how to mix down the audio and export it back to Final Cut Pro X.04/26/2016
Audio Post Workflow with Final Cut Pro X v10.1.x and Pro ToolsIntermediate3D + Animation, Audio + Music, VideoFinal Cut Pro, Pro Tools(Length: 63 minutes) Transferring audio from Final Cut Pro X to Pro Tools and back can be a tricky endeavor when Final Cut Pro doesn't support OMF transfers. But X2 Pro Audio Convert is a program that can make this exchange quick and easy. In this course, Scott Hirsch demonstrates how to transfer audio utilizing X2Pro Audio—an invaluable workflow designed to help optimize and finish the audio of your Final Cut Pro video project. He imports the audio into Pro Tools and then demonstrates how to make a Pro Tools template for future transfer projects. The course also includes some key EQ and noise-reduction techniques that can take your audio for video projects to the next level. The final chapters show how to mix down the audio and export it back to Final Cut Pro X.Note: This course was updated to reflect the changes to Final Cut Pro X v. 10.1.x. Although the course was not re-recorded from scratch, we updated the applicable movies by adding text overlays to guide you to existing changes. We also updated the exercise files to work with the most current version of the software. Please watch the "Using the exercise files" movie to learn exactly what to expect from this updated course. Working with an earlier version of Final Cut Pro X? Watch Audio Post Workflow with Final Cut Pro X v10.0.9 and Pro Tools.04/27/2016
Audio Recording TechniquesBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 317 minutes) Discover the industry secrets to recording crisp, rich instrument tracks and vocals in any type of recording environment. Join renowned audio engineer Bobby Owsinski as he walks through the process of miking and tracking a complete song by Underground Sun recording artist Iyeoka and A-list session musicians in a top-of-the-line studio—in a way that is applicable to any recording space and musical genre. Learn how to select the correct microphone and polar pattern for each instrument, with hundreds of revealing listening examples for drums, acoustic and electric guitar, piano, keyboards, and more. These professional techniques offer critical insights for those just getting started in the recording process, and a trustworthy reference guide for more seasoned engineers. Bobby also demonstrates how to monitor and sculpt EQ settings, why and when to process your input signal, and how to choose the right outboard gear for the track. This course employs 360-degree, 3D visualizations that provide an unprecedented perspective of the equipment, players, and microphone placements discussed. Plus, with the raw audio files provided, you can critically listen to every recorded example at home with your DAW of choice at full 24-bit resolution.04/28/2016
Audition 2.0 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + Music, VideoAudition(Length: 379 minutes) From the basics of audio recording to creating a complete CD project, Audition 2.0 Essential Training teaches you all you need to know to record, mix, edit, and master professional digital music and audio. Whether your goal is to make smart-sounding podcasts or produce professional video soundtracks or radio commercials, instructor Bruce Williams will help you get there. Bruce starts out with exploring the Audition interface, workspace, and terminology, then moves on to file management, project management, and inserting and recording sounds. The training concludes with an extensive set of tutorials on effects, filters, and editing.04/27/2016
Audition 3 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + Music, VideoAudition(Length: 386 minutes) Audition 3 Essential Training emphasizes audio theory and mixing, while explaining new features in Audition 3, MIDI, and ReWire functionality. Instructor Bruce Williams covers effects and forensic audio techniques, such as restoring sound gathered from vinyl and correcting poor audio, to mixing in surround sound. Home-recording enthusiasts, musicians, podcasters, radio production personnel, audio engineers, and anyone who wants to score his or her own home videos will find applicable in-depth tutorials in this package. Exercise files accompany the tutorial.04/27/2016
Audition CC 2017 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + Music, VideoAudition(Length: 314 minutes) Discover how to professionally edit and mix audio with Audition CC. In this course, Paul Murphy begins with the fundamental concepts in audio production and a crash course in fixing noisy audio from a Premiere Pro project. He then continues with a more detailed overview of the software, including topics such as importing, editing, improving your sound elements with effects and the Essential Sound panel, integration with Premiere Pro, and finally, exporting your mix. For editors who have traditionally completed audio work inside their editing system, this course shows you the powerful tools and expert techniques to take your audio mix to the next level.03/09/2017
Audition CC Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + Music, Video, video2brainAudition(Length: 345 minutes) Discover the powerful audio-editing tool set offered in Audition CC. In this course, author Maxim Jago shows how to navigate the interface and understand fundamental audio concepts. Editors who have traditionally completed audio work inside a nonlinear editing system will benefit from discovering the tools, workflows, and terminology used in professional audio post-production.Check out the new chapter, "2015 Creative Cloud New Features," for information on the latest features and enhancements in Audition CC.04/26/2016
Audition CS6 Essential TrainingBeginnerAudio + Music, VideoAudition(Length: 280 minutes) Audition CS6 Essential Training demonstrates all of the major features of Adobe Audition and prepares sound editors to start enhancing and correcting audio—whether it's music, dialogue, or other sound effects. Author and musician Garrick Chow begins by covering how to import, record, and manage media files, from extracting audio and importing video, to creating a new multitrack session from scratch. The course then dives deep into editing, repairing, and cleaning up audio files, using the Waveform and Multitrack Editors, and the Spectral Frequency Display. It also covers how to use built-in effects, how to mix both stereo and surround audio tracks, and how to work with video projects from Premiere Pro.04/28/2016
Audition CS6: New Features WorkshopBeginnerAudio + Music, Video, video2brainAudition(Length: 102 minutes) Adobe Audition CS6 has lots of new and enhanced features in many areas of the program, including expanded core functionality and some impressive new special effects and controls. In this course, Adobe Master Trainer Maxim Jago walks through all of them, including pitch correction, the new spectral tonal display, support for hardware controllers, and automatic speech alignment. Plus, learn about changes to performance and the user interface, and how these can affect your workflow.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2008 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 420 minutes) AutoCAD is a computer-aided drafting and design program that is the industry standard for a wide variety of 2D and 3D work. AutoCAD 2008 features several improvements over previous versions, but the core functionality and workflows have remained consistent for years. Users who have any of the more recent editions of the software will find AutoCAD 2008 Essential Training to be a valuable resource. Instructor Jeff Bartels has taught and used AutoCAD for a decade, and in this course he focuses on the difficult to master concepts that matter most to professional AutoCAD users. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2009 Essential Training(Length: 409 minutes) 04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2009 New Features(Length: 178 minutes) 04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2009: 2D Drafting TechniquesIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 216 minutes) With a host of new capabilities, AutoCAD 2009 remains the industry standard for 2D drafting. Jeff Bartels draws on his experience as a professional drafter and takes an in–depth look at the AutoCAD features used to communicate design. AutoCAD 2009: 2D Drafting Techniques is intended to be an “industry neutral” course, so the lessons can be applied to any discipline. Starting with synchronizing the AutoCAD workspace and settings, Jeff explores the creation and modification tools, focusing on several sub–options for each command. He discusses utilities such as Draw Order, Groups, and the Geometric Calculator, and demonstrates tools for making powerful selections and managing layers. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2009: Annotation(Length: 158 minutes) 04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2009: Mastering ReferencesIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 123 minutes) References in AutoCAD allow designs to be seen as more than just single drawings. In addition to standard line work, AutoCAD drawings can support images and store project data. Designers can also create projects that link drawings together, each one representing a component of the overall design. In AutoCAD 2009: Mastering References, Jeff Bartels goes deeper into the application, using his experience with civil engineering construction drawings to explore the concept of referencing. Using practical examples, Jeff teaches how to maintain project data, automate parts lists, make global changes using external references, incorporate imagery into drawings, and more. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2010 Essential Training(Length: 411 minutes) 04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2010 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 125 minutes) In AutoCAD 2010 New Features, instructor Jeff Bartels highlights the cutting-edge tools that can make any designer more productive and creative in AutoCAD. Jeff walks through the new interface and the updates to this version, focusing on the features used for editing, measuring, and converting design geometry. He explores the parametric constraint tools and how they can be used to produce truly "smart" designs that speed the development process. Finally, Jeff demonstrates how to use the freeform mesh modeling tools in the creation of a 3D conceptual design. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2011 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 408 minutes) Join Jeff Bartels as he covers the most important features of this industry-standard drafting and design application in AutoCAD 2011 Essential Training. This course begins with a tour of AutoCAD's interface and the tools used to create basic shapes. It then focuses on the methods used to modify and refine geometry while emphasizing accuracy and good habits to build a solid design foundation. The course covers using layers, line types, and colors to organize a drawing file and explains how to efficiently annotate a design and prepare it for final output. Throughout the title, Jeff shares industry techniques used in production and reinforces concepts using practical examples. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2011 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 226 minutes) In AutoCAD 2011 New Features, instructor Jeff Bartels highlights productivity and creativity enhancing additions to the AutoCAD toolset. This course covers improved functions for selecting and creating geometry, updated modification tools for hatches and polylines, simplified parametric constraint tools, and the new dynamic surface modeling techniques for creating complex shapes. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2011: Migrating from Windows to MacBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 165 minutes) AutoCAD 2011: Migrating from Windows to Mac with Jeff Bartels covers the fundamental differences between the 2011 Mac OS X version of AutoCAD and the venerable PC edition, allowing designers to leverage existing AutoCAD skills and easily transition to the new environment. This course runs through both a typical 2D and 3D design workflow, covering its workspace, tools, customization options, and strategies users can apply working in a mixed Windows and Mac environment. Exercise files are included with the course.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essentials: 01 Interface and Drawing ManagementBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 65 minutes) AutoCAD Essentials with Jeff Bartels is a multi-part series that takes a more modular approach to this massive program, used for everything from 2D and 3D CAD design, drafting, and modeling to architectural drawing and engineering projects. This first installment includes a lengthy tour of the interface, from understanding the concept of model space to customizing the AutoCAD preferences and working with dockable palettes. The second half of the course show how to manage your drawings, including getting the most from the mouse and many shortcuts, creating time-saving templates, and plotting from either model space or in a layout.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essentials: 02 Drawing FundamentalsBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 116 minutes) AutoCAD Essentials is a multi-part series that takes a more modular approach to this massive program, used for everything from 2D and 3D CAD design, drafting, and modeling to architectural drawing and engineering projects. In this installment, author Jeff Bartels concentrates on the particulars of creating basic geometry in AutoCAD, including assigning imperial or metric units of measurement, using object snaps to control accuracy, and drawing and transforming basic lines and shapes. The last chapter in the course tests your newfound skills in a short project.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essentials: 03 Editing and Organizing DrawingsBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 130 minutes) Properly managing a drawing is essential to being productive in AutoCAD. In this course, author Jeff Bartels concentrates on the Autodesk AutoCAD tools and features dedicated to organizing and editing geometry. The course covers making selections, creating and adjusting layers, identifying objects with hatch patterns, and scaling, exploding, and joining elements. It also includes lessons on creating fillets and chamfers, copying existing objects into rectangular or circular patterns, and accessing specialized tools that make measurements and calculations a lot easier.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essentials: 04 Annotating a DrawingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 95 minutes) In this installment of AutoCAD Essentials, CAD trainer Jeff Bartels shows how to create and edit text and dimensions in your drawings, and control the appearance of those annotations using styles. The course also covers adding callouts, aka multileaders, to highlight features or add notes to a drawing. The last chapter contains a drawing challenge to give students a chance to use what they have learned, followed by a demonstration where Jeff shows how to solve the challenge.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essentials: 05 Working with ReferencesBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 72 minutes) Join author Jeff Bartels as he explores the world of references—a tool that allows you to link and reuse external content in AutoCAD. The course covers creating and leveraging block symbols, linking to external drawings or Xrefs, and inserting images into projects. The final chapter includes a drawing challenge, where designers are asked to incorporate references into a drawing, and a demo where Jeff shows how to solve the challenge.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2013 Essentials: 06 Sharing Drawings with OthersBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 84 minutes) In this installment of AutoCAD Essentials, author Jeff Bartels shows how to transition designs from concept to construction. Discover how to create hard copies of your drawings that are printed to a measurable scale, tie annotations to a plot scale, so text, dimensions, and callouts are properly sized, and share drawings between different CAD programs. Jeff also takes a close look at the DWF format, which enables clients to mark up drawings without CAD software. The final chapter includes a drawing challenge, where designers have an opportunity to use what they've learned to complete a small project.04/28/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essentials: 01 Interface and Drawing ManagementBeginnerCADAutoCAD, AutoCAD LT(Length: 82 minutes) AutoCAD 2014 Essentials with Jeff Bartels is a multi-part series that takes a more modular approach to this massive program, used for everything from 2D and 3D CAD design, drafting, and modeling to architectural drawing and engineering projects. This installment kicks off the 2014 series with a complete tour of the interface, from understanding the concept of model space to customizing the AutoCAD preferences and working with dockable palettes. The second half of the course shows how to manage your drawings, including getting the most from the mouse and many shortcuts, creating time-saving templates, and plotting from either model space or in a layout.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essentials: 02 Drawing FundamentalsBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 123 minutes) In this installment of AutoCAD 2014 Essentials, author Jeff Bartels concentrates on the particulars of creating basic geometry in AutoCAD, including assigning imperial or metric units of measurement, using object snaps to control accuracy, and drawing and transforming basic lines and shapes. The last chapter in the course tests your newfound skills in a short project where you'll create a small mechanical part.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essentials: 03 Editing and Organizing DrawingsBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 138 minutes) Properly managing a drawing is essential to being productive in AutoCAD. In this AutoCAD 2014 Essentials course, author Jeff Bartels concentrates on the tools and features dedicated to organizing and editing geometry in AutoCAD. Learn how to make selections, create and adjust layers, emphasize objects using hatch patterns, and scale, explode, and join elements. The course also includes lessons on creating fillets and chamfers, copying existing objects into rectangular or circular patterns, and accessing specialized tools that make measurements and calculations a lot easier. At the end, a challenge drawing is provided to test your skills.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essentials: 04 Annotating a DrawingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 102 minutes) Join CAD trainer Jeff Bartels, as he shows how to create and edit text and dimensions in your drawings, and control the appearance of those annotations using styles. Plus, learn to add callouts, aka multileaders, to highlight features or add notes to a drawing. The last chapter includes a drawing challenge that gives you a chance to use what you've learned, followed by a demonstration where Jeff shows how to solve the challenge.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essentials: 05 Working with ReferencesBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 79 minutes) Learn to work with AutoCAD blocks, link to other drawings, and incorporate images into your AutoCAD 2014 projects. Join author Jeff Bartels as he explores the concept of references—a tool that allows you to link to and reuse external content. The course covers creating and leveraging block symbols, attaching and clipping external drawings, and referencing images. The final chapter includes a drawing challenge, where you can apply the skills you've learned, followed by Jeff's step-by-step solution.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 Essentials: 06 Sharing Drawings with OthersBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 95 minutes) Join author Jeff Bartels as he shows how to transition your AutoCAD designs from concepts to workable construction documents. First, discover how to create hard copies of your drawings that are printed to a measurable scale. Then learn to assign annotations to a plot scale, so text, dimensions, and callouts are properly sized. Next, you'll explore how to share drawings with others—even between different CAD programs. Jeff also takes a close look at the DWF format, which enables clients to view and mark up drawings without CAD software. The final chapter offers designers a chance to use what they've learned to complete a small challenge project.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2014 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 124 minutes) Start incorporating all the new features of Autodesk AutoCAD 2014 into your CAD workflow. Author Jeff Bartels covers the new Autodesk 360–enabled collaboration tools, enhanced command line with content and search functionality, and georeferencing options. The new AutoCAD productivity and security features are also explored. Plus learn about working with point cloud data and virtual environments using Autodesk ReCap.04/26/2016
AutoCAD 2015 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD, AutoCAD LT(Length: 515 minutes) Scott Onstott has been using AutoCAD for 24 years and has witnessed its evolution into the world-leading application for computer-aided drafting and design. You too can harness its power and start creating detailed CAD drawings, whatever your field: design, architecture, or engineering. In this in-depth course, Scott shows you how to draw precise, measured 2D drawings—the basis of design communication the world over. Then he shows how to create and modify geometry, layers, blocks, attributes, dimensions, and layouts, and finally, how to start sharing your drawings with others.04/26/2016
*AutoCAD 2016 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD, AutoCAD LT(Length: 526 minutes) Scott Onstott has been using AutoCAD for 24 years and has witnessed its evolution into the most popular industry-standard computer-aided drafting and design application. This course is your detailed introduction to the 2016 version of AutoCAD. Scott begins with the basics of the user interface and leads you step-by-step to learning how to draw the kind of precise, measured 2D drawings that form the basis of design communication the world over. Along the way, you'll learn how to create and modify geometry, layers, blocks, attributes, dimensions, layouts, and how to share your drawings with others.Note: The course is an update to our 2015 training, including new movies on working with object snaps, writing multiline objects, making dimension objects, and more.04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2017 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 520 minutes) Learn everything you need to know to create precise 2D and 3D drawings with AutoCAD 2017. These tutorials provide AutoCAD beginners (and pros who want to learn more) with the skills required to use AutoCAD 2017 effectively in any industry—architecture, engineering, construction, manufacturing, or product design.Autodesk Certified Instructor Shaun Bryant reviews the user interface and leads you step-by-step through all of AutoCAD's tools, menus, and features. Learn how to create and modify geometry, layers, blocks, dimensions, and layouts. Find out how to draw more accurately with AutoCAD's snapping and coordinate model, and add text and annotations that help others understand your drawings. Ready to share your work with others? Discover how to output your drawings in a variety of formats. Even experienced AutoCAD pros can find something new to learn.04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2017 New FeaturesBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 67 minutes) AutoCAD just keeps getting better. Find out about all the new features in AutoCAD 2017 and how they will benefit your design workflow. Autodesk Certified Instructor Shaun Bryant reviews the interface improvements, custom settings migration tool, web publishing and collaboration options for 2D and 3D drawings, high-quality geometry viewing, center marks and centerlines, and PDF import tools. Start watching to become that much more productive and efficient with AutoCAD 2017.04/27/2016
AutoCAD 2017: Migrating from Windows to MacBeginnerCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 67 minutes) After a long hiatus, AutoCAD returned to the Mac platform in 2010. Many features were reimagined or entirely rewrote. Every year the product is improved, but Windows users can still find the Mac interface and toolset a bit jarring. This course compares the Mac and Windows versions of AutoCAD 2017, including interface differences, workflow changes, and feature relationships. Learn the nuances that affect your daily CAD usage, and get the most out of your existing knowledge. Jim LaPier shows how to manage and save files, work in 2D space, use external references, print sheets, model in 3D, and customize AutoCAD for Mac to fit your workflow.12/20/2016
AutoCAD 2018 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 591 minutes) AutoCAD 2018 is a powerful designing and drafting software used to create precise 2D and 3D designs. In this beginner's course, learn how to get started with AutoCAD. Shaun Bryant covers the basics of the user interface, showing how to use the ribbon, change workspaces, use the ViewCube, and work with the Quick Access Toolbar. Shaun also demonstrates how to manage files and options, navigate your drawings, and draw and modify objects. Plus, he explains how to draw more accurately with Grid and Snap, use text and annotations to help others get a clearer understanding of your designs, and work with the native DWG file type. Upon wrapping up this course, you'll be prepared to use AutoCAD competently in any industry—architecture, engineering, construction, manufacturing, or product design.03/23/2017
AutoCAD 2018 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 75 minutes) Explore the new features in AutoCAD 2018, and learn how to leverage the functionality to bolster your productivity, increase your effectiveness, and create the kind of precise, measured 2D drawings that form the basis of design communication the world over. In this course, Shaun Bryant helps you understand the benefits of the new AutoCAD 2018 enhancements, leading you through each new feature. Shaun explains how to work with features like the Drafting Settings dialog box and the Quick Access Toolbar, and shows how to use off-screen selection and linetype gap selection. Plus, he shares how to use PDFs in AutoCAD and change text to MTEXT, and goes into technology and performance enhancements such as high-res monitor support.03/23/2017
AutoCAD Architecture Essential TrainingIntermediateCADAutoCAD Architecture(Length: 447 minutes) AutoCAD is the leader in CAD drafting, and architects around the world use AutoCAD Architecture for modeling their buildings. In this course, author and teacher Paul F. Aubin will take you through the tools and techniques used by professional architects to build amazing structures with this product. Learn how to lay out simple floor plans with wall objects, which automatically form clean joints, and add windows and doors that intelligently cut wall openings. Then discover how to change the style of walls and the graphics to display all types of drawings—from small scale to large, 2D to 3D—with the click of a button. Paul will also show you how to create documentation like site plans, elevations, and sections, complete with schedules and tags.04/26/2016
AutoCAD Certified Professional Prep CourseBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 280 minutes) Become an Autodesk Certified Professional. This training course helps you study for the certification exam while you reinforce your CAD skills. Shaun Bryant helps you understand the two pathways available: Autodesk Certified User—for new designers who want to demonstrate basic proficiency and a commitment to academic success or career development—and Autodesk Certified Professional—for those who possess more advanced skills and can solve complex workflow and design challenges. He then walks through the basic drawing skills, object manipulation techniques, organization skills, annotations, and layout and print options that are necessary to pass both certifications.04/27/2016
AutoCAD Civil 3D Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 433 minutes) AutoCAD Civil 3D software is a design and documentation solution for civil engineering that supports building information modeling (BIM) workflows. By learning to use AutoCAD Civil 3D, you can improve project performance, maintain consistent data, follow standard processes, and respond faster to change.This course gets you up and running with AutoCAD Civil 3D. First, instructor Josh Modglin shows how to model a surface, lay out parcels, and design geometry, including the making of horizontal alignments and vertical profiles. Next, Josh demonstrates how to create corridors, cross sections, pipe networks, and pressure networks. Then, he covers working with feature lines and grading objects, and how to share your data. He wraps up by providing an overview of plan production tools.04/20/2017
AutoCAD Civil 3D: Designing Residential ProjectsIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 192 minutes) Learn to leverage the right Civil 3D tools to complete land development of a residential design project. During this course, Eric Chappell takes you through everything you need to know about parcels and lot grading, helping you to be an effective designer on any residential project. You'll learn how to create, edit, label, and style parcels so that you can effectively design and represent lot layouts. In addition, you'll learn how to leverage specific grading tools—such as the feature line and surface functions—to perform lot grading. Combine this with the Basic Roadway Design with Civil 3D and Civil 3D: Designing Gravity Pipe Systems courses and get the right skills to design residential developments with quality and efficiency.05/20/2016
AutoCAD Civil 3D: Pressure Pipe DesignIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 165 minutes) AutoCAD Civil 3D boasts a line of specialized layout tools designed to help you generate 3D models of pressure networks, such as water transmission systems, gas lines, and force mains. In this course, instructor Eric Chappell explains how to leverage these features to approach the creation of a pressure pipe network, edit your designs, and document them so that others know how to implement your ideas. Eric walks through the complete pressure pipe design process, from the initial creation of pipes and fittings all the way to the analysis stage. Plus, he shares helpful tips and techniques that can help you tackle this aspect of your civil engineering project with ease and efficiency.03/30/2017
AutoCAD Civil 3D: Site DesignIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 218 minutes) Learn to use the right AutoCAD Civil 3D tools for site design projects such as grading and storm design. In this course, Eric Chappell takes you through techniques using surfaces, feature lines, and grading objects, so you can shape the ground to slope, drain, and perform properly. You'll also learn how to leverage Civil 3D's gravity pipe tools, giving you the skills you need to complete the storm-water management aspects of a site project. When you've completed the course, you'll be equipped to tackle any site project using the powerful capabilities of AutoCAD Civil 3D.11/22/2016
AutoCAD Electrical Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 444 minutes) AutoCAD Electrical is a powerful AutoCAD add-on for electrical designers and engineers, offering automated drafting tools for designing wiring, circuiting, PLC modules, panels, and data and schedules. This is on top of all the benefits that AutoCAD brings to the table. This course provides the novice user with the training required to use AutoCAD Electrical quickly and effectively.Shaun Bryant demos the user interface and leads you step-by-step through learning how to draw the kind of precise, measured electrical drawings and schematics that form the basis of design communication in electrical engineering the world over. Learn how to design wiring diagrams, insert components and terminals, use PLC symbols in ladder diagrams, perform point-to-point wiring, create custom symbols, add annotations like title blocks to drawings, and run reports. In the final chapters, Shaun shows how to set up AutoCAD Electrical to your liking by adjusting settings and customizing the built-in templates, and demonstrates how to reuse, copy, export, and verify drawings.06/14/2016
AutoCAD Facilities Management: AreasBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 145 minutes) High-quality facility drawings give organizations the information they need to assign, redesign, and reallocate space, whether it's for manufacturing or offices. When it comes to computer-aided facilities management (CAFM), there is one tool: AutoCAD, Autodesk's flagship CAD platform for Windows and OS X. Get the skills you need to use AutoCAD to calculate available area, understand which percentage is usable space, and export drawings and data for analysis and presentation. Concentrating on the basics, this course guides you step-by-step through a realistic CAFM project, allowing you to learn at your own pace and develop your skills as you go. Author Shaun Bryant shows how to set up drawings, define and measure areas, set up facilities area tables, and annotate drawings. By the end of the course, you'll be able to export the information to applications such as Microsoft Excel, so you can analyze the data in a tabular format.08/23/2016
AutoCAD Facilities Management: OccupancyBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 147 minutes) Computer-aided facilities management (CAFM) is a three-step process. Once you have 1) defined the available area and 2) developed areas into usable spaces, it's time to 3) identify the people and equipment that will occupy each room. AutoCAD, Autodesk's flagship CAD platform, is the world's most popular tool for this job. Join Shaun Bryant as he shows how to use AutoCAD to specify occupancy in your CAFM drawings. He shows how to set up drawings, create occupancy blocks and polylines, define occupancy areas, set up tables to house your occupancy data, and annotate drawings with that data. By the end of the course, you'll be able to export the information to applications such as Microsoft Excel, so you can analyze the data in a tabular format.08/30/2016
AutoCAD Facilities Management: Space ManagementBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 136 minutes) Once you have measured the available area in your facility, the next step in computer-aided facilities management (CAFM) is to develop it into specific spaces with assigned uses: offices, bathrooms, labs, electrical closets, etc. This course shows how to use AutoCAD, Autodesk's flagship CAD platform, for space management. Follow along with Shaun Bryant as he guides you step-by-step through a real-world CAFM project, allowing you to learn at your own pace, developing your skills as you go. He shows how to set up drawings, define spaces with polylines, set up space tables to house your data, and annotate drawings with that data. By the end of the course, you'll be able to export the space management information to applications such as Microsoft Excel, so you can analyze the data in a tabular format.08/30/2016
AutoCAD for Mac 2014 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 18 minutes) With the latest release of AutoCAD for Mac, Autodesk has finally put some of the most requested features into place, including eTransmit support, a Preview button in the plot dialog, and revised Welcome and Online Help screens. With Retina display support, the program now takes advantage of high-res interfaces. Plus, integration with Autodesk 360 allows users to upload and sync files with other users with ease. Take a quick tour of the new interface and these exciting new capabilities in this course with CAD manager Jim LaPier.This course was created and produced by Jim LaPier. We're honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
AutoCAD for Mac 2015 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 249 minutes) AutoCAD for Mac is tailored for OS X, making it the perfect program for CAD designers who want to start drafting on their Macs. This course covers the essential features and techniques every designer needs to know to work with AutoCAD for Mac and create polished, professional drawings. Author Jim LaPier shows how to create and modify geometry, work with layers, create detailed layouts with dimensions and annotations, and plot and share drawings. The course also touches on the basics of 3D modeling in AutoCAD for Mac.04/27/2016
AutoCAD for Mac 2016 New FeaturesBeginnerCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 55 minutes) With every release of AutoCAD, new features are developed and old features are refined. AutoCAD for Mac is no exception. The newest version, AutoCAD for Mac 2016, is a large step forward, including the addition of Express Tools and XREF mapping tools. This AutoCAD training course provides a thorough overview of these new features, as well as dimension and PDF enhancements, general application improvements, and changes to working with text, geometry, and lines.04/27/2016
AutoCAD for Mac 2017 New FeaturesIntermediateCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 24 minutes) Each year AutoCAD for Mac releases an update that includes new features and improvements to existing tools. 2017 includes enhancements to the user interface, including a new toolset palette, a new Quick Access–like toolbar, and a tab-based working area. The biggest new tool by far is the new PDF import function that allows for converting vector PDFs into AutoCAD geometry. Along with some text and graphics improvements and the new License Manager, this is shaping up to be another great release of AutoCAD for Mac. Join Jim LaPier in this short course for a tour of the best new features available in 2017.12/20/2016
AutoCAD Map 3D Essential TrainingIntermediateCAD, ITAutoCAD(Length: 95 minutes) AutoCAD Map 3D enriches your map data, making it more visual and intelligent. Join Gordon Luckett in this course, where he shows how to use this powerful program to edit data within existing AutoCAD drawings and connect to outside databases for new sources of information. He'll also show how to connect to, style, and analyze GIS data, and publish your data and final maps to a web-based map book. All of this and more is possible with AutoCAD Map 3D. Start watching, and learn what it has in store for your organization.04/26/2016
AutoCAD Mechanical Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD MEP(Length: 277 minutes) AutoCAD Mechanical includes the best of AutoCAD along with industry-specific libraries of parts and tools for mechanical engineering, making it a must-learn application for anyone involved in the design and construction of machinery. This course covers the basics of the user interface and leads you step-by-step through producing the kind of precise, measured mechanical drawings that form the basis of mechanical engineering design. Shaun Bryant teaches you how to structure your drawings and data, create and edit geometry, generate parts from the library, and annotate your drawings. Once your designs are adequately detailed, he shows how to create documentation and perform design calculations you'll need for manufacturing. Last but not least, learn how to create templates that are customized to suit your AutoCAD Mechanical workflow, complete with layers, properties, and parts lists.07/12/2016
AutoCAD MEP Essential TrainingIntermediateCADAutoCAD MEP(Length: 191 minutes) AutoCAD MEP helps you build the systems—mechanical, electrical, and plumbing—that connect buildings to the outside world. This course will help you draft, design, and document these systems using MEP's powerful toolset. Author Eric Wing touches on project setup, as well as external referencing and display configurations, before diving into individual modeling scenarios. In one chapter, he'll show how to create electrical power plans and lighting plans with receptacles and lighting fixtures. In the next, it's a mechanical plan, with rooftop units, VAV boxes, ducts, and diffusers. Last, you'll work on a plumbing plan and system. Then he ties the drawings together with smart tags and schedules, and creates section and elevation versions of your plans. Dive in now and learn to eliminate tedious drawing tasks while creating more accurate documentation with MEP.04/26/2016
AutoCAD P&ID Essential Training: AdministratorIntermediateCADAutoCAD P&ID(Length: 215 minutes) The P&ID software from AutoCAD gives you the ability to create, edit, and validate piping and instrumentation design information with AutoCAD-based editing tools. In this course, learn how to set up, customize, and maintain a piping and instrumentation project with this powerful program. Join Irene Radcliffe as she explains how to create and customize a new project, navigate a standard project structure, and add classes and custom properties to build a project symbol library. Irene also shares how to create custom component tags and annotations, modify existing symbols, and more.03/30/2017
AutoCAD P&ID Essential Training: UserIntermediateCADAutoCAD P&ID(Length: 216 minutes) With AutoCAD P&ID software, you can quickly create, edit, and validate piping and instrumentation design information with AutoCAD-based editing tools. In this course, discover how to leverage this powerful software to create a project-based piping and instrumentation diagram. Instructor Irene Radcliffe walks through the desktop environment and goes into the basic functions of the program. She explains how to locate and open a P&ID project, use the Project Manager function to create a new drawing, and build a new drawing by adding equipment, pipe lines, valves, and instrumentation. Irene also helps you understand how tagging works in P&ID, as well as how to use the Data Manager to manage the project database.03/30/2017
AutoCAD Plant 3D Essential Training: Specs & CatalogsBeginnerCADAutoCAD Plant 3D(Length: 105 minutes) How do specifications and catalogs work together, and how can you streamline your piping model designs? This course covers how to use AutoCAD Plant 3D to create a new spec and build contents by leveraging catalog components. Join Irene Radcliffe as she takes you through how to use features in the Plant 3D application, and also how to edit spec elements outside of the application in Excel. After Irene demonstrates how to create specs and use catalogs, she then shows you how to modify and add to each. She also shows you how to work with branch tables and how to ensure branch connections are compliant with a project.07/08/2017
AutoCAD Raster Design Essential TrainingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 79 minutes) You don't have to leave AutoCAD to optimize and vectorize raster data. Use AutoCAD Raster Design to write and process raster images and avoid many of the most tedious redrawing tasks. Join Eric Wing as he shows how to use AutoCAD Raster Design to insert and scale images in your drawings, create masks, rubbersheet images, manage images, clean up and merge images, and define regions and primitives to manipulate raster data. Plus, find out how to vectorize text using Optical Character Recognition technology built into AutoCAD Raster Design.04/27/2016
AutoCAD Tips & Tricks(Length: 8 minutes) 10/11/2016
AutoCAD: 2D & 3D ElevationsIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 178 minutes) Enhance and emphasize your designs to create professional 2D and 3D elevations. This course demonstrates how to use AutoCAD to set up accurate plans, modify layouts, adjust viewports, add 2D elevations, and develop 3D elevations. Join Shaun Bryant as he takes you through how to customize layers, hatches, backgrounds, annotations, modelspaces, and more.06/10/2017
AutoCAD: Annotation Scaling in DrawingsBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 151 minutes) Annotation scaling allows you to scale objects in your layout to ensure that your designs are effectively communicated to the building contractor on the job site, the production team on the factory floor, or the interior designer at the office. As operative design communication is imperative for all AutoCAD users, annotation scaling is a fundamental part of your AutoCAD skillset. In this course, explore objects that can be annotatively scaled in your AutoCAD drawings. Learn about text, blocks, hatching, multileaders, and more.01/31/2017
AutoCAD: Developing CAD StandardsIntermediateCADAutoCAD for Mac(Length: 183 minutes) AutoCAD is the leader in CAD drafting. In this course, author Shaun Bryant takes you through the various CAD standards available that are used by professionals worldwide. Learn how to work with the AutoCAD standard DWS file format, leverage industry standards (including US NCS and BIMuk), and use AutoCAD standards to audit and check against your work. Shaun also shows you how to develop standard AutoCAD templates—complete with title blocks and viewports—to apply your internal CAD standards.07/08/2017
AutoCAD: Effective AnnotatingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 172 minutes) Annotations allow you to communicate your design intent. This Windows-specific course outlines how to use AutoCAD, the flagship CAD platform from Autodesk, to effectively annotate your drawings. Starting with the basics, Shaun Bryant walks you through the different types of annotations, covering dimensions, tables, text, and centerlines. He shows you how to use text in your drawings, dimension accurately, set up an AutoCAD table, and mark up an AutoCAD drawing. Shaun's clear, step-by-step instructions help you master this popular platform at your own pace.01/24/2017
AutoCAD: Express Tools WorkflowBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 82 minutes) Save time and become more productive when working in AutoCAD by using Express Tools. Join Shaun Bryant as he demonstrates how to implement Express Tools into your workflow, replacing formerly tedious, multistep tasks with faster shortcuts. He covers features for attributes, blocks, objects, and text, including his favorite Express Tool, Arc-Aligned Text. He also shows you how to use modification, layout, drawing, and dimension tools. This course goes beyond the familiar menus—Home, Insert, Annotate, Parametric, View, and Manage—to options that are often forgotten, so you can improve your use of AutoCAD.11/08/2016
AutoCAD: Plotting & PublishingBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 142 minutes) When it comes to CAD, "plotting" refers to everything around printing and page setup, while "publishing" refers to electronic output. These techniques are intertwined in AutoCAD. The goal of both is to clearly communicate design intent to the contractors, architects, and engineers involved in the project. Watch this course to learn how to plot and publish your own drawings effectively, using the appropriate tools and settings within AutoCAD 2016. Shaun Bryant covers scaling views, customizing page setups for layouts, and assigning plot styles to change the appearance of your drawings when they go to plot or publish. He also shows how to adjust individual settings in the Plot and Publish dialogs, so that you end up with smart, readable printouts, DWFs, and PDFs.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: Preparing Drawings for Revit LinkingIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 168 minutes) Take your AutoCAD skills to the next level by learning how to set up your drawings to be imported into or linked to Autodesk Revit. In this course, Shaun Bryant explains how to optimize and purge your AutoCAD drawings, so that they import and link seamlessly into Revit. Plus, he guides you through how to set up a simple Revit model based on a 2D linked CAD file, and start to develop the Revit model based on the information in the CAD file. After you wrap up this course, you'll have the skills and knowledge you need to get your drawings ready for Autodesk Revit.06/03/2017
AutoCAD: Tips, Tricks, and Industry SecretsIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 228 minutes) In AutoCAD 2011: Tips, Tricks, and Industry Secrets, Jeff Bartels shows AutoCAD users how to become more efficient power users, reducing the amount of time it takes to accomplish a task, increasing profit margins, and strengthening marketplace competitiveness. The course covers everything from shortcuts used in geometry creation, to program customization, to real world solutions to common problems. Interface customization, block and reference management skills, and express tool usage are also covered. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: Tool PalettesBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 114 minutes) What could make AutoCAD even more flexible and powerful? The answer lies in a humble feature: tool palettes. AutoCAD tool palettes put the commands you need at your fingertips, and they are easy to customize and share. In this course, Shaun Bryant shows you how. Learn how to use AutoCAD DesignCenter to create new tool palettes and insert blocks, styles, hatches, and even DWG files on palettes. Find out how to build palette groups and import and export palettes for sharing. To close, Shaun walks through a three-part workflow for developing a tool palette from scratch, getting you to a point where you can customize tool palettes on your own, and work more quickly and productively on the world's most well-known CAD platform.11/08/2016
AutoCAD: Using the Command LineBeginnerCADAutoCAD(Length: 132 minutes) Find out more about the command line: the Windows-specific AutoCAD feature that helps you draw and navigate more efficiently in AutoCAD 2016. Shaun Bryant shows how to position the command line, customize its settings, and start using commands in your AutoCAD workflow. Starting with the basics (typing simple commands), this course gets you to a point where you can use the command line to work more quickly and productively on the world's most popular CAD platform.04/27/2016
AutoCAD: Working with Drawings Exported From RevitIntermediateCADAutoCAD(Length: 119 minutes) AutoCAD is the leader in CAD drafting, used by designers around the world, and it plays beautifully with Autodesk Revit Architecture. In this course, author Shaun Bryant takes you through how to work with CAD drawings exported from Revit, and use the standards and settings that come through from Revit in AutoCAD. Learn how to work with layers, XREFs, coordinates, Plus, find out how to customize how your Revit drawings come out and make the adjustment process in AutoCAD that much easier.07/08/2017
Autodesk Fusion 360: Designing for WoodBeginnerCADFusion 360(Length: 44 minutes) Fusion 360 offers traditional 3D modeling tools in a flexible environment that's ideally suited to anyone interested in furniture design. This course will show how to use the fundamental tools in Fusion 360 to design 3D components using sketching and leveraging primitive solids, and joining them into an assembly of a complete flat-stack furniture design. Once modeled, the design can be rendered and used to develop detailed drawings and output data that can be sent to a routing table to create the real furniture.11/29/2016
Autodesk Inventor 2017 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 391 minutes) Learn everything you need to know about product and manufacturing design with Autodesk Inventor 2017. In this course, author John Helfen takes you through the interface, tools, and key processes of this industry-leading parametric design system. The main techniques are sketching, parts modeling, assembly building, and drawing. John shows how to create a sketch; turn the sketch into a 3D part with Extrude, Revolve, and Loft commands; combine parts into assemblies; and document your designs. Each of these methods works in conjunction with the others, allowing you to create manufacturing-ready parts and assemblies to present to fabricators, clients, and colleagues.04/27/2016
Autodesk Inventor 2017 New FeaturesBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 41 minutes) Every year, Autodesk Inventor evolves. Inventor 2017 is here and better than ever. Learn about the new tools, features, and workflows in this industry-leading parametric design system. John Helfen reviews parts enhancements, boundary patches, 3D sketching, transparent parts, and the revised presentations system for sharing drawings with clients and colleagues.04/27/2016
Autodesk Inventor 2018 Essential TrainingBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 402 minutes) Get up and running with Inventor 2018, the mechanical design and 3D CAD software from Autodesk. In this course, instructor John Helfen takes an in-depth look at the interface and key processes of this parametric design system, explaining how the different processes work in conjunction with each other to allow you to create parts and assemblies, and document them in a way that helps others understand how your designs can be manufactured. He goes over Autodesk AnyCAD, part modeling, building parts with placed features, and more.03/23/2017
Autodesk Inventor 2018 New FeaturesIntermediateCADInventor(Length: 29 minutes) The release of Autodesk Inventor 2018 introduces a series of new features and improvements to the mechanical design and 3D CAD software. While all of the performance enhancements and updates included in this release may not be applicable to your daily workflow, it's still important to review what's new—you may very well discover a feature that makes your job easier. In this course, follow John Helfen as he walks through the key features in the 2018 release of Inventor. Learn about improvements to 3D annotations, Autodesk AnyCAD, the Extrude feature, and much more.03/23/2017
Autodesk Inventor Routed Systems: HarnessBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 24 minutes) Designing routed systems—including wire harnesses—has never been easier than with Autodesk Inventor. Inventor's rules-based routing tools select the appropriate connectors, allowing you to easily change to a different style. Join Thom Tremblay as he shows how to use automated and manual routes to add wires to your harness assemblies. Learn how to change harness settings, build electrical connections, import data from AutoCAD Electrical, add harness segments, and route wires. Plus, learn how to generate a harness report and create a nailboard drawing.11/08/2016
Autodesk Inventor Routed Systems: PipesCADInventor(Length: 25 minutes) Designing routed elements—including piping—has never been easier than with Autodesk Inventor. Inventor's rules-based routing tools select the appropriate fittings, and allow you to easily change to a different style. Inventor will repopulate the pipe run with the new fittings while adhering to any new design rules. Join Thom Tremblay as he shows how to use automated and manual routes to create piping systems through your assemblies. Learn how to edit members of a run; change pipe styles based on material, diameter, length, radius, and more; duplicate routes; and document your designs in detailed 2D drawings.10/25/2016
Autodesk Inventor Routed Systems: TubingBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 34 minutes) Designing routed elements—including tubing and flexible hose—has never been easier than with Autodesk Inventor. Inventor's rules-based routing tools select the appropriate fittings, allowing you to easily change to a different style of fittings. Inventor will repopulate the run with the new fittings while adhering to any new design rules. Join Thom Tremblay as he shows how to use automated and manual routes to create tubing systems through your assemblies. Learn how to edit members of a run; change tube and pipe styles based on material, diameter, length, radius, and more; duplicate routes; and route hoses. Plus, learn how to document your design and output different formats for manufacturing.11/01/2016
Autodesk Inventor: Accelerating Design Using StandardsIntermediateCADInventor(Length: 52 minutes) Inventor—the mechanical design and 3D CAD software from Autodesk—boasts an array of powerful design and engineering tools. In this course, learn about a particular group of tools in Inventor that make it easier to find and include standard components in your designs. Thom Tremblay starts by showing how to access the Design Accelerator tools—which have actually been built into Inventor for years. He explains how to replace the often tedious process of adding bolted connections, metal frames, and gears to a design with a smarter and simpler process. In addition, he discusses how to use the range of motion and loads of an assembly to generate a spring.07/08/2017
Autodesk Inventor: PresentationsBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 36 minutes) Presentations make ideas clearer to colleagues and more impressive to clients. Learn to create presentations with visually compelling features, such as exploded views, to improve your documentation in the enhanced Autodesk Inventor presentation environment. In this course, John Helfen covers the new tools and publication workflows in Autodesk Inventory 2016, including storyboards, snapshots, and component trails that show where parts are located. He also shows how to add cameras and animate presentations to create more dynamic 360° views of parts and assemblies. If you are looking for new documentation or client presentation options, this course is designed for you.07/12/2016
Autodesk Inventor: Product Design WorkflowBeginnerCADInventor(Length: 102 minutes) So you've completed the Inventor Essential Training. Now you're looking for a challenging project to lock in your new skills. This course is for you: a retro product design project for a vintage beverage caddy. Jana Schmidt walks through a typical product design workflow in Inventor—sketching, modeling parts, building assemblies, and producing final drawings—all in the context of an eye-catching design.Jana reviews techniques such as setting up your project file; creating and modifying geometry; creating extrusions, sweeps, and lofts; and working with Inventor's freeform tools. She also shows how to combine your parts in an assembly, create presentation-quality animations and still renders of the design, and document the product design with working 2D drawings.04/27/2016
Autodesk Inventor: Rendering & AnimationBeginner3D + Animation, CADInventor(Length: 116 minutes) Rendering and animation allow designers to showcase their work and prove functionality before manufacturing a product. Luckily Autodesk Inventor has these presentation features built right in. This course, designed by Autodesk Certified Instructor Alex Hammel, shows how to use Inventor's tools to render and animate existing 3D models, and change the lighting, cameras, styles, and background scenes to produce more realistic images and animations. These techniques are useful for animating models to show product functionality and present final design concepts that showcase your parts and assemblies.04/27/2016
AVFoundation Essentials for iOS with SwiftIntermediateDeveloperiOS SDK, Swift(Length: 95 minutes) Want to add audio and video into your iOS apps? You need AVFoundation, the strong and flexible iOS framework for audiovisual playback and management. Ron Buencamino covers the fundamentals of programming with AVFoundation and Swift 3, showing classes like AVAudioRecorder and AVCaptureSession in action during the development of a streaming music app and a video editing app. Learn how to record audio and video, play back media, and add custom features like overlays and text to video, all with a few line of code.11/01/2016
Avid Media Composer 5 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoMedia Composer(Length: 354 minutes) In Avid Media Composer 5 Essential Training, author Ashley Kennedy demonstrates basic and intermediate editing techniques in Media Composer, one of the most widely used nonlinear, video editing systems. This course covers how to build sequences, mix audio, color correct footage, apply effects, and troubleshoot common post-production issues in Media Composer. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Avid Media Composer 5 Getting StartedBeginnerVideoMedia Composer(Length: 190 minutes) In Avid Media Composer 5 Getting Started, author Steve Holyhead explores the tools and techniques in Media Composer for producing great looking video, as well as the basics of high definition media formats. This course walks through the video production workflow from input to editing to output, covers key information such as trim concepts and frame rates, and introduces techniques such as color correction, footage stabilization, and real-time audio effects. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Avid Media Composer 6 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoMedia Composer(Length: 416 minutes) In this course, author Ashley Kennedy demonstrates basic and intermediate video editing techniques in Avid Media Composer. The course explains how to build sequences, mix audio, apply effects, and color-correct footage. The course also shows how to create titles, manage and output media, capture and import footage, and troubleshoot common post-production issues.04/28/2016
Avid Media Composer 7 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoMedia Composer(Length: 441 minutes) Avid Media Composer is among the dominant nonlinear editing solutions in the film and television industry and it's a must-know for aspiring filmmakers. Join author Ashley Kennedy in this course, as she demonstrates basic and intermediate video editing techniques in Media Composer. Learn how to build sequences—everything from simple montages to more complex, interview-based packages—and mix audio, apply effects, and color-correct footage. The course also shows how to create titles, capture and import footage, manage and output media, and troubleshoot common post-production issues, so you'll be prepared to take your movie all the way from concept to creation. Note: This course is an update to Avid Media Composer 6 Essential Training, with additional movies to reflect applicable changes in version 7.04/26/2016
Avid Media Composer 8 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoMedia Composer(Length: 633 minutes) Avid Media Composer 8 Essential Training is a start-to-finish, project-based course designed to get you up to speed on every aspect of Avid Media Composer. Staff author Ashley Kennedy begins with a fast-track chapter that breaks down the entire editing process into eight steps—great as an overview for new editors, and a good crash course in Media Composer for editors migrating from other platforms. She then focuses on getting you comfortable with each stage of the editing process—from preparation and organization to editing and refining, to audio and effects, to media management and output. Each post-production technique is explained thoroughly and concisely, using real-world examples from a documentary-style promo project. Dive in and learn how to take your projects from concept to creation.Note: This Avid Media Composer v. 8 Essential Training only addresses software updates up to v. 8.5. if you are using Media Composer v. 8.6 or later, please access the following courses instead:Media Composer 8.7 Essential Training: 101Media Composer 8.7 Essential Training: 11004/26/2016
Avid Xpress Pro 5.5 Essential EditingBeginnerVideoXpress Pro(Length: 290 minutes) All filmmakers and television producers (budding and experienced alike) will probably use an Avid product at some point in their careers. Avid Xpress Pro 5.5 Essential Editing covers the latest version of this high-end editing application, from the basics of using its interface to the ins and outs of rendering, creating titles and credits, and importing and exporting footage. Chris also demonstrates a range of hands-on editing techniques. Exercise files accompany this training.04/27/2016
Avoiding BurnoutBeginnerBusiness(Length: 32 minutes) Prolonged periods of stress—related to your work, your home life, or your health—can lead to burnout. Burnout reduces our productivity and saps our energy, leaving us overwhelmed by everyday tasks and feeling increasingly cynical and resentful. In this course, Todd Dewett helps you recognize some of the most common causes of burnout, such as long hours, too much travel, tight deadlines, and no vacation, so that you can figure out how to prevent stress from building up and help yourself recover.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Avoiding Phishing Scams(Length: 6 minutes) 06/03/2017
AWK Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloper, ITLinux(Length: 121 minutes) So you've got a large data set. New information is always coming in, and it's messy and inconsistent. Text files, Excel spreadsheets, web forms, email messages, and so on. You'd like to find a way to format it into something clean and consistent you can use in a database, and you'd like to automate that process as much as possible. Enter AWK, a command-line tool for Mac, Unix, and Linux that allows you to manipulate data in powerful ways.In this course, award-winning author and teacher David D. Levine shows you how to use AWK to read and write data in a variety of formats, produce reports, and automate repetitive tasks. He reviews the nuts and bolts of the language, such as field separators, pattern matching, variables, operators, expressions, and control structures; functions available for manipulating data; and integration with other programs like Excel.04/26/2016
AWS for DevOps: Continuous Delivery and Process AutomationAdvancedITAmazon Web Services(Length: 122 minutes) Amazon Web Services (AWS) has several powerful features and services that support processes automation and continuous delivery. Learn how to leverage several core services, including CodeCommit, CodeBuild, CodeDeploy and CodePipeline. See how to use the AWS command line interface to write and run scripts for automations. Discover best practices you can follow, and third-party tools you can use, to successfully set up automated processes and implement continuous delivery, and find out how to effectively manage application updates. This course can also be used as an exam preparation resource, as it covers the topics in the first domain of the AWS Certified DevOps Engineer exam: Continuous Delivery and Process Automation.07/08/2017
AWS for DevOps: High Availability and ElasticityAdvancedITAmazon Web Services(Length: 153 minutes) In this course, instructor Lynn Langit teaches learners how to use AWS design patterns, tools, and best practices for high availability (HA) and effective application scaling (elasticity). This includes the use of AWS patterns for HA and scaling in both serverless and server-based applications, along with approaches for front-end, middle, and database application tiers. Plus, learn to use the core scripting tool—the AWS CLI—to write and run scripts for automation, and scale your solutions up, down, in, and out.07/08/2017
Azure DevTest Labs Quick StartBeginnerITAzure(Length: 33 minutes) Azure DevTest Labs help you efficiently create environments in Azure, and quickly provision development and test environments for both Windows and Linux. In this course, join Sharon Bennett as she provides a quick introduction to the DevTest environment and—through a series of short demos—takes you through setup and configuration. She explains how to create a DevTest Lab environment using the Azure portal and create a virtual machine for DevTest Labs. She shows how to set policies, users, and schedules. In addition, she discusses how to remove the Azure DevTest Lab and associated resource group, ensuring that you're not billed for unused resources.06/18/2017
Azure Functions First LookBeginnerDeveloperAzure(Length: 71 minutes) Azure Functions—a serverless computer service from Microsoft—can help you enhance your development workflow by allowing you to run code without needing to provision or manage infrastructure. In this course, learn how to create and use Azure Functions. Anton Delsink explains how to use Azure Functions with webhooks, and how to create Azure Functions with various languages, including C#. When you wrap up this course, you'll have the knowledge you need to create an Azure Function, configure services to interact with Azure Functions, and create Azure Functions that interact with various cloud services.07/08/2017
Balanced Scorecard and Key Performance IndicatorsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 77 minutes) There's a critical link between an organization's goals and its performance metrics. A beautiful mission statement is nothing without specific, actionable measures that provide incentives to succeed. These actionable numeric measures are called key performance indicators (KPIs) and can be organized into a structure called the balanced scorecard. The scorecard helps you quantify business performance over time: weeks, months, quarters, or even years. In this course, accounting professors Jim and Kay Stice explain what KPIs your business should consider in a balanced scorecard, from financial goals to employee and customer satisfaction. They describe how to craft a clear mission statement that complements your KPIs, and how to tie performance to incentives. Plus, get a look at KPIs in action, as Jim and Kay break down a case study examining a trucking company's balanced scorecard.08/09/2016
Balancing Work and LifeIntermediateBusiness(Length: 28 minutes) Learn how to have it all and enjoy it all by balancing your life and work. In this talk, author and business coach Dave Crenshaw explores smart strategies to make work a focus at work and give yourself time to enjoy your time at home. In the bonus Q&A chapter, he tackles tough questions like these: What are the warning signs that my life is out of balance? How do I keep balance when I travel so frequently? How do I balance work, life, and school?04/26/2016
Banjo Lessons with Lynda.com: 1 FundamentalsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 163 minutes) Learn how to play banjo with United States Artists Friends Fellow and multi-Grammy nominee Tony Trischka. Learn at your own pace from the comfort of your home, or anywhere else you can carry your instrument and your learning device. This 4-part definitive video library includes hundreds of banjo lessons and performances, plus banjo tabs, backing tracks, and other study materials. Part 1 covers the fundamentals: holding a banjo, tuning a banjo, reading music, and positioning your right and left hands. Tony covers some simple finger picking and thumb rolls, and introduces exercises to help strengthen your fingers and play some simple tunes. Plus, learn the classic bluegrass songs that any banjo player needs to know, such as "Sourwood Mountain" and "Wildwood Flower."Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.10/11/2016
Banjo Lessons with Lynda.com: 2 Hammer-Ons and Pull-OffsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 174 minutes) Learn how to play banjo with United States Artists Friends Fellow and multi-Grammy nominee Tony Trischka. For more than 35 years, Tony has inspired and instructed countless bluegrass and acoustic musicians. Learn at your own pace from the comfort of your home, or anywhere else you can carry your instrument and your learning device. This 4-part definitive video library includes hundreds of banjo lessons and performances, plus banjo tabs, backing tracks, and other study materials. Once you've mastered the fundamentals, Part 2 teaches you how to play more carefully, with increased speed and mastery, and use hammer-ons and pull-offs to play specific note combinations in a smooth and connected way. Tony introduces some exercises to help you correct your posture and train your ear, as well as variations of popular banjo tunes such as "John Hardy" and "Down in the Valley."Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.10/11/2016
Banjo Lessons with Lynda.com: 3 Playing SongsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 208 minutes) Learn how to play banjo with United States Artists Friends Fellow and multi-Grammy nominee Tony Trischka. For more than 35 years, Tony has inspired and instructed countless bluegrass and acoustic musicians. Learn at your own pace from the comfort of your home, or anywhere else you can carry your instrument and your learning device. This 4-part definitive video library includes hundreds of banjo lessons and performances, plus banjo tabs, backing tracks, and other study materials. Part 3 gives you next-level intermediate skills for playing almost any song, as well as improving your repertoire and playing backup. Learn to incorporate harmonics, tune your bridge placement, play in a melodic, scaled-based style, and use Tony's tips to break through periods of stagnant playing, such as transcribing tunes you already know and transposing songs into different keys. Along the way, he introduces a variety of popular bluegrass, folk, and blues tunes, including "Banks of the Ohio" and "Worried Man Blues."Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.10/11/2016
Banjo Lessons with Lynda.com: 4 Improvisation and Melodic StylesBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 92 minutes) Learn how to play banjo with United States Artists Friends Fellow and multi-Grammy nominee Tony Trischka. Learn at your own pace from the comfort of your home, or anywhere else you can carry your instrument and your learning device. This 4-part definitive video library includes hundreds of banjo lessons and performances, plus banjo tabs, backing tracks, and other study materials. Part 4 is an advanced course designed to help you strengthen your improvisation skills and melodic style. Tony provides simple exercises, such as melodic scale patterns and single-string scales, to help you practice, and provides tools to add more unique sounds into your repertoire. Plus, learn the backward-alternating thumb roll—a very useful picking pattern for improvising—and advanced scale techniques. As with all the Banjo Lessons courses, Tony breaks down a selection of classic banjo tunes so you can see and hear how the techniques work in a professional's hands.Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.10/11/2016
Basic Installation and Configuration of Windows Server 2012BeginnerITWindows Server(Length: 81 minutes) Get a practical introduction to setting up Windows Server 2012. Timothy Pintello breaks down this basic IT task into its core components: installation, roles and services configuration, and local storage setup. He shows you how to practice these steps with VirtualBox and gain real experience without the cost or risks associated with expensive hardware.Learn how to choose an edition that's right for your setup, install Windows Server 2012 and the VirtualBox drivers, and then configure the services and roles on your new server. Timothy also shows how to set up local storage and manage Windows Server in one of two ways: through the command line or with the simple admin interface that ships with Windows Server.04/26/2016
Basic Roadway Design with Civil 3DBeginnerCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 167 minutes) Roadway design is one of the most powerful capabilities of Civil 3D and one of the most common design tasks performed with it. It requires the use of several major Civil 3D features—alignments, profiles, and corridors—and an understanding of how they fit together in a complete road-design model. Eric Chappell shows you how to use these features to establish the path of your road, specify elevations, and define the makeup and cross-sectional elements of your design. The final chapter contains bonus tutorials on designing intersections—complex traffic junctions that Civil 3D makes surprisingly simple to design.04/26/2016
Basics of Using the Nik CollectionBeginnerPhotographyNik(Length: 60 minutes) Learn the basic techniques for working with the affordable, easy-to-use Nik Collection, a group of photo enhancement plugins from Google. This course provides a great way to get up to speed quickly with the full Nik Collection, including workflows for integrating the plugins with your Lightroom and Photoshop workflows. Tim Grey touches on interface options, presets, loupe and histogram behavior, preview options, and other features that are common to all the programs in the collection: Analog Efex Pro, Color Efex Pro, Silver Efex Pro 2, HDR Efex Pro, Sharpener Pro, Viveza, and Dfine.This course was created by Tim Grey. We are honored to host this training in our library.04/26/2016
Bass: Teach YourselfBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 142 minutes) Learn how to play the bass guitar. In this easy-to-follow course, guitar virtuoso Jared Meeker starts off with the basics; learn how to tune and hold your bass, familiarize yourself with the parts of the instrument, and get acquainted with tablature. As you progress through the course, Jared introduces you to different rhythms and keys, eventually moving on to more advanced concepts such as playing from chord sheets or tackling rock and roll licks from different eras.Note: This course was created and produced by Alfred Music. We are honored to host this training in our library.03/09/2017
Beat Making with MASCHINEIntermediateAudio + MusicMASCHINE(Length: 93 minutes) MASCHINE is the go-to technology for making beats. This course is your go-to guide. Join producer and instructor JK Swopes as he demonstrates how to create beats using MASCHINE's built-in sounds, expansions, and samples. He covers basic rhythmic theory, and MASCHINE's main features for altering the sounds of a performance, including swing, quantization, and velocity. Next, he moves into making beats with the built-in sounds and official MASCHINE expansions, and creating melodies, drum parts, bass lines, and percussion tracks. He also demonstrates how to add variety to your patterns and arrange your patterns into a full song structure.In Chapter 3, JK uses the same techniques to make a new sample-based track—a great way to make custom sounds you won't hear anywhere else. Start watching to learn how to make your own beats with MASCHINE.04/27/2016
Become a Purpose-Driven Sales ProfessionalIntermediateBusiness(Length: 66 minutes) Best-selling author and sales leadership consultant Lisa Earle McLeod has built her business by helping companies like Apple, Kimberly-Clark, and Roche build passionate, purpose-driven sales organizations. Her research has revealed that salespeople who focus on their purpose—to improve their customers' lives—rather than a metric assigned to them (quotas) actually sell more and are happier in their roles. In this course, Lisa outlines key techniques to find and leverage your "noble purpose" and connect with customers on a deeper level. Learn the three key elements of a great call opening, when and when not to use a pitch deck, and the secrets to creating a sales process that can flex with different customer types. Last, she provides advice to develop yourself professionally, such as how to talk to senior leaders and position yourself as a strategy partner instead of a pitchman, when and how to take your boss on a sales call, and how to network effectively. Use these tips to close bigger, close faster, and make your work more meaningful.08/02/2016
Becoming a Good MentorBeginnerBusiness(Length: 60 minutes) Becoming a mentor gives you a way to share your wisdom and knowledge with someone less experienced. People who mentor also benefit; studies have shown they often earn more money and promotions than nonmentors. But there are some important guidelines to consider before you start this mutually beneficial relationship. In the course, professor Ellen Ensher, author of Power Mentoring, explains how to get to know your protégé, shares the dos and don'ts for appropriate self-disclosure, and helps you develop a structure and agenda for each mentoring meeting. She also offers guidance on building trust and chemistry, providing feedback, and helping your protégé make critical career and work decisions and become resilient in the face of challenges. She also helps you address common obstacles, including a protégé that fails to meet expectations or violates trust, and explains how to gracefully exit the relationship. Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.11/01/2016
Becoming a Thought LeaderIntermediateBusiness(Length: 44 minutes) Join author and business coach Dave Crenshaw as he shows you the keys to becoming a respected thought leader and authority in your field. Whether you're already a visible professional or hoping to improve your presence, decision-making ability, and influence, this course can prepare you to take a meaningful step forward. Being recognized as a thought leader and authority inside and outside your company builds career capital and paves the way for new opportunities. This course demonstrates a step-by-step process to help you identify your thought leadership focus, find a mentor, develop expertise within your company, build a meaningful network externally, and develop personal publicity.This course is one of a series of five Dave Crenshaw courses based on his Invaluable teaching methodology for professional development.04/28/2016
Becoming a Triple-Threat Project ManagerBeginnerBusiness(Length: 27 minutes) Meet the modern project manager: a triple threat who's savvy in project management, business analysis, and change management. In this short course, author and PMP Bob McGannon teaches you how these three fields are coming together and reinventing project management to produce better business outcomes. Discover how they intertwine and help project managers deliver projects with clearer scope, tighter budget, and better results.04/26/2016
Becoming a Web Developer: Full Stack vs Front EndBeginnerDeveloper, Web(Length: 40 minutes) Do you want to become a web developer? Nowadays, web development isn't one job. There is a range of technologies and career options to explore. The core responsibilities are split two ways—between front-end developers who specialize in websites and applications and back-end developers who work with servers and databases—but you can also become a full-stack developer who oversees all aspects of a project. This course provides an overview of the different jobs available in web development, the tools and frameworks to focus on, and the skills each job entails. Senior staff author Ray Villalobos also provides tips on finding training, getting hired, and maximizing your earning potential in this lucrative and exciting field.06/25/2016
Before & After Case Study: Informational Sign RedesignBeginnerDesign(Length: 35 minutes) Informational signs have two purposes: to report information and to make it appealing to visitors new and old. In this way, signs have much in common with other projects designers work on everyday: websites, brochures, posters, etc. In this course, John McWade, lynda.com senior author and publisher of Before & After magazine, is tasked with rebuilding a poorly designed sign for an Audubon-recognized bird-watching area in Seneca Falls, NY. He takes members through the deconstruction of his thought process (what information does this sign need to contain and how should it be laid out?) and then rebuilds both the content and the design. He first determines what images and information need reworking, and then with a basic set of design tools he reworks the copy, typography, imagery, and layout. Members will get an over-the-shoulder view as he determines the best way to showcase the sign's complex information in a compelling and eye-catching way.04/27/2016
Before & After Case Study: Small Business Identity RedesignBeginnerDesign(Length: 59 minutes) Your client needs new branding. The current design is no longer relevant, accurate, or even consistent. Where to start? In this case study, senior staff author John McWade walks through the identity redesign for a small frame shop, reviewing the "before" and reframing the "after." He tackles the job piece by piece, explaining the choices he is making when it comes to typography, image choice, color, balance, and layout. The final design is clearly identifiable, and conveys abstract ideas of quality and craftsmanship. Watch and use John's examples and techniques to help guide the design of your next identity project.04/27/2016
Before & After: Cropping PhotographsBeginnerDesign(Length: 46 minutes) Cropping is essential to good design. In this course, senior author John McWade shows members how to transform images that are often bland at first glance, but can be cropped and integrated into the layout in a way that is powerful and eye-catching. He discusses seven types of crops, including hard crops, split crops, and false crops, and shows how to compose an image, crop for extreme proportions, and elevate the intensity of a weak photo—without any retouching or special effects.04/26/2016
Before & After: Graphic Design Best Practices(Length: 130 minutes) 04/27/2016
Before & After: Graphic Design TechniquesBeginnerDesign(Length: 67 minutes) Take a creative refresher course with these 18 simple design techniques that will immediately improve your layouts, brought to you by John McWade, founder and creative director of Before & After magazine. These tutorials combine instruction on topics like designs without graphics, extreme cropping, big and small type, logo design, and more, with John's distinct visual learning style.This course was created and produced by the Before & After magazine team. We are honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
Before & After: How to Set Perfect TextBeginnerDesign(Length: 63 minutes) When type is the star of your design, you want to make sure to set it perfectly. lynda.com's Before & After guru John McWade shows us what good type looks like. He walks through choosing the right typeface and styling type—without using the automatic settings on which many designers rely. Instead, he counsels us to really see type and then adjust the letterforms so they are balanced and beautiful.Along the way, he touches on points small and large: indents, sizing, spacing, line length, punctuation, and the main differences between setting text for screen versus print.04/27/2016
Before & After: Logo Design Tips and TricksBeginnerDesign(Length: 57 minutes) You don't need to be an artist or designer to create an excellent logo. The best ones are simple—often just a word or a shape. However, the opposite is also true. Logos can be difficult precisely because it's so easy to overthink them. John McWade approaches logo design from a different perspective. He speaks to designers and nondesigners alike, offering tips and tricks to create simple, beautiful logos that get the message across with a minimum of fuss. After all, the most iconic logos—think Apple, Nike, and Disney—are some of the simplest. Follow along and learn how to apply the principles of these master brands to your own logo design.04/27/2016
Before & After: Things Every Designer Should KnowBeginnerDesign(Length: 65 minutes) Appearance may not be everything, but how something looks has a fundamental impact on how it's perceived, what it communicates, and whether it succeeds. In this course, author John McWade of Before & After magazine shares foundational graphic design techniques that will make your page, screen, product, or presentation look and perform its best.These design essentials can be used by nondesigners as tips, tricks, and shortcuts, and by professionals as building blocks to greater understanding. Each lesson is a short, easy-to-understand how-to that can be applied regardless of the brand of software and hardware you use.This course was created and produced by the Before & After magazine team. We are honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
Beginning Acoustic GuitarBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 185 minutes) Learn how to play guitar at your own pace. These easy-to-follow videos features examples in TAB and standard music notation, and hands-on instruction by guitar virtuoso Jared Meeker. You'll learn how to hold the instrument, play with a pick, count time, read music, and play simple chords. After mastering these basics, you'll be introduced to fingerpicking, barre chords, improvisation, music theory, and a variety of styles, including blues, rock, country, and folk. Beginning Acoustic Guitar is a must-have for anyone serious about starting to learn acoustic guitar.09/06/2016
Beginning Blues KeyboardBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 53 minutes) Learn how to play blues piano. In this course, Tricia Woods dives into the basic building blocks of blues, and helps you acquire the skills you need to really sound like a blues player. To begin, Tricia demonstrates the chord progressions for the 12-bar blues—the most classic of all blues forms. Next, she discusses the blues scale, dominant chords, comping, turnaround, endings, introductions, boogie-woogie bass lines, and more.Note: This course was created and produced by Alfred Music. We are honored to host this training in our library.03/02/2017
Beginning UkuleleBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 131 minutes) Pick up the ukulele at your own pace. Follow Grammy-winning artist Daniel Ho as he shows you how to change chords, read standard music notation, and approach music theory concepts like the major scale, intervals, and harmony. Explore the surprising range of this fun little instrument by practicing movable chords and left-hand mute strokes for reggae and soul, trying out the blues shuffle rhythm, and strumming Hawaiian tunes. To help you practice what you learn, he shows you how to play a fiddle tune, "Solider's Joy," and the beloved island standby, "Aloha 'Oe." He wraps up with a performance of his own; watch as he performs "Bicycle Holiday" and "Living in Paradise."01/10/2017
Bento 2 Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessBento(Length: 202 minutes) Bento is a personal data organizer for Leopard that provides a place to store any information Mac users might want to collect, track, or connect. In Bento 2 Essential Training, database expert Cris Ippolite introduces the concept of databases to Bento users and demonstrates techniques for getting data into the application. He describes the features of Bento that allow Mac users to create libraries and Smart Collections for all sorts of information, and he shows how to use calculation and media fields. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Bento 2 New FeaturesIntermediateBusinessBento(Length: 35 minutes) In Bento 2 New Features, Cris Ippolite focuses on the upgraded functions that make Bento 2 even easier to use. He shows how Bento can link with Apple Mail and RSS articles, demonstrates how to link maps to addresses from an address book, and how to link iChats to records. Cris also demonstrates new ways to customize forms using the themes Bento provides. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
Bento Essential Training(Length: 131 minutes) 04/27/2016
Best Practices for Flash-based Banner AdsIntermediateBusiness, Web, MarketingFlash Professional(Length: 239 minutes) Build eye-catching banner ads in Flash Professional that achieve design goals and satisfy the requirements of search engines and the sites where the ads will display. Author Anastasia McCune explores the current standards of banner ad design, offers a series of best practices for technical development, including incorporating video, and details the necessary information to gather from clients and publishers in order to build an ad. Then Anastasia constructs a number of banner ad examples—simple, expandable, and multi-panel—from start to finish, showing how to optimize assets and add interactivity.04/28/2016
Beyond Skin: Going Deeper with Photoshop CS3(Length: 236 minutes) 04/27/2016
BIM Manager: Autodesk Applications Setup & DeploymentIntermediateCAD(Length: 48 minutes) Autodesk products offer an array of powerful features that can help you make your design ideas a reality. In this course, learn how to register Autodesk products, and deploy the correct applications across several different networks. Eric Wing begins by showing how to find your software and navigate the Autodesk site. Next, he examines what's in each suite of software and covers creating network deployments. Eric shows how to configure the Network License Manager and modify a deployment. Plus, he takes you through how to configure your applications—showing how to set up Revit, a Revit and Navisworks deployment, and an AutoCAD MEP deployment—and add service packs to a deployment.05/04/2017
BIM Manager: Managing AutoCAD MEP & AutoCAD Civil 3DIntermediateCADAutoCAD MEP, AutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 75 minutes) Discover how building information modeling (BIM) managers set up AutoCAD MEP and AutoCAD Civil 3D in a shared environment. To begin, learn how to automate your startup with LISP and create variable settings. Next, explore how to create text, create dimension and multileader styles, and make custom palettes using the content browser. This course walks you through deployments, content development, system management, and more.02/22/2017
BIM Manager: Managing BIM 360IntermediateCADAutodesk 360(Length: 36 minutes) If you are ready to learn how building information modeling is managed full circle—from concept design and construction to maintenance and renovation—this course is for you. First, explore the different BIM 360 applications available. Then, see how to set up an A360 team so you can create a project and assign users to it. Next, discover how to use A360 Drive for file storage and transfer. Finally, learn how install and use 360 for Revit (C4R).05/11/2017
BIM Manager: Managing CAD StandardsIntermediateCAD(Length: 55 minutes) Gain insight on why CAD standards are important to your firm, and what actually goes into a successful standards implementation. To begin, learn about the CAD, BIM, and virtual design and construction (VDC) manager roles. Next, learn about the National CAD Standard (NCS), and look at sheet numbering, approved border formats, text styles, and lineweights as they relate to NCS. Plus, learn about the BIM Level of Detail, COBie and IFC formats, assigning a project CAD lead, reviewing the QA and QC process, and more.02/22/2017
BIM Manager: Managing RevitIntermediateCADAutoCAD, Revit(Length: 161 minutes) Gain insight on how building information modeling (BIM) managers use Revit, and how you can align this software with your company's standards and workflow. To begin, create custom borders and shared parameters, and add a symbol list. Next, create custom templates using filters, phasing, and project browser organization. This course shows you how to perform these steps and how to model callout tags, elevation markers, sections, and levels, as well as how to set up a typical Revit work-sharing environment and master details model.12/20/2016
BIM Tools Weekly(Length: 8 minutes) 07/18/2017
Bing Ads Essential TrainingBeginnerMarketingBing Ads(Length: 151 minutes) Leverage all of the features available in Bing Ads, the popular ads program from Microsoft, to run stellar marketing campaigns with one of the world's leading ad networks. This comprehensive course begins with an overview of the Bing landscape, and then guides you through creating an account, setting bids, writing effective ads, and selecting keywords. Familiarize yourself with important Bing Ads policies in order to save time and make sure your campaigns are approved quickly. Learn about ad extensions, targeting, and setting up Universal Event Tracking, as well as how to use available tools—for example, the Bing Ads Intelligence tool—to successfully carry out campaign optimization.02/07/2017
Bing Ads Essential TrainingBeginnerMarketingBing Ads(Length: 104 minutes) Microsoft's Bing Ads platform is a great place to reach more customers across the Yahoo Bing Network to accelerate your business and brand. This course shows how to master the Bing Ads platform, and Bing Ads will help North American lynda.com members get a jump-start in implementing what they'll learn with $50 of free advertising available for US and Canadian members.The course begins with an overview of Bing Ads and the search landscape, and then PPC expert Joseph Kerschbaum guides viewers through creating an account and placing ads with Bing Ads and across the Yahoo! Bing Network.The course then explores best practices for organizing campaigns and ad groups and appropriately matching keywords. Joseph includes tutorials on setting bids and budgets, writing effective ads, and launching and testing variants. Plus, learn how to import AdWords campaigns, measure the performance of your ads, and address important Quality Score issues.04/26/2016
Black and White with Lightroom and PhotoshopIntermediatePhotographyPhotoshop, Lightroom(Length: 99 minutes) Shoot in color, but think in black and white. In this course, Adobe Photoshop principal product manager Bryan O'Neil Hughes shares his favorite techniques for transforming color photographs into black and white, a technique that provides more creative options than using your camera's black-and-white mode. Learn how to prepare and fine-tune your photographs in Lightroom Classic CC, and then move them into Photoshop to take advantage of its nondestructive adjustment layers. Finally, take your photos (and video!) to the next level using the Silver Efex plugin and mobile apps like Photoshop Mix and Express. Bryan closes with a video that pulls all the lessons together in a single end-to-end workflow.04/26/2016
Black and White with Lightroom and Photoshop (2013)IntermediatePhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 42 minutes) Shoot in color, but think in black and white. In this course, Adobe Photoshop Senior Product Manager Bryan O'Neil Hughes shares his favorite techniques for transforming color photographs into black and white, a technique that provides more creative options than using your camera's black-and-white mode. Learn how to prepare and fine-tune your photographs in Lightroom, and then move them into Photoshop to take advantage of its nondestructive adjustment layers. The course also introduces techniques for using Photoshop to adjust the color of video clips.04/26/2016
Black-and-White Darkroom Printing TechniquesIntermediatePhotography(Length: 104 minutes) Once you've shot and processed a few rolls of black-and-white film, the next step you can take to explore analog photography is printing that film in your own darkroom. In this course, a follow-up on his Shooting and Processing Black-and-White Film course, photographer Konrad Eek introduces the fundamentals of black-and-white darkroom printing.First Konrad provides a tour of his own darkroom space, and introduces the key ingredients that dictate how pictures print: paper, exposure, and contrast. He checks a series of images by developing initial test prints, and then explores options for refining the images in the darkroom via cropping, burning and dodging, and adjustments to the development time. When he's finished making prints, Konrad shows how to clean up the darkroom and introduces different paper choices and resources for black-and-white film photographers to explore.04/27/2016
Black-and-White Project: Creating a Dramatic Landscape with Lightroom and PhotoshopIntermediatePhotographyPhotoshop, Lightroom(Length: 49 minutes) See how to combine Lightroom and Photoshop to create a dramatic black-and-white landscape photo. Photographer and long-time teacher Chris Orwig starts in Lightroom with a raw, full-color image, and uses the B&W panel and basic controls to convert it to black and white. The second half of the course takes place in Photoshop, where Chris uses its more sophisticated toolset to remove distractions, enhance contrast, and play up the natural elements in the background and foreground of the landscape.05/18/2016
Black-and-White Project: Using High-Dynamic Range (HDR) Toning for an Edgy LookAdvancedPhotographyLightroom(Length: 64 minutes) Welcome to another hands-on Black-and-White Project. In this course, photographer and teacher Chris Orwig shows how to use HDR toning to craft a distinct look, starting with a raw black-and-white photograph. First, he shows how to perform basic adjustments in Camera Raw, and then moves into the HDR Toning controls in Photoshop. There he'll use sharpening, masking, and Curves to refine the portrait and blend the HDR layer back into the original image. And to prove HDR is not just a great look for portraits, Chris introduces several mini projects that show how to integrate the HDR toning effect into different photographs, such as landscapes and vintage-inspired pics.04/27/2016
Blackboard 9.x Essential Training for InstructorsBeginnerEducation + ElearningBlackboard(Length: 412 minutes) In this course, Patrick Crispen teaches the ins and outs of Blackboard 9 so that educators and trainers can get up to speed in the system quickly—even if they've never used Blackboard before. The course explores customizing a course site, managing users, and adding and organizing content, including multimedia. It also shows how to perform student assessments in the Grade Center, as well as how to communicate with students and encourage participation and collaboration.04/27/2016
Blackboard 9.x Essential Training for StudentsBeginnerEducation + ElearningBlackboard(Length: 76 minutes) In Blackboard 9 Essential Training for Students, Patrick Crispen shows how to get up and running on day one of class and start finding and logging into courses, submitting assignments and importing files, and taking tests. The course also shows how classmates and work groups can communicate in Blackboard with group assignments and email.04/28/2016
Blackboard Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningBlackboard(Length: 380 minutes) Get the Blackboard training you need to quickly enroll students and start creating assignments. Patrick Crispen shows teachers how to customize their course sites, manage users, and add and organize course content, including multimedia and online assessments. He also shows how to enter scores, create grading periods, and more in the Grade Center. Plus, learn how to communicate with students and encourage participation and collaboration on forums and between groups. Existing users will also appreciate the last-minute guide to working with the latest version of the program, Blackboard 9.1 service pack 13, in seven easy steps.04/26/2016
Blended Learning FundamentalsBeginnerEducation + Elearning(Length: 97 minutes) Blended learning is all about the students: combining instruction with digital resources to help increase student achievement and engagement. In this course, Chris Mattia explores the various aspects of blended learning, and provides guidelines to create a blended classroom that meets students' diverse learning needs. The techniques rely on technologies such as Google Apps, Android and iOS devices, video, learning management systems (LMSs), and open-source tools such as WordPress to promote sharing and collaboration. Watch and learn how to use blended learning to create dynamic, engaging, and student-focused lessons.04/27/2016
Blender Essential TrainingBeginner3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 467 minutes) This course provides an overview of modeling, animating, and rendering 3D graphics in the open-source software Blender. Beginning with a tour of the Blender interface, author George Maestri shows how to create and edit basic objects, work with modifiers and subdivision surfaces, and apply materials and textures. The course also demonstrates lighting 3D scenes, setting up and using cameras, animating objects, and assembling basic character rigs.04/28/2016
Blender UV MappingIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 76 minutes) How can you apply two-dimensional images to your 3D models? With UV mapping! Darrin Lile begins this course by discussing what UV maps are and why they are important for adding textures to your models. Next, he goes over the various tools for projecting and editing UV maps in Blender—an open-source 3D graphics program with a professional-grade toolset. Want to work directly on your textures? Darrin shows how to export your UV maps for further refinement in programs like Photoshop. Finally, Darrin demonstrates how to apply these tools to a series of increasingly complex 3D models: hard-surface objects in an alley scene and the more organic shapes in a character. By the end of this course you should have a firm understanding of the essential concepts, tools, and processes of UV mapping in Blender, so you can begin adding image textures to your own 3D models.04/26/2016
Blender: Character Rigging with BlenRigIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 176 minutes) BlenRig—a character rigging system provided by the Blender Foundation—provides you with tools that can help you bring your characters to life. In this course, join Darrin Lile as he breaks down how to use BlenRig to rig a character for animation in Blender. He shows how to install and set up the BlenRig add-on, and adjust the rig to match your character using the retargeting tools. He also demonstrates how to adjust the deform cage to fit the shape of a character, add corrective shape keys, and weight paint the hands and face. To wrap up, Darrin discusses how to set parameters and adjust actions and ranges to fine-tune the rig.06/03/2017
Blender: Creating a Finished Character AnimationBeginner3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 89 minutes) With its free, professional-grade toolset, Blender gives 3D artists the ability to animate and tell stories they only dreamed of in the past. In this course, you will learn to use Blender to breathe life into a character and tell a story with animation and dialogue. The goal of the course will be to combine video references with the principles of character animation to create a walking, talking animated person: Arthur, a disgruntled office worker and thwarted musician. You'll learn how to use Blender's animation tools, work with a dialog track, and flesh out and light the scene. Your guide, David Andrade, will provide tips to help you imagine your own character's inner life and an overview of the post-production process for rendering the final video.04/27/2016
Blender: Creating a Game CharacterBeginner3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 296 minutes) Blender has a lot of complex menus, nodes, and processes. But when you combine these with a little imagination, you can create realistic game characters straight out of another world. This course shows how to build a character with Blender's free 3D toolset, while you develop your modeling, sculpting, and texturing skills. Christian Bradley shows how to create a base mesh, sculpt the character, and bake it down into a low-poly version suitable for game play. He also shows how to UV unwrap the figure, apply normal maps, and paint in base colors and other details with Blender's Texture Paint mode.04/27/2016
Blender: Game Asset SculptingIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 101 minutes) Blender's sculpting tools are great for modeling, but they also can be used to create fine-detail textures for your 3D models, whether for animations or games. In this course, Darrin Lile demonstrates how to use Blender's Multiresolution modifier and sculpting tools to create texture maps that simulate high-poly sculpt information. He reviews the process of baking these textures out to normal and ambient occlusion texture maps, and then shows how to apply them to your 3D game assets in Unity.04/27/2016
Blender: Game Asset TexturesIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 43 minutes) Blender is a free, open-source program that allows artists to create stunning imagery on a budget. Its texture painting tools are ideal for game asset texturing, and the resulting texture maps play well with a variety of engines. In this quick course, Darrin shows you how to paint textures directly on your 3D objects, bake texture maps in Blender, and use them in game engines like Unity. These texturing techniques are useful for both animation and games.04/27/2016
Blender: Interior Environments for GamesIntermediate3D + AnimationUnity(Length: 277 minutes) Blender: Interior Environments for Games is a project-based course illustrating a complete workflow for building clean, optimized, and reusable environments for game engines like Unity. Aimed at intermediate users of Blender, this course covers scene configuration and preparation, modeling techniques for building realistic environment pieces, effective UV mapping and texturing workflows, and important import and export tips for transferring your final assets into a real-time game engine. Author Alan Thorn also spends a chapter in Unity, where he applies some finishing touches, such as a first-person controller and camera effects.By the end of this course, you'll have developed a solid groundwork for quickly and effectively building immersive environments that work well with many contemporary game engines.06/25/2016
Blender: Model a MotorcycleBeginner3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 241 minutes) Learn production techniques for hard-surface modeling a realistic motorcycle in Blender. Author Darrin Lile guides you through the process of creating a Harley-Davidson Fat Boy with proper scale and proportions. These techniques can be used to replicate any other vehicle or man-made machined parts in Blender.Darrin begins by creating the frame of the motorcycle using curves. He then builds up the motorcycle piece by piece, creating the exhaust pipes, fenders, handlebars, engine components, and brakes. These lessons capitalize on the Path tool and modifiers like Solidify and Booleans. Finally, Darrin uses Blender's Cycles render engine to create the materials and lighting for the scene, and UV maps the textures to key pieces of the bike. In the end, you will have a greater understanding of Blender's modeling tools and production processes so that you can create vehicles and other hard-surface projects of your own.07/19/2016
Blender: Tips, Tricks, & Techniques(Length: 12 minutes) 07/08/2017
Blender: V-Ray 3.0 BasicsBeginner3D + AnimationBlender, V-Ray(Length: 155 minutes) V-Ray for Blender combines V-Ray's flexibility and unprecedented speed with one of the world's most famous open-source 3D applications. Build your rendering skills while you learn new tools for expanding your creative possibilities, in this course on V-Ray 3.0, the most recent version of this powerful lighting and rendering plugin. Brian Bradley introduces V-Ray's lighting tools for natural-looking daylight and artificial illumination, the Global Illumination system, and the Physical Camera, which gives you real-world parameters for camera control (such as f-stop and focal length). Then learn how to use V-Ray's texturing tools to build realistic surfaces, including diffuse, reflective, and refractive surfaces. Last but not least, explore V-Ray's sampling controls for adjusting the quality of your final renders.10/11/2016
Blockchain BasicsBeginnerBusiness, IT(Length: 57 minutes) We're on the precipice of a radical and disruptive new way of conducting all manner of transactions over the Internet. While still in its infancy, blockchain technology demands attention. In this introductory-level course, learn what blockchain is and what it might mean to you. Jonathan Reichental—named one of the world's top 100 CIOs in 2017—dives into blockchain technology from a conceptual perspective. The course is primarily non-technical by design, intended for those working in business leadership positions, data science, and IT management.Jonathan begins by describing some of the current challenges with the Internet, including existing risks and security problems such as identity management. Next, he describes how traditional online databases function, so that you have a basis for how the blockchain redesigns this function. He then describes how the blockchain becomes a potential solution for many of the existing limitations of online databases. Since the blockchain has its genesis in Bitcoin—the digital currency—he provides some background on that too. He also discusses how blockchain technology actually offers new capabilities beyond simply solving old problems. To wrap up the course, Jonathan shares steps you can take in your organization to understand the implications of the blockchain.07/08/2017
Blogging for Your BusinessBeginnerWeb, Marketing(Length: 87 minutes) Blogging for Your Business takes you through the planning process of creating a blog as part of your business marketing strategy. Author Morten Rand-Hendriksen provides a structured approach that divides the planning process into discrete stages, each with its own tasks and decisions. Through the course you are presented with key decisions, best practices, and expert advice that make you better informed and more equipped to build a blog that helps boost your business and its presence online. The course also shows how to set goals, delegate responsibilities, find a content niche, recruit contributors, and how to make technology decisions.04/26/2016
Blogging Strategies for Musicians and BandsBeginnerAudio + Music, Business, Marketing(Length: 38 minutes) A blog is a great way for musicians to tell their story and get the latest news to fans. In this course, Bobby Owsinski dives into giving tips on how to best use blogging to promote your artistry. Learn the pros and cons of different platforms, from WordPress to Tumblr; how to set up your blog and tie it to your website; craft interesting posts; and set up an RSS feed to help your fans subscribe. Bobby even shows you how to make money with your blog using AdSense and other affiliate programs.04/26/2016
Blue + Green Screen Production PrinciplesBeginnerVideo(Length: 20 minutes) The technology used for compositing blue and green screen has improved to the point where a chroma key matte can be pulled off almost anything. However, the better the original photography and setup, the better the matte extraction and composite will be. Whether the goal is to shoot a blue or green screen for compositing, or just to get familiar with terms and techniques, Blue and Green Screen Production Principles has the information needed. Pete Kuran goes behind the scenes to teach the processes of this popular film technique. Note: We recommend that subscribers new to video production terminology first view Digital Video Principles in the lynda.com Online Training Library™.04/27/2016
Bluebeam: Draw Layouts & DetailBeginnerCADBluebeam Revu(Length: 114 minutes) In the AEC industry, there are many of us who do not have full-blown CAD skills. Superintendents, project managers, estimators, and sales staff may all need to create drawings, but rarely own a copy of a program like AutoCAD. More often than not, we end up sketching proposed layouts and details by hand. Not only is this tedious work, but the end product is not easily edited, it's hard to store and distribute, and it doesn't look quite as professional as a digital drawing. Using features contained in Bluebeam Revu, including templates, Sketch Tools, scale calibration, and length and area measurements, we can generate more accurate and professional drawings. In this course, Jim Rogers shows how to generate electronic layouts that can be distributed as PDFs, printed, or sent to a Bluebeam Studio Project folder. The techniques rely on the Sketch Tools markup feature, which allows us to "sketch to scale" and record length and area values as we draw. Jim also shows how to save and share our drawings with clients and colleagues, and extract quantities to generate cost estimates.08/16/2016
Bluebeam: Manage Safety SubmittalsIntermediateCADBluebeam Revu(Length: 93 minutes) Virtually every construction project these days involves documentation. Collecting, routing, reviewing, approving, copying, and distributing paper documents the old-fashioned way is tedious, and it's easy to "drop the ball," especially with regulatory documentation such as Safety Data Sheets (SDSs). Using Bluebeam Revu, we can transform safety submittals into a simple paperless process. The end result is an easily accessible electronic package, with a hyperlinked chemical list that acts as a clickable table of contents—all with considerably less effort. Jim Rogers shows how to set up a project, start a studio session for collaboration, invite collaborators to the review process, set up an approval workflow, and combine all the submitted sheets into a single PDF file that can be searched and shared. Plus, learn how to keep a session open for additional submittals or archive it when a project is over.07/19/2016
Bluebeam: Managing Construction Drawings DigitallyAdvancedCADBluebeam Extreme(Length: 93 minutes) Construction drawings can come in many shapes, sizes, and formats, but the industry is moving toward a paperless environment. To keep up, you need to take your entire document management process digital. Bluebeam Revu is a great choice, offering a central location to create, edit, and store digital drawings, and sharing and collaboration features that ensure changes and comments are always tracked and saved. It's software designed for AEC professionals, by AEC professionals. This course will make sure you get the most out of Bluebeam's advanced organization, markup, and navigation features, so you can easily manage and share documents within construction teams.09/13/2016
Bluebeam: On the iPadBeginnerCADBluebeam(Length: 68 minutes) Bluebeam Revu for the iPad lets you "access, navigate, and annotate your PDF files from anywhere, anytime." It comes with a library of industry-standard symbols, and markup and measurement tools that let you edit documents right from the field. Plus, with the cloud collaboration features of Bluebeam Studio, you can share documents with colleagues and clients around the world—all with the iPad. So leave the blueprints behind. Join Jim Rogers as he shows you how to access and sync construction drawings, add comments, make redlines and as-built notations, integrate photos and videos, measure and scale drawing elements, and participate in Bluebeam Studio sessions right from the job site.08/30/2016
Bluegrass Guitar Lessons with Lynda.com: Feel and CrosspickingBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 164 minutes) The bluegrass style is one of the most rewarding and technically demanding ways to play guitar. Once you've mastered the basics, you can play most songs. But becoming a great bluegrass guitarist has a lot to do with feel and dexterity—skills you can only master with the help of a great teacher. Bryan Sutton is arguably the best flatpick guitarist since the late great Doc Watson. In this course, part 4 of Bluegrass Guitar Lessons, he shares his Grammy-winning techniques with you.Learn how to maintain flatpicking flow—consistent tone, groove, and musicality. Find out how to play along role-oriented lines, and find more musical opportunities. In chapters 3, 4, and 5, Bryan shows how to apply what you've learned to intermediate versions of popular bluegrass tunes. Each lesson helps you add a challenging new dimension to your sound, and improve your overall musicality.Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.08/30/2016
Bluegrass Guitar Lessons with Lynda.com: Picking, Fretting, and ChordsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 188 minutes) The bluegrass style is one of the most rewarding and technically demanding ways to play guitar. Unlike acoustic guitar, it concentrates on rhythm, groove, and playing as part of an ensemble—the skills Grammy-winning flatpicker Bryan Sutton emphasizes in his series, Bluegrass Guitar Lessons. Part 1 concentrates on the fundamentals of bluegrass guitar: picking and fretting, posture, and flatpicking flow. Bryan covers everything from holding the guitar and pick to strumming, fingering the fretboard, and using downstrokes, upstrokes, and repetition to reproduce popular picking patterns. He also helps you develop a sense of rhythm, muscle memory, and consistent sound and tone, and breaks down a selection of popular bluegrass tunes that are important for the repertoire of any bluegrass guitarist.Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.08/30/2016
Bluegrass Guitar Lessons with Lynda.com: Rhythm and VoicingsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 174 minutes) Learn how to play bluegrass guitar—one of the most rewarding and technically demanding ways to play guitar. In part 3 of the Bluegrass Guitar Lessons series, Grammy-winning flatpicker Bryan Sutton concentrates on big-picture techniques that will help you develop your own personal sound. Learn intermediate techniques for fretting without tension and embellishing your sound with hammer-ons and pull-offs. Find out how to move beyond basic rhythms into more complex bass strum patterns, phrasing, and scale walking. Open up the fretboard with some exciting new scales and chord shapes. Bryan shows how to apply what you've learned to intermediate versions of popular bluegrass tunes, such as "Turkey in the Straw" and "Soldier's Joy." Watch at your own pace; start and stop where and when you need. Each lesson helps you add a challenging new dimension to your sound, and improve your overall musicality.Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.08/30/2016
Bluegrass Guitar Lessons with Lynda.com: Scales, Walking Bass, Hammer-Ons, and Pull-OffsBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 187 minutes) The bluegrass style is one of the most rewarding and technically demanding ways to play guitar. Learn how to play bluegrass guitar or improve your current flatpicking and fretting skills in this course—part 2 of the Bluegrass Guitar Lessons series with Grammy-winning flatpicker Bryan Sutton. Learn how to build strength and fingerboard awareness, and expand what you can do with the rhythm guitar with "walking bass" movement and advanced scales. Find out how to create more expressive sounds and play more efficiently with hammer-ons and pull-offs, and how to use a capo and slide.Watch at your own pace; start and stop where and when you need. Everything that Bryan breaks down he puts back together in chapters 4 and 5, where he shows how to apply what you've learned to a selection of popular bluegrass tunes that are important for the repertoire of any bluegrass guitarist.Note: This course was recorded and produced by ArtistWorks. We are honored to host this training in our library.08/30/2016
Blues Guitar: Learn to PlayBeginnerAudio + Music(Length: 280 minutes) Blues rhythm guitar is an integral part of the blues. Essentially, it's what guitarists do between solos—which ends up being a substantial portion of any gig. It helps you find your groove with the rhythm section. In this course, follow Steve Trovato as he shows how to play blues rhythm guitar. Although the blues is a somewhat unstructured discipline that welcomes riffing and personal interpretation, the 50+ examples that Steve provides are presented in a structured, easy-to-follow manner, so it's easier for you to learn from them. Each example has a four-measure intro, or turnaround, which gives you four measures to figure out the tempo and the feel of the tune before you start playing.Note: This course was created and produced by Alfred Music. We are honored to host this training in our library.03/02/2017
Body Language for LeadersIntermediateBusiness(Length: 51 minutes) Research shows that when your verbal and nonverbal signals are out of alignment, people are forced to choose between what they hear and what they see. And subconsciously, they'll believe your body language. In this course, workplace body-language expert Carol Kinsey Goman, PhD, reveals how body language is perceived and often misread, and shares the six nonverbal signals you need to know to make a positive first impression. She also discusses the importance of body language for leaders, and shows how you can establish leadership presence. Lastly, she provides simple and effective tips on communicating with gestures and stance.04/26/2016
BookkeepingBeginnerBusiness(Length: 88 minutes) Accountants use the credits and debits recorded in ledgers or "books" prepared by bookkeepers to create a company's financial statements. In this course, accounting professors Jim and Kay Stice walk you through the four key steps in the bookkeeping process: analyzing, recording, summarizing transactions, and preparing financial reports. They explain the components of a journal entry (debits and credits) and the essential questions a bookkeeper/accountant asks in reviewing those transactions. They also explain how accountants translate ledger information into financial statements, and the role of computer programs such as Quicken in helping businesses manage their accounts.04/27/2016
Bookmarking Sites for Musicians and BandsBeginnerAudio + Music, Business(Length: 19 minutes) Get some quick tips from Bobby Owsinski on sharing your music, website, and blog with dedicated readers on platforms like StumbleUpon and reddit. Bobby reviews the top four social bookmarking sites, and reviews the pros and cons of using these platforms to market your music.Looking for more music marketing tips? See our other courses by music industry insider Bobby Owsinski, including Social Media Basics for Musicians and Bands, Facebook for Musicians and Bands, and YouTube for Musicians and Bands.04/26/2016
Bootstrap 2: Adding Interactivity to Your SiteBeginnerDeveloper, WebBootstrap(Length: 85 minutes) Twitter Bootstrap is one of the most used HTML/CSS/JavaScript frameworks for creating responsive websites. In this course, Jen Kramer shows you how to add interactive elements like a thumbnail gallery, dropdown menus, or a contact form using Bootstrap and a simple text editor. Plus, learn to add helpful pop-ups and tooltips that enhance the usability of these features. The principles illustrated here can carry into using Bootstrap in content management systems as well as with static websites.04/26/2016
Bootstrap 3 Essential TrainingBeginnerWebBootstrap(Length: 295 minutes) Bootstrap is a popular framework designed for building responsive, accessible, and mobile-ready websites. An open-source platform using HTML5, CSS3, and jQuery, it features a 12-column grid, icons you can incorporate into your designs, and fully functional JavaScript components that are ready to use.This course provides everything you need to know to get started building websites with Bootstrap, and is built with our new practice environments in mind, which let you develop your code along with author Ray Villalobos. Ray will review Bootstrap's grid, CSS classes, and JavaScript components (dropdowns, modals, carousels, and more), and help you integrate them into your own sophisticated websites.04/27/2016
Bootstrap 3: Adding Interactivity to Your SiteBeginnerWebBootstrap(Length: 115 minutes) Twitter's Bootstrap is one of the most popular HTML/CSS/JavaScript frameworks for creating responsive websites. Here, Jen Kramer shows you how to add interactive elements like a thumbnail gallery, image carousel, or contact form using Bootstrap and a simple text editor. Plus, learn to style these features with CSS and add helpful JavaScript-based pop-ups and tooltips that enhance their usability. Along the way, you can test your Bootstrap prowess with a series of challenge videos.Need help getting Bootstrap up and running? Check out Bootstrap 3 Essential Training.04/26/2016
Bootstrap 3: Advanced Web DevelopmentIntermediateDeveloper, WebBootstrap(Length: 208 minutes) Generate your own interactive website from scratch with Bootstrap, the mobile-friendly framework from Twitter, in this start-to-finish course with developer and author Ray Villalobos. First, you'll plan and prototype the interface with MindMaps and Balsamiq Mockups. Next, download Bootstrap and dive into organizing your site structure with its scaffolding feature—adding PHP includes to break your code into reusable modules and building in the core navigation. Ray then shows you how to build interactive carousels, modal features, and forms, and control these features with JavaScript. Finally, learn to style it all with LESS and prepare to publish the results online.04/26/2016
Bootstrap 3: New Features and MigrationIntermediateWebBootstrap(Length: 46 minutes) Bootstrap 3 is here, and it supports mobile design and responsive CSS better than ever. Join author Ray Villalobos for an overview of the new classes, mobile-first approach, and other enhancements in Bootstrap 3, and learn how to migrate your sites and files to the new framework. Find out about the new installation options, updates to grids and scaffolding, and changes to the handling of type, images, and JavaScript. Then learn to integrate the new list group and panel components into your workflow. The course closes with a look at migrating a sample site from Bootstrap 2.3 to 3.0, from replacing template files to tweaking your grid, navigation, and images.04/26/2016
Bootstrap 4 Essential TrainingBeginnerWebBootstrap(Length: 353 minutes) Bootstrap—a front-end framework using HTML5, CSS3, and jQuery—is designed to help developers quickly and easily build responsive, mobile-ready websites that are cross-browser compatible. An open-source framework, Bootstrap features a 12-column grid, icons you can incorporate into your designs, and fully functional components that are ready to use. In this course, Ray Villalobos helps you get started with Bootstrap by providing an overview of all of the goodies in this popular framework. Ray covers the installation options, and walks through the basic styles that normalize how your content is displayed on different platforms and browsers. He also explains how to use the flexbox grid system to build nearly any kind of layout you can dream up, use different classes to easily get around your project, work with interactive components like dropdowns and carousels, and more.04/06/2017
Bootstrap 4 MigrationIntermediateWebBootstrap(Length: 134 minutes) Bootstrap 4 boasts a number of major changes and improvements to the popular front-end framework. If you've been curious about making the switch to Bootstrap 4, this course can prepare you to tackle the migration process. Join Ray Villalobos as he highlights the new features and changes you can access in this upgrade. Ray explains how to approach new components such as cards, as well as how to work with flexbox containers and display properties. After he familiarizes you with what's new in Bootstrap 4, he explains how to migrate a website from Bootstrap 3 to 4. Ray also goes over how to handle some of the more challenging aspects of the migration process, including migrating carousels and navigation tables.04/06/2017
Bootstrap 4: First LookIntermediateWebBootstrap(Length: 73 minutes) Bootstrap 4 is here, and it's an important update that touches nearly every line of code. Get your first look at the changes in this popular responsive design platform. Our resident Bootstrap expert Ray Villalobos covers Reboot.css, which standardizes a lot of the CSS in Bootstrap 4; the new card components; and changes to the grid, forms, and tables in Bootstrap. Plus, find out how to compensate for the deprecation of Glyphicons and adjust to smaller changes throughout the platform. These tips will help you avoid some of the pitfalls when it comes to upgrading your own site from Bootstrap 3—and get excited about what's to come.05/20/2016
Bootstrap Layouts: Responsive Single-Page DesignBeginnerWebBootstrap(Length: 199 minutes) Find out how Bootstrap can transform your standard HTML websites into inspired single-page designs. This course is a project-based approach to learning how to manipulate website layouts with the Bootstrap framework. Staff author Ray Villalobos tackles Bootstrap's layout classes, like containers, rows, and columns, and shows what it takes to customize Bootstrap's CSS and address layout challenges like multiple grids and columns. Plus, learn how to track navigation as users scroll, with the ScrollSpy plugin, and create a full-screen, responsive image carousel.04/26/2016
Bootstrapping Your BusinessBeginnerBusiness(Length: 66 minutes) Bootstrapping—launching and managing a business that is primarily self-funded—is a popular but difficult entrepreneurial endeavor. Author and entrepreneur Rudolph Rosenberg shows entrepreneurs how to bootstrap a business via solid planning and rigorous attention to all aspects of the venture. He shows why beginning with the end is important: framing the venture by anticipating your exit strategy. He explores key resource-planning factors as well as the competencies and considerations required to fund and grow a bootstrapped business. The course then details how to manage the startup and evaluate it realistically to determine whether to stay the course or pull the plug. Finally, viewers will learn how to validate the business-plan assumptions effectively to determine viability and growth trajectory.04/26/2016
Box OneCloud Apps for Mobile ProductivityBeginnerITOneCloud(Length: 98 minutes) Learn to manage all your mobile content with the Box OneCloud curated suite of apps. Author Gini Courter shows how to install the apps and connect them to your Box storage account, edit documents with Documents to Go, take notes with Notability, use PDF Expert and iAnnotate to view and mark up PDFs, and work with presentations and forms. So leave your laptop behind. Learn how to use the OneCloud apps and be more productive on the road.04/27/2016
Box.com Essential TrainingBeginnerBusinessBox(Length: 186 minutes) Discover how to use Box.com, the free online service for cloud-based storage, file sharing, and collaboration. In this course, instructor David Rivers explores the basics of Box.com. Learn how to sign up for an account, upload and access files, find files, and share links to files with others. Plus, find out how to use other Box services such as Box Edit for document editing, Box Sync for keeping files in sync across multiple devices (including tablets and smartphones), and Box for Business, the upgraded version of Box that provides user management, versioning, and reporting features.11/01/2016
Brainstorming BasicsBeginnerDesign(Length: 43 minutes) What is brainstorming? Invented in 1948, brainstorming is still the dominant technique when it comes to idea generation. It combines creativity, problem solving, and group discussion. Unfortunately for creator Alex Osborn, most brainstorms fail before they ever begin. Why? Because the organizer doesn't have a clear picture of the purpose, process, or intended outcome. In this course, Stefan Mumaw brings brainstorming into the modern age, with rules and techniques that will help you set up and run more-effective creative brainstorming sessions.04/26/2016
Brand and Marketing IntegrationIntermediateMarketing(Length: 64 minutes) When the concept of marketing integration comes up, many people automatically think about external customer marketing; however, external approaches—advertising, social media, and event marketing, for example—are just one piece of the puzzle. In this course, Dina Shapiro shares a comprehensive brand and marketing integration approach that encompasses all external and internal stakeholders and touchpoints. Along with going over external marketing, Dina covers three other important types of integration: vertical, horizontal, and internal. She also explores common roadblocks and shows how to incorporate integration strategies into your own company.03/09/2017
Brand Building BasicsBeginnerMarketing(Length: 25 minutes) In this succinct course, author, speaker, and marketing expert Lorrie Thomas Ross provides an overview of the basics of branding your business or yourself through consistency, communication, and effective collateral. The course shows how images, messaging, and market positioning can help you build visibility and credibility among customers. It includes real examples of successful brands and how aspects such as color, logos, and fonts, not to mention a strong web presence, contribute to their success.04/26/2016
Branding FundamentalsBeginnerMarketing(Length: 86 minutes) Get a framework for branding, and learn how to develop and launch a brand and measure its success. This course explains how to define and position a brand and communicate the brand effectively internally, to employees, and externally, via social media, PR, advertising, packaging, and other channels. Author Drew Boyd, a marketing expert with over three decades of experience, then explains how to measure brand performance in categories such as authenticity, relevance, differentiation, consistency, presence, and understanding. The course concludes with solid steps for periodically reviewing the brand and its effectiveness, especially when there are significant changes that could impact the brand.04/26/2016
Breakeven and Cost-Volume-Profit (CVP) AnalysisBeginnerBusiness(Length: 83 minutes) Starting a business can be pricey. Breakeven analysis and cost-volume-profit analysis will help you understand when—and if—your business will start to recover those costs and begin making a profit. Understanding your breakeven point will help you to determine how much you need in revenue to keep your business going. Accounting professors Jim and Kay Stice walk through the breakeven equation, and cover types of costs, contribution margin, breakeven point, and net income. They also explain what each term means, and the importance of each, and offer examples from popular real-world companies.Want to learn more? Learn about three types of accounting—financial, managerial, and income tax—in their Accounting Fundamentals course.04/27/2016
Breaking Out of a RutBeginnerBusiness, Design(Length: 33 minutes) Ever feel like you're in a rut? Most people in creative fields have experienced a rut, whether it manifests as a lack of ideas, follow-through, or enthusiasm. Sometimes it's just boredom that comes with routine. Stefan Mumaw designed this course to help you identify the type of rut you're in and its cause, and then break out of it with a series of short-, mid-, and long-term creative nudges. From techniques to get you thinking alternatively to life-changing educational opportunities, the course serves to bust every level of creative rut with actionable ideas and encouragement that's designed to get you back on the path to creative success.The course is more resource than classroom, designed to be something you can return to each and every time you feel stuck on a project or stalled in your career. Come back anytime you need help taking a creative leap forward.04/26/2016
Bridge and Version Cue CS3 Essential TrainingBeginnerDesign, PhotographyBridge(Length: 290 minutes) To help CS3 users manage photos and other digital files that can become overwhelming, Adobe has introduced Bridge CS3. In Bridge and Version Cue CS3 Essential Training , instructor Ted LoCascio teaches viewers how to use Bridge to take full advantage of each application and better manage files for individual and group projects. Complementing Bridge in the file management process is Version Cue CS3, a server-based workgroup collaboration system that also works with all the CS3 applications. Exercise files accompany this training.04/27/2016
Bridge CC (2015) Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotographyBridge(Length: 73 minutes) Learn to use Bridge CC to efficiently manage and organize media assets of all kinds. Adobe evangelist Julieanne Kost shows how to download photos from a camera into Bridge, rename the files, add metadata, and view, rate, and label photos. She also shows how to share the best images with filters and collections, and showcase them in slideshows.04/27/2016
Bridge CC for PhotographersBeginnerPhotography, video2brainBridge(Length: 110 minutes) This course covers all of the key features in Adobe Bridge in a logical and informative manner, beginning with an overview of the settings and options available in Bridge. Every aspect of managing and organizing digital photos is covered in great detail, helping you take full advantage of all Bridge has to offer.04/26/2016
Bridge CS6 for PhotographersBeginnerPhotography, video2brainBridge(Length: 116 minutes) Image management is one of the greatest challenges for photographers. Fortunately, having access to Adobe Bridge offers powerful features to help you manage, sort, organize, and even share your digital photos. But not everyone knows how to take advantage of these capabilities, so in this course Tim Grey shares his tips for using Bridge to stay organized, streamline your workflow, and make your life easier.04/26/2016
Bridge: 10 Things Designers Need to KnowIntermediateDesignBridge(Length: 70 minutes) Adobe Bridge is a great tool—and not just for photographers and their files. In Bridge CS4: 10 Things Designers Need to Know, Adobe Certified Instructor Anne-Marie Concepción reveals how Bridge can be used for web and print designers, layout artists, and production managers. She shows how Bridge integrates with other CS4 programs, demonstrates how it can be used for locating files quickly based on colors and fonts, and teaches eight other valuable functions that help enhance creativity and streamline workflow. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
Bringing Solutions not ProblemsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 3 minutes) Suzy Welch talks about the importance of reporting problems to your boss and encourages bringing solutions as well. She explains the value of the Socratic method when reporting problems and proposing solutions.12/20/2016
Browser Testing with Internet Explorer and VirtualboxBeginnerWebInternet Explorer(Length: 41 minutes) You can increase the cross-browser compatibility of your website and test against many versions of Internet Explorer by using VirtualBox. The VirtualBox application allows you to use virtual machines and emulate different operating systems, without needing to invest in additional hardware or expensive software. This solution allows you to perform browser testing on multiple combinations of operating systems and browser versions to ensure your web designs look solid on all of the key browsers, IE included.In this course, Brian Wood explains the how to use VirtualBox and modern.ie to set up virtual machines you can use to perform browser testing. He walks you through each step of the setup process so you can become familiar with these tools and starting using them for browser testing.06/14/2016
Browsing the Web SecurelyBeginnerITLinux(Length: 43 minutes) Your online security and privacy are important, and when you don't trust the network you're using, you need to know how to protect yourself. This course examines two options you may not have considered yet: setting up a virtual private network (VPN) and using anonymous browsing software. Whether you're at a coffee shop using unsecured Wi-Fi or at home using your own network, both of these tools can offer protection and help keep your traffic on the internet from being observed. In this course, you can explore different VPN options, see how to set up a personal VPN, and learn about incognito browsing techniques you can use to keep your identity and location private.05/04/2017
Budgeting for Small BusinessBeginnerBusiness(Length: 92 minutes) Growing companies don't have a long history to guide management decisions. But they can't go on reacting to one crisis after another without a plan. Such companies need to harness the power of budgeting to identify and solve problems on paper before they arise in the real world.This course covers purchase budgets, production budgets, hiring budgets, overhead budgets, and cash budgets. Professors Jim and Kay Stice help you weigh the impact of strict versus more moderate budgeting on employee morale, and show how budgets pay off in the future, when you can use them to evaluate your business performance.04/27/2016
Budgeting Video ProjectsBeginnerVideo(Length: 187 minutes) Budgets keep video productions in line and on time. But how do you estimate costs when you're just starting out—or planning a shoot in a new location? Rich Harrington has almost 30 years of experience in video, many of them consulting for clients who needed detailed proposals and budgets to move forward. In this course, he explains the nuts and bolts of budgeting for video production. Learn how to develop professional budgets, quotes, and proposals, and then transform those estimates into invoices. Plus, learn how to split projects with contractors, set payment terms, and make sure the bill is delivered and you get paid. The exercise files include the budget, proposal, and invoice for the sample project shown in the course, as well as a budget template you can use for your own future projects.05/20/2016
Budgeting Video ProjectsBeginnerVideo(Length: 138 minutes) Join Rich Harrington as he explores the world of budgeting by laying out the nuts and bolts of budgets and proposals for video projects. While defining the tools to develop professional budgets, quotes, and proposals, the course also shows video producers and managers how to transform a budget into an invoice. At the end of the course, the author creates a well-versed budget, proposal, and invoice for the sample project, which can serve as templates for future projects.04/28/2016
Build a Match 3 Game with UnityIntermediateDeveloperUnity(Length: 145 minutes) Match 3 games are simple puzzle games where the player is asked to pair three or more identical items on a tiled game board. Popular modern variations include Candy Crush and Bejeweled. Unity is ideally suited to this kind of game design, and it's a great entry point to more complex kinds of game development. This training course is here to help you complete your own match 3 game.Game developer Kelley Hecker covers topics like creating a grid-based game board, using inheritance to create different types of game pieces, adding obstacles and new levels, detecting matches and clearing pieces, and implementing a user interface complete with a score screen. By the end of the course, members will have a completed game and learned new techniques to apply to their next Unity project.04/27/2016
Build a Raspberry Pi Media ServerIntermediateDeveloperRaspberry Pi(Length: 48 minutes) The most popular use of Raspberry Pi is for custom media servers. All you need is a Pi that has access to your entertainment system and a copy of OSMC, an open-source media center "built for the people, by the people." In these tutorials, Brad Wheeler shows how to download, install, and configure OSMC to run on Raspberry Pi and set it up to play content from local and remote sources, as well as third-party services like YouTube. He also shows how to control your media server using a USB keyboard, the Chorus web UI, or an infrared (IR) remote and an IR sensor connected to your Raspberry Pi's GPIO.Note: These instructions work with the Raspberry Pi 1, 2, and 3 models. OSMC does not support Netflix, Hulu, or HBO Go.06/18/2016
Building a 3D Game in SceneKitIntermediateDeveloperiOS, SceneKit(Length: 88 minutes) Do you have a good idea for a 3D game, but find some of the technical aspects of 3D game creation to be a bit daunting? SceneKit—a 3D graphics API used in iOS programming—can help simplify this process, and make it easier to bring your game to life. In this course, learn how to leverage SceneKit to build a simple 3D game for iOS. Mike Wong helps to familiarize you with the basics of this high-level framework, covering how to build your first SceneKit game project, and work with scenes, nodes, physics, and particles.07/18/2017
Building a Calculator for Apple WatchBeginnerDeveloperiOS, Apple Watch(Length: 40 minutes) The Apple Watch is an exciting new playground for app developers. Find out what it takes to build a simple calculator app for the Apple Watch OS, in this start-to-finish, project-based course. After setting up the development environment, and a brief look at Glances and extensions (features unique to Apple Watch), Todd walks through building the interface, connecting the code, and writing the logic for the app. Plus, get some tips on successfully submitting it to the App Store.04/27/2016
Building a Commercial Soundtrack in AuditionIntermediateAudio + Music, VideoAudition(Length: 53 minutes) Learn how to create a high-energy, engaging soundtrack for a 30-second Internet or TV commercial that highlights your client's brand and visual message. Scott Hirsch demonstrates industry-standard post-production techniques for adding sound effects, voice-over, and other audio elements common to commercials, all with Adobe Audition. First, learn how to improve interactions with your client by keeping your files organized with a smart folder structure and file-naming schema. Then you'll import the various audio elements and assign them to stem mixes, finesse the VO track, use automation and clip gain to balance and master tracks, and mix and output your final soundtrack.04/26/2016
Building a Full-Stack App with Angular 2+ and Spring BootIntermediateDeveloper, WebAngular, Spring Framework, Spring Boot, Spring(Length: 119 minutes) Angular 2 is known for building rich, data-driven, single-page applications (SPAs) while Spring Boot is a popular and powerful framework for back-end development. In this course, Chris Anatalio shows how to take these two enterprise-scale worthy technologies and build a robust, secure, full-stack application. Chris covers creating a project, making your app UI responsive for mobile devices, creating a data layer with Spring data, building client-side functionality with Angular, testing, validation, and more.05/20/2017
Building a Full-Stack Application with Angular 2, ASP.NET Core, and AuthenticationIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, Angular, Balsamiq(Length: 224 minutes) Angular 2 and ASP.NET Core offer solid improvements over previous versions. In this course, discover how to work with these technologies to build a full-stack web application—which you can later use as a template for your own web app. Follow Alexander Zanfir as he explains how to create and configure your Angular 2 project, display data in Angular, and get data from ASP.NET Core. He also covers working with traditional template forms and reactive forms, creating different routes that you can navigate to, and using Entity Framework and token authentication for user registration, login, and simple authorization.05/11/2017
Building a Game App with the Android SDKIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 126 minutes) There are many ways to build mobile games, but for most projects you'll find everything you need in the core SDK. Practice Android programming while you learn to build a simple game app with the Android SDK and Java—no C++ or gaming engine required! This project showcases all of the SDK's strengths, including clean, fluid motion; complex game mechanics; and persistent scoring. David Gassner shows how to build the visuals, including the background, menus, and controls, and add animation with the built-in classes in Android. Then he helps you program the game logic. Learn how to define different levels, increment and display scores, manage game resources, and add audio effects—both longer music files with the MediaPlayer component and shorter sound effects with Android's SoundPool class. This project is a fun and rewarding way to learn Android programming, and can be used as a template for your own game apps.09/20/2016
Building a Long-Exposure Calculator for iOSIntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 61 minutes) Already comfortable with a few essential Swift programming concepts? Apply those budding skills to the creation of a practical application—a long-exposure calculator. In this project-based, hands-on course, follow Mike Wong as he walks you step-by-step through the elements of the app, what the finished product will look like, and how to write the code. Plus, learn how to customize your app by adding a splash screen, setting the background color and fonts, adding instruction screens, and more.03/02/2017
Building a Mobile App with AngularJS 1 and IonicIntermediateWebAngular(Length: 211 minutes) Creating hybrid mobile applications is a great way to leverage your knowledge of web languages like HTML5, CSS, and JavaScript. Modern frameworks such as AngularJS and Ionic make it easier with pre-built templates and components. In this course, staff author Ray Villalobos shows how to install the Ionic framework and set up a development environment suitable for building web-based apps. He reviews the core Ionic components: prebuilt, easy-to-use features such as buttons, lists, tabs, and forms. Then Ray shows how to combine these components with Angular.js models, views, and controllers to build a single page app with sliders, pull-to-refresh functionality, and search. The training culminates in building a multi-page app, which you'll learn how to customize with CSS.04/27/2016
Building a Mobile App with Feathers and StarlingIntermediateDeveloper, WebFeathers, Starling(Length: 120 minutes) In this course, author Joseph Labrecque shows you how to use the Feathers and Starling user interface frameworks along with Stage3D to build out mobile applications with Adobe AIR. After setting up the project (a fully functional drawing app), you'll learn how to build application views, skin interface components with Feathers themes, and create the classes that will add functionality to the app, such as rendering, saving, and browsing sketches. The closing chapter demonstrates how to publish the project in a format suitable for Android devices, and concludes with installing and running the app.04/26/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for AndroidIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 158 minutes) Android, Windows, and iOS support are all required for a successful product. This course, revised for 2015, is one in a series that will demonstrate the platforms' similarities and differences via the development of a complete note-taking app. This installment uses Android Studio to get the job done. Author David Gassner shows you how to create a new project in Android Studio, customize its material design themes, and create a data management layer that allows users to create, read, update, and delete notes. He also demonstrates how to build a rich user interface, create activities (aka screens), and enable action icons to control navigation.Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 8 and Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows Store use the same assets to develop a similar app. Compare and contrast the steps and discover the similarities and differences between the three platforms.04/27/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for Android (2013)IntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 187 minutes) Building an app for one platform just isn't good enough anymore. Android, Windows, and iOS support are all required for a successful product—but learning the different environments is difficult. This course is one of a matched set spanning the three platforms and will demonstrate their similarities and differences. Start with the product most familiar to you, then watch the parallel courses to understand how to bridge your knowledge.Like its companions, this course will take you through building a complete mobile app from scratch; but this installment uses the Android SDK and Java to get the job done. Author David Gassner shows you how to install the SDK and the Android Developer Toolkit, create a project, save data on a device, build and control screen layouts, and create action bars and icons that control navigation.These three related courses will use the same assets to develop the same app. (See Building a Note-Taking App for iOS and Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows Store for more information.) Compare and contrast the different steps and discover the similarities and differences!04/26/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 10 with SwiftIntermediateDeveloperiOS, Swift(Length: 120 minutes) Programmers typically are tasked with creating two or more versions of an app to accommodate dissimilar devices. These devices all have unique development environments and programmers creating these apps face the task of learning one environment, then another, then another. Since the makers of the platforms cater any instructional material to their product's environment, the challenge of identifying what architecture and code is reusable across the platforms is left to the programmer.In this course, join Todd Perkins as he takes you through how to create cross-platform apps using Swift. This course is one of three related courses designed to help you discover the similarities and differences that exist between the platforms used by three main devices: an Android phone, an iPhone, and a Windows phone. These courses use the same assets to create the same note-taking app so that you can identify and experience the complementary and contrasting development steps.01/31/2017
Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 7IntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 68 minutes) Building an app for just one mobile platform isn't good enough anymore. But iOS is a good start. This course helps you build a simple note-taking app in iOS 7, which you can then recreate for Android and Windows Phone in Building a Note-Taking App for Android and Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows Store.These courses take you through building a complete mobile app from scratch; this installment uses the iOS SDK and Xcode to get the job done. Author Todd Perkins shows you how to create an Xcode project, lay out apps visually, connect UI elements to code, and save data to persistent storage. Start here, and compare and contrast your results with the other courses to learn about the differences and similarities of the platforms.04/26/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 8IntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 79 minutes) Building an app for just one mobile platform isn't good enough anymore. But beginning with iOS is a great start. This course helps you build a simple note-taking app in iOS 8, one you can then re-create for Android and Windows Phone in Building a Note-Taking App for Android and Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows Store.Each of these courses helps you build a complete mobile app from scratch; this installment uses the iOS SDK and Xcode to get the job done. Author Todd Perkins shows you how to create an Xcode project, lay out apps visually, connect UI elements to code, and save data to persistent storage. Start here with iOS 8, and compare your results with the Android and Windows Phone courses to learn about the differences and similarities of these mobile platforms.04/27/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for iOS 9 with SwiftIntermediateDeveloperiOS, Swift(Length: 80 minutes) Android, Windows, and iOS support are all required for a successful app launch. This course, revised for 2015, is one in a series that will demonstrate the similarities and differences between the three platforms via the development of a complete note-taking app. This installment uses Xcode and Apple's Swift programming language to get the job done. Author Todd Perkins shows you how to set up your development environment, create a new app, and customize the app to support a split-screen view.Building a Note-Taking App for Android and Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows Store use the same assets. Compare and contrast the steps and discover the similarities and differences between the three platforms.04/27/2016
Building a Note-Taking App for Windows Phone 8 and Windows StoreIntermediateDeveloperWindows, Windows Phone(Length: 209 minutes) Building an app for one platform just isn't good enough anymore. Android, Windows, and iOS support are all required for a successful product—but learning the different environments is difficult. This course is one of a matched set spanning the three platforms and will demonstrate their similarities and differences. Start with the product most familiar to you, then watch the parallel courses to understand how to bridge your knowledge.Like its companions, it will take you through building a complete mobile app from scratch; but this installment uses C#/XAML with the Windows Phone SDK and Windows Store SDK to get the job done. Author Michael Lehman explains the app's class structure, model, and page flows, and then shows you how to build the data model from scratch, handle orientation and size changes, create the "code behind" the markup, implement persistence, and test your app on a device emulator.These three related courses use the same assets to develop the same app. (See Building a Note-Taking App for iOS and Building a Note-Taking App for Android for more information.) Compare and contrast the different steps and discover the similarities and differences!04/26/2016
Building a Physics-Based Platformer in GameMaker Studio Using GMLBeginnerDeveloperGameMaker(Length: 157 minutes) Mastering the Box2D physics engine included with GameMaker: Studio can open up a wide range of game design possibilities. By leveraging this powerful tool, you can create rules that govern how objects behave within your game world. In this course, learn how to create a simple, runner-style game using the Box2D physics engine built into GameMaker. Steven Moser explains how to set up the physics world for your game, move a player object using only physics functions, and create obstacles such as saws, spikes, and swinging blades. He also provides an introduction to liquid physics in Box2D—explaining how to create particles that behave like water and viscous poison—and shares how to decorate your level by building chains and rope bridges.06/18/2017
Building a Polling App with Socket IO and React.jsIntermediateDeveloper, WebReact.js, Socket IO(Length: 236 minutes) Socket technology is a natural fit for presentation and chat applications. This course helps you use Socket IO in combination with powerful JavaScript libraries to develop an interactive polling application that processes data in real time, allowing presenters to interact with audience members and graph their responses. Alex Banks shows each step in the process, starting with setting up the node environment and express app for development. You'll then create and connect sockets for real-time data sharing and set up routing and interface elements with React.js, refactoring those components for ES6 integration. This setup will allow you to program functionality for running presentations, joining presentations, asking and answering questions, and graphing the results of the poll.04/27/2016
Building a Progressive Web AppIntermediateWebHTML, JavaScript, CSS(Length: 127 minutes) Native apps do things like work offline and load on a device's home screen. Until now, mobile web apps accessed in a browser lacked those features. Progressive web apps correct these shortcomings. A progressive web app—like the one you build in this course—is 1) fast loading 2) responsive 3) able to work offline using service workers, 4) secure using HTTPS, and 5) installable using a special manifest. Ray Villalobos takes you the extra steps to make your web apps progressive, using a custom version of the Bootstrap framework and modals and templating system called Handlebars. Follow along to learn how to create interactive navigation, dynamic and responsive content such as carousels and multimedia, offline capabilities with service workers, and a more integrated launch experience with an app manifest file.12/20/2016
Building a Responsive Portfolio SiteIntermediateWebHTML, CSS(Length: 107 minutes) A great portfolio can make the difference between landing the job and getting passed over. This quick and fun project-based course will show you how to build a responsive portfolio site from start to finish. Staff author Justin Seeley shows how to plan the website in Photoshop and convert the plan into a single-page site. The backbone driving the portfolio will be Skeleton, an intuitive CSS framework that you'll learn how to use for your own projects. Along the way, you'll find out how to work with web fonts like Google fonts and icon fonts, how to start inserting content into containers, and how to style the look of headers, images, typography, and even social media buttons with some simple custom CSS. Add on a responsive lightbox effect and some media queries to make sure your site is ready for mobile, and you'll have a complete, high-quality platform for showcasing your work.04/27/2016
Building a Responsive Single-Page Design with PostCSSIntermediateWebHTML, CSS(Length: 143 minutes) Learn how to create responsive single-page websites with PostCSS, the CSS post-processor engine that extends the power of CSS through JavaScript. These step-by-step instructions take existing HTML markup and add style, animation, and responsive navigation. This combination allows for dynamic one-page sites—a popular design that's now even faster and easier to create with PostCSS. Along the way, Ray Villalobos introduces some handy plugins, tips for integrating PostCSS into a Gulp-based workflow, and techniques for making layouts more responsive with Flexbox.04/27/2016
Building a Responsive Single-Page Design with SassIntermediateWebHTML, JavaScript, CSS(Length: 295 minutes) Learn how to build dynamic, responsive single-page designs with HTML, JavaScript, and CSS. The website featured in this course combines docking navigation, columns that adjust without cluttering your site layout or HTML markup, and animated scrolling effects that respond to user direction. Author Ray Villalobos shows you how to build it. He starts with a lean, easy-to-read template, and then explains how to add the features that make single-page designs so great, with these four frameworks:Compass, whose Sass mixins help you leverage CSS3 features like FlexboxSusy 2, the framework that "subtracts" the math from responsive grid designScrollMagic, for adding "magical" scroll effectsBreakpoint, which makes writing media queries in Sass a snapBut this course isn't just about the tools. It's a realistic project that epitomizes many of the design challenges website developers face in the real world. Start watching now and learn how to use HTML, jQuery, and CSS to build your own dynamic, deeply responsive designs.04/26/2016
Building a Simple Full-Stack App with Angular 2 and Node.jsIntermediateWebNode.js, Angular(Length: 193 minutes) Are you already familiar with Angular 2 and Node.js? If so, this course can help you leverage these two popular frameworks to build a full-stack web application—which you can later use as a template for your own web app. Join Alexander Zanfir as he shows how to create and configure an Angular 2 project, display data in Angular 2, get your data from Node.js, and save your data to Node.js. He also covers how to create a form in Angular, set up routes, validate with reactive forms, register users, and more.05/20/2017
Building a Single-Page Website in MuseBeginnerDesign, WebMuse(Length: 94 minutes) Muse is a great WYSIWYG program, enabling designers who don't code to create websites. For example, one-page websites, which are dynamic designs usually driven by CSS. This course is a great first project for those new to Muse—who want to recreate popular designs without diving deep into programming.Staff author Justin Seeley explains how to set up your master page, build a custom navigation bar, and define content blocks on the master page. Then he shows how to import your graphics and text (from sources such as CC Libraries and Microsoft Word) and style all of the content. In chapter 4, Justin shows how to add the "infinite scrolling" behavior that is so emblematic of single-page designs.04/27/2016
Building a Slack Bot with Node.js MicroservicesIntermediateDeveloper, WebNode.js(Length: 129 minutes) Build a microservice-based system using Node.js. In the industry, Node.js is widely used to implement microservices that consume and provide APIs. In this course Daniel Khan covers the architectural considerations one has to take when building a system based on microservices and shows how to implement a resilient, natural language-aware Slack bot with Node.js. This course is designed to give you the knowledge to build out more complex architectures based on the framework created during the lessons.After explaining some basics about Node.js and microservices, Daniel shows you how to sketch out the planned architecture for your application and get the boilerplate code, modules, and credentials in place. Next, he shows how to create a bot user in Slack, connect to Slack, and post messages. He also shows you how to get your bot to process variations in text by creating logic that delegates the processing of intent to dedicated modules. Lastly, he shows how to register additional services and he covers how to use monitoring to identify architectural or performance issues.11/08/2016
Building a Web Interface with React.jsIntermediateWebReact.js(Length: 81 minutes) React is a JavaScript library for creating user interfaces that display dynamic data. Because of its reusable components and unique data rendering approach, the web interfaces you create with React are flexible, fast, and lightweight. Need another reason to choose React? It's also easy to learn, with these lessons from staff author Ray Villalobos. Join Ray as he reviews React's component architecture and covers key skills such as handling events, breaking code into custom subcomponents, managing form fields with references, and setting up sorting and search. Every lesson is focused on the specifics of creating web interfaces with React, so you'll be able to easily transition the techniques to your own projects.08/02/2016
Building a Website with Node.js and Express.jsIntermediateWebNode.js, Express.js(Length: 166 minutes) JavaScript is the language for adding interactivity to a website, but there's so much more it can do. Enter Node.js and Express.js, two technologies that extend the capabilities of JavaScript. The Node platform allows you to develop server-side applications with JavaScript that you can then easily publish as websites with the Express framework. In this course, Ray Villalobos walks through the entire process of creating a website on a server with Node.js and Express.js. After going over the installation process, Ray shows how to build a basic application, control the state of an application with routing, and use templates and partials. Then he demonstrates how to quickly structure a site with Express Generator, work with models and views, and publish the final website using Heroku.Note: This course is intended for intermediate front-end web developers who are familiar with creating web projects and understand JavaScript basics.04/26/2016
Building a Website with Node.js and Express.jsIntermediateDeveloper, WebNode.js, Express.js(Length: 196 minutes) Interested in building JavaScript websites that do more? Node.js and Express.js are a perfect match. Express is a fast, minimalist framework that sits on top of Node.js and allows you to build powerful single- and multi-page web applications and websites.In this course, Ray Villalobos walks through the process of creating full-featured websites with these technologies. First, find out how to install each package and leverage Node.js features from within Express. Then learn how to build a basic application with templating engines like EJS; create more flexible, modular code with includes and conditional statements; build APIs to manage HTTP requests to add and delete content dynamically; and configure more complex routing. Along the way, Ray implements features like customer feedback forms and real-time live chat, so you can see exactly what Node.js and Express are capable of.08/23/2016
Building a Windows Store Game Using HTML and JavaScriptIntermediateDeveloper, WebWindows, Visual Studio Express(Length: 136 minutes) Write your first Windows Store app with HTML5, JavaScript, and CSS. In this course, author David Isbitski shows how to use these technologies to build a game engine that runs on Microsoft devices and desktops. First, learn about the Microsoft web stack and the capabilities offered in HTML5—the foundation of your app. The course then covers each step of the build in detail, from designing the game interface and setting up a game loop to adding support for multiple screen sizes and touch interaction, incorporating music and sound effects, and accessing data from the camera and accelerometer. Along the way, discover how to personalize the look of your game with CSS3.04/26/2016
Building Accountability Into Your CultureBeginnerBusiness(Length: 33 minutes) Leaders must model accountability to the rest of the organization to create trust and establish their own credibility. Employees must be held accountable for their work, both as individuals and within teams. When leaders and employees are accountable, this creates a culture of accountability, which becomes part of the organization's brand promise. In this course, leadership consultant and executive coach Mike Figliuolo reveals how to create a culture of accountability by developing accountability at the individual level, team level, and brand level. Along the way, he shows how to set employee expectations, create incentives, and align the practice of accountability with the values of your organization.04/26/2016
Building Adaptive Android Apps with FragmentsIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 128 minutes) One of the most common issues Android developers face is market fragmentation: the variations in screen size and pixel density among the thousands of phones, tablets, and even desktop computers that run Android. The Fragments API (introduced in Android 3.0) helps you deal with this issue. This course teaches Android developers how to program with the Fragments API, and build apps that work well on a wide variety of devices. David Gassner shows how to define different fragment layouts and add them to activities with XML or Java, create layouts for different screens and use a resource alias to select the right layout at runtime, and communicate between activities and fragments. He'll also show you how to make fragments work on older versions of Android, with the support library, and use fragments to display dialogs and preference screens.04/26/2016
Building an App with React.js and MeteorJSIntermediateWebReact.js, Meteor, Redux(Length: 260 minutes) Meteor and React are a powerhouse combination. Meteor gives you a fast, easy-to-use solution for data management across clients and servers, and React gives you a way to structure your app's UI from reusable components. The combination allows you to create your dream apps: dynamic, data driven, and cross-platform. This project-based course walks you step-by-step through the development of a complete React/Meteor app for managing the players and performance of an international soccer team. Follow along with Emmanuel Henri as he shows how to set up your development environment for the first time, develop a player view in React, use Meteor's back-end capabilities to code player and team logic, build charts to track player stats, and add user registration. Plus, learn how to keep your code secure with server methods and use CSS to style the final application.12/27/2016
Building an Ecommerce Web Site Using Dreamweaver with PHPBeginnerDeveloper, WebDreamweaver(Length: 233 minutes) In this course, author Lawrence Cramer offers two approaches to implementing ecommerce functionality in Dreamweaver: introducing basic ecommerce functions to an existing site and creating a stand-alone ecommerce solution with PHP and MySQL. The course explores choosing a payment vendor, creating a simple buy button, configuring a store with the Cartweaver extension, adding products and discounts, and managing inventory. The course also provides guidance on securing an ecommerce site, preparing for the site's launch, and effectively promoting a store. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
Building an Integrated Online Marketing PlanIntermediateMarketing(Length: 187 minutes) Learn how to integrate all the moving parts of a successful marketing strategy—email, social media, search, and more—without diluting your message is a critical skill for businesses large and small. Matt Bailey has over two decades in the online marketing industry. Let him show you how to establish your brand's story and then market it accordingly, using permissioned email, blog posts, and forums like Facebook, Twitter, LinkedIn, and even Pinterest. Learn to assess your resources and research the market, so you don't overreach; develop compelling content that entices customers while supporting your brand; and then review the performance of your campaigns and look for opportunities for improvement.04/26/2016
Building an iOS Messages ApplicationIntermediateDeveloperiOS, Swift(Length: 102 minutes) This hands-on course covers the building of an iOS application that allows two types of extensions: messages and stickers. For the Messages extension demonstration, a basic utility app and a game app are created. For the sticker demonstration, a sticker extension is created, a demo that includes creating artwork and adding it into a message. Join Todd Perkins as he shows you how to lay out your app UI, code the desired behavior into your app's objects, and connect your app to Messages by leveraging extension functionality.05/11/2017
Building an Online CommunityBeginnerMarketing(Length: 25 minutes) Create an engaged community around your business or product with this quick course from author Justin Seeley. Discover how to find and attract an audience; design a consistent brand and message across Facebook, Twitter, and other social networks; engage your followers in real conversations; craft content that will be popular with your followers; and ultimately cultivate a community of people who are passionate about the same thing.04/26/2016
Building an Online Shopping Cart (2006)AdvancedDeveloper, Web(Length: 246 minutes) By 2007, 77% of internet users over the age of 13 -- about 131.3 million people -- will shop online. In these tutorials, instructor Lawrence Cramer helps give business owners the tools to harness this market effectively. Using an in-depth case study and other varied examples, Lawrence demonstrates how to seamlessly create and incorporate a shopping cart and back end to support online customers. Building an Online Shopping Cart covers everything from the general concepts of e-commerce to the nitty-gritty of setting up and customizing credit card and order processing features. The training also covers security, customer privacy, building a store, and developing and integrating customer service and policies.04/27/2016
Building an Ubuntu Home ServerBeginnerITLinux, Ubuntu(Length: 136 minutes) Whether you want to set up a media server, a file sharing server, remote access, or you just want to hone your Linux skills and create something useful along the way, this course has the steps you need to be able to set up and use Ubuntu Server as your solution. Ubuntu Server is a platform that can be leveraged for business or home use. This course covers hardware needs, installation steps, setting up local services, and accessing resources remotely.05/11/2017
Building and Deploying a Full-Stack React ApplicationIntermediateWebReact.js(Length: 256 minutes) React—a popular JavaScript framework—boasts a number of developer-friendly tools that can help you quickly and efficiently turn your ideas into fully-functioning applications. If you already have a solid grasp of the essentials of full-stack JavaScript web development, this practical, project-based course can help you get acquainted with React. Follow Carl Peaslee as he walks through how to plan, configure, create, and deploy a scalable, full-stack React and Relay application. As Carl explains how to lay out a UX roadmap, construct the foundation of an application, implement authentication, and connect your app to a remote database, you can practice what you learn by building a site where users can play simple games.04/13/2017
Building and Distributing a Simple App with Xcode and SwiftBeginnerDeveloperSwift(Length: 87 minutes) Swift's innovative syntax and Xcode's full-featured development environment allow you to build apps for desktop and mobile fast. These tools are necessary for any developer who wants to code OS X and iOS apps. Here Todd Perkins shows how to adopt them into your workflow, providing a quick start guide to setting up Xcode for development with Swift, creating and coding a simple app, and publishing it to the App Store.04/27/2016
Building and Maintaining Your UX Design PortfolioBeginnerWeb(Length: 15 minutes) Building and maintaining a compelling user experience design portfolio isn't easy. In this course, Diane Cronenwett offers real-world advice to make your portfolio stand out from the crowd. Learn how to create a portfolio ... even if you've never worked in a UX job before. Understand the elements of a strong UX portfolio. Find out what happens during a portfolio review—and get tips for incorporating storytelling into a presentation.This short course contains everything you need to kick-start a career in UX and find a UX job in any startup or established corporation.06/14/2016
Building and Securing RESTful APIs in ASP.NET CoreIntermediateWebASP.NET(Length: 233 minutes) Most people have heard of RESTful APIs, but the underlying concept—REST or representational state transfer—still causes confusion. REST is all about modeling resources and how those resources can change. RESTful APIs use this architecture along with HTTP requests to transfer data and changes in application state between clients and servers. This course will break down the principles of RESTful design and show how to build secure RESTful APIs on top of ASP.NET Core. Nate Barbettini answers questions such as: What is RESTful design? How do you perform RESTful routing? How can you build reusable classes to represent resources? What role does caching play? And how do you secure RESTful APIs? He also covers topics such as data modeling, hypermedia relationships, and authentication and authorization. By the end of the course, you should know not only the basics—how to properly use HTTP verbs and return JSON data from ASP.NET Core—but also the best practices for building secure and scalable APIs to serve web clients, mobile clients, and beyond.07/08/2017
Building Android and iOS Apps with Dreamweaver CC and PhoneGapIntermediateDeveloper, WebDreamweaver, iOS, Android, PhoneGap(Length: 255 minutes) Dreamweaver users: welcome to the brave new world of mobile app development. Now, with the PhoneGap plugin and basic knowledge of HTML, CSS, and JavaScript, you can create apps for iOS and Android devices—and this course shows you how. Author Joseph Lowery first explains how to set up both Android and iOS work environments, including the simulators you'll need for testing your app on different phone models and operating systems. Then he takes you step by step through the creation of a basic app with jQuery Mobile with a custom theme. The final chapters demonstrate how to build an app from scratch—complete with transitions and sliders—and then construct a data-entry form optimized for mobile.04/26/2016
Building Android and iOS Apps with Dreamweaver CS5.5IntermediateDeveloper, WebDreamweaver, iOS, Android(Length: 212 minutes) In this course, Joseph Lowery shows how to develop HTML5 applications for the two mobile operating systems supported in Dreamweaver, iOS and Android, and generate a native app for each OS, suitable for testing with the open-source PhoneGap framework. The course covers basic app creation, including working with the built-in starter pages in Dreamweaver, as well as creating custom apps from scratch. It then focuses on packaging and preparing finished apps for debugging prior to deploying to the Android Market and the Apple App Store. Development techniques particular to the mobile arena, including the use of jQuery Mobile, are emphasized for developers to create apps on multiple platforms.04/28/2016
Building Android Apps with Cloud ServicesIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 158 minutes) If you're an Android developer, you have access to an assortment of cloud-based services that can help you create and deliver a high-quality app. In this course, Albert Lo shines a spotlight on some of the most popular services and tools for Android developers, and demonstrates how they work by implementing them in a power failure monitoring application. He explores how to use Crashlytics to troubleshoot crashes, use Fabric.io to deploy an app for remote users so they can beta test it externally, structure the codebase to use any analytics provider, use Firebase remote configuration to configure parameters in runtime, and more.02/14/2017
Building APIs in PHP Using the Silex Micro FrameworkBeginnerDeveloper, WebPHP, Slim(Length: 104 minutes) A well-designed API includes not just URLs and response codes but also authentication, consistent structures, and useful JSON payloads. Luckily, the Silex micro framework makes it easy to move an API from concept to implementation to production. What used to take weeks or even months can usually be done in hours or days with Silex.This course begins with a simple application specification and builds it one step at a time. Each chapter includes a key concept, with examples from other public APIs, and then shows how to build it yourself with Silex. Learn about URL routing, validating input, and generating response codes and hypermedia payloads. Like any project, the first implementation may be a little messy, but don't worry. The last chapter covers refactoring and what it takes to scale and support the API going forward.10/18/2016
Building APIs in PHP Using the Slim Micro FrameworkBeginnerDeveloper, WebPHP, Slim(Length: 112 minutes) A well-designed API includes not just URLs and response codes but also authentication, consistent structures, and useful JSON payloads. Luckily, the Slim micro framework makes it easy to move an API from concept to implementation to production. What used to take weeks or even months can usually be done in hours or days with Slim.This course begins with a simple application specification and builds it one step at a time. Each chapter includes a key concept, with examples from other public APIs, and then shows how to build it yourself with Slim. Learn about URL routing, validating input, and generating response codes and hypermedia payloads. Like any project, the first implementation may be a little messy but don't worry. The last chapter covers refactoring and what it takes to scale and support the API going forward.10/18/2016
Building APIs Using Hapi in Node.jsIntermediateWebNode.js, MongoDB, Hapi(Length: 143 minutes) With the current, mobile-first approach to development, it's crucial that you have a good API for your mobile and web projects. In this interactive, project-based course, learn how to create a RESTful API with Node.js and Hapi, a popular framework for building and consuming APIs, as well as how to interact with the MongoDB. Follow Kirsten Hunter as she covers the fundamentals of web API technologies, including the basics of HTTP transactions and how REST APIs work over HTTP connections. After this general review, she helps to bring the concepts home by guiding you, step-by-step, through building an application that integrates with the Fitbit system.04/06/2017
Building Apps for Android Wear DevicesIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 150 minutes) Build apps for the Internet of Things with Android Wear! This popular mobile operating system powers a new generation of wearable devices, including smartwatches made by Samsung, Sony, Motorola, ASUS, and more. Get ahead of the curve by developing apps for this emerging market, with these tutorials from expert David Gassner. He'll show how to configure the Android SDK for Android Wear development, and connect to virtual and physical devices for testing. And because Android watches are always paired with a phone or tablet, he'll show you how to send notifications between paired devices, using display buttons and voice input to enhance the messages. Finally, David shows how to build standalone apps that run directly on watches and package them for distribution through the Google Play store.04/27/2016
Building Blocks and Macros in WordIntermediateBusinessWord(Length: 143 minutes) Streamline your workflows and cut time spent on document creation by taking advantage of building blocks and macros in Microsoft Word. Author Mariann Siegert illustrates how to create, store, and effortlessly reuse pieces of document information such as boilerplate text, graphics, tables, shapes, fields, and content controls. The course also explains how to record macros to capture the steps in your workflow and run them with a single click. The course includes five real-world projects and introduces Visual Basic for Applications (VBA), the language on which Word macros are based.04/28/2016
Building Business RelationshipsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 83 minutes) Learn how to build four key types of business relationships in your career: with your manager, with your coworkers, with other departments, and with executives. Author and executive coach Simon T. Bailey guides you through building authentic connections with others and creating your own personal board of directors to help you succeed. Discover how you can build meaningful rapport, set yourself up for visibility and success, manage up when you don't click, develop executive presence, and cross-train within a team to better serve the organization.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Building Cloud Connected Universal Windows AppsIntermediateDeveloperWindows, Visual Studio(Length: 189 minutes) Universal Windows Platform (UWP) apps work on any device that runs Windows 10. In this course, Daniel Jacobson shows you how to build a UWP app that leverages the power of the cloud. Daniel shows you how to set up and test backend services in the cloud, configure Azure services, work with essential APIs, and more. He also covers building an adaptive user interface, optimizing performance, submitting your app to the Windows Store, and publishing.03/09/2017
Building Complex Express Sites with Redis and Socket.IOIntermediateDeveloper, WebNode.js, Redis, Express.js, Socket IO(Length: 206 minutes) Learn how to use the Express framework in conjunction with Redis and Socket.IO to make robust and dynamic sites. This course explains the purpose and use of commands, data types, and the Redis storage structure. See how to add basic messaging and perform installation and integration steps. Find out how to use Node.js compatibly with Socket.IO and how to implement a multi-server setup. By the end of this course, you will have the knowledge needed to be able to build—in real time—a full-featured web application that supports two-way communication.Note: This course was created by Packt Publishing. We are pleased to host this training in our library.06/10/2017
Building Creative OrganizationsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 41 minutes) Have you wondered how you can be creative on short notice and sustain that spark throughout your organization? Creative principles like imagination, innovation, change, and play enhance a business's productivity, its marketability, and the bottom line. Organizational creativity expert and MBA faculty Dr. Nancy Napier teaches the six disciplines of creativity in high-performing organizations. Discover how your company meets creative challenges and then adopt strategies from the six disciplines to hire the best talent, get inspiration beyond your field, and set up creative spaces and appropriate leadership structures. This course also covers common obstacles leaders find in transitioning their organizations to more creative ways of thinking.04/26/2016
Building Curtain Walls with RevitIntermediateCADRevit(Length: 70 minutes) This course examines one of the best features Revit has to offer: curtain walls. Though they're not structurally significant, curtain walls are important to a building's design aesthetic and the comfort of its occupants. There are many different types of curtain walls out there; Revit offers just as many different ways to build them to fit your needs. Eric Wing starts this course with a look at Revit's simple, preconfigured walls, and then moves on to customizing blank curtain walls with different panel materials, mullions (load-bearing, structural supports), and nonlinear grid patterns. From there, you'll learn to create your own mullion family from scratch. Finally, graduate to massing free-form curtain walls with custom volumes, panels, and spider fittings. With Revit and these tutorials, you can create some really cool systems!04/26/2016
Building Custom HTML5 Video Playback with Angular 2IntermediateWebAngular(Length: 92 minutes) The HTML5 video element allows us to play back video files through native browser elements, but the default experience is lacking for most projects—and differs drastically in appearance across the various browsers. Using a combination of Bootstrap and Angular, we can develop a responsive app with our own set of customized playback controls that will perform well and appear the same across all platforms and devices. Join Joseph Labrecque as he sets up a custom video player with Angular 2, the next generation of this "superheroic" JavaScript framework, and Bootstrap 4.07/19/2016
Building Custom HTML5 Video Playback with AngularJS 1IntermediateWebBootstrap, Angular(Length: 82 minutes) HTML video doesn't require plugins for playback, but the default experience differs drastically across browsers. Using a combination of Bootstrap and AngularJS, you can develop a responsive video app that performs and appears great in all browsers—unifying the user experience and allowing custom functionality, such as playlists and full-screen playback. Join Joseph Labrecque for this start-to-finish course that guides you through every step in the process, from installing the software to employing a variety of foundational AngularJS directives. All you need to bring is the video and the time.04/27/2016
Building Custom Tools to Extend the Unity IDEIntermediateDeveloperUnity(Length: 131 minutes) Unity is a powerful IDE for 2D and 3D game development. But it's even better when you extend it by building your own custom tools. Join Jesse Freeman, as he explores extending the Unity IDE with custom inspectors, editor windows, and other tools for speeding up game development. Learn how to extend the existing inspector by exposing public fields, build custom editor windows, save and load files to the project folder, and more. Plus, learn how to style and skin your tools so they're easier to use. Want to share your customizations with others? When you're done, you can export the new tools to share with colleagues or sell in the Unity Asset Store.04/27/2016
Building Customer LoyaltyBeginnerBusiness(Length: 43 minutes) Do loyal customers still exist in our wired world? Yes, but you have to work to keep them. In this course, customer-loyalty expert and best-selling author Jill Griffin outlines a three-step process for understanding who your best customers are and how to keep them loyal. First Jill explains why not all customers are equal and why the first step in building customer loyalty is to know who your best customers are. She then shares proven customer-retention techniques, using examples from large, successful organizations, and shows how you can learn from your best customers' buying behavior. Last, Jill provides guidance on how to embed customer-loyalty practices into every level of your organization.04/26/2016
Building Deep Learning Applications with Keras 2.0IntermediateITPython, Keras, Google TensorFlow(Length: 84 minutes) Keras is a popular programming framework for deep learning that simplifies the process of building deep learning applications. Instead of providing all the functionality itself, it uses either TensorFlow or Theano behind the scenes and adds a standard, simplified programming interface on top. In this course, learn how to install Keras and use it to build a simple deep learning model. Explore the many powerful pre-trained deep learning models included in Keras and how to use them. Discover how to deploy Keras models, and how to transfer data between Keras and TensorFlow so that you can take advantage of all the TensorFlow tools while using Keras. When you wrap up this course, you'll be ready to start building and deploying your own models with Keras.07/18/2017
Building Flash Games with StarlingIntermediateDeveloper, WebActionScript, Flash Builder, Flash Player, Starling(Length: 177 minutes) Join Lee Brimelow in this project-style course that teaches how to build a Flash-based game with Flash Builder 4.6, Flash Player 11, and the Starling framework. Starling, a pure ActionScript 3.0 library for advanced graphics, extends Flash Player 11's support for the modern GPU (graphic processing unit) to enable visual presentations and games in the browser or as a mobile app.Starting with installation and configuration of Starling and creation of a Flash Builder project, the course shows how to prepare and import graphical assets, create MovieClip classes from sprite sheets, manage various gaming objects, detect collisions, and add both particle and sound effects. The finished game can be deployed to any browser or mobile device that integrates Flash Player 11, which was released in September 2011.04/28/2016
Building Flexible Android Apps with the Fragments APIIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 148 minutes) One of the most common challenges Android developers face is the variation in screen sizes among the thousands of phones, tablets, and other devices that run Android. The Fragments API (introduced in Android 3.0) provides an elegant solution. With fragments, you can build flexible layouts that adapt to any screen size—and do so dynamically, at runtime. In this course, David Gassner shows how to define a layout, add fragments to activities with Java or XML, create alternative layouts for different screen sizes, and use resource folder names to detect and select the right layout. He also shows you how to communicate between activities and fragments with arguments and callback methods, and use fragments to manage dialogs and shared preferences.09/06/2016
Building High-Performance TeamsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 143 minutes) High-performing teams are critical to maintaining an organization's competitive advantage. These teams consistently show high levels of collaboration and innovation, and outperform their peers. In this course, author and leadership-training expert Mike Figliuolo shows you how to create and lead the teams that get more done for their organizations. Learn about the seven elements of a high-performance team, and the techniques necessary to set direction, gather and deploy the right resources, prioritize work, motivate employees, and help team members develop their individual strengths.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Building Material Design Apps on Android with React NativeIntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 178 minutes) Although the React Native framework is used specifically to build apps that will work cross platform, it usually takes a bit more effort to achieve a true native look and feel for Android apps than for iOS apps. Driven by examples, this course demonstrates how to build interfaces for Android following material design principles. Join Linton Ye as he reviews the important principles of material design, followed by how to develop apps that leverage these guidelines. Linton covers how to set up your environment, gather the necessary tools, build functional interfaces, add motion, leverage component libraries, and more.07/08/2017
Building Mobile Apps with Google Maps Android API v2IntermediateDeveloperAndroid(Length: 230 minutes) Maps make mobile apps more useful; they can help users find businesses and areas of interest, get directions, or gain insights into new communities. In this course, learn to add interactive maps to your Android apps with Google Maps Android API v2. David Gassner first shows you how to set up the tools, get an API key, and import and link to Google Play services. After an introduction to presenting simple maps with the MapView and MapFragment classes, the course describes how to set a map's initial state, switch between different map types, work with map markers, draw shapes, and work with zoom controls, the My Location button, and various user gestures. Finally, learn to add a map to an existing app and prepare it for distribution.Note: An Android device with Android 3.0 (Honeycomb) or higher, and that has Google Play Store installed, is required to use the course exercises. (Kindle Fire and Nook devices do not qualify.) Finished mapping apps can be deployed on Android 2.2 (Froyo) or later.04/26/2016
Building Mobile Apps with the PhoneGap Command-Line Interface(Length: 43 minutes) 04/26/2016
Building Native Mobile Apps with NativeScript and Angular 2IntermediateWebJavaScript(Length: 314 minutes) NativeScript is an open-source framework for building native iOS and Android apps. Web developers who are familiar with Angular 2 can get introduced to NativeScript in this course and learn how to develop an application for iOS and Android by leveraging the NativeScript framework with Angular 2. Join Alex Ziskind as he guides you from the initial installation of NativeScript through architecting an application. He explains how to declare the most common user interface widgets while styling them with CSS. Plus, he demonstrates how to set up the Faker library, and how to programmatically tap into the native navigation engine for iOS and Android.06/10/2017
Building PDFs with Acrobat XIBeginnerBusiness, video2brainAcrobat(Length: 190 minutes) Adobe Acrobat XI, the latest version of Adobe's PDF editing application, includes powerful new features like enhanced text- and image-editing capabilities, support for web forms and electronic signatures, and improved compatibility with Word, Excel, and PowerPoint. In this workshop, Adobe Certified Instructor Chad Chelius shows you how to make the most of Acrobat XI. After walking you through the settings used to generate PDF files, Chad teaches you how to navigate a PDF, add key navigation features such as bookmarks and links, and create PDF files in a variety of ways. Plus, discover how to share your PDF files, create a PDF form using the new FormsCentral application, and collaborate with other users.04/26/2016
*Building ResilienceIntermediateBusiness(Length: 41 minutes) Have trouble getting by when the going gets tough? Everyone wants to perform well when the pressure's on, but a lot of us withdraw in times of stress or adversity. If you can build your resilience, you'll have an easier time facing new challenges and earn a valuable skill to offer employers. In this course, Kelley School of Business professor and professional communications coach Tatiana Kolovou explains how to bounce back from difficult situations, by building your "resiliency threshold." She outlines five training techniques to prepare for difficult situations, and five strategies for reflecting on them afterward. Find out where you are on the resilience scale, identify where you want to be, and learn strategies to close the gap.04/26/2016
Building Responsive Forms with FlexboxIntermediateWebCSS Flexbox(Length: 80 minutes) The CSS3 Flexible Box Model, or Flexbox, is a different way to design responsive websites and HTML forms. Flexbox doesn't rely on floats or collapsible margins. Instead, flex containers shrink and expand items to fit the available space. With flexbox, complex layouts can be achieved with cleaner, more semantic code.In this course, senior staff author James Williamson shows how to use flex containers, flex child items, and responsive design techniques to create responsive layouts for two forms: a short search form and a longer registration form with sections. He demonstrates how to style the form structures, fields, labels, and buttons; control the alignment of different elements; and enhance the responsiveness of both forms with media queries.04/27/2016
Building Roofs with RevitIntermediateCADRevit(Length: 191 minutes) What's a room without a roof? This course covers the topic of adding roofs, roof framing, and detailing with Revit: from flat roofs to fun, free-form roofs and everything in between (hip, gable, mansard, Dutch hip combination, and gambrel). Eric Wing dives into flat roofs first, showing how to pitch insulation to roof drains, add crickets, and warp roofs to fit sloped framing. From there, he shows how to create pitched roofs, add dormers, and punch holes for skylights. Of course no roof can exist without a structure, so he also focuses on adding framing and trusses to support any roof shape. Looking for something more ornate? The final chapter shows how to add truss, valley, and wall attachment details for colonial, oriental, and gothic roof styles.04/26/2016
Building Self-ConfidenceBeginnerBusiness(Length: 21 minutes) Confidence can help you accomplish your goals and build strong relationships. But the reverse is also true; a lack of confidence can hurt you personally and professionally. Luckily, there are steps you can take to build lasting self-confidence. In this course, author and educator Todd Dewett shows you 10 techniques for building confidence you can apply at work and in your personal life. Learn how to own where you are and where you want to be, remove negativity, and visualize success.04/26/2016
Building Solutions Using Excel 2013 and Access 2013 TogetherIntermediateITAccess, Excel(Length: 106 minutes) What happens when you combine Excel and Access? You get the best of both programs. Learn how to use Excel 2013 to get the most out of Access 2013 and save time building database solutions and running reports. Robin Hunt shows how to import and link to Excel data, run calculations in Excel and Access, build forms and reports in both programs, and automate tasks with macros, including the AutoExec startup macro in Access.These techniques are the key to better personal productivity data systems. Start watching now.04/27/2016
*Building Templates in WordIntermediateBusinessWord(Length: 97 minutes) In this course, author Mariann Siegert shares how to harness the power of templates in Microsoft Word and create efficient and repeatable workflows. The course focuses on the basics of using and applying templates but also shows how to create custom templates with document property fields, macros, content controls, building blocks, and styles. Also discover how to create style set templates to make documents more efficient and consistent; use organizers to copy styles, macros, and Autotext between templates; modify the default Normal template; and create workgroup, global, and add-in templates to share with colleagues.04/28/2016
Building Transparency in PhotoshopIntermediateDesignPhotoshop(Length: 20 minutes) Learn a new trick to give designs and illustrations more depth and volume … transparency! Steve Caplin takes the image of a skull and creates a transparent duplicate, showing you how to replicate the effect in just a few steps. Using the Apply Median filter and the Image Warp and Smudge tools, he transforms the skull into a glass-like structure that reveals and refracts the environment around it. The entire technique takes just 20 minutes.04/27/2016
Building TrustIntermediateBusiness(Length: 60 minutes) The "circles of trust" model is a helpful tool for describing relationships. In the innermost circle, you work on your trustworthiness and ethical decision making. In the middle circle, you work on your everyday relationships with colleagues and peers. In the outer circle, you project credibility and trustworthiness beyond your usual circle, building relationships that are based on mutual benefit.In this course, author Brenda Bailey-Hughes shows how to strengthen relationships within the three circles of trust. Plus, learn how to build trust in remote teams, repair lost or broken trust, and deliver an apology to speed the rebuilding process.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Building Web APIs with ASP.NET CoreIntermediateDeveloper, WebASP.NET, Web API, ASP.NET Core MVC(Length: 67 minutes) Web APIs drive the most popular and powerful web and mobile apps—making the developer who can build a robust Web API a developer that's in demand. Get started creating your own Web APIs with ASP.NET Core in Visual Studio 2015. Learn how routing works to ensure Web APIs work as planned and are easily consumed by remote applications. Then find out how data is modeled and how to build business logic for a Web API. Instructor Chris Woodruff shows how to implement CRUD operations to connect to SQL Server, so you can see how the data models in your projects connect to underlying databases. Finally, the chapter on caching will show how to improve the performance of ASP.NET Core Web API projects. Follow along with Chris to learn all these concepts and more, and complete the Web API shown in the course: an ecommerce engine for creating and viewing customer orders and assigning orders to sales reps.12/13/2016
Building Web Applications with AjaxIntermediateWebAjax(Length: 91 minutes) Ajax revolutionized web development by allowing developers to create interactive client-side applications that communicated with servers only when necessary, skipping the constant refresh cycle of earlier models. While Ajax usually makes applications run smoother, it can also introduce strange performance and resilience issues. In this course, Sasha Vodnik provides you with the details you need to create fast and reliable web applications using Ajax in the background. Sasha dives into the basics of XHR—the fundamental building block of Ajax—as well as the newer Fetch API. Plus, he explains how to write Ajax whether you're using AngularJS, React, or jQuery. Throughout the course, he shares tips for making smart code design decisions.03/16/2017
Building Web Services with Java EEIntermediateDeveloperJava(Length: 145 minutes) Most Java EE APIs are presentation-oriented. But there's another category of service-oriented features that provide data and other services to mobile and desktop "rich" applications. This course explores web services: the concepts, syntax, commands, and tools that allow you to communicate and share data between applications. Author Patrick Royal explores protocols like SOAP and REST and shares simple programming tips for writing web services that are as efficient as possible. He also reveals his favorite extensions for increasing the compatibility of your services. This course includes a series of hands-on practice activities (challenges) that let you test your understanding along the way.04/26/2016
Building Windows Phone 8 Live TilesIntermediateDeveloperWindows Phone(Length: 45 minutes) A Windows Phone Live Tile represents your app on your phone's Start screen. It's important to build an engaging, clear representation of what your app is and does to your end users. This course helps you understand the three tile types (flip, iconic, and cycle), create the design assets for each one, and build the tiles themselves. Author Doug Winnie also shows you how to work with secondary tiles—which enable your users to launch within a specific part inside the app to pin to their Start screen.04/26/2016
Building Windows Store Apps Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloperWindows(Length: 490 minutes) Start creating apps to distribute to Microsoft Windows desktops, tablets, and phones. This course lays the groundwork for coding and distributing your very first app for Windows 8. First, explore the XAML and C# syntax and the tools for developing your code, including Visual Studio and Expression Blend. Then discover how to lay out your app's interface; add color, transforms, and page-to-page navigation; handle orientation changes for mobile devices; respond to events; and accept input via controls and touch gestures. Author and avid developer Walt Ritscher also shows how to configure Windows Tiles, which makes your app accessible, and charms, which allow you to search your app, change its settings, or share app data. Plus, learn advanced techniques for viewing, editing, and storing data and system files.04/26/2016
Building Your Data Science TeamBeginnerBusiness, IT(Length: 74 minutes) More companies are adding data science teams to their organization. To be effective, it's crucial to understand how to build and manage these teams. Business coach and author Doug Rose lays out the secrets of building effective data science teams. You'll see how to take advantage of existing talent or how you might hire new team members. You'll also see how to train these teams to create the unique chemistry that fosters better collaboration and keener discussions.Learn the holistic approach to building teams and deploying data science across disciplines. Identify the key roles and responsibilities, including research lead, data analyst, and project manager. Find out how to define areas of responsibility, foster effective communication, and build compelling reports and visualizations. Then see how to avoid the pitfalls of losing focus and arriving at false consensus. These techniques help you build highly skilled teams that produce deeper insights than you'll find from relying on data scientists alone.11/22/2016
Building Your Marketing Technology StackBeginnerMarketing(Length: 139 minutes) Digital marketing has been around for over 30 years, but marketers are only now starting to think of its components holistically. A marketing technology stack is the set of tools that your marketing team uses to plan, execute, and measure all aspects of your marketing objectives. With the explosion of new capabilities, vendors, and technologies in this space, it's more important than ever to carefully choose your components and build the stack that's right for your organization. In this course, Dave Booth walks you through a framework that examines the roles and benefits of each "layer" in the stack—acquisition through marketing and advertising, digital experiences and clickstream measurement, the back office functions, and analysis. Learn how these technologies can help you drive engagement, measure results, increase sales, and improve customer relationships. NOTE: While specific software and platforms aren't endorsed, you will see how tools like a customer relationship management system and web analytics work in a successful marketing mix.05/20/2016
Building Your Professional NetworkIntermediateBusiness(Length: 50 minutes) Join author and business coach Dave Crenshaw as he shows you how to build your professional connections by increasing your network and influence. This course reveals strategies to connect with people in person, build casual acquaintances into real connections, and leverage social media to increase your sphere of influence. Learn ways to build both communication channels and community as you serve your network and make yourself available for new introductions and opportunities.This course is one of a series of five Dave Crenshaw courses based on his Invaluable teaching methodology for professional development.04/28/2016
Building Your TeamBeginnerBusiness(Length: 56 minutes) At its essence, a team is a system of human relationships. In the process of building a team, any leader or manager needs to understand not only the needs of individual team members, but also how those individuals are affected when working in groups. Effective teams emerge from an understanding of these dynamics. In this course, organizational alchemist Izzy Gesell explains how to build an efficient, high-performing team from the ground up. Izzy helps you understand your leadership style, and walks through the different stages of team development. He goes into different types of teams—natural or self-directed, cross-functional, and virtual. He also shows how to establish a team mission and how to run successful meetings.03/23/2017
Building Your Technology SkillsBeginnerITWindows, PowerShell, Wireshark, Server(Length: 54 minutes) Build your technology skills, one tutorial at a time. Martin Guidry takes members on a journey of key IT topics and trends. He focuses on important skills, software releases, and other items of interest to the IT professional. Topics include hardware, networking, virtualization, and security. The videos are perfect bite-sized learning breaks for your busy day in IT.04/27/2016
Business AcumenBeginnerBusiness(Length: 67 minutes) Having business acumen means understanding how your business operates. If you are interested in moving up in an organization, you need to understand what your organization's competitive advantage is, what drives performance, and how you compete against other organizations. This knowledge helps you exercise good judgment when making business decisions. In this course, leadership expert Mike Figliuolo explains the most common business topics and terms you need to be familiar with—business models, financials, strategy, sales and marketing, R&D, P&L, EBITDA, and other key concepts. He leads you through a series of questions that will help you understand your business better, such as: What business are you in? What's your market and who is your competition?What problem does your business solve? How are your products and services created? What are your pricing and growth strategies?How do you measure performance?With the answers in hand, you can be assured your have the knowledge to make the best decisions for your business.09/20/2016
Business Acumen for Project ManagersIntermediateBusiness(Length: 75 minutes) In today's competitive marketplace, it's not enough for a project manager to know how to implement the latest project management methodologies. To excel in the role, you must understand how business really works, and how to align your project with the larger purpose of your organization. In this course, learn core strategic and business management skills that can help to bolster your business acumen.Instructor Daniel Stanton begins the course by reviewing the key skills highlighted in the Project Management Institute (PMI) Talent Triangle, and explaining how strategy and business management fit into your professional development. Next, he explains how to align your project with the priorities of your organization, and effectively communicate the goals, benefits, and risks of your project to your stakeholders. Then, he walks through the different business functions in an organization, including marketing and sales, supply chain management, human resources, and information technology. To wrap up, Daniel explains how to leverage your business acumen to collaborate effectively with individuals throughout your organization.04/13/2017
Business Analysis FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 133 minutes) Every project needs someone that can help turn ideas into reality: a business analyst. Join author and certified business analyst Haydn Thomas as he walks you through the fundamentals of business analysis tools and techniques. Haydn will demonstrate how these skills are used to gather requirements and identify solutions to provide better business outcomes on your change initiatives.Discover where business analysis lives in the project life cycle, how to initiate a project, the best way to gather requirements, and smart strategies to monitor results and test outcomes.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Business Benefits RealizationBeginnerBusiness(Length: 86 minutes) Organizations introduce changes to their products and services to stay relevant, but they also want those changes to deliver specific benefits. In this course, Haydn Thomas covers the fundamentals of business benefits realization. He demonstrates how to document your expected outcomes, and then shows you how to put together a roadmap that includes the sequence of the expected benefits. Haydn wraps up by showing you how to tie the process together and avoid pitfalls along the way.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.01/17/2017
Business Catalyst Integration with MuseBeginnerDesign, WebBusiness Catalyst, Muse(Length: 64 minutes) Learn how to integrate Business Catalyst, Adobe's web hosting and marketing platform, with Muse CC, their one-stop shop for website creation. In this course, Justin Seeley shows how to create your first hosted website using the free version of Business Catalyst included with every Creative Cloud subscription. He then demonstrates how to make design changes to the site with Muse, and upload those changes to Business Catalyst. Plus, find out what you get when you upgrade to the premium hosting plan.04/26/2016
Business EthicsAdvancedBusiness(Length: 89 minutes) Ethical behavior starts at the top. If leadership sets a good example, the rest of the organization will follow. Yet while most managers try to run ethical organizations, the headlines are rife with stories of corporate corruption. In this course, Bob McGannon helps you understand what business ethics is and why it is critical to the success of your business (especially in the era of social media). He also describes some of the behaviors and expectations you can put in place at your company today to promote ethical behavior from top to bottom.Bob also discusses ethics in relationship to specific business scenarios: working with suppliers and vendors, organizational decision making, and doing business internationally. He addresses how to handle business ethics violations and provides a checklist of items for staff to evaluate if something is ethical. Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Business Ethics for Sales ProfessionalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 60 minutes) Regardless of your profession, the subject of ethics is an important one to review. That said, it's particularly critical for sales professionals, who are in contact with many different people and exposed to a variety of business settings. In this course, explore examples of tricky situations that salespeople often encounter, and learn how to behave ethically while dealing with the pressure to deliver results. Sales coach Dean Karrel explores ethical business practices for dealing with expense accounts, working offsite, giving and accepting gifts, hiring and firing, and more.07/08/2017
Business Etiquette: Phone, Email, and TextBeginnerBusiness(Length: 59 minutes) Phone, email, or text? Learn what communication method to use when. Suzanna Kaye starts with email, explaining everything from setting up signatures to striking the right tone. She also explains how to best use autoresponders, acknowledge receipt of an email, and follow up on unanswered email. The lessons help viewers evaluate their own email communications, ensuring that the recipients won't misinterpret them in any way.Next up is text etiquette, including what and what not to say in a text message. Suzanna then looks at common business communications like letters, requests for payment, and thank-yous, and how to make action items communicate the right level of urgency.Finally, the course covers phone etiquette, including proper greetings, voicemails, out-of-office messages, and essential phone behavior.04/27/2016
Business FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 145 minutes) Learn the foundational concepts underlying all businesses, small to large. ASU professor Eddie Davila covers all the basics, explaining concepts such as business goals, stakeholders, profits, and various types of businesses. He then outlines what you need to think about if you were to start your own business, such as determining what your product or service will be, making and delivering your product or service, and funding your business.He also reviews the basics of the people side of business: managing employees and developing customer relationships. Last, he covers the financial and information management aspects of business and provides a basic explanation of economics, so that you can understand the relationship of your business to the bigger picture.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
Business Innovation FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 190 minutes) Innovation propels companies forward. It's an unlimited source of new growth and can give businesses a distinct competitive advantage. Learn how to innovate at your own business using Systematic Inventive Thinking, a method based on five techniques that allow you to innovate on demand. In this course, author and business school professor Drew Boyd shares the techniques he's taught Fortune 500 companies to innovate new services and products. Drew provides real-world examples of innovation in practice and suggests places to find your own opportunities to innovate.In the bonus chapter, Drew shares insights from his own career and answers tough questions on resistance to innovation, innovation and leadership, and the difference between generating vs. executing innovative ideas.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Business MathBeginnerBusiness(Length: 134 minutes) If you lack a zest for numbers, you may have been tempted to disregard math after wrapping up your formal education. But while you may struggle to find practical applications for vector calculus, numbers are everywhere, and grasping certain fundamental mathematical concepts can help you better understand the world around you.In this course, join accounting professors Jim and Kay Stice as they help you discover how to leverage the power of numbers to approach businesses problems and make everyday decisions. They explore the power of ratios and percentages, how to monitor and evaluate your budget, how to forecast the timing and amount of a business loan, and much more.08/03/2017
Business Process Modeling FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 80 minutes) When you're trying to grapple with user demands and market changes, it can be difficult to mentally zoom out and assess your organization's operations. Business process modeling helps you see the big picture by allowing you to translate your business processes into easily understood pictures. In this course, instructor Haydn Thomas walks you through the most widely used business process modeling diagrams—context, functional flow, cross-functional flow, and flowchart—and explains the purpose of each one. As Haydn touches on each modeling technique, he shares its unique features, explains how to use that technique to create a diagram, and points out how to avoid common pitfalls. He pulls it all together by comparing process diagrams to help you determine which diagram you should use to document your organization's business process. Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.12/06/2016
Business Storytelling with Lynda.comBeginnerBusiness, Marketing(Length: 16 minutes) Storytelling isn't just for fiction; it's vital to your business, too. Storytelling can help you communicate with customers and clients, market your ideas, and solve problems. It's also a great way to take projects from concept to launch. In this course, author and story consultant C.C. Chapman walks you through his storytelling strategies, including identifying your audience, brainstorming, nailing down details, and turning your story into a reality.04/26/2016
Business Valuation FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 109 minutes) Do you know the value of your business? Business valuation is critical when selling a small business, bringing on a partner, seeking additional debt or equity financing, establishing the share valuation in an initial public offering (IPO), or buying another company. In this course, accounting professors Jim and Kay Stice provide an introduction to the most important business valuation methods. They proceed from the valuation of individual assets and liabilities to the valuation of entire businesses. The course includes practice with simple valuation models, such as the use of multiples and price-to-earnings ratios, as well as the more complicated "discounted cash flow" valuation model. The final chapters include a fun and practical examination of the value of one very real business—McDonald's—and some parting words of advice.Make sure to check out the Stice brothers' other accounting and finance courses to understand the other economic factors that impact your business. Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/27/2016
*Business Writing FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 92 minutes) Discover the secrets to effective business writing and crafting messages that others want to read and act on. Judy Steiner-Williams, senior lecturer at Kelley School of Business, introduces you to the 10 Cs of strong business communication and provides you with before-and-after writing samples that give you the opportunity to apply each principle and sharpen your communication skills. Judy also points out common grammar and writing mistakes and shares special considerations for formats like emails and reports.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
*Business Writing StrategiesBeginnerBusiness(Length: 119 minutes) In this course, Kelley School of Business instructor Judy Steiner-Williams helps you determine how to write for a specific business purpose. Are you presenting information? Are you delivering good news or bad news? Are you looking for support for an idea? Or are you trying to write for a combination of purposes? This course provides the tools, techniques, and templates you need to answer these questions and write for your specific business strategy.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
C Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperC(Length: 442 minutes) Widely used for both systems and application development, C is a powerful language at the heart of many more modern languages, like JavaScript and Objective-C. In this course, professor Isac Artzi dissects the anatomy of C, from data types, strings, and variables to simple functions. He'll show how these basic elements fit together in control structures like loops and if-else statements—where the real logic behind your code comes into play. Plus, learn how C organizes information into arrays and how you can manage memory resources with pointers.C is a great first step for new programmers, and a way to broaden and deepen your knowledge if you've already programmed for a while. Press Play to start learning.04/26/2016
C# 6.0 First LookBeginnerDeveloperC#(Length: 63 minutes) Get a first look at the new features in C# 6.0—the most simple and efficient version of this coding language ever. Reynald Adolphe takes us through new expression-level features such as nameof expressions, extension add methods, and null-conditional operators; statement-level features such as exception filters; new initializers and members; and the "using static" clause, which simplifies importing static classes. Along the way, he'll cover the enhanced IDE (with IntelliSense syntax) and improved debugging features in Visual Studio 2015.04/27/2016
C# 7 First LookBeginnerDeveloperC#(Length: 69 minutes) Explore the many new features in C# 7, the versatile object-oriented programming language designed by Microsoft. In this course, follow Reynald Adolphe as he shines a spotlight on binary literals, digit separators, and local functions. Reynald also covers tuples—which allow you to create unnamed types that contain multiple public fields—pattern matching, ref returns, and out variables, along with new expression bodied members, async statements, and much more.04/13/2017
C# Delegates, Events, and LambdasIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 69 minutes) C# provides function types to fit a variety of scenarios, called delegates, events, and lambda functions. In this course, Joe Marini explores these key elements, starting with delegates, which allow developers to easily separate functional pieces of a program. Joe shows how to create both anonymous and composable delegates, using a shipping costs calculator as a practical example. Next, he covers using events to broadcast and listen to messages both inside and outside a program, switching functionality on and off on demand. Finally, the course explores lambda functions: concise ways to declare small and focused or one-off functions, which keep your program code tight and efficient.Start watching to learn how to adapt this flexible set of programming tools to your own C# programming needs.04/27/2016
C# Design PatternsIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 85 minutes) Implementing design patterns in C# keeps code clean, concise, and easy to maintain.Using design patterns establishes consistency that helps developers build and modify code safely and avoid common architecting problems. Being able to recognize design patterns expedites the process of understanding an existing system. Using design patterns improves code readability and testability, while making it more extensible.In this course, developer and technologist Reynald Adolphe explains the purpose and effective use of eight design patterns, including six Gang of Four design patterns and two .NET patterns. Gang of Four patterns fall under three categories: structural, creational, and behavioral. Reynald helps you learn about select patterns from each category. He describes each pattern and demonstrates how programmers can leverage them in real-world applications.06/14/2016
C# Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 300 minutes) C# is an object-oriented language designed by Microsoft and used by systems engineers, desktop programmers, and mobile app developers the world over. In these tutorials, David Gassner takes you through C#'s history, its core syntax, and the fundamentals of writing strong C# code. After explaining C#'s relationship to .NET and Windows, David shows how to install Visual Studio, a great IDE for developing in C#, and then dives into the language itself. Along the way, he covers topics such as:Declaring and initializing variables with a variety of data typesExploring operators, expressions, constants, and enumerationsControlling flow with conditional code and loopsHandling exceptionsManaging data collectionsCreating custom classesOrganizing classes by namespaceUnderstanding inheritanceWhether you're choosing C# as your first step into programming or adding it your existing skillset, these training videos will help you understand the language and use it to build your own great software.04/27/2016
C# File System Tips and TricksIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 76 minutes) You may often need to access the underlying file system within your C# application. In this course, discover how to work with .NET System.IO classes for accessing the file system. Instructor Jesse Freeman shows how to create, delete, and move folders using the Directory class, as well as how to create, read, copy, edit, and move config files. Plus, he explains how to protect your file system, and organize your file access logic by abstracting out your file system API calls into a single class.04/06/2017
C# Interfaces and GenericsIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 57 minutes) Take your C# coding skills to the next level by learning to use interfaces and generics in this course with programming expert Joe Marini. Interfaces provide a way of implementing common types of behaviors that can be reused across multiple classes. Interfaces keep your code nimble, compact, and efficient. Generics, on the other hand, help you work with strongly typed data collections, without having to commit to a data type ahead of time. Used in combination, these features make your C# projects easier to build and scale, with fewer bugs and performance issues along the way. Start watching to learn how to integrate interfaces and generics into your projects today.04/27/2016
C# Object-Oriented Programming Tips and TricksIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 58 minutes) Composition and code architecture are the cornerstones within all types of applications—from simple command line tools to large-scale enterprise applications. Understanding these concepts is useful when learning about the three pillars of object-oriented programming—encapsulation, inheritance, and polymorphism. This course demonstrates techniques you can apply when programming in C# to improve how you work with properties, classes, methods, modifiers, constructors, and more.04/13/2017
C# Test Driven DevelopmentIntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 55 minutes) Test-driven development is a methodology for creating more robust code. Among other benefits, test-driven development (or TDD) allows you to catch bugs early and decouple code, making it more modular and scalable. Applying TDD principles to C# programming is a win-win for developers.In this course, Reynald Adolphe explains the principles of test-driven development and shows how to apply them to two different C# workflows. First, he creates a new test-driven project. He writes the test cases before the code to drive the design of the program. In the second scenario, he writes test cases for an existing C# project, to find bugs before it goes live. Along the way, Reynald uses Microsoft's MSTest, but he also introduces other testing tools (such as the unit testing framework xUnit and the mocking framework Moq) and theories (such as the red-green-refactor mantra and SOLID principles) that make test-driven development so efficient.04/27/2016
C# with .NET ProgrammingIntermediateDeveloperC#, .NET(Length: 74 minutes) If you've programmed in C#, you've already used part of .NET. Microsoft's object-oriented language is an integral part of the framework. But there are many other features of .NET that can make your development workflow more productive and efficient. This training course will help you learn the essentials of .NET programming with C#—techniques that use .NET features to write richer, cleaner code. Alexander Zanfir explains how to use collections, make your app more responsive with async programming, assign and change class properties, optimize performance with multithreading, and inject data into strings. Plus, learn how to handle errors and manage application resources more efficiently with the using statement.07/12/2016
C++ Building a String LibraryIntermediateDeveloperC++(Length: 40 minutes) Adapt your C++ projects to provide the best resource management with custom string libraries. In this short course, Bill Weinman provides an overview of an example string library, BWString, and its key components: constructors, operators, utility methods, and memory management features. He'll also show you how to build find and replace methods and implement split methods.04/27/2016
C++ Essential TrainingIntermediateDeveloperC++(Length: 469 minutes) C++ is a workhorse. Widely used for both systems and applications development, C++ is available for virtually every operating system and has influenced and informed many derivative languages, including C# and Java. In this course, Bill Weinman guides you through the nuts and bolts of this essential language. He starts with the basics—syntax, operators, loops, and functions—and moves on to data structures, objects, and templates. He explains inheritance and operator overloads, and dives into the powerful container classes in the Standard Template Library (STL). These exhaustive C++ tutorials will provide a solid reference for both experienced programmers and those who are brand-new to the language.04/26/2016
C++ Essential Training for Career ChangersBeginnerDeveloperC++(Length: 215 minutes) Are you interested in adding programming skills to your professional toolkit? If so, whether you're a student kicking off your career, a mid-level manager who's always wanted to learn programming, or even a seasoned developer interested in tackling a new language, then this course is for you. Follow Peggy Fisher as she explains how to get started with C++, a core programming language. Using C++ 11, Peggy covers the basics such as how to compile and run C++ programs, and how to create variables. She also dives into working with data, as well as decision statements, creating functions, and using arrays. To help you grasp the material, she challenges you to write programs that include the aforementioned features.04/27/2017
C++ Move SemanticsIntermediateDeveloperC++(Length: 32 minutes) Dive deeper into C++ with move semantics, a key component of C++ resource management. Move semantics allow you to optimize the transfer of data and reallocate memory without extra copy operations. In this course, Bill Weinman helps you understand rvalues (temporary values that are the key to move semantics); create move constructors and operations; and use the copy-and-swap idiom to "swap in" new data while destroying the old.04/27/2016
C++ Smart PointersIntermediateDeveloperC++(Length: 29 minutes) Dive deeper into C++ with smart pointers: intelligent objects that ensure memory and other resources are allocated appropriately and efficiently. Smart pointers are a key component of C++ resource management and a valuable skill for any developer. In this course, Bill Weinman shows how to create unique and shared pointers, use weak and custom pointers, and choose the right smart pointer for your programming objective.04/27/2016
C++: PointersIntermediateDeveloperC++(Length: 53 minutes) Pointers are a type of variable that holds a memory address as its value. They are used to control memory allocation in resource-constrained applications. Pointers are surprisingly simple and incredibly valuable to developers who want to create smart, memory-efficient programs. Join staff instructor Peggy Fisher in these tutorials as she explores C++ pointers in depth. Learn how pointers differ from addresses and arrays, and how they are used to allocate memory both at program execution and as the program runs. Find out how to pass pointers as arguments to functions, and use the new and delete operators to assign memory dynamically. By the end of the course, you'll have a much better understanding of how to put C++ pointers to practical use in your own applications.01/17/2017
Calculating Earned ValueBeginnerBusiness(Length: 67 minutes) BAC, CV, ETC, TCPI. Don't let the alphabet of earned value acronyms deter you. Follow along with Aileen Ellis, PMP, PgMP, as she walks you through earned value calculation. Relevant for those considering the PMP exam or interested in better managing your project performance, this course shows you the calculations that make earned value management (EVM) one of the most critical project metrics. Aileen walks through two concrete examples, a construction project and a system upgrade, and shows how earned value metrics can help you calculate current performance and forecast future performance. Since it's not all a numbers game, interpret the results of these calculations and forecasts to make better project decisions.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Calculating Gross Profit with Google AnalyticsIntermediateWeb, MarketingGoogle Analytics(Length: 22 minutes) Tackle the complex task of calculating gross profit using Google Analytics. This focused, practical course is designed help store owners, marketers, and developers set up complex calculations and generate reports. Patrick Rauland explains the benefits that can be gained by discovering your cost of goods and gross profit. He then shows you how to calculate these financial values, add custom metrics, and generate reports.12/06/2016
Camera Animation with CINEMA 4DIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 79 minutes) Camera moves can elevate any project, from effects-laden video composites to simple static models. Here Donovan Keith shows how to adjust camera placement and motion in CINEMA 4D in order to increase the impact of your visual storytelling. Watch as he shows how to animate simple pans and push-ins with keyframes, build custom camera rigs, and mimic classic camera moves from film and television with the Camera Crane, Motion Camera, and Camera Morph objects. At the end of the course, you'll be able to pick the right movement for the shot, move cameras in a physically plausible way, and adjust the timing of your animation for maximum impact.04/27/2016
Camera Movement for Video ProductionsBeginnerVideo(Length: 46 minutes) Filmmaking is a medium defined by motion: not only the action that occurs within a frame, but also movement of the camera itself. It's the ability to employ camera movement that separates new videographers from the pros. In this course, production veteran and instructor Eduardo Angel explains the importance of camera movement and the benefits of integrating it into your video productions. The lessons are explained through a series of examples that compare static shots to their dynamic counterparts, showing exactly how camera movement contributes to each scene, whether it's increasing drama, following action, directing viewers' attention, revealing key details, or simply transitioning between shots in a sequence.04/26/2016
Camtasia 2 for Mac Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 248 minutes) Camtasia is the industry-leading video capture and editing software. Learn how to get the best quality when capturing, editing, and exporting videos—including screen capture, webcam, and mobile video—with Camtasia for Mac 2. Author Chris Mattia shows how to set up a dedicated recording account, calibrate your microphone, record video, and use the features in the Camtasia Editor to trim and edit audio and video. He also looks at special editing functions such as annotations, closed captions, and effects. Plus, learn how to share your videos on sites such as Screencast.com, YouTube, and more.08/23/2016
Camtasia 3 for Mac Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 151 minutes) Camtasia is the industry-leading video capture and editing software. The most recent version combines Camtasia for Mac with features from Camtasia Studio for Windows, providing you with best-of-both-worlds tools for recording, editing, and sharing professional video. Join Chris Mattia as he shows how to create the best quality screen-capture, webcam, and mobile video with Camtasia 3 for Mac. Learn how to set up a dedicated recording account, calibrate your microphone, record video, and use the Camtasia Editor to trim and edit audio and video. Master Camtasia's special editing functions such as annotations, closed captions and subtitles, and effects. Then find out how to create reusable motion graphics with animations and behaviors, and share your Camtasia projects on Screencast.com, YouTube, and other sites.10/18/2016
Camtasia 9 for Windows Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 155 minutes) Camtasia is a go-to tool for elearning authors and content creators, offering screen capture, video editing, and sharing tools all within a single application. Camtasia 9 takes things to a whole new level. In this course, educator and digital storyteller Corbin Anderson walks through capturing video from your screen, importing video, editing content, adding captions, and even stylizing playback with effects, animations, and transitions with Camtasia 9. Learn how to record voiceover, polish your presentation, and explore Camtasia's sharing options for getting your story out into the world. If you're new to screen capture or simply need a refresher on the latest version of Camtasia, this course will give you everything you need to create high-quality and engaging video presentations.10/18/2016
Camtasia 9 for Windows: Advanced TechniquesAdvancedEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 176 minutes) In this course, Corbin Anderson helps you pick up some sophisticated techniques for capturing and editing movies with Camtasia. As he deconstructs a Camtasia project, Corbin helps familiarize you with the features available in Camtasia 9. View advanced options for capturing your story, including using your smartphone to create media on the go, and optimizing Camtasia settings for your workflow. Organize your project with the media bin and library, polish your movie with audio enhancements, animations, icons, and callouts, and make use of advanced options for producing and sharing your story.01/17/2017
Camtasia 9: Creating Instructional VideosIntermediateBusiness, Education + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 70 minutes) While it can be beneficial to explain certain concepts in person, you can save yourself time—and reach a more diverse set of learners—by encapsulating a lesson in an instructional video. Camtasia 9—the popular video-editing software—boasts an easy-to-use interface and an array of tools that can help you create high-quality video-based trainings. In this course, Kat Anderson shows how to capture, produce, and share instructional videos using the tools and features offered in Camtasia 9. She covers working with the Camtasia 9 interface, creating interactive videos, adding learning supports, creating accessible trainings, and publishing videos from Camtasia.07/08/2017
Camtasia Advanced Techniques: Video-Based TrainingAdvancedBusiness, Education + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 78 minutes) Learn how to do more with less by using your smartphone to create instructional videos in Camtasia. In this course, join Corbin Anderson as he shows how to use your smartphone, Camtasia, and a few simple accessories to create a high-quality video-based training. Throughout the course, Corbin explores the best practices for creating a video-based training that's engaging, well-produced, and effective. As he deconstructs a short, live-action instructional video, he explains how to shoot video with your phone, record audio using a wired lavalier, sync multiple media sources, make detailed audio adjustments, and more.06/10/2017
Camtasia Studio 8 Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCamtasia(Length: 379 minutes) Join author Chris Mattia as he demonstrates how to set up, record, edit, and share a professional looking screencast that you can use for software demonstrations, interactive elearning projects, and more with Camtasia Studio.Follow along as Chris creates an elearning project from start to finish with Camtasia Studio's tools. Discover how to add animation, PowerPoint slideshows, quizzes, and other effects that boost the interactivity and visual interest of your screencasts. The final chapter shows how to incorporate your Camtasia projects into an overall teaching strategy.04/28/2016
Canon 5D Mark IV: Tips, Tricks, and TechniquesIntermediatePhotography5D(Length: 51 minutes) The Canon 5D Mark IV is the latest version of the classic, full-frame digital SLR camera. Sporting a 30-megapixel sensor, enhanced autofocus, touch-screen display, built-in Wi-Fi, and much more, the Mark IV is a powerhouse DSLR for professional photographers and advanced enthusiasts. In this course, photographer and educator Tim Grey explores some of the advanced features of the Mark IV and shows how to get the most out of this camera. Learn how to leverage new features like 4K video support, expanded ISO range options, a Wi-Fi receiver that allows you to remotely control the camera and share photos, and more.02/14/2017
Canon Speedlite Flash FundamentalsIntermediatePhotographySpeedlite Flash(Length: 158 minutes) Did you buy a Canon speedlight hoping to start making well-lit pictures, only to find the menus and buttons so confusing that it just sits in the box? In this course, you'll learn how to quickly set up your speedlight for both on-camera and off-camera operation.You'll also find out how to set up your Canon camera itself to make the most of the speedlight—one of the most liberating photography tools you can buy. Levi Sim helps you master the controls, including the camera and flash modes, flash modifiers, and accessories, and creative options offered by a speedlight: soft light, hard light, and bounced light. By the end of this course, you'll be able to make great light in any situation with your speedlight. If you don't have one yet, you'll understand just what model is best for your needs and what features you'll use the most.04/27/2016
Captivate 2 Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 376 minutes) This training teaches users how to take advantage of Adobe Captivate 2 to create exciting presentations, software demonstrations and simulations, and soft-skills training applications--all without prior programming knowledge. Instructor Tim Plumer introduces the program's interface and preferences, then demonstrates how to plan and create presentations. He also covers how to add animation, interactive files, audio, and video.04/27/2016
Captivate 2017: First LookBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 19 minutes) A major release—Adobe Captivate 2017 comes with rich enhancements and new features, many which make responsive course creation easy, and ensure content can be consumed on a variety of devices. This course shows you how to use these features, including fluid boxes, optional objects, responsive text, the visited state for interactive objects, advanced actions, and more. Join Captivate expert Pooja Jaisingh as she provides a tour and demonstration of each.04/20/2017
Captivate 4 Essential Training(Length: 425 minutes) 04/27/2016
Captivate 5 Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 452 minutes) In Captivate 5 Essential Training, author James Lockman demonstrates the core features of Captivate 5, the popular tool for authoring e-learning content such as interactive presentations, click-through simulations, and customized assessments. He shows how to import and sync PowerPoint presentations, add interactivity, and incorporate audio, video, and voiceovers. The course also includes tutorials on assessment reporting and integrating with SCORM-compliant learning management systems. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
Captivate 8 Advanced TechniquesIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 258 minutes) Take your Captivate 8 elearning projects to the next level, with this set of advanced techniques. Pooja Jaisingh explores using variables, events, and actions to guide the learning flow. Then she shows how to take advantage of the program's advanced features, like geolocation, responsive animation and interactions, lightboxes, quizzes, and text to speech, to create more interactive content. All the techniques are guided by current best practices for elearning authoring, which are included in the final chapter along with some productivity tips.04/27/2016
Captivate 8 Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 157 minutes) Captivate 8 Essential Training guides you through the features and tools of Captivate 8, while providing instructional-design tips for creating successful elearning and mobile learning projects. Aaron Quigley shows you how to build powerful and dynamic presentations that can be delivered to almost any device. He covers adding content to a presentation; working with interactions, navigation, and assessments; and making your training adjust to display correctly on desktops, tablets, and smart phones. The basic elearning features are addressed, as well as new advanced features such as touch-gesture support. Plus, get a brief tour of the publishing options so you can find just the right format for your project.04/26/2016
Captivate 9 Advanced TechniquesIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 198 minutes) Add some advanced elearning course-creation techniques to your toolkit by taking a deep dive into Captivate 9. Follow Pooja Jaisingh as she demonstrates how to leverage Captivate 9 features to create interactive and compelling content. Explore how to use events, multistate objects, variables, and advanced actions to guide the learning flow. In addition, discover how to take advantage of the program's more sophisticated features, like advanced quizzing, lightboxes, and natural-sounding text-to-speech generation, and observe how to enable accessibility for Captivate courses.12/27/2016
Captivate 9 Essential TrainingBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 291 minutes) Captivate is the industry-standard authoring tool for creating responsive, interactive elearning presentations. And now, with Captivate 9, it includes Captivate Draft, a pre-production tool for creating elearning storyboards. In this course, Adobe elearning evangelist Pooja Jaisingh walks through the foundations of using Captivate and Captivate Draft. She covers setting up your work environment, building animations using timeline and effects, adding graphics, and recording simulations and video demonstrations. Pooja also explores how to add quiz questions, create simple interactions, enable LMS reporting, and preview and publish your Captivate 9 projects to SWF and HTML5 format.04/27/2016
Captivate Advanced TechniquesIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 273 minutes) Take your elearning content to the next level by learning advanced Adobe Captivate techniques that increase your efficiency and build more robust courses. Anastasia McCune shows you how to use some of the great time-saving shortcuts in Captivate, create question pools to test your learners, use variables and actions to customize training, record and edit audio and video, set up accessibility options such as closed captioning, and publish for a variety of different delivery platforms.04/26/2016
Captivate Projects: Building Elearning GamesIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 170 minutes) The idea of "gamification" in elearning is exciting, but how do you implement gamification principles into actual courses? Adobe Captivate can help you implement game-like features that can make the learning experience feel like a real adventure.Here Anastasia introduces gamification principles such as escape, time limits, and the element of chance, and shows how to build activities using each principle in Adobe Captivate. She'll use features that come with Captivate straight out of the box, including variables, advanced actions, and JavaScript integration. The finished activities can be taken away and used individually, but as a whole create a larger comprehensive project. Either way, Captivate developers will end up with working examples they can use to make their projects more dynamic and engaging.04/27/2016
Captivate Projects: Drag-and-Drop InteractionsIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 87 minutes) Drag-and-drop interactions keep learners engaged with content, while allowing them to test their skills. This course dives into the drag-and-drop features of Captivate 8, focusing on creating interactive elements that are interesting and fun. Pooja Jaisingh, senior elearning evangelist for Adobe, will help you build your first interaction, turn interactions into questions and practice activities, apply effects, categorize one-to-many and many-to-one objects for easy assembly, and add feedback and advanced actions that will take your drag-and-drop interactions to the next level.04/26/2016
Captivate Projects: Mobile and Responsive DesignIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 229 minutes) Get techniques for creating and publishing mobile-friendly, interactive Captivate projects in this course with Anastasia McCune. Anastasia shows how to incorporate mobile compatibility into existing projects, adding gesture support and geolocation features while replacing nonresponsive elements with actions and other alternative design elements. Then she demonstrates how to design a responsive mobile project from scratch, using the new project type in Captivate 8, and plays around with the fun new possibilities mobile offers. Finally, learn how to simultaneously publish projects for web, mobile, and LMS destinations.04/26/2016
Captivate Projects: Publishing for Mobile and the WebIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 127 minutes) Help your students or employees access elearning anywhere. Learn how to publish Captivate projects that work beautifully on a variety of mobile devices, on the web, or with many of the popular learning management systems (LMSs). Author Anastasia McCune will help you prep and test your responsive and nonresponsive projects before output, including adjusting appearance and settings to make them more suitable for mobile, as a video demo, or even as an app. The last chapter shows you how to target your output for an LMS like Moodle, and bundle multiple projects into a single file with the Multi SCO Packager.04/26/2016
Captivate Projects: QuizzesIntermediateEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 196 minutes) The ability to build quizzes into elearning projects is a big draw of Adobe Captivate; this course will allow elearning creators to create and customize quizzes exactly the way they want. Author Anastasia McCune shows how to add questions, configure quiz settings, and score quiz results. She'll also show how to test knowledge in other ways, via random questions, pretests, and surveys. The course wraps up with a look at publishing quizzes for an LMS and testing the results out in Moodle.04/27/2016
Captivate Projects: Software SimulationsBeginnerEducation + ElearningCaptivate(Length: 167 minutes) Do you need to create your own software training? With Captivate you can produce software simulations that engage and inform.In this project-based course with Captivate expert Anastasia McCune, learn how to record software simulations for your company or elearning project with Captivate. Discover how to plan, record, format, and adjust interactions for your simulation—elements that will make the training more realistic and intuitive—and publish the simulation where students can reach it.04/26/2016
Capture NX 2 Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotographyCapture NX2(Length: 339 minutes) In this course, photographer and teacher Ben Long shows how to use the Nikon Capture NX2 photo-editing software to perform nondestructive sharpening, white balancing, tonal and color corrections, and more. The course covers how to set preferences and define an efficient postproduction workflow, how to perform and automate a wide variety of image edits, how to work with RAW files, and how to get the best results when printing.04/28/2016
Capture One Pro 10 Essential TrainingIntermediatePhotographyCapture One Pro(Length: 223 minutes) Capture One Pro is a powerful imaging application that combines photo management, RAW conversion, and post production all under one well-designed roof. Version 10 ups the ante by adding features such as output proofing and 3-step sharpening.In this course, Derrick Story embarks on an in-depth exploration of Capture One Pro 10. The teaching structure mirrors the design of the software itself, with chapters that step through each of the tabs in the program, from organizing to editing to outputting images.06/03/2017
Capture One Pro 10: RetouchingIntermediatePhotographyCapture One Pro, Plotagraph Pro(Length: 93 minutes) Capture One Pro 10—a professional, robust image editor and organizer—allows you to handle all of your post processing in the same application that manages your images. In this course, learn techniques for improving your images using Capture One Pro 10. Join Derrick Story as he demonstrates how to create uniformity in skin tones for professional portraits, use the Curve tool to adjust a specific tone, convert a selected color into a mask, and sharpen specific areas of an image. He also explains how to speed up your workflow by creating styles and presets, and using variants for different looks. When you wrap up this course, you'll have the knowledge you need to get the most out of the retouching features.05/20/2017
Capture One Pro 9 Essential TrainingBeginnerPhotographyCapture One Pro(Length: 348 minutes) Capture One Pro is a powerful program that combines photo management, photo enhancement, and raw-format conversion, as well as features for tethered shooting.In this course, photographer, author, and educator Derrick Story embarks on an in-depth exploration of Capture One Pro. The course structure mirrors the design of the software itself, with chapters that step through each of the tabs in Capture One Pro, from organizing to editing to refining to outputting images. Derrick investigates Capture One Pro's intuitive library structure, its robust editing tools, its tethered shooting mode for going directly from camera to computer, and its photo printing and sharing features, including options for creating web pages and slideshows straight from Capture One Pro. These tutorials are ideal for former Aperture users who are looking for a new photo editing application, as well as current Lightroom subscribers who are interested in Capture One Pro's more powerful import, color grading, and tethering features.04/27/2016
Capturing Audio for Video 01: Getting StartedBeginnerAudio + Music, Video(Length: 35 minutes) Sound for video is often poorly understood and ignored by video producers. Watch almost any YouTube video and you'll hear the problem. It's one that plagues new and experienced video producers alike.This series, Capturing Audio for Video, demystifies sound capture, offering professional insights along with practical tips and tricks. In this introductory installment, Professor Jeff Jacoby shows how to plan a shoot with sound in mind, choose microphones, and adjust camera settings and audio hardware to capture the best results. These tutorials are easy to follow and apply, fun to watch, and enormously helpful for video producers and directors.04/27/2016
Capturing Audio for Video 02: Tips & TechniquesBeginnerAudio + Music, Video(Length: 28 minutes) Sound for video is often poorly understood and ignored by video producers. Watch almost any YouTube video and you'll hear the problem. It's one that plagues new and experienced video producers alike.Capturing Audio for Video demystifies sound capture, offering professional insights from instructor and audio specialist Jeff Jacoby. This installment is centered on practical audio recording tips and techniques. He shows how to scout a location, monitor audio in the field, plan a shot list and sound recordings, and choose the right equipment, whether you need to buy or rent it. These tutorials are easy to follow and apply, fun to watch, and enormously helpful for video producers and directors alike.04/27/2016
Capturing Audio for Video 03: Real World SolutionsBeginnerAudio + Music, Video(Length: 23 minutes) Sound for video is often poorly understood—and sometimes even ignored. Watch almost any YouTube video and you'll hear the problem. It's one that plagues new and experienced video producers alike. This series, Capturing Audio for Video, demystifies sound capture, offering professional insights along with practical tips and tricks. Here you'll learn how to deal with real-world audio issues in talking head, long shot, and multi-actor scenes. Jeff also introduces specialized solutions for dealing with wind, environmental noise, sound for B-roll, room tone, and more.05/20/2016
Careers in the Game IndustryBeginnerDeveloperUnity(Length: 79 minutes) Interested in turning your love of video games into a career? This course will introduce you to the concepts and skills required to make it in the modern game industry—whether you want to build and finance your own game or land a job at a triple-A studio, with an indie team, or in mobile gaming. Learn about the history of video games, the structure of a typical game studio, the distribution paths for different types of games, marketing trends, the various roles (both artistic and technical), and the skills you need for each job. Christian Bradley provides practical, real-world advice about the game industry, and tips for getting your foot in the door. Plus, explore the courses and learning paths we offer to help get you started.06/14/2016
Carrara 5 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + AnimationCarrara(Length: 502 minutes) Carrara 5 Essential Training with Jack Whitney is a video-based tutorial designed for beginning to intermediate Carrara users who want to quickly learn how to use this powerful and fun 3D software. The tutorial begins with an overview of the Carrara 5 interface and how to navigate in 3D space, then advances to cover topics such as creating scenes and animations, controlling cameras, manipulating lighting, and creating 3D objects with the Spline Modeler. Shading, texturing, terrains, and other environmental elements are also covered, along with much more. Exercise files accompany the training videos, allowing you to follow along and learn at your own pace.04/27/2016
Cassandra Data Modeling Essential TrainingITCassandra(Length: 98 minutes) Apache Cassandra is a NoSQL database capable of handling large amounts of data that change rapidly. In this course, learn about the architecture of this popular database, and discover how to design Cassandra data models that support scalable applications. Dan Sullivan highlights the differences between Cassandra and relational databases, discusses the Cassandra Query Language (CQL), and shows techniques for modeling based on application query requirements. He also dives into Cassandra implementation details that impact data modeling choices, to help you reason through other design decisions while taking into account the database's architecture and limitations.07/18/2017
CCNA ICND2 Essential TrainingIntermediateITCCNA(Length: 168 minutes) Once you've passed the CCENT, your next step toward Cisco certification and a career in IT is the CCNA. CCNA ICND2 Essential Training covers the second part of the exam that networking candidates need to take to earn their Cisco Certified Network Associate Routing and Switching (CCNA RS) certification. The ICND2 exam validates a candidate's ability to install, configure, operate, and troubleshoot medium-sized routed and switched networks. Author Lazaro Diaz covers topics including:LAN switchingThe Spanning-Tree ProtocolBacking up and restoring Cisco devicesIP services (FHRP, syslog, GLBP, and SNMP v2 and v3) Configuring EIGRPIP routing via OSPFSetting up wide area networks (WANs) with PPP and frame relayUnderstanding virtual private networks (VPNs) Using Packet Tracer and cabling, you'll learn how to combine these protocols and technologies to create redundant switch networks that are stable and fast. Along the way, Laz provides practical examples of networking challenges that you'll encounter in the exam and in real life.04/27/2016
CCNP Switching (300-115) Cert Prep: 1 Layer 2 TechnologiesAdvancedITCisco Switches(Length: 118 minutes) Demonstrate your enterprise networking knowledge and expertise by earning a CCNP Routing and Switching certification. In this course, Greg Sowell prepares you for the Layer 2 Technologies portion of exam 300-115 SWITCH, Implementing Cisco IP Switched Networks—one of three required exams for the CCNP Routing and Switching certification. Here, Greg covers the fundamentals of switch network design, as well as SDM templates, switchport configuration and troubleshooting, and discovering connected devices. He also discusses VLAN, STP, and EtherChannel operation and configuration, Multilayer Switching, high availability, and more.07/18/2017
Celebrating Photoshop: A 25th Anniversary RetrospectiveBeginnerDesignPhotoshop(Length: 55 minutes) For over two decades, Photoshop has been an essential part of the digital artist's toolset. To celebrate its 25th anniversary, we've taken a look back at Photoshop's history: from the rise of desktop publishing and digital photography, to the evolution of Photoshop's tool palette and its sometimes controversial but necessary role in modern photojournalism. We interview early adopters and pioneering artists such as Bert Monroy, Chris Orwig, and Douglas Kirkland, as well as the people responsible for guiding Photoshop's development: John Nack, Russell Brown, and current product manager Bryan O'Neil Hughes. Konrad Eek and Sean Adams also explain what life was like before Photoshop and how this beguiling tool has democratized design and darkroom photography.Also featuring:David BlatnerAnne Marie ConcepciónJohn CurleyRichard Koci HernandezKatrin EismannNigel FrenchVon GlitschkaJan KabiliBen LongDeke McClellandJustin SeeleyAmi VitaleJames Williamson04/27/2016
Cert Prep: 3ds Max Certified ProfessionalIntermediate3D + Animation, CAD3ds Max(Length: 253 minutes) In a competitive 3D marketplace, certification can be a real boost to your career. 3ds Max certification proves you know the program inside and out, and it's a signal to employers and clients that you are a trustworthy professional. If you have the recommended 400 hours of hands-on experience, you can study to become a 3ds Max Certified Professional with this prep course from George Maestri. George reviews specific skills covered by the certification exam, including modeling, shading, rendering, effects, animation, and rigging. Brush up on topics such as setting up scenes and viewports, transforming objects, modeling polygonal objects, adding cameras and lights, rendering scenes, and configuring particle systems, as well as path animation and character rigging in 3ds Max.This course isn't designed to teach you the basics, but to help you refresh your 3ds Max skills and prepare for the exam topics. Once you're finished with the course, you can feel confident taking the 3ds Max Certified Professional exam.09/13/2016
Cert Prep: AutoCAD Civil 3D Certified ProfessionalIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 289 minutes) Civil engineers are passionate about their work, and it shows. But nothing says certified professional like Autodesk certification. Passing the Civil 3D Certified Professional exam proves you know the program inside and out, and it's a signal to employers and clients that you are a trustworthy professional. Study to become an official Civil 3D pro with this prep course from authorized trainer Eric Chappell. He reviews specific skills covered by the 35-question exam, including styles, lines, curves, points, surfaces, parcels, alignments, profiles, corridors, and more. Brush up on topics such as creating and editing surfaces, using styles to control the display of objects, designing parcel layouts, analyzing section views, designing a pipe network, creating a grading model, and building a boundary drawing from survey data.This course isn't designed to teach you the basics, but to help you refresh your Civil 3D skills and prepare for the exam topics and format. Once you're finished with the course, you can feel confident taking the AutoCAD Civil 3D Certified Professional exam.09/13/2016
Cert Prep: Autodesk Inventor Certified ProfessionalIntermediateCADInventor(Length: 92 minutes) Interested in finding a job using CAD or advancing your current career? Nothing says "I'm an expert" like Autodesk certification. Passing the Autodesk Inventor Certified Professional exam proves you know the program inside and out, and it shows employers and clients that you are an accomplished technical professional. Study to become an official Inventor pro with this prep course from Autodesk Inventor Certified Professional Thom Tremblay. He reviews the objectives covered by the 35-question exam, including sketching, part modeling, advanced modeling, sheet metal, assembly modeling, and weldments. Plus, learn how to work with project and presentation files, and edit draw views and styles. Brush up on just the topics you need to refresh your skills, or take the entire course to prepare for each of the exam objectives. Once you're finished, you can feel confident taking the Autodesk Inventor Certified Professional exam.10/04/2016
Cert Prep: Cisco Certified Entry Networking Technician (100-105)IntermediateIT(Length: 295 minutes) CCENT (Cisco Certified Entry Networking Technician) certification "opens the doors to a career in networking." Study to pass the CCENT Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 1 (100-105 ICND1) exam with this comprehensive test prep course. Networking expert and best-selling author Todd Lammle covers all of the exam objectives, including internetworking, subnetting, routing, switching, and network security. This test is the first step in achieving CCNA, CCNP, or CCIE certification—the accreditations employers look for most. Todd provides insights from his own 30+ years in networking, along with hands-on examples featuring Cisco routers and switches. Unlike other Cisco exam prep courses, this video-based training helps you see concepts in action and follow along at your own pace. So whether you're taking the test for the first time, or brushing up on key topics for recertification, you can find the time to learn.For more information on the CCENT exam, visit Cisco's website.10/04/2016
Cert Prep: Excel 2013 Microsoft Office Expert Part One (77-427)BusinessExcel(Length: 162 minutes) Demonstrate your advanced knowledge of Excel by becoming a Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Expert. This course, created by Microsoft Certified Trainer Jennifer McBee, helps you prepare for the Excel 2013 Expert Part One exam, the first part of a two-part exam. This course focuses on managing and sharing workbooks, applying custom formats and layouts, creating advanced formulas, and creating advanced charts and tables.The course begins with an overview of the certification program and its costs. Next, Jennifer walks through all of the certification objectives, including hands-on experience with downloadable sample documents, so you can practice as you go. She wraps up with a full-length practice test that emulates exam 77-427, together with solutions to each of the exam challenges.04/20/2017
Cert Prep: Excel 2013 Microsoft Office Expert Part Two (77-428)AdvancedBusinessExcel(Length: 166 minutes) Make evident your advanced knowledge of Excel by becoming a Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Expert. This course, created by Microsoft Certified Trainer Jennifer McBee, helps you prepare for the Excel 2013 Expert Part Two exam, the second part of a two-part exam. This course takes the topics from the first course further: managing and sharing workbooks, applying custom formats and layouts, creating advanced formulas, and creating advanced charts and tables.In the managing workbooks chapter, learn how to work with templates, versions, and macros. In the formatting and layout chapter, see how to apply custom formats and styles. The advanced formula chapter covers additional functions including a nested IF. The charts and tables chapter shows how to create a new PivotChart. The course concludes with a sample exam you can use for practice.05/11/2017
Cert Prep: FAA Part 107 Commercial Drone LicenseIntermediatePhotography, Video(Length: 112 minutes) Prepare for the certification testing involved to become a licensed pilot of commercial drones. In this course, certified pilot Luisa Winters takes you through the main topics of the 14 CFR part 107 test for Small Unmanned Aircraft Systems (sUAS). Luisa covers rules, regulations, airspace limitations, air traffic communication, weather, performance, procedures, physiology, decision making, maintenance, and waivers.This course was created by RHED Pixel. We're honored to host this content in our library.05/11/2017
Cert Prep: Implementing Azure Infrastructure Solutions (70-533)BeginnerITAzure(Length: 19 minutes) Passing the Implementing Microsoft Azure Infrastructure Solutions (70-533) exam earns you credit toward certification as an MCP, MCSA, and/or MCSE. This course helps you evaluate the benefits of certification and take the next steps to prepare for the exam. Sharon Bennett explains what the exam is, who it's designed for, and she provides an overview of the prerequisites. She covers best practices for how to prepare for the exam and shares what the exam experience is like. Additionally, Sharon recommends courses and resources you can use to study for the exam.06/03/2017
Cert Prep: MCSA Windows 10BeginnerITWindows(Length: 30 minutes) Earning a Microsoft Certified Solutions Associate (MCSA): Windows 10 certification demonstrates that you have the skills needed to perform tasks related to installing, configuring, and managing a Windows 10 enterprise network and connected devices. In this short course, Microsoft MVP Joli Ballew helps you prepare for certification. She provides an explanation of what the exam is and who it's designed for, and outlines any prerequisites. She also explains how to prepare for the exam and what the exam experience is like, as well as how to understand your score report.07/08/2017
Cert Prep: Outlook 2016 Microsoft Office Specialist (77-731)IntermediateBusinessOutlook(Length: 174 minutes) Demonstrate your mastery of Outlook 2016 by becoming a Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS). In this course, certified MOS Master instructor Megan Hoffman helps you get ready for exam 77-731 by diving into the four main areas of the Outlook 2016 MOS exam: managing the Outlook environment for productivity, managing messages, managing schedules, and managing contacts and groups.Megan begins with an overview of the certification program, and then walks through all of the certification objectives. As you review each topic, you can use downloadable sample documents to practice as you go. Megan wraps up the course with a full-length practice test that emulates the Outlook 2016 MOS exam, together with solutions to each of the exam challenges.03/02/2017
Cert Prep: PowerPoint 2016 Microsoft Office Specialist (77-729)IntermediateBusinessPowerPoint(Length: 199 minutes) Demonstrate your knowledge of PowerPoint by becoming a Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS). This course, created by certified MOS Master Instructor Megan Hoffman, prepares you for exam 77-729. She covers the five main areas of the PowerPoint 2016 MOS exam: creating and managing presentations; inserting and formatting text, shapes, and images; inserting tables, charts, SmartArt, and media; applying transitions and animations; and managing multiple presentations.Megan begins with an overview of the certification program. She then walks through all of the certification objectives, and provides you with downloadable sample documents so you can get hands-on experience with each of the concepts as you go. The course concludes with a full-length practice test that emulates the PowerPoint 2016 MOS exam, together with solutions to each of the exam challenges.03/02/2017
Cert Prep: Revit Architecture Certified ProfessionalIntermediateCADRevit(Length: 206 minutes) Revit certification proves you know the program inside and out, and it's a signal to employers and clients that you are a trustworthy professional. Study to become a Revit Architecture Certified Professional with this prep course from Autodesk Certified Instructor Shaun Bryant. He reviews specific skills covered by the 35-question exam, including the key areas in the certification roadmap: collaboration, documentation, modeling, and views. Brush up on topics such as importing and linking existing models and files; tagging elements; creating walls; building new family types; modeling floors, stairs, roofs, and more; creating views and legends; and producing detailed schedules and sheets.Once you're finished with this course, you can feel confident taking the Revit Architecture 2015 Certified Professional exam.09/13/2016
Cert Prep: Revit MEP Electrical Certified ProfessionalIntermediateCADRevit(Length: 155 minutes) CAD certification is important, especially for engineers who design and test electrical systems. Revit MEP certification proves you know the program inside and out, and it's a signal to employers and clients that you are a trustworthy professional. Study to become a Revit MEP Certified Professional with this prep course from authorized Autodesk trainer Eric Wing. He reviews the specific skills covered by the 35-question exam, including the four key areas covered in the certification objectives: collaboration, modeling, documentation, and views. Brush up on topics such as importing and linking existing models and files; creating floor plans; creating new families and family types; modeling electrical elements such as panels, circuits, fixtures, switches, conduits, and fire alarm and security devices; applying view templates to drawings; and producing detailed views with dimensions and tags.Once you're finished with this course, you can feel confident taking the Revit MEP 2015 Certified Professional exam.09/13/2016
Cert Prep: Revit MEP Mechanical & Plumbing Certified ProfessionalIntermediateCADRevit(Length: 184 minutes) CAD certification is important for engineers, especially those designing plumbing and HVAC systems. Revit MEP certification proves you know the program inside and out, and it's a signal to employers and clients that you are a trustworthy professional. Study to become a Revit MEP Certified Professional with this prep course from authorized Autodesk trainer Eric Wing. He reviews the specific skills covered by the 35-question exam, including the four key areas covered in the certification objectives: collaboration, modeling, documentation, and views. Brush up on topics such as importing and linking existing models and files; creating floor plans; tagging elements; creating sheets; creating new families and family types; modeling mechanical equipment such as air terminals and ducts, fixtures, piping, and plumbing; working with heating and cooling zones; and producing plumbing and HVAC plans.09/13/2016
Cert Prep: Revit Structure Certified ProfessionalIntermediateCADRevit(Length: 173 minutes) Revit Structure certification proves you know the program inside and out, and it's a signal to employers and clients that you are a trustworthy professional. Study to become a Revit Structure Certified Professional with this prep course from authorized Autodesk trainer Eric Wing. He covers specific skills covered by the 35-question exam, including the three key areas covered in the certification roadmap: collaboration, modeling, and documentation. Brush up on topics such as working with levels and grids; importing and linking existing models and files; modeling structural elements such as foundations, steel and concrete framing, and stairs and ramps; adding dimensions and annotations to drawings; and producing detailed schedules and sheets.Once you're finished with this course, you can feel confident taking the Revit Structure 2015 Certified Professional exam.09/13/2016
Cert Prep: SOLIDWORKS Drawing ToolsBeginnerCADSOLIDWORKS(Length: 76 minutes) CSWPA-DT certification shows proof of SOLIDWORKS expertise—the type of cutting-edge skill that businesses seek out and reward. Everyone who passes the CSWPA-DT (Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional Advanced Drawing Tools) exam has proven their mastery of the SOLIDWORKS drawing tools. This course prepares you to take the exam and stand out from the crowd in today's competitive job market. Gabriel Corbett shows you where to download the testing software, and goes through each of the objectives in detail, focusing on effective use of time and the most relevant knowledge needed to pass the exam. He covers creating complex projections and views, building a bill of materials (BOM), linking custom properties, adding notes and equations, and sorting and configuring the BOM. In the "Sample Exam Questions" chapter, he provides six sample questions and demonstrates how to address them using SOLIDWORKS.07/18/2017
Cert Prep: SOLIDWORKS Sheet MetalIntermediateCADSOLIDWORKS(Length: 94 minutes) Demonstrate to employers that you understand the set of SOLIDWORKS tools that aid in the design of sheet metal components by completing the Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional Advanced Sheet Metal (CSWPA-SM) exam. CSWPA-SM certification shows proof of your expertise, and indicates that you have the kind of cutting-edge skills that businesses seek out and reward.In this course, Gabriel Corbett prepares you to take the CSWPA-SM exam. Gabriel begins by covering the exam requirements and sharing testing techniques. He then dives into specific, relevant concepts that will refresh your knowledge and prepare you to pass the test, including how to work with edge flanges, miter flanges, hems, jogs, flat patterns, bend tables, and custom properties. He also shows how to build several of the parts from the sample exam, and takes you through building, modifying, and verifying a model.06/18/2017
Cert Prep: Unity FundamentalsIntermediate3D + AnimationUnity(Length: 111 minutes) Demonstrate your proficiency at using Unity for game development by becoming a Unity Certified Developer. In this comprehensive course, learn how to get started with game design using Unity, and prepare for the Unity Certified Developer exam by exploring essential Unity concepts. Alan Thorn covers an array of topics, including how to work with the Unity interface, navigate viewports, create game content, and export and import assets. Plus, he shares some usability advice that can help you increase your productivity when using Unity.07/08/2017
Cert Prep: Unity Materials, Lighting, and EffectsIntermediate3D + AnimationUnity(Length: 131 minutes) Demonstrate your proficiency at using Unity for game development by becoming a Unity Certified Developer. In this course, follow Alan Thorn as he prepares you for the portion of the exam focusing on materials, lighting, and effects. Alan discusses creating materials, textures and mapping, transparency, and texture animation. He also helps you get started with lighting, exploring global illumination, light baking, area lights, and dynamic lighting. Plus, he covers ambient occlusion and bloom, depth of field and grain, and vignette and color grading.07/08/2017
Cert Prep: Unity Scripting and PublishingIntermediate3D + AnimationUnity(Length: 117 minutes) Validate your programming skills and knowledge of foundational game design by becoming a Unity Certified Developer. In this course, prepare for the Unity Certified Developer exam by exploring the fundamentals of building scripts to create common gameplay mechanics. Alan Thorn covers the basics of scripting, demonstrating how to create a script file, configure a code editor, and use variables. He also discusses gameplay mechanics, including how to spawn and delete objects. Plus, he explains how to work with coroutines, create desktop builds, and use Cloud Build to create and share builds.07/18/2017
Cert Prep: Unity User Interfaces and AnimationIntermediate3D + AnimationUnity(Length: 106 minutes) Many factors contribute to the creation of a truly great game. But while spectacular visuals and a compelling story are of paramount importance, it's difficult for users to lose themselves in your game if it lacks an intuitive UI. In this course, explore the fundamentals of user interfaces and animation in Unity. In addition, the concepts covered in this course can help to prepare you for the Unity Certified Developer exam. Alan Thorn covers the basics of creating a user interface, explaining how to work with text, buttons, and layouts. He also goes into the fundamentals of animation, explaining how to create keyframe animation, as well as fully-animated characters.07/18/2017
Cert Prep: VMware Certified Professional 6-Network Virtualization (2v0-641)IntermediateITNSX(Length: 240 minutes) As organizations shift from traditional network architecture to software-defined networks, system administrators must stay familiar with various platforms. This course explains what VMware NSX is and how it can be used to establish a software-based datacenter. Learn how creating a logical network makes microsegmentation of security possible, to control data and networked application security separately. Because this type of control and security is transforming networking as we know it and is the future of networking, this course demonstrates how to configure, administer, and troubleshoot networks, network services, and virtual environments.03/16/2017
Cert Prep: Word 2013 Microsoft Office Expert Part One (77-425)AdvancedBusinessWord(Length: 146 minutes) Demonstrate your advanced knowledge of Microsoft Word by becoming a Word 2013 Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Expert. This course, created by certified MOS Master instructor Jennifer McBee, helps you prepare for the Word 2013 Expert Part One exam, the first part of a two-part exam. This course is organized around the exam's four main topic areas: managing and sharing documents, designing advanced documents, creating advanced references, and creating custom Word elements.To begin, Jennifer provides an overview of the certification program and its costs. She then walks through all of the certification objectives, including hands-on experience with downloadable sample documents. She concludes the course with a full-length practice test that emulates exam 77-425, together with solutions to each of the exam challenges.05/11/2017
Cert Prep: Word 2013 Microsoft Office Expert Part Two (77-426)AdvancedBusinessWord(Length: 129 minutes) Demonstrate your advanced knowledge of Microsoft Word by becoming a Word 2013 Microsoft Office Specialist (MOS) Expert. This course, created by certified MOS Master instructor Jennifer McBee, helps you prepare for the Word 2013 Expert Part Two exam. This course is organized around the exam's four main topic areas: managing and sharing documents, designing advanced documents, creating advanced references, and creating custom Word elements.To begin, Jennifer provides an overview of the certification program. She then walks through all of the certification objectives, including how to get hands-on experience with downloadable sample documents. She concludes the course with a full-length practice test that emulates exam 77-426, and shares solutions to each of the exam challenges.05/20/2017
Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate Prep CourseIntermediateCADSOLIDWORKS(Length: 104 minutes) As a Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate (CSWA), you will stand out from the crowd in today's competitive job market. The CSWA certification is proof of your SOLIDWORKS expertise—cutting-edge skills that businesses seek out and reward. The Certified SOLIDWORKS Associate Prep Course will prepare you to take the exam, and master the techniques necessary to design parts and assemblies with the core features in SOLIDWORKS. Instructor Gabriel Corbett provides an overview of the CSWA requirements, reviews the 16 skills you will be tested on, and then models three different problems from the exam.Along the way, he'll cover creating effective sketches, using equations to modify parts, weighing parts, building assemblies, assigning the correct materials and units, and creating drawing views. At the end of the course, there are two sample exams to practice what you've learned.04/27/2016
Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional Prep CourseIntermediateCADSOLIDWORKS(Length: 173 minutes) As a Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional (CSWP), you will stand out from the crowd in today's competitive job market. The CSWP certification is proof of your SOLIDWORKS expertise—cutting-edge skills that businesses seek out and reward. The Certified SOLIDWORKS Professional Prep Course will prepare you to take the exam, and master the techniques necessary to design and analyze parametric parts and moveable assemblies using a variety of complex features in SOLIDWORKS. Instructor Gabriel Corbett provides an overview of the CSWP requirements, and reviews the 30+ skills you will be tested on during the exam. These include equations and linked variables, convert and offset entities, calculating the center of mass, assigning materials and units, configurations, design tables, assembly techniques, and replacing components.He also breaks down the three segments of the test (part modeling, configurations, and assemblies), providing strategies that will help you pass each section. At the end of the course, there are two sample exams to practice what you've learned.04/27/2016
CGI Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloper, WebCGI(Length: 93 minutes) CGI Essential Training highlights the skills required to build common gateway interface (CGI) scripts that allow web forms to interact with applications on a web server. Instructor Bill Weinman explains how these scripts can be used for simple interactive applications written in any programming language. Bill shows how to use CGI to set up an HTML template with hidden fields for use with a web server application. Exercise files accompany this course.04/27/2016
Change ManagementIntermediateBusiness(Length: 100 minutes) Change is hard, but necessary for businesses to thrive and survive. You—as leader or manager—can help implement new business processes and initiatives using organizational change management (OCM). In this course, consultant and change management expert Bob McGannon discusses the principles and techniques necessary to drive change at the project level, in a certain business area, or throughout an entire organization. He helps you prepare, manage, and support the change process, outlining the five phases involved and the eight competencies required for success. Bob also helps you understand the stages of change on an individual level, so you can help team members and stakeholders adapt.06/25/2016
Character Animation: 3ds MaxIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 356 minutes) Character Animation Fundamentals in 3ds Max demonstrates the basic principles of character animation that help bring simple 3D characters to life. Starting with an overview of the character rig, author George Maestri provides guidelines for creating strong poses and explains how to animate from pose to pose in an organized fashion. The course also covers locomotion—animating realistic gestures, walks, and runs; explores the basics of facial expressions and dialogue; and culminates with an animated scene built entirely from scratch.04/28/2016
Character Animation: BasicsBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 212 minutes) The fundamentals of great character animation are rooted in posing your model in a way that reads true, animating from pose to pose to mimic natural movement, and simulating convincing dialogue. Start here to learn the skills all beginning animators need to know to bring their characters to life, regardless of software or style. Author and animator George Maestri first teaches you how to position your model and create realistic poses that tell stories and consider balance and weight. Next, you'll take those poses and animate between them in what's called pose-to-pose animation. Then you'll get your character moving in a basic walk cycle, add expression to the face, and incorporate dialogue. Finally, you'll learn how to tie all the fundamentals together in a scene complete with pose-to-pose animation and dialogue.04/26/2016
Character Animation: DialogueBeginner3D + Animation(Length: 135 minutes) Facial animation makes your character's inner life shine through. This course—focused on the principles, not the tools, of animation—explores how anatomy, expression, and emotion intertwine, and how animators can simulate emotion in the face of almost any character. George Maestri shows you how to animate three shots, of increasing complexity: a silent "double take" that transitions from one emotion to the next, a simple close-up dialogue shot, and a full-body dialogue shot that accounts for posture and secondary motion.04/26/2016
Character Animation: LocomotionIntermediate3D + Animation(Length: 161 minutes) Getting characters to walk is one thing; adding character to a walk is another. But it's not impossible and it's not software specific. In fact, the locomotion techniques in this course apply to any style of animation: 2D or 3D, hand-drawn or digital. The only thing you need to bring is personality. George Maestri shows how to make your character walk, run, and skip with style, and subtly move the story along.04/26/2016
Character Animation: MayaIntermediate3D + AnimationMaya(Length: 366 minutes) Watch as author George Maestri employs the basic principles of animation to bring to life simple 3D characters in Maya. Starting with an overview of the character rig, this course provides guidelines for arranging stock characters into strong poses and explains how to generate locomotion between poses in a modular fashion. The course includes step-by-step instructions on animating realistic gestures, walks, runs, facial expressions, and dialogue, and culminates with an animated scene built entirely from scratch. Prerequisite courses: Maya 2011 Essential Training.04/27/2016
Character Development and DesignBeginnerDesign(Length: 85 minutes) The heart of most narrative art lies in the characters in the story. This course will reveal the "secret sauce" that makes a character memorable, beloved, villainous, funny, or celebrated. Mary Jane Begin—illustrator, author, and Rhode Island School of Design professor—explores character design from all corners of the illustration universe, including cartoons, comics, feature animation, gaming, kid's books, and advertising.Mary Jane explains how the components of good character design can be broken down into concrete elements. She shows how body shape, posture, anatomy, facial expression, costume, color, movement, and abstract aspects like archetypes and environment bring a character to life. The lessons are illustrated with examples from Mary Jane's books, as well as famous, heart-warming characters created by a group of extraordinary character designers.04/27/2016
Character Modeling in BlenderIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 221 minutes) Learn to model a professional character design with topology that deforms properly when it is animated, using Blender, the free, powerful 3D modeling toolset that rivals many more costly packages. Ryan Kittleson starts with a mesh based on a reference image, blocking out basic shapes, and then shows how to sculpt the body, appendages, and head as well as complex details like clothing and hair. He also covers the new Dyntopo sculpting interface for shaping and subdividing meshes at the very same time. A series of challenge and solution videos near the end of the chapters allow you to test yourself on the material.04/26/2016
Character Rigging in 3ds MaxIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 225 minutes) 3ds Max is a powerful 3D application with great rigging tools. This course covers the complete workflow for rigging characters for realistic motion and animation. Author George Maestri shows how to prep your model, draw a skeleton, and add controls: foot and leg controls, hip and spine controls, and controls that allow the animator to toggle between inverse and forward kinematics (IK/FK). Plus, learn to how to skin your character, and create hand and face rigs that allow for greater control over delicate hand movements and facial expressions.04/26/2016
Character Rigging in MayaIntermediate3D + AnimationMaya(Length: 277 minutes) Character Rigging in Maya provides a basic introduction to rigging theory, and delves into the details of how to create professional, realistic 3D characters. Instructor and animation veteran George Maestri shows how to combine Maya's skeleton, inverse kinematics (IK), and constraint tools to create a basic rig for a character, and how to attach the character mesh to the skeleton using Maya's skinning tools. The course also explores advanced rigging controls such as IK switches and facial animation and how to create a control panel to manipulate the character's expressions. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/28/2016
Chasing the Light at New Zealand's Lake WanakaIntermediatePhotography(Length: 66 minutes) It can be hard to make photographs of iconic landscapes seem fresh. In this course, professional photographer Justin Reznick heads to New Zealand's South Island, to try and capture the famous lone tree of Lake Wanaka in a new light. He photographs the scene in many different ways over the course of a single day, from approaching the tree at sunrise to shooting long exposures and infrared film during the day. He caps off the shoot with some sunset shots and reviews the final selects to see what techniques worked best.04/27/2016
Chief Technology Officer Career GuideIntermediateDeveloper(Length: 148 minutes) Chief technology officers (CTOs) shape both what a company makes and the culture in which it's made. Along with providing innovative solutions and building stellar products on time and on budget, CTOs must curate a solid engineering team and spread the good word about the technology they help to create. In this course, Drew Falkman, who has been a CTO at several companies, shares his hard-won understanding of what great CTOs are made of. Unlike other technical roles—which can be quite solitary—CTOs must excel at working with and motivating others. Drew begins the course by sharing management tips and techniques, including how to hire a great team, create a healthy corporate culture, enhance team communications, and get rid of toxic employees. Next, he covers product and project management—explaining how to guide an efficient product life cycle—and examines technology challenges like choosing a platform and supporting research and development. As many potential CTOs are more comfortable diving into the nitty-gritty of a tech issue than taking the podium at a meeting or conference, Drew makes sure to clearly and effectively cover the communication, marketing, and entrepreneurial nature of the job. Learn how to enhance your public speaking skills, run efficient meetings, help with product launches, navigate the world of finance, and more.02/07/2017
Choosing a PHP EditorBeginnerDeveloper, WebPHP(Length: 94 minutes) A coding professional needs professional tools, and while you can write PHP with a regular text editor, a specialized editor or IDE will make the job easier and your code more accurate. In this course, programming expert Joseph Lowery takes you on a survey of the most popular all-purpose and PHP-specific editors. Learn what features are absolutely required from any good editor; explore options that can boost your productivity, like snippets and database integration; and then take a look at tools that work with multiple technologies (such as Aptana Studio, Sublime Text, and Cloud 9) and those more directly targeted at PHP (like Eclipse or PhpStorm). This course is vital to anyone starting on the path to PHP programming, as well as developers seeking to ramp up their efficiency.04/27/2016
Choosing and Using Web FontsBeginnerDesign, Web(Length: 412 minutes) This course focuses on the theories behind web fonts: what makes a good font, why different fonts look the way they do, and how fonts affect the look of a web page. Author Laura Franz covers common tasks, including downloading a font from an online source such as Typekit or Font Squirrel, implementing the font in HTML and CSS, and changing the size and line-height to improve the readability of text. The course also covers different periods of type design and explores the history behind handwritten fonts, text fonts (used for large amounts of text), and display fonts (used for headlines).04/28/2016
CINEMA 4D and After Effects IntegrationIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 87 minutes) CINEMA 4D and After Effects Integration was created and produced by Trish and Chris Meyer. We are honored to host their material in the lynda.com Online Training Library®.Chris Meyer—a long-time user of both programs—explains how to move 3D worlds from Maxon's CINEMA 4D into Adobe's After Effects and add additional 3D elements that blend perfectly. Chris shows how to transfer 3D cameras, lights, and position data from CINEMA 4D to After Effects; create track mattes to composite new elements into the middle of a scene; and take advantage of multi-pass rendering to quickly remix and even recolor lights, shadows, reflections, and more. Paced comfortably for beginners, this course also reveals numerous advanced tricks and techniques, such as the use of blending modes and how to cast shadows from new 3D layers in After Effects onto rendered 3D elements from CINEMA 4D. Exercise files accompany this course.04/27/2016
CINEMA 4D Essentials 1: Interface, Objects, and HierarchiesBeginner3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 82 minutes) CINEMA 4D Essentials with Rob Garrott is a graduated introduction to this complex 3D modeling, rendering, and animation program, which breaks down into installments that can be completed within 2 hours. The first course in the series introduces the CINEMA environment and illustrates the importance of the object hierarchy. Discover how to navigate within your projects; how to configure the application preferences; set up a project properly; and create objects and change their parameters. Rob also explains the different object types and the principles behind creating a model with primitive shapes.04/28/2016
CINEMA 4D Essentials 2: Polygon and Spline ModelingBeginner3D + AnimationCINEMA 4D(Length: 100 minutes) CINEMA 4D Essentials with Rob Garrott is a graduated introduction to this complex 3D modeling, rendering, and animation program, which breaks down into installments that can be completed within 2 hours. This installment covers the basics of the 3D modeling toolkit: splines and polygons. Rob reveals the components behind polygonal-modeling (points, edges, and polygons) and how to manipulate them with the tools in CINEMA 4D. He then walks through splines, an alternative to polygons that uses curves to create 3D geometry. The final chapter shows how to combine these techniques by creating a model of a speaker system.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D Essentials 3: Cameras, Animation, and DeformersBeginner3D + AnimationCINEMA 4D(Length: 106 minutes) CINEMA 4D Essentials with Rob Garrott is a graduated introduction to this complex 3D modeling, rendering, and animation program, which breaks down into installments that can be completed within 2 hours. Cameras, Animation, and Deformers focuses on the basics of animating in CINEMA 4D, including setting keyframes, moving the camera, and adding movement and interest with deformers. Rob shows how to use these tools to manipulate animations with curves, create varying depth of field and smooth shots, and create warped type and shapes.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D Essentials 4: Materials, Texturing, and LightsBeginner3D + AnimationCINEMA 4D(Length: 144 minutes) CINEMA 4D Essentials with Rob Garrott is a graduated introduction to this complex 3D modeling, rendering, and animation program, which breaks down into installments that can be completed within 2 hours. This course shows how to lend 3D objects color, transparency, and life with materials, textures, and lights. Author Rob Garrott explains how to create a variety of surface textures, from smooth and reflective to bumpy and flat, and how to add dramatic depth and shadows to your scenes with the different light types in CINEMA 4D. The final chapter discusses texturing in 3D with the BodyPaint module, which can also help hide UV seams.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D Essentials 5: Rendering and CompositingBeginner3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 96 minutes) CINEMA 4D Essentials with Rob Garrott is a graduated introduction to this complex 3D modeling, rendering, and animation program, which breaks down into installments that can be completed within 2 hours. This installment covers the basics of rendering images and animation and compositing those elements and effects together into a single movie. Rob shows how to optimize your render settings and configure batch rendering for maximum efficiency. On the compositing side, he shows how to use the compositing tag and object buffers to create a flawless composite, and how to round-trip assets between CINEMA 4D and After Effects.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D Essentials 6: HyperNURB Modeling and SculptingBeginner3D + AnimationCINEMA 4D(Length: 84 minutes) CINEMA 4D Essentials with Rob Garrott is a graduated introduction to this complex 3D modeling, rendering, and animation program, which breaks down into installments that can be completed within 2 hours. This edition introduces two modeling techniques: HyperNURBS, or subdivision modeling, for creating smooth rounded objects, and sculpting. Rob explains how to set up for each workflow, and how to create basic shapes and then refine them with more detailed tools. The course provides a solid foundation for designers starting to shape their creations in CINEMA 4D.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D Essentials 7: MoGraph Modeling and AnimationBeginner3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 56 minutes) CINEMA 4D Essentials with Rob Garrott is a graduated introduction to this complex 3D modeling, rendering, and animation program, which breaks down into installments that can be completed within 2 hours. This edition introduces MoGraph, a toolset that allows you to model and animate objects without keyframes, and shows how to use MoGraph to quickly get your characters up and running. The first half of the course covers how to clone existing objects, modify them to suit your needs, and bring them to life with effectors, MoGraph's special effects. The second half of the course demonstrates how to create movement and abstract animation with MoGraph.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D Essentials 8: Character Rigging and XpressoBeginner3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 68 minutes) CINEMA 4D Essentials with Rob Garrott is a graduated introduction to this complex 3D modeling, rendering, and animation program, which breaks down into installments that can be completed within 2 hours. Start this installment with a look at Xpresso, a scripting tool that allows you to speed up your workflow by automating control of rigs, animations, and menu commands. This course also covers the basics of character rigging, from binding joints and geometry to adding movement with CMotion.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D Essentials 9: Particles and DynamicsBeginner3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 87 minutes) CINEMA 4D Essentials with Rob Garrott is a graduated introduction to this complex 3D modeling, rendering, and animation program, which breaks down into installments that can be completed within 2 hours. In this installment, Rob introduces particles, a cluster of objects used to simulate effects like snow, sparks, fog, or fire, and dynamics, which allow you to define how objects interact with their environment. The course covers creating a splash effect with particles, working with more advanced Thinking Particles, and how to understand the difference between the dynamics system's rigid bodies and soft bodies.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D Lite for After Effects: Getting StartedBeginner3D + Animation, Video, video2brainAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D(Length: 541 minutes) Intimidated by 3D modeling packages? Dip a toe in the water with CINEMA 4D (C4D) Lite, a slimmed down version of CINEMA 4D included with After Effects CC. Motion graphics designer Angie Taylor shows you how to build a complete sequence in C4D Lite, progressing from initial object modeling, to animation, lighting, camera rigging, texturing, and final render. Plus, learn to animate text, create random movement with wiggle expressions, track cameras in live-action footage to add new 3D elements, and light your scene. Angie also round-trips the project files to After Effects for visual effects and color correction. With over 100 videos, this course allows you to explore almost every aspect of 3D motion graphics creation, within this accessible introductory tool.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D R11.5 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + AnimationCINEMA 4D(Length: 548 minutes) CINEMA 4D R11.5 Essential Training covers all the important steps to get up and running with this easy-to-use 3D application. Designer and author Ian Robinson covers the essentials of 3D design, including modeling, animation, and integration with other design tools. Ian explores how to build objects with CINEMA 4D's basic primitives, and how to use light, shadow, and texture to give depth to a scene. He shows the proper use of the powerful animation tools, including MoGraph, to push 3D designs to the limit. Finally, Ian covers how to combine CINEMA 4D with other applications like After Effects and Motion. Exercise files accompany this course.04/27/2016
CINEMA 4D R12 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + AnimationCINEMA 4D(Length: 600 minutes) CINEMA 4D R12 Essential Training with Rob Garrott introduces artists to the CINEMA 4D workflow, using CINEMA 4D as an important part of a toolset that includes Adobe After Effects, Photoshop, and Illustrator. The course explains the key foundational concepts, such as polygons, textures, and rays, that are crucial to understanding exactly how this 3D application functions. It also includes practical techniques for creating, selecting, and transforming objects, working with splines, polygonal modeling, and adding materials, lighting, and camera views for a fully realized 3D image. Exercise files are included with the course.04/28/2016
CINEMA 4D R13 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + AnimationCINEMA 4D(Length: 132 minutes) This course spotlights the R13 update for MAXON CINEMA 4D, which includes some key improvements in the rendering, shader, and character tools. Author Rob Garrott shows animators how to find their way around the interface, and demonstrates features such as the Physical Render engine, with its camera and depth of field and motion blur controls; the CMotion system for creating parametric movement; and the new and revised shaders. The course also covers the streamlined workflow for Adobe After Effects Exchange and the new file format options OpenEXR and Xref.04/28/2016
CINEMA 4D R15 New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 101 minutes) With CINEMA 4D R15, MAXON has put the emphasis on important user-requested changes. Join Rob Garrott as he reviews the most exciting new features in this update, starting with faster renders with the new Global Illumination methods. Discover kerning, which comes at long last to the typography tools in C4D, giving you much more control over type. See the new Bevel and Slide tools in action—tools that will make modelers of all levels happy. And review changes to the sculpting system that allow you to project new meshes, mirror objects, and expand geometry. Plus, learn how features like the Texture Manager, Team Render, and the Camera Crane Rig will impact your workflow.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D R16 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 575 minutes) CINEMA 4D R16 (C4D) is a vital tool for motion graphics artists, visual effects (VFX) artists, and animators alike. Whether you're just starting out in one of these fields or migrating to C4D after many years in another program, your training should begin here. In this course, author Ian Robinson covers key C4D concepts, such as object hierarchies and relationships, and the essential skills for modeling with primitive objects, splines and generator objects, subdivision surfaces, and polygons. He also shows how to give your 3D models realistic-looking surfaces—the kind of surfaces that make objects seem bumpy, metallic, shiny, or even transparent—with materials and lighting. The final chapters of the course cover keyframe animation, camera movement, and C4D's popular MoGraph module. Dive in and learn what CINEMA 4D has in store for you.04/26/2016
CINEMA 4D R17 Essential TrainingBeginner3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 383 minutes) Learn CINEMA 4D R17. From polygonal and spline modeling to lighting, rendering, and shading, this series of CINEMA 4D tutorials will get you up to speed quickly so that you can make great looking 3D graphics and animations with ease.CINEMA 4D (aka C4D) is a vital tool for anyone considering a career in motion graphics, visual effects, or animation. Whether you're just starting out or migrating to C4D from another program, CINEMA 4D R17 Essential Training has you covered. Craig Whitaker explores some of the new features in R17—the version released in August 2015—and segues into a quick-start chapter that reviews the entire CINEMA 4D workflow in just eight steps. The rest of the course divides CINEMA 4D's core functionality into individual chapters on spline modeling, polygonal modeling, deformers, materials and shaders, lighting, the MoGraph toolbox, animation, and rendering. Craig also shows how to composite your C4D work with live-action footage and other effects in After Effects, using the AEC or CINEWARE workflow. By the end of the course, you should be comfortable working with all of C4D's powerful tools.04/27/2016
CINEMA 4D R18 Essential Training: Motion GraphicsIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 312 minutes) CINEMA 4D R18 Essentials: Motion Graphics introduces artists to the CINEMA 4D workflow. Learn the key foundational concepts, such as spline modeling, keyframe animation, and materials, which are crucial to understanding exactly how this 3D application functions. Instructor Andy Needham also includes practical techniques for creating, selecting, and transforming objects; extruding shapes; working with MoGraph module tools such as clones and effectors; and adding lighting and camera views for fully realized 3D motion graphics. Plus, find out how to integrate assets from Adobe Illustrator, composite multipass renders with the After Effects and C4D workflow, and use the Takes System to try out different materials and settings and export your projects in the exact sizes and resolutions you need.10/25/2016
CINEMA 4D R18 Essential Training: Product Visualization and DesignIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 262 minutes) Enrich your understanding of how to work with materials and lighting in CINEMA 4D (C4D), and see how to incorporate these techniques in your product visualization workflow. In this course, review core C4D concepts, discover how to work with models that are not in the native C4D format, and see how to build different kinds of materials—bumpy, luminous, reflective, and refractive—as well as how to work with existing materials on imported models. This course also shows how to work with cameras to create effects such as depth of field, how to use Global Illumination and other lighting methods to enhance the realism of your renders, and more.This is an introductory course, but if you're brand new to C4D, check out CINEMA 4D R18 Essential Training: The Basics. In that course, instructor Andy Needham starts from the very beginning, introducing you to the interface and other basic concepts to help you understand what C4D is and how it functions.02/07/2017
CINEMA 4D R18 Essential Training: The BasicsBeginner3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 95 minutes) CINEMA 4D R18: The Basics introduces artists to the CINEMA 4D workflow, using CINEMA 4D as part of a pipeline that includes artwork from Adobe Illustrator and finishing touches in After Effects. Author Andy Needham explains the concepts and techniques that are crucial to understanding exactly how this 3D modeling software functions. Learn how to model objects, extrude shapes, animate the model and the camera in your scene, apply lighting and materials, and render out a fully realized 3D animation. Each step follows the development of a real-world motion graphics project—a 3D logo—so you can see C4D's features in action.10/18/2016
CINEMA 4D R18 Essential Training: VFXIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 249 minutes) Cinema 4D R18 Essentials: VFX introduces artists to the Cinema 4D workflow for creating VFX and integrating them into a live action shot. Learn key concepts—such as how to track and solve a shot using the Motion Tracker—that are crucial to understanding exactly how this 3D application functions. Instructor Andy Needham includes practical techniques for removing lens distortion, importing models, and creating basic animation. Additionally, Andy discusses how to create shiny, refractive, and displaced materials. He also covers how to use the Camera Calibration tag and Projection Man to build a 3D representation of a photograph.04/13/2017
CINEMA 4D R18: New FeaturesIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 46 minutes) What's new in CINEMA 4D R18? To start, there's updates to MoGraph, including a new object (Voronoi Fracture) and effector (Push Apart), as well as controls for clones, a Weightmap tag for effectors, and cache tags. In the modeling, animation, and rendering world, there's a new and improved Knife tool, a Thin Film shader for iridescent surfaces, new shader parameters, and viewport improvements like real-time reflections and tessellations. Andy Needham reviews all of these features and more, so you can get up and running with the latest version of CINEMA 4D as quickly as possible.10/25/2016
CINEMA 4D Rendering Tips for NUKEIntermediateVideoCINEMA 4D, Nuke(Length: 91 minutes) Like a cake, a render isn't fully "baked" until you've added the finishing touches that take motion graphics from good to great. This course shows you how to take a render directly from CINEMA 4D, or any other 3D package, and bump it up a notch with NUKE. Author Craig Whitaker shows how to combine UVW passes with ST maps to retexture objects, build RGB mattes, create glows and gizmos with Fresnel shaders, and add depth of field, motion blur, and other effects.04/27/2016
CINEMA 4D: Designing a PromoIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 422 minutes) Join Rob Garrott in CINEMA 4D: Designing a Promo as he demonstrates how to create a 15-second promotional video that looks and feels like a professional advertisement. Learn how to use a combination of CINEMA 4D, After Effects, Photoshop and Illustrator to go from concept to script to screen, creating sketches, adding animation, and rendering the final promo. This course focuses on real-world techniques, culminating in a finished, usable product. Exercise files accompany the course.04/27/2016
CINEMA 4D: Rendering Motion Graphics for After EffectsIntermediate3D + Animation, VideoAfter Effects, CINEMA 4D(Length: 233 minutes) CINEMA 4D: Rendering Motion Graphics for After Effects demonstrates how to take a simple logo animation in CINEMA 4D and transform it into a compelling motion graphic with After Effects, incorporating two distinct visual styles. Starting with a prebuilt animation rendered from CINEMA 4D, author Rob Garrott employs industry-standard techniques, utilizing materials, lights, and the library of effects in After Effects, to enhance the project's look and feel. Exercise files accompany the course.04/28/2016
Cinematic Composition for Video ProductionsBeginnerVideo(Length: 54 minutes) Composition is one of the least understood yet most important aspects of video. Like good storytelling, in order to achieve good video composition you have to make every detail count and keep the audience engaged in your story. In this course, Eduardo Angel breaks down effective cinematic composition, showing how to create different compositional effects using a variety of techniques. Beginning with basics such as shot size, depth of field, and the rule of thirds, Eduardo shows how to establish a scene, play with perspective and movement, and incorporate some of the most common shot types, including close-ups and group shots. Once you've learned the rules, see how to break them, using warped perspectives and intentionally confusing sequences, before exploring technical considerations such as lenses and lighting.04/27/2016
Cinematic Video LightingBeginnerVideo(Length: 104 minutes) There's no reason to fall back on the same old 3-point lighting techniques for every shoot. Cinematic lighting, which takes its cue from film, can add drama and visual interest to any production. Using diffusion, small tweaks in color temp, bounced light, and other cinematic lighting tricks, you can achieve a much richer look and feel.This series of tutorials, taught by producer, DP, and educator Jem Schofield of theC47, shows you the equipment and time-tested lighting techniques you need to get cinematic results. Filmed on location at a California brewery—a set with a lot of action and a lot of angles—the course takes you through the process of planning, lighting, and shooting video using largely cinematic (low-key) lighting techniques. Jem uses a conversational style of direction that relies on collaboration with the crew and the clients, but the lessons are flexible enough to apply to productions of many different types and sizes, including corporate video and documentaries. By the end, you'll have the skills you need to go out and create professional lighting setups in the real world.04/27/2016
Cinematography 01: Narrative FundamentalsBeginnerVideo(Length: 165 minutes) Creative decision making lies at the core of great filmmaking. To shoot a movie, you need to understand how the equipment works, but more importantly, you need to know how the choices you make—composition, exposure, lighting, etc.—impact the way the audience sees the film. The Cinematography series with Bill Dill covers the basics you need to shoot a modern motion picture and tell stories in the most powerful way possible. Part 1 concentrates on narrative filmmaking: creating a world from scratch, using a script. Bill, an ASC cinematographer and professor of film and media arts at Chapman University, introduces the techniques that professional filmmakers use to maintain the illusion of reality in the middle of an otherwise artificial world. Follow along and learn the fundamentals required to shoot a story with a camera. Learn how to plan your production, assemble a crew, choose the right camera and lenses, and make creative choices that best fit the themes, characters, and story of your film. Bill covers the elements of composition, exposure, optics, lighting, and camera movement. Part 2 (coming in November 2016) will show you how to put all these ideas together on set, and deliver the footage to an editor and director for assembly into a complete, coherent, and compelling story.10/04/2016
Cinematography 02: Working on SetBeginnerVideo(Length: 84 minutes) The Cinematography series with ASC cinematographer and professor Bill Dill covers what you need to know to shoot a modern motion picture and tell stories in the most powerful way possible. Part 2 is all about executing your creative ideas: putting it all together on set and delivering the footage to post for assembly into a complete, coherent, and compelling story. These lessons cover every phase of a shoot, in a way that scales from a very simple, very small crew all the way up to a professional production. Bill introduces techniques for blocking actors, lighting the set, rehearsing, and shooting from a variety of angles. He discusses the importance of preproduction, including preparing detailed storyboards and shot lists, and how the types of cameras you have will impact the way you hand off and edit footage. Finally, get media management tips for handling your files so they flow easily through post.11/29/2016
Cinematography in MayaBeginner3D + AnimationMaya(Length: 223 minutes) While Maya's cameras offer you a tremendous amount of creative freedom (even more than real-world cameras), their controls can be complex. This course helps you learn how to expertly adjust them. Aaron F. Ross covers viewport display, controlling orthographic cameras, framing shots, editing with the Camera Sequencer, simple and compound camera moves, and many different special effects. Start now and learn how to expertly position and animate cameras in your Maya projects and give your audience a window into your 3D world.04/26/2016
Cisco Certified Entry Networking Technician Essential Training(Length: 383 minutes) 04/27/2016
Cisco ICND2 Cert Prep: SwitchingIntermediateITCisco(Length: 140 minutes) Demonstrate your networking knowledge and expertise by earning a Cisco CCNA Routing and Switching certification. In this course, Russell Long prepares you for the switching portion of the Interconnecting Cisco Networking Devices Part 2 (ICND2) exam. Russell takes you through the installation, management, and troubleshooting of a medium-sized network. Throughout the course, he provides configuration and troubleshooting demonstrations that can help you better understand exam concepts and real-world implementations.06/18/2017
CISSP Cert Prep: 1 Security and Risk ManagementAdvancedITCISSP(Length: 151 minutes) Learn about information security and risk management practices needed to complete the first domain of the Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) exam. CISSP is the industry's gold standard certification, necessary for many mid- and senior-level positions. This course includes coverage of security governance, compliance and policy issues, personnel security, threat modeling, and vendor management. Author Mike Chapple also covers the trifecta of information confidentiality, integrity, and availability; risk management; and the importance of ongoing security awareness and education in any organization.Members who complete this course will be prepared to answer questions on the Security and Risk Management domain of the CISSP exam, and establish a critical foundation for the rest of their careers.Find the companion study books at the Sybex test prep site and review the complete CISSP Body of Knowledge at https://www.isc2.org/cissp-domains/default.aspx.09/13/2016
CISSP Cert Prep: 3 Security EngineeringAdvancedITCISSP(Length: 259 minutes) Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) is the gold standard in IT security certification. Prepare for the CISSP exam with the security engineering installment of the CISSP Cert Prep series. Security engineering ensures systems are designed to deal with all sorts of risks and disruptions, from hackers and database meltdowns to electrical outages. In this course, security expert Mike Chapple covers everything you need to know to balance business needs with security risks and design more secure systems. He covers cloud computing, as well as hardware, web, and mobile security; client and server vulnerabilities; smart device security; and physical security, such as site design and monitoring. Plus, get a deep dive into cryptography, one of the most powerful tools that IT pros can use to secure data and accounts. Members who take all eight courses in the series will be prepared to take and pass the CISSP exam. Find the companion study books at the Sybex test prep site and review the complete CISSP Body of Knowledge at https://www.isc2.org/cissp-domains/default.aspx.11/15/2016
CISSP Cert Prep: 4 Communication and Network SecurityAdvancedITCISSP(Length: 242 minutes) The Certified Information System Security Professional (CISSP) certification is the industry's gold standard in information security. CISSP certification is an important component of any security professional's resume, and is a requirement for many top jobs. In this course, prepare for the fourth domain of the exam: Communication and Network Security. Learn about communication and networking best practices, including TCP/IP networking, network security devices, and secure network design and management. Instructor and cybersecurity expert Mike Chapple also includes coverage of converged protocols, network encryption, and wireless networking. You can find Mike's companion study books for this series at the Sybex test prep site and review the complete CISSP Body of Knowledge at https://www.isc2.org/cissp-domains/default.aspx.12/20/2016
CISSP Cert Prep: 5 Identity and Access ManagementAdvancedITCISSP(Length: 118 minutes) Prepare for the CISSP exam while you learn industry best practices for identity and access management (IAM). The Certified Information System Security Professional (CISSP) is one of the most desired certifications for IT security pros—one that can often make the difference when landing your next job. The course includes coverage of the core components of IAM: identification, authentication, authorization, and accountability. Learn how to control both the physical and logical access to your hardware, information systems, and data. Instructor Mike Chapple, the author of our eight-part CISSP test prep series, also covers credential management, external identity management, and prevention and mitigation of access control attacks. Members who take all eight courses in the series will be prepared to take the CISSP exam. Find Mike's companion study book at the Sybex test prep site and review the complete CISSP Body of Knowledge at https://www.isc2.org/cissp-domains/default.aspx.01/17/2017
CISSP Cert Prep: 6 Security Assessment and TestingAdvancedITCISSP(Length: 97 minutes) Security professionals use a variety of tools to help them monitor, test, and assess the effectiveness of security controls. Mike Chapple provides detailed information about these topics in this course. He explains how to assess threats and security processes, monitor using logs, test software, and validate disaster recovery sites and plans. This course is also an exam preparation resource, as it covers topics found in the security assessment and testing domain found in the CISSP exam.03/23/2017
CISSP Cert Prep: 7 Security OperationsAdvancedITCISSP(Length: 107 minutes) Prepare for the Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) exam, and gain crucial knowledge about the practices in security operations. In this course, follow Mike Chapple as he walks through each topic in the seventh domain of the CISSP exam. He explains how to conduct and support security investigations, covers the different investigation types, and explains how to report and document incidents. In addition, Mike goes into logging and monitoring activities, resource security, and security principles, as well as the importance of disaster recovery programs. This course—along with the others in this eight-part series—prepare you for the CISSP exam, and provide you with a solid foundation for a career in information security.04/13/2017
CISSP Cert Prep: 8 Software Development SecurityAdvancedITCISSP(Length: 84 minutes) Prepare for the Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) exam by bolstering your knowledge of software development security practices. In this course, follow Mike Chapple as he walks through each topic in the eighth domain of the CISSP exam—Software Development Security. He covers the software development lifecycle and common software security issues, such as cookies, session hijacking, and code execution attacks. Mike also discusses secure coding practices and software security assessment.05/11/2017
CISSP Cert Prep: The BasicsBeginnerITCISSP(Length: 73 minutes) Information security is one of the hottest specialties in IT, with thousands of available jobs and a shortage of trained professionals. The Certified Information Systems Security Professional (CISSP) certification is a standard and an ideal credential for cybersecurity experts, and a requirement for many information security positions. In this course, CISSP expert Mike Chapple provides an overview of the CISSP certification, providing test-taking strategies and study tips. This course also serves as the introduction to a series of eight additional courses covering all of the material on the CISSP exam.06/03/2017
Civil 3D Essential TrainingIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 828 minutes) Civil 3D is the industry standard for civil infrastructure projects, allowing engineers and planners to build and verify designs before ever breaking ground. In this course, author Jeff Bartels will take you through everything you need to know to be successful using Civil 3D. Learn how to manage design data and points, model existing surfaces, generate lot geometry, model roadways, incorporate utilities, and address common site grading challenges. Jeff also shows how to prepare designs for construction using Civil 3D's automated sheet creation tools.04/27/2016
Civil 3D: Designing Gravity Pipe SystemsIntermediateCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 213 minutes) Gravity pipe systems are a part of almost every civil engineering project. In AutoCAD Civil 3D, that means working with a pipe network, which represents the pipe and structure objects that form the basis of your systems. In these tutorials, Eric Chappell shows engineers and project designers how to use pipes and structures to draw 2D and 3D models of underground piping systems, such as storm sewers, sanitary sewers, and more. Along the way, he shows how to edit, split, and merge pipe networks; annotate your drawings; create detailed parts lists; and analyze the pipe network. Plus, learn how to view and edit pipe network in profile view to achieve more accurate designs.04/27/2016
Civil 3D: Intersecting New Roads with Existing RoadsAdvancedCADAutoCAD Civil 3D(Length: 35 minutes) Every road project that you work on will require you to tie your new road designs to existing roads via intersections. To do this successfully you need to know the right workflow: to leverage the best Civil 3D features in the right ways and in the right order. In this course, you'll learn how to combine features involving alignments, profiles, corridors, surfaces, and intersections to efficiently design new-to-existing intersections.04/27/2016
Classroom Management FundamentalsBeginnerEducation + Elearning(Length: 52 minutes) K-12 educators: create a classroom culture that increases achievement and decreases disruption—without inhibiting your students' creativity or desire to learn. In this course (our first with real kids in a classroom setting), Aaron Quigley shows you how to create learning-focused environments by minimizing off-task behavior and increasing student engagement. Learn how to develop the traits of effective classroom managers, reduce distraction, give clear instruction, and escalate problems when necessary. Aaron will also provide guides for building a positive classroom culture that sets students up for success, wherever they go next.04/26/2016
Clean PHP URLs on Apache ServerIntermediateWebPHP(Length: 95 minutes) Clean URLs are great. They're elegant, easier to remember, and more user friendly than dynamic URLs. But the primary reason to use clean URLs is for SEO: to make it easier for search engines to index your site. This translates to better search results and increased page visits. Find out how to reap the benefits of clean URLs in your PHP code, in this course with PHP expert David Powers. Rather than checking URLs individually, David shows how to evaluate and update them sitewide with the Apache mod_rewrite module. Watch these tutorials to learn how to enable mod_rewrite on your server, understand the structure of mod_rewrite rules, remove unnecessary file extensions, convert query strings into readable numbers and text, and use rewrite maps to look up complex values without regular expressions. Plus, learn how to enhance search results and provide searchers with links to specific parts of a webpage.06/14/2016
Cleaning and Repairing Audio with AudacityBeginnerAudio + MusicAudacity(Length: 46 minutes) Want to improve the sounds of your audio recordings, fast? In these short tutorials, Garrick Chow shows how to clean and repair audio using Audacity's built-in tools and effects. He covers removing short clicks and pops and persistent background noise, reducing the effects of clipping and distortion, and improving your overall sound with compression, EQ, and normalization. Plus, get an inside look at a few plugins that can take Audacity (and your audio) even further.04/27/2016
Cleaning Up Your Excel 2010 DataBeginnerBusiness, ITExcel(Length: 88 minutes) In this course, Dennis Taylor explores the functions, commands, and techniques in Excel that restructure data, remove unwanted characters, convert date data into the desired format, and prepare data for efficient analysis. This course helps get data from a business management system file, other database software, a text file, or a poorly designed Excel worksheet into optimal shape for working with in Excel.04/28/2016
Cleaning Up Your Excel 2013 DataBeginnerBusiness, ITExcel(Length: 119 minutes) Need to get data from a business-management system file, database software, text file, or poorly designed Excel worksheet into optimal shape for Excel 2013? This course can help. Dennis Taylor explores the functions, commands, and techniques in Excel that restructure data, remove unwanted characters, convert data into the desired format, and prepare data for efficient analysis. He'll cover adjusting row and column placement; transposing data with Replace and Substitute functions, the Text to Columns command, and the new Flash Fill; and formatting and converting text, numbers, and other values.04/26/2016
Cleaning Up Your Mess in LightroomIntermediatePhotographyLightroom(Length: 87 minutes) Adobe Lightroom has a lot of great photo-management features, but that's no guarantee that your catalog will be well organized. That's up to you. In this course, photographer, author, and educator Tim Grey tackles the most common problems that Lightroom Classic CC users encounter (or introduce themselves), including missing photos, photos scattered across multiple catalogs, confusingly named folders, keyword spelling errors, and much more.06/14/2016
Cloth Simulation in 3ds MaxIntermediate3D + Animation3ds Max(Length: 200 minutes) The Cloth system in 3ds Max allows you to create realistic garments and fabrics, from T-shirts to tablecloths. This course, from author Joel Bradley, provides a deep dive into cloth simulation in 3ds Max, giving you the information you need to tackle your own project. Joel examines the effect of scale on cloth behavior, the impact different mesh subdivision types can make on your model, and the function and options behind the Cloth modifier, the heart of the Cloth system. He also shows how to set up and control behaviors like bend and curve, U and V Stretch, Density, Thickness, and Friction. Plus, discover how to work with groups and constraints and create effects like wet cloth and tearable cloth.This course was created and produced by Joel Bradley. We are honored to host this content in our library.04/26/2016
Cloth Simulation in BlenderIntermediate3D + AnimationBlender(Length: 120 minutes) Learn how to create realistic garments and fabrics, from T-shirts to tablecloths, with Blender. Join author Joel Bradley as he shows how to simulate cloth, control its appearance, and make it interact realistically with other objects in your scene. First, he helps you prepare for cloth simulation by understanding the importance of physics and mesh subdivisions. Then Joel shows how to set up and work with the Cloth modifier—the core hub of the system—and Blender's cloth caching and baking features. Chapter 3 concentrates on the controls for the various cloth properties: Quality, Material, Damping, and more. Then learn how to control how your cloth interacts with other objects in your scene (including forces like wind) with collisions. Last, Joel covers special features introduced in Blender 2.7: force fields, wind absorption, and the new cloth sewing features.04/26/2016
Cloth Simulations for Motion Graphics in CINEMA 4DIntermediateVideoCINEMA 4D(Length: 241 minutes) A flexible and dynamic 3D cloth simulation is a commonly requested feature in modern motion graphics. Realistic cloth simulations that respond to forces such as wind and gravity can take the visual language to another level. Luckily, CINEMA 4D's cloth system offers a relatively simple toolset to incorporate flags, banners, and other convincing cloth simulations into motion graphics and animations.Cloth Simulations for Motion Graphics in CINEMA 4D is a project-based learning experience that follows three projects from start to finish: an animated flag blowing in the wind, opening and closing theater curtains, and a cloth-on-object logo reveal. Each project is rich with lessons that artists can adapt and apply to any cloth animation. Author Alan Demafiles will help viewers use the C4D Cloth tag and colliders, attach cloth to other geometry in a scene, loop simulations, correct imperfections with the morph deformer, and apply logos and other patterns to fabric. Start watching to incorporate cloth simulations into your mograph skillset.04/27/2016
Cloud Architecture: Core ConceptsBeginnerIT(Length: 61 minutes) Are you new to cloud computing? If so, this course can help you bolster your cloud computing skillset by familiarizing you with the business and tech-related basics of creating a cloud architecture. Join cloud-computing luminary David Linthicum as he discusses what cloud architecture is and why a strong architecture is crucial. After covering the fundamentals, he moves on to identifying the business and technical requirements of building a cloud architecture, and goes over cloud parts and how to work from requirements to a solution. The course concludes by leading you through how to build your first architecture.07/08/2017
Cloud Architecture: Design DecisionsIntermediateIT(Length: 59 minutes) Strong architecture begins with smart design decisions. With the cloud, the options can seem almost limitless. By focusing on your business and application needs, and how they may change over time, you can make intelligent choices, leading to a more efficient, cost-effective infrastructure.This course is targeted at IT professionals who have a basic understanding of the cloud and are ready to move on to creating a cloud architecture. David Linthicum begins with the business case and requirement patterns, and then moves onto mapping requirements to individual architecture concepts. There are multiple aspects to consider: storage, processing, governance, management and monitoring, security, performance, and more. David also includes discussion of advanced topics such as serverless architectures and containers. Watch and learn how to make sense of today's requirements, and plan your cloud-based architecture to scale with what your company needs to succeed tomorrow.07/18/2017
Cloud Computing Career Paths and Certifications: First StepsBeginnerIT(Length: 69 minutes) Do you want to start a career in cloud computing, but don't know where to begin? If so, this course can help by providing an ideal foundational mapping of the career paths and certifications that IT professionals should consider if they're interested in transitioning to cloud computing. Instructor and Cloud Architect Lynn Langit covers a variety of career paths, including IT pro, developer, analyst, and architect roles. Throughout the course, she focuses on the major cloud platforms—AWS, Microsoft Azure, Google, and the IBM Bluemix cloud with IBM Watson—discusses certifications available for each, and explores the future of cloud computing careers.04/06/2017
*Cloud Computing First LookBeginnerIT(Length: 99 minutes) In this course, David Rivers explains the essentials of cloud computing and answers the basic question: what is the cloud? David then explores the benefits and drawbacks of cloud computing, including a candid look at balancing the sharing and privacy issues with the productivity gains of working in the cloud.David also presents an overview of migration steps for your consideration, as you contemplate a move to the cloud, and reviews common cloud technologies including Google and G Suite, Microsoft Office 365, and OneDrive. He goes into cloud tools for teams, including Dropbox, Google Docs, and Asana. To wrap up, he outlines how to evaluate the ongoing effectiveness of the cloud for your business.05/04/2017
*Cloud Computing First Look(Length: 87 minutes) 04/26/2016
Cloud Computing: Cloud SecurityBeginnerIT(Length: 79 minutes) Understand the basics of cloud security, including security levels, services available, and selection criteria. Beginning with the basics, instructor David Linthicum explains the business case for cloud security and the levels and models available, including infrastructure-, application-, and data-level security; identity and risk management; encryption; and multifactor authentication. He then dives into the services offered by the top three cloud providers: Amazon, Microsoft, and Google. He reviews the compliance issues that affect specific industries, including health care and finance, and reviews the points you need to consider when identifying your security requirements and the security tools, services, and software to best meet those needs.11/08/2016
Cloud Computing: Cloud StorageBeginnerITAmazon Web Services(Length: 75 minutes) Storage is the most widely utilized cloud-computing service. Companies are eager to take advantage of object-based storage with unlimited scalability—and IT professionals are the ones who need to make it work. This course covers the basics of cloud storage, including storage planning, budgeting, and security. Instructor David Linthicum demos account creation and management with Amazon Web Services, but the lessons are high level and applicable to almost any cloud solution. Learn about file, block, and object storage; explore planning and requirements gathering; and review three practical use cases for cloud storage, including one featuring logging and other storage management subsystems.11/29/2016
Cloud Computing: Private Cloud PlatformsBeginnerIT(Length: 62 minutes) Most leading private clouds provide similar features. So, how can you select the right solution for your organization? This course examines industry-leading private cloud platforms and compares the services offered. Learn the fundamentals of cloud computing using a private cloud, consider reasons why you might choose a private cloud solution for your business, and discover the features and services offered by several providers—from security to integration and compatibility features.03/16/2017
Cloud Computing: The Cloud and DevOpsBeginnerIT(Length: 104 minutes) Move DevOps to the cloud, and become more agile at software development and operations. Learn how to set up a cloud-based DevOps process and leverage services offered by Amazon, Microsoft, and Google. Cloud computing expert David Linthicum first introduces the business case for DevOps on the cloud, which can ensure scalable and continuous delivery, testing, integration, and deployment for organizations of any size. He then explains how to establish a DevOps process on the cloud, and reviews DevOps solutions offered in Amazon Web Services, Microsoft Azure, and Google Cloud Platform. Plus, review some use cases that demo real-world implementations of DevOps services on the cloud.11/08/2016
CLR Assemblies Deployment for .NET DevelopersIntermediateDeveloper.NET(Length: 53 minutes) Assemblies are fundamental units of deployment for .NET Framework applications, and understanding how assemblies manage code is crucial for developers. In this course, discover how to work with .NET assemblies. Ted Neward walks through the basics of and explains common language runtime (CLR) interactions. He goes into the physics of assemblies, covers assemblies and modules, explains how assemblies scope various elements inside of the CLR, and discusses how to reference assemblies from managed code. He also reviews the security guarantees that the CLR can provide, such as resisting attempts to tamper with assemblies.04/20/2017
CLR Assembly Runtime Loading for DevelopersIntermediateDeveloper.NET(Length: 72 minutes) Learn practical tips on how to use CLR (common language runtime) assemblies—the building blocks of .NET Framework applications. CLR and .NET developers can benefit from understanding how the CLR locates and loads assemblies, and how this impacts deployment, version control, reuse, activation, scoping, and working with security permissions. This course covers the assembly loading and resolution process including the application of policies, consulting the global assemble cache (GAC), examining codebase hints, conducting system probing, and handling both successful and failed resolutions.04/27/2017
CMS FundamentalsBeginnerWeb(Length: 191 minutes) In CMS Fundamentals, James Williamson defines content management systems (CMSs) and explains their role in web site development. The course demonstrates the different CMS solutions available today, including WordPress, Drupal, and Joomla; reviews CMS terminology and best practices; and shows how to develop a content management strategy. Guidelines are also included for evaluating a potential CMS, whether hosted or self-hosted, open source or proprietary, and choosing a CMS based on a specific need or focus.04/28/2016
*Coaching and Developing EmployeesBeginnerBusiness(Length: 65 minutes) In this course, business coach Lisa Gates teaches managers to harness the power of coaching in the workplace. Learn the benefits of developing your team and helping employees build their skills in ways that transform and empower them to do more productive and engaging work. Then discover how to build your own leadership and coaching skills and equip yourself with tools that encourage insight and growth. The course wraps with a look at how you can maintain the coaching momentum in the workplace and address common challenges.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Cocoa Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperCocoa(Length: 321 minutes) Discover how to build desktop applications for the Mac by exploring the many frameworks and essential design patterns in Cocoa. Author Simon Allardice shows you how to create a better-looking user interface that works on multiple screen sizes with Mac OS X Lion. The course also demonstrates how to use the Cocoa frameworks to build several example applications, and reinforces the best practices to build apps and get them ready for the Mac App Store.04/28/2016
Cocoa with Swift 3 Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperCocoa, Swift(Length: 194 minutes) Cocoa and Swift make a great team for building Mac desktop apps. Cocoa is the framework in which macOS is written, and Swift is the language that makes working with Cocoa classes and APIs easier than ever before. Their compatibility makes Swift a convenient and powerful tool to integrate into your Cocoa app development workflow. Here Todd Perkins walks you through the steps to creating macOS applications with this powerhouse combo. He'll take you through the basic concepts behind Cocoa, Swift 3, and the development environment known as Xcode, and some important concepts, such as the Model-View-Controller design pattern, interaction, and delegation. Then you'll go straight into development. Learn how to create user interface elements and connect them to code, work with Cocoa bindings and key-value coding, and debug your applications and submit them to the Apple Store for distribution.12/20/2016
Cocoa with Swift Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloperCocoa, Swift(Length: 234 minutes) Cocoa and Swift make a great team for building apps. Cocoa is the framework in which Mac OS X itself is written, and Swift is the new language that makes working with Cocoa classes and APIs easier than ever before. Here Todd Perkins walks you through the steps to creating Mac applications with this powerhouse combo. He'll take you through the basic concepts behind Cocoa, Swift, and the development environment known as Xcode, and then go straight into development. Learn how to create interface elements and connect them to code, work with bindings and key-value coding, and debug your applications and submit them to the Apple Store.04/26/2016
Code Clinic: CBeginnerDeveloperC(Length: 74 minutes) Successful programmers know more than a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. They use "computational thinking": breaking a problem down into segments that lend themselves to technical solutions. Code Clinic is a series of ten courses where authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here, Dan Gookin works with C.Dan introduces challenges and then provides an overview of his solutions in C. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the exact same challenges in languages like C++, C#, JavaScript, PHP, Python, R, Ruby, and Swift.04/27/2016
Code Clinic: C#IntermediateDeveloperC#(Length: 194 minutes) Many successful programmers know more than just a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. They use "computational thinking": breaking a problem down into segments that lend themselves to technical solutions. Code Clinic is a series of six courses where lynda.com authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here, David Gassner works with C#. David introduces challenges and then provides an overview of his solutions in C#. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the exact same challenges in languages like C++, Java, PHP, Python, and Ruby.04/26/2016
Code Clinic: C++IntermediateDeveloperC++(Length: 124 minutes) Many successful programmers know more than just a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. They use "computational thinking": breaking a problem down into segments that lend themselves to technical solutions. Code Clinic is a series of six courses where lynda.com authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here, Bill Weinman works with C++.Bill introduces challenges and provides an overview of his solutions in C++. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the exact same challenges in languages like C#, Java, PHP, Python, and Ruby.04/26/2016
Code Clinic: ClojureIntermediateDeveloperClojure(Length: 195 minutes) Successful programmers know more than how to code. They also know how to think about solving problems. Code Clinic is a series where our authors solve the same problems using different languages. Here Caleb Smith works with Clojure, a Lisp-based programming language. Caleb introduces a series of challenges and then provides overviews of his solutions in Clojure. Challenges include performing statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.When you're done, visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the same challenges in languages like C++, C#, JavaScript, PHP, Python, R, Ruby, Go, and Swift. By comparing and contrasting the results, you can better understand the architecture of each language and its strengths and weaknesses.09/27/2016
Code Clinic: GoBeginnerDeveloperGo(Length: 319 minutes) Successful programmers know more than a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. Code Clinic is a series of 11 courses where our authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here Todd McLeod works with Go, Google's open-source programming language.Todd introduces challenges and then provides overviews of his solutions in Go. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the same challenges in languages like C++, C#, JavaScript, PHP, Python, R, Ruby, and Swift.04/27/2016
Code Clinic: JavaIntermediateDeveloperJava(Length: 94 minutes) Many successful programmers know more than just a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. They use "computational thinking": breaking a problem down into segments that lend themselves to technical solutions. Code Clinic is a series of six courses where lynda.com authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here, Patrick Royal works with Java.Patrick introduces challenges and provide an overview of his solutions in Java. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the exact same challenges in languages like C#, C++, PHP, Python, and Ruby.04/26/2016
Code Clinic: JavaScriptIntermediateDeveloper, WebJavaScript(Length: 218 minutes) Successful programmers know more than a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. They use "computational thinking": breaking a problem down into segments that lend themselves to technical solutions. Code Clinic is a series of ten courses where lynda.com authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here, Ray Villalobos works with JavaScript.Ray introduces challenges and then provides an overview of his solutions in JavaScript. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the exact same challenges in languages like C++, C#, Java, PHP, Python, R, Ruby, and Swift.04/27/2016
Code Clinic: PHPIntermediateDeveloperPHP(Length: 284 minutes) Many successful programmers know more than just a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. They use "computational thinking": breaking a problem down into segments that lend themselves to technical solutions. Code Clinic is a series of six courses where lynda.com authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here, David Powers works with PHP. David introduces challenges and provides an overview of his solutions in PHP. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the exact same challenges in languages like C#, C++, Java, Python, and Ruby.04/26/2016
Code Clinic: PythonIntermediateDeveloperPython(Length: 143 minutes) Many successful programmers know more than just a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. They use "computational thinking": breaking a problem down into segments that lend themselves to technical solutions. Code Clinic is a series of six courses where lynda.com authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here, Barron Stone works with Python. Barron introduce challenges and provides an overview of his solutions in Python. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the exact same challenges in languages like C#, C++, Java, PHP, and Ruby.04/26/2016
Code Clinic: RIntermediateDeveloperR(Length: 204 minutes) Successful programmers know more than a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. They use "computational thinking": breaking a problem down into segments that lend themselves to technical solutions. Code Clinic is a series of ten courses where authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here, Mark Niemann-Ross works with R.Mark introduces challenges and then provides an overview of his solutions in R. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the exact same challenges in languages like C++, C#, JavaScript, PHP, Python, Ruby, and Swift.04/27/2016
Code Clinic: RubyIntermediateDeveloperRuby, Ruby on Rails(Length: 342 minutes) Many successful programmers know more than just a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. They use "computational thinking": breaking a problem down into segments that lend themselves to technical solutions. Code Clinic is a series of six courses where authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here, Kevin Skoglund works with Ruby. Kevin introduces challenges and provides an overview of his solutions in Ruby. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the exact same challenges in languages like C#, C++, Java, PHP, and Python.04/26/2016
Code Clinic: SwiftIntermediateDeveloperSwift(Length: 270 minutes) Successful programmers know more than a computer language. They also know how to think about solving problems. They use "computational thinking": breaking a problem down into segments that lend themselves to technical solutions. Code Clinic is a series of ten courses where authors solve the same problems using different programming languages. Here, Simon Allardice works with Swift.Simon introduces challenges and then provides an overview of his solutions in Swift. Challenges include topics such as statistical analysis, searching directories for images, and accessing peripheral devices.Visit other courses in the series to see how to solve the exact same challenges in languages like C++, C#, JavaScript, PHP, Python, R, and Ruby.04/27/2016
Coding Faster with EmmetIntermediateDeveloper, WebEmmet(Length: 53 minutes) Looking for a tool to make you a faster and more efficient programmer? Emmet provides a shortcut language for writing HTML, XML, and CSS, based on an abbreviation structure most developers already use that expands into full-fledged HTML markup and CSS rules. Let Ray Villalobos show you how to install the Emmet plugin for your favorite text editor and start using its handy shortcuts for making copies of elements; climbing, grouping, and numbering; matching tags; and even complex CSS3 features like gradients.04/26/2016
Coercion in JavaScriptIntermediateWebJavaScript(Length: 198 minutes) Learn how to leverage implicit and explicit coercion functions to reduce the amount of repetition in your programs and create code that is more flexible. Kyle Simpson explains how coercion works, providing insights about common uses and how to avoid unexpected results. He clarifies how coercion impacts the style and readability of your code and demonstrates how to work with primitive types, special values, natives, operators, and important functions.Note: This course was created by Frontend Masters. It was originally released on 8/29/2015. We're pleased to host this training in our library.06/03/2017
ColdFusion 8 Beyond the BasicsIntermediateDeveloper, WebColdFusion(Length: 412 minutes) ColdFusion 8 Beyond the Basics demonstrates how to utilize ColdFusion 8 to its full potential, from setting up a project to using ColdFusion Components and sessions in a shopping cart application. Instructor David Gassner leaves no stone unturned as he teaches advanced techniques, including how to use ColdFusion 8 with Flash forms and PDFs, create presentations with imported audio and video, and work with XML files. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
ColdFusion 8 Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloper, WebColdFusion(Length: 403 minutes) In ColdFusion 8 Essential Training, developer and Adobe Certified Instructor David Gassner teaches the essentials of Internet application development. From defining a ColdFusion-enabled page in Dreamweaver to publishing the finished project, the training teaches all the steps for creating powerful web-based applications . The training also covers how ColdFusion processes pages, how to query a database, how to validate data entry forms, and much more. Exercise files accompany the tutorials.04/27/2016
ColdFusion 8 New FeaturesIntermediateDeveloper, WebColdFusion(Length: 51 minutes) ColdFusion 8 is the next version of Adobe's application server and web development tool. In ColdFusion 8 New Features, instructor David Gassner covers everything from the new CFML scripting language tags to the application wizards and expanded image and PDF manipulation capabilities. ColdFusion 8 New Features is an online exclusive.04/27/2016
ColdFusion 9 Essential Training(Length: 441 minutes) 04/27/2016
ColdFusion 9 New FeaturesIntermediateDeveloper, WebColdFusion(Length: 160 minutes) In ColdFusion 9 New Features, author and developer Dan Short has gathered together the important updates and improvements in this dynamic web application. Dan showcases the new ColdFusion Builder application throughout the course, using it to work through the new language and CFScript enhancements in this release. He shows how to use the new Server Manager to compare servers and create server groups, as well as monitor server health through notifications. He also explains the new integration with Office applications, building Excel, Word, and even PowerPoint files on the fly from ColdFusion. Finally, he covers the important new Object Relational Mapping feature and how to use the built-in Flash Player. Exercise files accompany this course.04/27/2016
ColdFusion 9: AJAX Controls and TechniquesIntermediateDeveloper, WebColdFusion(Length: 212 minutes) In ColdFusion 9: AJAX Controls and Techniques, Dan Short demonstrates how to add Web 2.0 style and functionality to applications using the complete set of AJAX controls and workflow tools in ColdFusion 9. Together, this tool set enables developers to build visually compelling, data-rich cross-browser web applications without having to write large amounts of custom JavaScript code. This course covers using ColdFusion layout controls, creating interactive forms and data grids, and adding a map powered by Google Maps. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
ColdFusion MX Essential TrainingBeginnerDeveloper, WebColdFusion(Length: 914 minutes) ColdFusion is a technology that enables you to build sophisticated Web applications quickly and efficiently. It uses a markup language similar to HTML, so the learning curve is short, but don't let that fool you. In this comprehensive introduction to ColdFusion MX, expert Joey Lott shows how to use this powerful program to build scalable, durable web applications. Working along with Joey, you'll not only review skills such as working with databases, using forms, storing persistent data, creating dynamic charts, uploading files, and using email features, but you'll also get a chance to apply this knowledge by building specific applications. This in-depth tutorial illustrates how you can make the most of ColdFusion's common workflow and best practices in your own web development.04/26/2016
Collaborative Design: Managing a TeamBeginnerWeb(Length: 41 minutes) Effective collaboration can make or break a project, as anyone who's ever suffered through "design by committee" can attest. But how do you manage a team—often including many external clients and internal creatives—so that collaboration moves smoothly and nets great results? This kind of teamwork requires clear roles and responsibilities, well-defined parameters, opportunities for input, people-management skills, and more. In this course, veteran web entrepreneur Lauren Bacon provides a proven framework for bringing people together collaboratively to create extraordinary outcomes.04/26/2016
Collaborative Design: Process and EfficiencyBeginnerWeb(Length: 48 minutes) Many creative teams consider "design by committee" one of their greatest fears. But creative collaboration doesn't need to be inefficient or banal—in fact, it can produce outstanding results. However, the process needs to be well coordinated in order to avoid consensus paralysis, scope creep, or death by compromise. In this course, Lauren Bacon shares her hard-earned lessons about coordinating teams both large and small to yield projects that soar.04/26/2016
Collaborative Design: Vision and StrategyBeginnerWeb(Length: 48 minutes) Beneath the surface of great design—where the color palettes, fonts, and graphics live—lies a strong core vision. Creating that vision requires what Lauren Bacon calls "deep collaboration" with your clients. When you can get inside the heads of the people you're designing for, you can do extraordinary work. In this course, Lauren teaches you how to listen, ask better questions, and collaborate more effectively with clients and other stakeholders, in order to develop a project vision and strategy that results in better, more effective designs.This course is part of the Collaborative Design series.04/26/2016
Collaborative Workflows with InDesign and InCopyIntermediateDesignInCopy, InDesign(Length: 450 minutes) In Collaborative Workflows with InDesign and InCopy Anne-Marie Concepción shows how Adobe InCopy and InDesign work together, helping editors and designers collaborate on publications, and save time and money, with no additional hardware, software, or expensive publication management systems. This course shows how to set up for the workflow, how to address cross-platform Mac and Windows issues when working in a mixed environment, how to work with remote writers and designers, and how to integrate with Microsoft Word. Exercise files are included with the course.04/27/2016
College Prep: Writing a Strong EssayBeginnerEducation + Elearning(Length: 115 minutes) Given today's competitive college admissions process, a strong essay is critical. It can be the difference between acceptance and rejection. In this course, writing instructor Leigh Ann Chow covers planning, drafting, editing, and polishing an unforgettable college essay. She explains how the essay is used in determining acceptance and reviews good and bad essay examples. These lessons will not only help improve your chances of getting into a top-choice school, but also make you a better writer once you get there.04/27/2016
Color 1.5 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoApple Color(Length: 464 minutes) In Color 1.5 Essential Training, colorist Robbie Carman details how to use Final Cut Studio's dedicated color grading application to stylize projects and improve their look. Robbie explains the principles of color grading, discusses the color wheel and tonal range, and decodes color terminology for new users. He shows how to prepare a Final Cut Pro project before sending it to color and how to use video scopes to evaluate a clip while making corrections. He provides information for new Color users as well as experienced colorists looking for what's new in this release. Exercise files accompany this course.04/27/2016
Color 1.5 New FeaturesIntermediateVideoApple Color(Length: 76 minutes) Color 1.5 New Features shows the power of this upgraded, high-end color-correction and grading tool. Colorist, author, and Apple Certified Trainer Robbie Carman highlights improved workflows and new features of Color 1.5. Robbie covers improvements like updated user interface elements, better Final Cut Pro to Color round-tripping, new grade management features, the ability to work with RED 4K files, and enhanced digital intermediate workflows and conforming.04/27/2016
Color Correction in Adobe Camera RawIntermediatePhotographyCamera Raw(Length: 159 minutes) Learn the tools and best practices for measuring and correcting color in Adobe Camera Raw. Photographer and teacher Taz Tally shows how to evaluate the color, tone, brightness, and contrast of your photos—by the histogram and by the numbers. Taz shows you how to accurately evaluate and adjust critical highlights and shadows. Then he'll cover correcting skin tones, performing white-balance adjustments, and warming and cooling images. Interested in improving your product photography? Learn how to perform targeted adjustments and correct poor exposure. Taz also shows how to make creative color adjustments to change the mood or add artistic touches. Some challenge videos help you to practice what you've learned along the way.04/27/2016
Color Correction in Final Cut Pro XBeginnerVideoApple Color, Final Cut Pro(Length: 160 minutes) In this course, author Robbie Carman details the principles of color grading in Final Cut Pro X, while explaining how to enhance and stylize footage. The course spells out the differences between primary and secondary corrections and demonstrates fixing problematic footage with contrast corrections and neutralizing color casts. The course also discusses secondary corrections with shape and color masks and explains how to make projects broadcast safe. Additional topics include evaluating clips using the video scopes, and how to create stylized looks.04/28/2016
Color Correction in LightroomAdvancedPhotographyLightroom(Length: 171 minutes) Lightroom is a great choice for color correction. In this course, photographer and educator Taz Tally details the concepts, tools, and techniques behind correcting and enhancing color in Lightroom. Learn to evaluate the color in an image with the Develop module tools, Lightroom's histograms, and (crucially) your own eyes. Then discover how to use the color correction tools to balance and tone adjust an image, using tried and true techniques like neutralization and color ratios. Taz then takes you through a variety of color correction scenarios, from improving landscapes, fixing skin tones, and recovering faded images to making product shots pop, removing color casts, and making creative color adjustments.04/26/2016
Color Correction with Premiere Pro CS5.5IntermediateVideo, video2brainPremiere Pro(Length: 170 minutes) Color correction is one of those sets of skills many editors put off for another day—partly because they can make do with simple adjustments, and partly because many of the controls and options are a little alien. In this course, master editor Maxim Jago demystifies color correction and gives detailed explanations of the key controls, options, workflows, and best practices for color correction with Adobe Premiere Pro. After introducing the standard tools for measuring color and light, Maxim covers the Fast Color Corrector, the Three-Way Color Corrector, and other color correction effects. Plus, learn how to fix and match color with presets, as well as how to use After Effects and third-party plugins to do the few things that Premiere Pro can't do.04/26/2016
Color Correction: Creating a Polished Look in Avid Media ComposerIntermediateVideoMedia Composer(Length: 157 minutes) In this course, author Ashley Kennedy illustrates how to correct color imbalances or create a specific mood in pre-edited video with the complete color correction workflow in Avid Media Composer. The first color correction stage demonstrates how to manually correct footage by white balancing, removing color cast, correcting flesh tones, and correcting luma and chroma values in both the HSL and Curves groups, and explores the Avid automatic color correction functions. The second color correction stage focuses on achieving shot-to-shot consistency with templates and color match controls. In the final stage, Ashley investigates more creative color treatments, such as applying a gritty or bleached look to the footage.04/28/2016
Color for Design and ArtBeginnerDesignIllustrator(Length: 105 minutes) Color for Design and Art removes the mystery from color theory, showing artists and nonartists alike how to confidently choose, apply, and modify palettes of eye-catching hues. Jim Krause is a designer, a photographer, and an illustrator. He is also the author of 17 books, including Color for Designers and Color Index, part of his famed Index series of design books. In this course, Jim explains the essential components of color theory in simple language, showing how hues can be assembled into good-looking palettes and how you can use your design and illustration software to apply colors to logos, layouts, and illustrations. The training provides clear advice on how to create color schemes based on current trends and the tastes of different target audiences. Jim also shows how color can attract attention and affect mood and meaning.Primarily aimed at designers and illustrators, the course leans heavily toward digital tools such as Photoshop and Illustrator, but concludes with some challenges using real-world media (inks and paints!), so members can get a solid understanding of mixing colors and what tools and combinations work best.04/27/2016
Color Management FundamentalsBeginnerDesign, Photography(Length: 118 minutes) Having a consistent color management workflow can help you accurately get prints that match the image on your monitor. In this course, follow along with Joe Brady as he takes you through the basics of color management for photography, design, and the web. First, you'll learn about the different color spaces (CMYK, ColorMatch, and sRGB) and how they influence your color workflow, and the tools you need to achieve accurate color. Then learn how and why to calibrate your camera and your monitor, configure the color settings in applications such as the Adobe Creative Suite and Aperture, and choose the best printer and paper for your style of artwork. Along the way, Joe takes you into a typical studio setup for lessons on the gear you need for at-home calibration and printing.04/26/2016
Colorizing Black-and-White Photographs with PhotoshopIntermediateDesign, PhotographyPhotoshop(Length: 132 minutes) Want to bring old black-and-white photos into the present? Learn how to determine the color in old family or historic photos and accurately paint the color back in. John Derry shows you various methods in Adobe Photoshop to bring the photo back to life with color, using isolated selections, adjustment layers, and his free set of actions, which automate some of the colorization process for you. Plus, John's interactive, nondestructive workflow allows you to come back days or years later and make new adjustments to the image.04/26/2016
Combining Images with Photoshop Elements 9IntermediatePhotography, video2brainPhotoshop Elements(Length: 197 minutes) Designer and trainer Ted LoCascio shares his experience using Adobe Photoshop Elements 9 to combine images and create unique photo projects in this workshop, which is set up to mirror a typical Elements workflow. Learn how to make difficult selections quickly and easily and how to harness the true power of Elements by working with adjustment layers, clipping masks, and layer masks. Then apply everything you've learned by creating some example compositing projects from scratch.04/26/2016
Comic Book Digital Inking and RefinementBeginnerDesign(Length: 70 minutes) Want to create your own comic books? Inking is a crucial part of the process. It's one of the final steps, where lines are traced more intentionally and artists focus on dynamic lighting and shadows. These days, pencil drawings aren't always necessarily "inked" but sometimes digitally scanned and refined, resulting in the finished inked look typical of most comics. In this course, comic creator Ben Bishop shows two methods for finishing comics in Photoshop, using examples from his graphic novel, The Aggregate.Method 1 is the traditional approach. After carefully selecting his brushes in Photoshop, Ben begins the digital inking process. He carefully retraces his lines, adding line weight, halos, highlights, and shadows and texture. He even adds blur effects that give his comics a cinematic quality while also using positive and negative space to set the mood of the scene and create a compositionally pleasing page.Method 2 shows us how to turn finished pencil artwork into clean, seemingly inked artwork, ready for color and ready for print—without any additional drawing.04/27/2016
Commercial Editing Techniques with Final Cut Pro X v10.0.9IntermediateVideoFinal Cut Pro(Length: 115 minutes) Editing a concise and captivating, effects-driven commercial spot is a challenging and exciting endeavor. Every single moment counts. In this course Ashley Kennedy walks through the process of building a great 30-second spot, from assessing preproduction materials to delivery to the client. She examines the audience for the commercial, the timing and pacing of the rough cut, transitions and effects, and the final details like color correction that make your project look professional. Along the way, Ashley encounters and resolves creative and technical problems editors often face in the real world.04/26/2016
Commercial Editing Techniques with Final Cut Pro X v10.1.xIntermediateVideoFinal Cut Pro(Length: 113 minutes) Editing a concise and captivating, effects-driven commercial spot is a challenging and exciting endeavor. Every single moment counts. In this course Ashley Kennedy walks through the process of building a great thirty-second spot, from assessing pre-production materials to delivering to the client, with Final Cut Pro X v10.1.x. She examines the audience for the commercial, the timing and pacing of the rough cut, transitions and effects, and the final details like color correction that make your project look professional. Along the way, Ashley encounters and resolves creative and technical problems editors often face in the real world.Note: This course was updated to reflect the changes to Final Cut Pro X v. 10.1.x. Although the course was not re-recorded from scratch, we updated the applicable movies by adding text overlays to guide you through existing changes. We also updated the exercise files to work with the most current version of the software. Please watch the "Understanding this update and using the exercise files" movie to learn exactly what to expect from this updated course. Working with an earlier version of Final Cut Pro X? Watch Commercial Editing Techniques with Final Cut Pro X v10.0.9.04/27/2016
Commercial Editing Techniques with Premiere ProIntermediateVideoPremiere Pro(Length: 163 minutes) Learn to creatively compose short-form advertisements using Adobe Premiere Pro. Author Christine Steele explores how to communicate and market an idea that does more than just sell a product or service, by experimenting with concepts that help the audience feel, rather than think. The techniques in this course break from the more narrative style of film and television storytelling, and allow you to explore alternative visual messaging styles. First Christine shows you how to use style frames and temporary audio to nail down an idea before you start editing. Then you'll learn how to construct the rough cut: in this case, an action montage interspersed with hero shots that define and highlight the brand messaging. You'll refine your cut with motion graphics, final audio, and effects, and learn to manipulate color, lighting, and timing to increase your audience's emotional reaction to the spot. Last, learn the basics of layering sound effects, audio filters, and subtle volume adjustments to create an effective sound mix for your commercial.04/26/2016
Common Core: Exploring K-12 StandardsBeginnerEducation + Elearning(Length: 24 minutes) The Common Core State Standards are designed to standardize education across the nation, and it's teachers who are expected to implement them. So how do they impact your classroom? Find out in this course with educator Aaron Quigley. Aaron explains what the standards are designed to do—prepare high school students to be college and career ready—and breaks down the guidelines for math, English literacy, history, science, and other subjects. Plus, learn how lesson planning and technology in the classroom are impacted by this "common core."04/26/2016
Communicating across CulturesBeginnerBusiness(Length: 17 minutes) When you travel, some differences are easy to identify: the language, the food, the music. But in order to communicate effectively in a cross-cultural business setting, it's important to understand your international colleagues' underlying values, beliefs, and history. In this course, Kelley School of Business professor and executive coach Tatiana Kolovou demonstrates simple techniques to communicate well across cultures as a manager, peer, and coworker.04/26/2016
Communicating between Classes with Objective-CIntermediateDeveloperiOS(Length: 50 minutes) There are three common patterns for passing data from one class to another in iOS and OS X apps: delegation, Notification Center, and key-value observation. This short course provides an overview of the methods, a list of their pros and cons, and tips for implementing the method of your choice with Objective-C. There's no one right way, but author Ron Buencamino will help you understand the best communication method for your app and development environment.04/27/2016
Communicating Employee RewardsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 26 minutes) We bet you have a great benefits and rewards program… and that your employees don't know much about it. As a business leader, you can increase morale, performance, and retention by effectively communicating the total rewards you offer. This course will help you understand the value of a strong communication plan and assess shortcomings in your current communication of rewards. Instructor and HR consultant Catherine Mattice Zundel provides a detailed step-by-step approach to building a better communication program—and tying it all to employer branding. Use these tips to create exciting messages about why your company is a great place to work.07/18/2017
Communicating in Times of ChangeIntermediateBusiness(Length: 51 minutes) Leadership communication is never more important than during times of change. This course helps supervisors and mid-level managers come up with a communication strategy that helps make a change initiative successful regardless of whether they are the ones instigating the change. Join communication experts Tatiana Kolovou and Brenda Bailey-Hughes as they address the who, why, when, how, and what of change.Tatiana and Brenda begin by reviewing success stories and survey data that emphasize why communication in times of change is so crucial. Next, they explain how to strategize communication efforts, craft the change communication message, and answer common questions that people may have when grappling with change. To wrap up, they discuss how to manage difficult questions, emphasize with others, and overcome resistance.05/20/2017
*Communicating with ConfidenceIntermediateBusiness(Length: 88 minutes) Most people are afraid of speaking in public, but effective oral communication is a key skill in business. Jeff Ansell provides simple communication tools, strategies, and tips that are easy to use and produce immediate results. He'll help you sound more confident, use body and language to better express ideas, and overcome anxiety. In the last chapter of the course, all these concepts are brought together in two real-world coaching exercises that will help you see the techniques in action.04/27/2016
Communicating with EmpathyBeginnerBusiness(Length: 74 minutes) When you seek to understand the perspective of another person, you are practicing empathy. When empathetic communication is encouraged at work, individuals feel more comfortable speaking openly, they feel like they matter, and they feel safe. That's why empathy at work is crucial to company-wide success. In this course, communication expert Sharon Steed explains the principles of empathetic communication and shares specific strategies to help improve your approach to difficult conversations. Get ready to learn how to converse empathetically to improve your one-on-one conversations and team interactions.04/13/2017
Communication FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 125 minutes) Effective communication is more than what you say. Make your message more impactful, and get the results you want in work and life. In this course, author and UCLA Anderson School Professor John Ullmen, PhD, walks you through strong and clear communication strategies that will help you improve your listening, your message, your delivery, and your effectiveness. These strategies work across departments, teams, and cultures and help you get through communication blockers.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Communication in the 21st Century ClassroomBeginnerEducation + Elearning(Length: 125 minutes) Communication is critical to student success. A variety of technology tools available to 21st century educators expand your ability to give students fast and effective feedback, saving classroom time and accelerating student achievement. Throughout this course, Oliver Schinkten explores how teachers can use Internet-based tools such as video and audio conferencing, learning management systems, and social media to communicate more effectively with students, parents, and other educators. In addition to covering basic theories of communication, Oliver also gives power tips for essential collaboration tools like Google Drive, Gmail, Google Hangouts, Collaborize Classroom, and more.04/27/2016
Communication Tips(Length: 222 minutes) 04/26/2016
Comparing Agile Software ToolsIntermediateBusiness(Length: 178 minutes) Agile is an exciting way to quickly deliver higher-quality products to your customer. New agile tools are emerging every day. This course helps you compare the strengths and capabilities of several different agile software tools, including Microsoft Excel, Atlassian's JIRA, VersionOne, Microsoft's Team Foundation Server (TFS), CA Agile Central (formerly Rally), and Agility Health. You'll see the advantages of simple tools like spreadsheets versus more complex solutions like complete product management packages. This course helps project managers, software developers, and other professionals determine which tool is the best fit for their team. Agile expert Doug Rose provides a fast-paced tour and an unvarnished look at what some of the tools get right and what some get wrong. Doug concludes each section with suggested strategies for selecting the right tool for your team—always remembering that no tool should ever overshadow the core values outlined in the agile manifesto. Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.11/15/2016
Comparing Swift and Objective-CBeginnerDeveloperSwift(Length: 90 minutes) Apple's new Swift programming language is designed to be interoperable with Objective-C, but what can it do that Objective-C can't? Find out in this course, as Simon Allardice explores the capabilities of each language, showing how and when they intersect–and also the places where the languages don't translate well. Discover how to migrate existing Objective-C projects to Swift and work with both languages in the same project. Then learn best practices for using Objective-C libraries and frameworks in new Swift code.Need a refresher on either language? Check out Swift Essential Training and Objective-C Essential Training.04/26/2016
Competitive Strategy FundamentalsBeginnerBusiness(Length: 76 minutes) Competitive advantage is not about how good you are but about whether you're faster, better, or cheaper than competitors in your particular market. In this course, global strategy expert Anil Gupta, a professor at the University of Maryland, provides an overview of the sources of competitive advantage. He explains how and why companies are always simultaneously competing in two arenas—onstage and backstage—and how competitive advantage is dynamic; an advantage you have today may not be an advantage tomorrow.Lynda.com is a PMI Registered Education Provider. This course qualifies for professional development units (PDUs). To view the activity and PDU details for this course, click here.The PMI Registered Education Provider logo is a registered mark of the Project Management Institute, Inc.04/26/2016
Compositing with Premiere Pro CS5.5IntermediateVideo, video2brainPremiere Pro(Length: 138 minutes) Adobe Premiere Pro CS5.5 is primarily a nonlinear editing system designed for fast cutting of multiple media types, but it is also an advanced special effects and compositing tool. In this course, master editor Maxim Jago describes the tools and options available to create complex compositions using just Premiere Pro, without involving After Effects or Photoshop. Learn how to adjust opacity, use garbage mattes and track mattes, and create nested sequences, as well as how to work with chroma keys, luma keys, and the Ultra Keyer. Maxim shares all the techniques necessary to layer multiple media elements and produce advanced sequences as compositions.04/26/2016
Compressor 2.1 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoCompressor(Length: 97 minutes) Apple's latest version of its video and audio compression application, Compressor 2.1, packs a lot of new features and produces smaller video files for publishing to the Web or DVD. In this tutorial, Apple-certified instructor Larry Jordan shares workflows and techniques to help DVD Studio Pro and Final Cut Pro users master media compression. The training covers how to work with markers, create custom destinations, improve video and audio quality, customize both interface and settings preferences, and more.04/27/2016
Compressor 3 Essential Training(Length: 280 minutes) 04/27/2016
Compressor 3.5 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoCompressor(Length: 141 minutes) Designed for experienced video compressionists and those new to the field, Compressor 3.5 Essential Training takes a look at the new features available in this important Final Cut Studio application. Apple Certified Instructor Jeff I. Greenberg covers the complete workflow, as well as key compression concepts, from transcoding to codec types. He also explores the new batch template and auto-detection features of this version. Jeff teaches how to determine the correct compression settings for any job, including how to compress video for the iPhone, PowerPoint, and the web. He also shows how to use the new droplets to speed up any workflow. Exercise files accompany this course.04/27/2016
Compressor 4 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoCompressor(Length: 117 minutes) Compressor 4 Essential Training streamlines the processes of compressing and encoding media in Final Cut Pro X's companion compression software. This course introduces the fundamental concepts of compression, how to determine appropriate compression settings, and building and modifying encoding presets for a variety of outputs, including Apple and Android devices, DVDs, PowerPoint, and the web. The course also covers placing watermarks, setting destinations, and transcoding files automatically using droplets.04/28/2016
Compressor 4.1 Essential TrainingBeginnerVideoCompressor(Length: 72 minutes) Discover how to compress video and get it ready for publishing in Compressor, and learn about key compression concepts, from transcoding to codec types. In this course, author Jef